Tech Hacks | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/tech-hacks/ Awe-inspiring science reporting, technology news, and DIY projects. Skunks to space robots, primates to climates. That's Popular Science, 145 years strong. Sat, 21 Oct 2023 00:00:00 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.2.2 https://www.popsci.com/uploads/2021/04/28/cropped-PSC3.png?auto=webp&width=32&height=32 Tech Hacks | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/tech-hacks/ 32 32 The best audiobook apps for books and podcasts https://www.popsci.com/diy/best-audiobook-apps/ Sat, 21 Oct 2023 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=580987
A stack of six hardcover books on a wood table with headphones around them and a blackboard in the background.
Catch up on the latest fiction and revisit your summer reading from high school. Depositphotos

Get access to your favorite titles and shows and sync between devices with an audiobook app that works for you.

The post The best audiobook apps for books and podcasts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A stack of six hardcover books on a wood table with headphones around them and a blackboard in the background.
Catch up on the latest fiction and revisit your summer reading from high school. Depositphotos

If you struggle to fit reading into your day, the best audiobook apps let you multitask and listen to the latest releases while driving, exercising, or even making dinner. Audiobooks are increasingly popular, and by 2022, more than 140 million Americans had listened to one, according to Publisher’s Weekly

Audiobook apps vary in features and the breadth of their libraries. Many require a monthly or yearly subscription, and some offer media beyond audiobooks, such as podcasts. Voracious listeners may prefer a subscription service where you can indulge in as many audiobooks as you want in a month. But if it takes you a month or two to get through an audiobook, a pay-per-book platform will probably be more economical. 

Ultimately, the operating system of your devices, your listening preferences, and budget will all factor into the app that’s right for you as you discover your next great adventure.

1. Best overall: Audible

The homepage for Audible, which features two rows of book titles.
Audible isn’t just books, it’s home to podcasts and original programming. Screenshot: Audible

Founded in 1995 and acquired by Amazon in 2008, Audible is one of the pioneers in the audiobook space. The service lets you get your hands on almost any title that’s in audiobook form. You’ll also get access to podcasts, exclusives, and originals that are only available on the platform. 

Audible offers two membership tiers, and both provide access to the Audible ‘Plus’ catalog, which contains more than 10,000 audiobooks. The Audible Premium Plus membership adds one credit per month, so you can buy books outside of the Plus catalog, giving you access to an additional 470,000 audiobooks. Without the premium membership, you can purchase credits to listen to more audiobooks.

The platform also lets you keep access to your Audible books even if you cancel your subscription. In contrast, similar apps, like Scribd, only provide access to purchased books as long as you subscribe to the app. Others, like Hoopla and Libby, let you peruse your local library’s list of audiobooks. But they only provide access for a few weeks before you have to get on the reading list again. 

With Audible, you can leisurely listen or hop between books with no fear of losing access disappearing before the end of your novel. It also ensures that you have access to the audiobooks whether you’re subscribing or not. Not sure Audible is right for you? No worries. You get a free 30-day trial period before committing to either Audible Plus at $7.95 per month or Audible Premium Plus at $14.95 per month.

Audible is available on iOS, iPadOS, watchOS, and Android.

2. Best for iPhone: Apple Books

The home page for Apple Books, which displays an iPad and iPhone featuring titles.
You don’t have to commit to a subscription. Screenshot: Apple

Apple Books is a convenient way to get digital reads and audiobooks that sync to all of your Apple devices. Unlike many audiobook apps, Apple Books isn’t a subscription service. It works more like a digital bookstore, where you pay for each book. 

For those who only listen to a book or two a month, Apple Books might cost less than a subscription service. Plus, if you have months where you don’t have time to listen at all, you won’t be paying for an unused subscription. There’s also a decent selection of free audiobooks that includes classics such as Pride and Prejudice if your budget gets tight. 

Beyond the monetary pros and cons, the app itself offers a robust library that’s easy to navigate, thanks to effective categorization. You can browse thousands of titles by popular genres, but you can also search by other categories such as free books, new and trending, book club picks, and Apple recommendations. And you can sample short snippets before you make your final decision. 

The library goes beyond audiobooks to digital titles as well. In theory, you could do most of your reading, audio or otherwise, in this single app. Your Apple devices will require iOS 10 or later, but you can sync across the board, including iPads, iPhone, some iPods, and some Apple Watches. Bonus—you also have the option to download and import Audible titles, so add that to your Audible tips and tricks list if you find yourself moving between the two.

Apple Books is free for iOS, iPadOS, and watchOS.

3. Best for nonfiction: Blinkist

The home page for Blinkist, which displays an iPhone and Android phone and headphones and explains the subscription model.
It’s the modern-day equivalent of Cliff Notes. Screenshot: Blinkist

Blinkist isn’t just an audiobook app. It’s not even just a book app. This unique app focuses on all things learning, from podcasts and book summaries to audiobooks. It’s some of the best value you’ll get if you’re focused on nonfiction, even more so if you’re usually short on time. 

The app offers book summaries in manageable 15-minute chunks, and includes popular books like Atomic Habits by James Clear. You can download titles to access them offline or send them to Kindle. Books are arranged by topics, including love, self-help, memoirs, autobiographies, and more. Popular new releases and classics are readily available. The goal is to “feed your brain” and improve your mind and body with content that fits a busy lifestyle. 

[Related: Tips for learning two languages at once]

Blinkist is an easy way to access facts and books you might not have time to get to otherwise, and it doesn’t take long before you get personalized recommendations based on your preferences and habits. You get a seven-day free trial, then it costs $15.99 per month for the monthly plan or $8.24 per month if you opt to pay yearly.

Blinkist is available on iOS, iPadOS, and Android.

4. Best free: LibriVox

The home page for LibriVox, which is divided into two boxes that explain how users can access public domain books for free.
If you want free audiobooks, LibriVox might be the app for you. Screenshot: LibriVox

Subscriptions and monthly purchases can quickly add up. For those on a tight budget, LibriVox offers free (and legal) audiobooks. Their catalog consists of more than 40,000 books available in the public domain, read by volunteers. 

You won’t find the latest releases, but you can catch up on classics. The books are DRM-free so you can download audiobooks as many times as you’d like and listen when you’re offline or on other devices. This matters because DRM (Digital Rights Management) prevents unauthorized copying of copyrighted content, but can cause problems on your devices, too. No need to worry about all that with LibriVox, though, because every bit of its content is in the public domain. 

The interface isn’t sleek or fancy, but it offers bookmark and timer features to support your basic listening needs. If you’re up for a bit of out-loud reading, you can volunteer to read a book yourself. However, the quality of the narration varies by volunteer, so you may skip some books because the storytelling doesn’t do it justice. Still, you can’t beat free audiobooks and a platform that celebrates the love of literature. 

LibriVox is available for iOS, iPadOS, and Android.

5. Best budget: Chirp

The homepage for the audiobook app, Chirp.
Screenshot: Chirp

Chirp is where thrift store meets audiobooks. It’s owned by BookBub, an author promotion site. Thousands of subscribers scramble to get deals on new or popular books, like $5 for a Harlan Coben audiobook. The deal on any one particular book usually lasts a few days and listings show a countdown for how much longer the deal will last. Authors vie for the best promotions because of Bookbub’s extensive reach.

Chirp fits into the picture by offering discounted audiobooks. For listeners, Chirp is a win for the savings, and for authors, the platform is a great way to  find new readers. You pay by the book rather than a subscription fee. And the depth of the discounts vary.

On the downside, deals are limited, so you have to act fast when you see a book you want. The app itself is free, and you get to keep the audiobooks you purchase, so it’s a great way to build your library on a budget.

Chirp is free for iOS, iPadOS, and Android.

The post The best audiobook apps for books and podcasts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to unlock the hidden, more powerful camera on the iPhone 15 https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-unlock-the-hidden-more-powerful-camera-on-the-iphone-15/ Fri, 20 Oct 2023 16:04:21 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=581288
A man wearing a white hoodie stands outside and smiles as he looks as his iPhone 15
Make sure you're aware of the photo options on your iPhone 15. Apple

Your iPhone 15 has even more pixels than you can imagine.

The post How to unlock the hidden, more powerful camera on the iPhone 15 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A man wearing a white hoodie stands outside and smiles as he looks as his iPhone 15
Make sure you're aware of the photo options on your iPhone 15. Apple

The rear camera on your iPhone 15 (also present on the iPhone 14 Pro and iPhone 14 Pro Max) is more powerful and versatile than you might have realized. It features a 48-megapixel sensor but default settings only allow it to take 24MP snaps.

The good news is that you can delve into your iPhone’s settings to switch your camera to full capacity and get more detail in your photos. There are some trade-offs you should know about, and the exact options vary depending on the iPhone you’re using. But if you’re serious about your smartphone photography, you should learn about the modes available to you and how they work.

How the iPhone 15 cameras work

iOS menu showing image formats for iPhone 15
All iPhone 15 models let you choose between HEIF and JPEG formats. Apple

When you take a photo on your iPhone 15 without the ultrawide or zoom sensors, iOS uses  the main 48MP sensor to create a 24MP shot. There are two reasons for that—first, it keeps file size down, and second, it allows pixel binning, which means the camera combines multiple pixels to capture more light and produce a better image.

However, if you have the room on your iPhone to store the resulting snaps, you can switch to 48MP photos. Professional photographers often make the switch because capturing more pixels provides more flexibility over the final shot by letting you take control over how those pixels are processed. 

[Related: Check out some of the winners of the latest iPhone Photography Awards]

But you should know there are differences depending on the iPhone you’re using.  The dual-lens on the iPhone 15 and the iPhone 15 Plus, has a slightly inferior 48MP sensor than the triple-lens on the iPhone 15 Pro and the iPhone 15 Pro Max—the number of pixels is the same, but the pixel-capturing tech isn’t quite as good.

The other key difference is that the iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max can capture RAW images, which Apple calls ProRAW photos. This format provides all the raw data from a digital image, providing photographers even more control and options over their work. RAW snaps take a little longer to process, use up a lot more storage space, and need some photo know-how to optimize, which is why the average smartphone photographer doesn’t bother with them.

iOS Pro image format menu on iPhone 15
The iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max models offer a ProRAW option, which offers even more flexibility to smartphone photographers. Apple

The iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus don’t have the processing grunt to manage RAW snaps, but they can still capture 48MP images in either HEIF or JPEG format. The result is still 48MP-size pictures but they’ll be slightly compressed, which takes away some of the manual post-processing control you get with RAW images. In certain ways, using a HEIF or JPEG format (which you can also do on the Pro models) goes halfway between shooting 24MP snaps and 48MP ProRAW, with the added benefit of significantly cutting down file sizes.

If you’re considering making the switch to 48MP photos, bear in mind that means a slightly longer time between tapping the shutter button and seeing your image on screen. What’s more, the dynamic range (the spread between the darkest blacks and the whitest whites) won’t be quite as good without pixel binning. 

How to change the iPhone 15 camera settings

iOS camera app on iPhone 15
Once you activate 48MP photos, the iPhone 15 lets you switch between shooting modes directly in the Camera app. Apple

Having absorbed all of that information about photo formats, you’re ready to start making changes. Head to Settings in iOS, then tap on Camera. Unless you’re already shooting in RAW, your first choice will be between High Efficiency (HEIF) or Most Compatible (JPEG) for the image format.

Which one you pick is really up to you and will depend on what you’re doing with your snaps after you’ve taken them. HEIF tends to result in smaller file sizes, but JPEG is generally compatible with a broader range of software on desktop and the web. There’s plenty of information about both online.

[Related: The easiest ways to back up iPhone photos without iCloud]

To unlock the 48MP photos, turn on Resolution Control (on the iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus) or ProRAW & Resolution Control (on the iPhone 15 Pro and iPhone 15 Pro Max). On the latter models you can also tap Pro Default to pick your preferred format: The list includes HEIF Max (up to 48MP), JPEG Max (up to 48MP), ProRAW 12MP, and ProRAW Max (up to 48MP). Underneath these options, Apple lists the average file size for each format, so you have an idea of how much space each picture will take up—10MB for a 48MP JPEG, for example, and 75MB for a 48MP ProRAW.

Launch the camera on your iPhone, and the new 48MP option will appear in the corner. It’ll be crossed out to begin with, so tap the icon to turn it on and choose which format you want to shoot—HEIF Max, JPEG Max, or RAW Max. On the iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max, press and hold on the icon to switch between HEIF/JPEG and ProRAW. Note that you won’t get the option to switch to ProRAW on the iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus.

iOS camera options for iPhone 15
If you want to keep the 48MP option enabled, you can tweak the settings for the Camera app. Apple

By default, the Camera app will forget that you enabled 48MP photos when you switch to another app, so the option will be crossed out again when you come back to it. To tell the camera to keep the 48MP enabled, open the iOS Settings screen, tap Camera, Preserve Settings, and then either Resolution Control or Apple ProRAW & Resolution Control, depending on your iPhone model.

Note that because of the way the iPhone 15 produces photos, it will default back to 24MP whenever you’re taking Live Photos or macro shots, or using Night mode or the flash. This will happen no matter what settings you’ve changed simply because those different modes require different types of image processing.

The post How to unlock the hidden, more powerful camera on the iPhone 15 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to edit photos on an iPhone—a detailed guide https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-edit-photos-on-iphone/ Fri, 20 Oct 2023 12:10:15 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=581093
An iPhone on a wooden table, with the Photos app open to an image of shoes that someone is about to edit.
Those shoes are so clean, we're not even sure that photo needs editing. Le Buzz Studio / Unsplash

Get ready to impress with your iPhone photo editing skills.

The post How to edit photos on an iPhone—a detailed guide appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An iPhone on a wooden table, with the Photos app open to an image of shoes that someone is about to edit.
Those shoes are so clean, we're not even sure that photo needs editing. Le Buzz Studio / Unsplash

Editing photos on an iPhone may seem intimidating, given all the options and settings, but it’s accessible to all skill levels. Thanks to its user-friendly interface and intuitive controls, you can easily enhance your images with preset effects or manually adjust settings to achieve the desired look. No expensive editing software necessary.

The iPhone’s photo editor also offers advanced features such as selective editing, which allows you to make precise adjustments to specific areas of your images. Additionally, you can easily share your edited photos directly from the app by posting them to social media platforms or sending them to friends and family. 

How to edit photos on an iPhone

Since most of us snap pictures on the fly, we are not thinking about the composition or lighting when we take the photo. We are trying to capture a moment as quickly as possible. Thankfully, that’s where post-editing comes in. Like icing a cake, editing images gives them a finished look. And editing photos on an iPhone might be even easier than messing around with gloopy buttercream.

Crop, rotate, or flip your photo

Was your selfie interrupted by a random bystander? No worries; that’s why there’s the crop tool. Cropping is one of the easiest and fastest ways to remove unwanted elements or distractions from the frame. Trimming the edges can also help improve a photo’s composition by adjusting the placement and balance of elements within the frame. In Photos, tap any thumbnail to view it in full screen. To start making changes, tap Edit, then tap the crop icon to choose one of three ways you can crop a photo.

The iPhone's Photos app, with an image open for editing, showing where to find the Edit button and crop tool.
“Edit” might be easy to find, but you may not be familiar with what the crop icon looks like. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

1. Manual crop: With the crop icon selected, drag the rectangle’s corners to enclose the area you want to keep in the photo. Tap Done to crop.

The iPhone Photos app, showing how to crop a photo by dragging the corner of the crop outline while editing.
Just drag and crop. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

2. Zoom crop: Alternatively, you can crop iPhone images by activating the crop tool and pinching them to zoom in. When the photo appears as you want it cropped, hit Done to save.

3. Use a preset ratio: Tap the aspect ratio icon in the upper right corner (a small rectangle with other rectangles stacked on top), then choose one of the cropping options, including square, wallpaper, 9:16, and 5:4. Hit Done to save the change.

  • Pro tip: If you choose a ratio crop, such as 9:16, you can select a vertical or horizontal orientation by tapping the two rectangles below the image.
The iPhone Photos app, showing where to find the aspect ratio crop tool and other crop settings while editing.
It’s hard to freehand a perfect square, but thankfully the iPhone can do it for you. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe
How to rotate a picture on iPhone

Tap the rotate icon (a square with an arrow curving around one corner) to turn the photo 90 degrees at a time. Keep going until you get the orientation you desire. Hit Done to confirm the changes.

The iPhone Photos app while editing a photo, showing where to find the picture rotation button.
Just keep tapping until you get the rotation you want. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe
How to flip a photo on iPhone

Touch the flip icon (mirrored triangles with an arrow above them) to reverse the image horizontally. Tap Done to save your edits.

The iPhone Photos app, while editing a photo, showing where the mirror flip option is.
Use this icon to get a mirror image of your photo. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

Just know that if you don’t like your crops, rotations, and/or flips at any time during the editing process, you can tap Cancel in the lower left corner of the screen, then hit Discard Changes

Straighten your image and adjust the perspective

Sometimes, you don’t notice tilted or skewed lines in a photograph until after you take it. Fortunately, altering the perspective is simple with the iPhone’s editing software. Open a photo on your iPhone, tap Edit, then hit the crop icon.

Under the photo, you will see three options for straightening the horizontal lines in the photo and adjusting the vertical and horizontal perspectives. When you choose the one you want to use, drag the slider underneath to make precise changes. There is also an Auto option at the top of the screen, which will automatically adjust the photo based on the selected adjustment.

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing where to find the options for straightening the image.
You can hit “Auto” if you want iOS to do the straightening for you. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

1. Straighten: This adjustment, well, straightens out horizontal lines within a photograph.

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing how to straighten a photo.
No more tilt. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

2. Vertical perspective: Corrects or modifies the perceived height or angle of objects in a photo, straightening vertical lines that may appear tilted or distorted.

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing how to adjust vertical perspective.
Stretch! Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

3. Horizontal perspective: Changes horizontal lines and angles in photos, ensuring parallel lines and your desired alignment. 

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing where to find the option for adjusting the horizontal perspective.
Expand! Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

After editing the perspective, select Done to save your changes; if unsatisfied, hit Cancel, followed by Discard Changes.

Adjust light and color

Light and color are important factors when editing photos on an iPhone—and anywhere, really—because they affect an image’s overall mood and visual appeal. The right lighting will bring out the subject’s features, add depth, and make important details stand out. In the same way, changing a photograph’s colors can make the viewer feel certain emotions, set a particular mood, or even send a message. Your phone’s Photos app has several tools that will let you adjust the light and color of your pictures.

[Related: How to take better selfies]

To begin, open the photo you want to alter. Tap Edit, then swipe left under the image to view the effects you can edit. The quickest and easiest way to make adjustments is to tap on Auto, and the slider under the Auto tab will allow you to adjust the intensity of the iPhone’s suggested edit.

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing how to auto edit a photo.
This one button will make multiple changes to your photo. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

If you prefer complete edit control, though, the iPhone photo editor lets you adjust each effect individually for a custom edit. The effects you can alter are:

  • Exposure: Increasing exposure can make an image brighter, while decreasing it can create a darker and more dramatic effect. 
  • Brilliance: Enhances an image’s overall clarity and vibrancy, making it more visually striking.
  • Highlights: Brings out the brightest areas of an image, adding a sense of brightness and contrast.
  • Shadows: Darkens the darker areas of an image, creating depth.
  • Contrast: Makes the difference between light and dark areas more pronounced.
  • Brightness: Changes how light or dark the photo is overall, but not as dramatically as adjusting exposure.
  • Blackpoint: Adjusts the darkest point in an image, allowing for greater control over the overall tonal range.
  • Saturation: Affects the intensity and richness of colors in an image.
  • Vibrance: Similar to saturation, but designed to enhance the colors more subtly and naturally. 
  • Warmth: Adjusts the color temperature of an image, making it appear either warmer (more yellow/orange) or cooler (more blue). 
  • Tint: Adjusts the overall color balance of an image, adding a subtle hue to the entire picture. 
  • Sharpness: Enhances the clarity and detail of an image, making edges and fine textures more defined.
  • Definition: Improves an image’s overall sharpness and clarity by enhancing the distinction between different elements and adding depth. 
  • Noise Reduction: Reduces digital noise in an image, resulting in a smoother and cleaner appearance. This helps minimize the grainy or speckled effect that can occur in low-light settings. 
  • Vignette: Darkens the corners and edges of the image, creating a subtle or dramatic spotlight effect.

To use an effect, tap on its icon and drag the slider underneath to make precise adjustments. The outline around the button indicates the degree of adjustment, and you can toggle between the edited effect and the original to see how much you’ve changed the photo.

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing where to find all the editing tools to adjust the light and color effects of a photo.
The more you use the iPhone’s editing tools, the more familiar you’ll be with how they change a photo. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

Apply filters

Filter effects enable you to easily add creative and artistic elements to your photos, resulting in more visually appealing and captivating images. To apply a filter, open a photo, tap Edit, then tap the Filters button (the three overlapping circles) to pull up the filter effect options. There are nine to choose from. Use the slider underneath your chosen effect to adjust its intensity, and if you need to remove a filter, tap Original. Hit Done to confirm the edit.

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing where to find filters for your photos, and how to apply them.
Filters can be subtle or dramatic. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

Portrait mode editing tips

If you’re someone who likes to use Portrait mode, you’ll need to be familiar with the iPhone’s Portrait mode-specific enhancements. These allow you to adjust the depth of field (also known as bokeh), which is the range of distance within a photograph that appears in sharp focus and makes the subject stand out. Portrait mode’s editing tools also include studio lighting effects for added flexibility and creativity. 

When you open a photo taken in Portrait mode, you will see two editing options not available in the regular photo mode. The effect at the top with the little “f” is f-stop, or depth of field. The circles at the bottom of the screen are lighting effects.

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing Portrait mode-specific editing tools, like f-stop and lighting effects.
Portrait mode makes your photos look a little advanced, so the editing tools are a little advanced too. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

Adjusting the f-stop will increase or decrease blurring in the background. The smaller the f-stop, the more blur you’ll see. A larger f-stop will mean less blur. Tap the f-stop icon, and a slider will appear at the bottom of the screen, allowing you to adjust the effect.

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing how the background of a photo gets less blurry as you adjust the f-stop setting.
You can see the background of these photos change as you adjust the f-stop setting. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

To adjust the lighting, tap one of the effects. You can choose from natural, studio, contour, stage, stage light mono, and high-key light mono. Move the slider to the left or right to increase or decrease the effect. 

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing how to edit Portrait mode lighting effects.
Messing around with the Portrait mode lighting effects can give your photo the look you want. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

Write or draw on a photo

It can be fun to write or draw on a picture, and the iPhone makes it easy to do so. Choose a photo, then go to Edit and tap the pen-shaped button. Use the various drawing tools and colors to draw on the picture.

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing the options for writing on or drawing on a photo.
Time to scribble all over that perfectly crafted pic. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

You can tap the plus button to magnify or add a caption, text, shapes, or even your signature. Tap Done to save your changes, or tap Cancel if you don’t like them.

How to undo photo edits on an iPhone

Don’t worry if you make an editing mistake—the iPhone’s Photos app gives you plenty of opportunities to undo your edits.

Undo and redo edits: While editing a photo, tap the left and right arrows at the top of the screen to undo and redo multiple edit steps.

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing how to undo photo edits.
You’re probably familiar with the “undo” and “redo” icons in other programs, and they’re essentially the same here. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

Revert an edited photo: If you save changes and decide you do not like the edit, you can open up the photo, select Edit, and then hit Revert to restore the original version. 

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing how to revert changes to any photo.
It’s OK, we all make mistakes. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

Copy and paste edits to multiple photos

The iPhone allows you to copy edits from one photo and paste them onto one or more others, an ability that is particularly useful when you’re trying to edit a series of similar photos. Start by opening the photo that contains the edits you want to copy. Then tap the More Options button (three dots), followed by Copy Edits. Hit Cancel, then the back button to return to your photo library.

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing how to copy edits from one photo.
Your edits were just so perfect on this one. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

From there, tap Select, then touch the thumbnails of the photos to which you want to apply the edits. Finally, select Paste Edits from the More Options menu.

The iPhone Photos app, showing how to paste edits to multiple photos in your library.
We love a good time-saving tip. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

How to remove the subject from a photo on an iPhone

Although you can’t edit the background of a photo with the iPhone’s Photos app (you’ll need to install a separate app for that), you can cut and paste one part of the picture—the subject.

To do so, the photo’s subject and background should be clearly distinct, and the background shouldn’t be too busy or similar to the subject. Start by opening an image, then pressing and holding the subject. You should see a white glow around the subject, and a window should pop up asking you to Copy or Share. If that doesn’t work, move your finger around and try again—sometimes, it takes more than one attempt to select a subject.

The iPhone Photos app in editing mode, showing how to remove the subject from a photo.
That white glow means the subject is about to ascend (out of the photo). Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

When it does work, your iPhone will automatically separate the subject from the background, and you’ll be able to copy and paste it into another app, or share it using standard sharing options.

The iPhone Photos app with a subject that has been separated from its photo.
You can now share this object anywhere. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

If necessary, change the date, time, or location

Your iPhone stores the date, time, and location in the photo’s metadata. If you need to alter this information, you can. Open the photo you want to change, then tap the More Options button (three dots) in the upper right corner. Touch Adjust Date & Time or Adjust Location, enter the new information, and hit Adjust.

The iPhone Photos app, showing how to edit image metadata.
You have your reasons. Screenshot: Apple; Debbie Wolfe

To change the date, time, or location of multiple photos at once, tap Select, touch the thumbnails of the images you want to change, and follow the steps above. Don’t worry if you change your mind, either—you can undo your metadata edits by tapping the More Options button, followed by Adjust Date & Time or Adjust Location, then Revert.

FAQ

Q. Can you erase objects on iPhone photos?

You can only erase objects from iPhone photos with third-party editing apps from the App Store. These programs offer object removal tools and other features that allow you to easily remove unwanted elements from your photos with just a few taps. 

Q. Can my iPhone edit blurry photos? 

Your iPhone can help enhance blurry photos with its sharpening tools and filters. However, the iPhone cannot make an image completely clear if the photo is severely out of focus.

The post How to edit photos on an iPhone—a detailed guide appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Opt Out: Cars are spying on us, and we’re letting them https://www.popsci.com/diy/car-data-privacy/ Thu, 19 Oct 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=580441
Car with a license plate saying "data hog"
When buying a new car you probably check for features like milage and size, but never privacy. Lauren Pusateri for Popular Science

Your ride is definitely not the private sanctuary you think it is.

The post The Opt Out: Cars are spying on us, and we’re letting them appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Car with a license plate saying "data hog"
When buying a new car you probably check for features like milage and size, but never privacy. Lauren Pusateri for Popular Science

You are more than a data point. The Opt Out is here to help you take your privacy back.

AMERICANS SPEND A LOT of time in cars. Whether you have a long commute, enjoy riding with friends as they drive around, or just like sitting in the parking lot for a bit of solo time, a car might feel like an extension of your home—an intimate space for you to sing out of tune or seek silence in the middle of your day.

Unfortunately, if you’re in a car that was manufactured within the past few years, that environment isn’t as private as you think it is. Carmakers have been adding sensors, cameras, and microphones to their vehicles to improve safety and usability, but these bits of tech are also collecting a hefty amount of data that the automotive industry and other companies are selling and sharing. And don’t think this applies only to car owners: Your privacy is also at risk if you rent a car or are simply sitting in a passenger seat.  

These newer cars know what you say, where you go, and possibly even whom you’re sleeping with and how often. It’s scary, but what’s scarier is that consumers currently have little choice but to consent. 

More than computers on wheels

Cars have been equipped with onboard computers and sensors for a while now. The tools’ applications have always been rather practical—letting you know when your fuel tank is close to empty or when your machine is due for an oil change, even allowing you to get full system diagnostics via Bluetooth. But as technology advanced, so did the role of electronics within every vehicle. Now cars can help you master parallel parking, respond to your voice commands, and even alert you to the presence of other drivers as you change lanes.

“A lot of this can be used as safety features, but [car companies] are not going to let the opportunity to collect data and make money off of that slip away. They’re not just doing it for safety,” says Jen Caltrider, program director for Privacy Not Included, a series of privacy-focused consumer product reviews, at the Mozilla Foundation. 

The same navigational tool that guides you to your destination, for example, is collecting your location data, and the sensors that show which passenger hasn’t buckled up can tell if you’re alone or not, where people are sitting, and if there’s any movement. Those capabilities alone provide hundreds, if not thousands of data points every day that go straight to the car manufacturer’s servers. It’s hard to tell if any of that information is encrypted or not, Caltrider says.

Other than what your car’s sensors and cameras track, manufacturers also learn about you from other sources. If you’re buying a car, the data harvesting starts with every visit to the dealership or the brand’s website, and it continues when you enlist the help of a bank or some other type of financial institution to pay for your car. Then, when you drive home in your new ride, manufacturers keep gathering data through the car’s app. You can choose not to use the app, but it’s likely you’ll lose access to any vehicle features that require it, such as remote ignition. And then there’s what Caltrider and her team call “connected services,” including insurance companies and navigation and entertainment apps like Here and Sirius XM, which have basically become data brokers in the vehicle data industry. The bad news is that it’s unclear exactly how the information flows, how it’s shared, and where and how it’s stored. 

Your car might know too much about you

In September, Caltrider and her research team at the Mozilla Foundation launched an in-depth analysis of the privacy policies of 25 car companies doing business in the US, including the most popular ones: Toyota, Ford, Chevrolet, and Honda. The results? The Mozilla team labeled cars the worst product category it has ever reviewed for privacy.

When you read the privacy policy for any app or device, it’s common to feel confused. Tech companies have been writing privacy policies for decades, and they generally include broad or vague terms that make you feel as if they care about your data—or at least don’t make it obvious that they don’t. Car privacy policies are different: way more explicit and entirely absurd.

“Car companies are moving into the tech company world,” Caltrider says. “But they’re so inexperienced at it and it really shows.”

One of the wildest privacy policies in the Mozilla Foundation’s report is Nissan’s, which requires users to consent to the collection of sensitive information including sexual orientation, sexual activity, health diagnosis data, and genetic information. The document also says this data can be sold or disclosed to third parties for targeted advertising. It’s not clear how exactly Nissan is collecting this data or if it’s currently capable of doing so, but the fact that you’re agreeing to all of this by simply buying a Nissan is problematic enough. 

And these requirements don’t affect only drivers and car owners, as consent is murky territory in the land of vehicle privacy policies. For one thing, cars don’t grant the same control over data collection that your phone does. Most of the time, car owners will see a request for permissions on a single screen that pops up when they first set up their new car, and they may not be able to go back to it and revoke those permissions later on. 

That also means there’s assumed consent from anybody who steps inside the vehicle. Privacy policies like that of Subaru make it clear that terms and conditions affect everyone on board, regardless of whether they’re the vehicle’s registered owner or not. This means that the company burdens Subaru owners with the responsibility of informing all their passengers about the privacy policy and assumes that people are agreeing to it just by stepping into the car. It’s a safe bet that no ride-share driver or courteous coworker has ever read you a long list of types of data collection you needed to consent to before they’d give you a ride home. 

Car manufacturers, vehicle data hubs, and other actors in the industry, like insurance companies, calm concerned drivers and passengers by promising that the data they collect and save is anonymized, meaning it cannot be traced back to specific people. While anonymizing data is a common practice that’s meant to protect individuals’ privacy, research has shown that it’s not always effective and that the owner of any anonymized data can be easily re-identified when the information is combined with other datasets. This is especially true when location data is involved, Caltrider says. 

As we’ve mentioned, targeted advertising is one of the main uses car companies and third parties have for collecting data with vehicles, but it’s not the only one. More than half of the manufacturers analyzed in the Mozilla Foundation’s report say they can “share your information with the government or law enforcement in response to a ‘request.’” This leaves a lot of room for abuse, as there are no details about whether this request can be as informal as a call or an email to the right person, or if it must be a powerful document, like a court order. 

Unlike with home security cameras, it’s hard to tell exactly how many times these companies have responded to requests from police and other law enforcement agencies. But a 2021 Forbes investigation revealed that both Customs and Border Protection (CBP) and Immigrations and Customs Enforcement (ICE) had been requesting information from three companies in the vehicle data industry, including General Motors, which is the parent company of Buick, Chevrolet, Cadillac, and GMC. 

Regulation is the answer

The automotive industry in the US is huge—it brought more than $156 billion to the US economy in 2022, and more than 75 percent of Americans own a car. You’d imagine that such a rich market would include several car brands privacy-savvy users can choose from, but the Mozilla Foundation report is categorical: When it comes to data protection, they’re all bad

This leaves people who need to buy a new car with little choice but to consent to data collection. And it leaves their passengers with even less choice. Because it’s not only luxury vehicles that come equipped with sophisticated sensors and cameras—classic sedans like the Toyota Corolla and family SUVs like the Ford Escape also have them. As much as we’d like to say there’s an individualistic DIY way to snatch back your privacy, there’s not. You’ll have to appeal to the powers that be.

“Get mad and contact your elected officials,” says Caltrider. “It’s past time the US had a strong federal privacy law.”

She also recommends not using your car’s app, but acknowledges that this is a bandage solution and might not be an option for some people. Some of the features people need, like being able to warm the car in cold weather by turning it on remotely, require the use of the software. 

Using our power as constituents and asking our elected officials for laws that protect our data is the best chance we have of taking back the intimacy we once found inside our vehicles. Car companies simply aren’t going to change on their own—just like tech companies, they have no incentives to do so.

“And it’s not like they have a long history of ethical behavior,” Caltrider says. “They have quite the opposite.”

Read more PopSci+ stories.

The post The Opt Out: Cars are spying on us, and we’re letting them appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You can easily turn your iPhone into a Mac mic https://www.popsci.com/diy/use-iphone-as-mic-mac/ Thu, 19 Oct 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=580924
An iPhone on a wooden desk showing the menu to use the device as a microphone.
If you own a Mac and an iPhone, you don't have to splurge on a USB mic to have people hear you clearly in your next meeting. Tyler Lastovich / Unsplash

Living in Apple's gadget ecosystem has its perks.

The post You can easily turn your iPhone into a Mac mic appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An iPhone on a wooden desk showing the menu to use the device as a microphone.
If you own a Mac and an iPhone, you don't have to splurge on a USB mic to have people hear you clearly in your next meeting. Tyler Lastovich / Unsplash

Video calls are a part of life now, but they can be a nightmare if your hardware is not up to par. You can upgrade your setup with a USB microphone (which can come in real handy if you’re putting up video calls on your TV) but if you’re a Mac user with an iPhone, you already have all you need. 

You can use your phone as a microphone when you make video calls from your Apple computer. This functionality is part of a feature called Continuity Camera, and it’s easy to set up. Any iPhone made after 2018 and running iOS 16 or newer will work, while all Macs running macOS Ventura or newer will fit the bill.  

How to set up Continuity Camera in macOS

To use your phone as a microphone on desktop video calls, you’ll need a Mac and an iPhone signed into the same iCloud account. 

Start by making your computer recognize your handheld device as an available sound source. On the Mac, click the Apple logo in the top-left corner of the screen and open System Settings. In the left-hand panel, go to Sound, and under Output and Input, click the Input tab. 

[Related: 7 tips and tricks to get more out of Apple’s newly updated Messages app]

You will see your iPhone as an audio source—select it. You’ll automatically see a full-screen pop-up on your phone with a couple of buttons. The Pause button on your phone to temporarily mute yourself when on a call, while Disconnect will completely remove your iPhone from your Mac’s audio inputs list. Don’t hit this button unless that’s what you want, otherwise you’ll have to go through the setup all over again. 

Mac audio input settings showing how to setup an iPhone as a microphone.
Before using your iPhone as a mic, you need your Mac to recognize it as an audio input. Screenshot: Apple

Once your computer recognizes your iPhone as a microphone, you can select it as the preferred audio source from most video call apps, including Zoom, Microsoft Teams, and Google Meet. 

  • In Zoom, find the audio settings by clicking zoom.us in the upper left corner of your screen, then go to Preferences, and click the Audio tab. You can choose your iPhone under Microphone. 
  • In Google Meet, click the three dots left of the hangup button in the bottom toolbar and go to Settings. You’ll be able to choose your iPhone in the Microphone options. 
  • In Microsoft Teams, click the three-dot menu to the left of your name, click Settings, and head over to Devices. You can select your iPhone in the Microphone drop down menu. 
Zoom settings showing how to choose an iPhone as an audio input
It’s easy to choose an alternative audio source on most video call apps, including Zoom. Screenshot: Zoom

I’ve found using an iPhone as a microphone during video calls comes in very handy, particularly if I’m part of a group of people taking the call on a single device. I put the phone on the table, between everyone, while my laptop sits far enough so that we all fit into the camera frame. That usually means the microphone is too far away to pick up our voices, so the iPhone is extremely helpful—the speaker can even hold it while they talk and pass it along when they’re done, if necessary. 

[Related: 6 great features to try out in the iOS 17 public beta]

You can also use this feature to turn your laptop into a karaoke machine: your iPhone instantly becomes a wireless microphone. 

The post You can easily turn your iPhone into a Mac mic appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
7 tips to get the most out of your Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 5 https://www.popsci.com/diy/z-fold-5-tips/ Wed, 18 Oct 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=580473
Person taking a selfie using a Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 5
A foldable phone gives you double the screens and double the options. Samsung

Make sure you're making the most of your folding phone.

The post 7 tips to get the most out of your Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 5 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person taking a selfie using a Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 5
A foldable phone gives you double the screens and double the options. Samsung

If you’re splurging on a foldable phone like the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 5, make sure you’re getting your money’s worth by exploring all the options and features the handset has to offer.

When you’ve got twice as many screens as normal, you get a lot more functionalities and flexibility: From quickly getting apps running side by side, to dragging and dropping texts and images between them.

1. Customize full screen apps

Unfortunately, not every Android app is developed to run on a screen as large as the main display of the Galaxy Z Fold 5. You might see black bars at the side of certain apps, as well as other odd behavior.

But you can fix this by going to Settings, then Display and Full screen apps. Pick an tool, and choose how you’d like it to show up. Full screen is the option to go for if you don’t want any black bars, though it may cause some distortion on certain apps.

2. Drag and drop between apps

With two apps open on screen, the Z Fold 5 is very adept at transferring content between them. Try tapping and holding an image in your web browser, for example, then dragging it across to an email you’re composing on the other side of the screen. The system will drop the picture right into the message—no copying, pasting, or saving required.

[Related: 7 Samsung phone hacks you need to try right now]

Note that this feature doesn’t work in every single app, but it will run smoothly in a lot them: Google’s Gmail and Chrome, Samsung’s Gallery and Notes, and Microsoft’s PowerPoint and Outlook, are some of the apps that support dragging and dropping.

3. Bring up the Flex panel

Menu for activating flex mode on Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 5
Setting up your Z Fold 5 in a right angle will give you a full screen menu with shortcuts and other utilities. Screenshot by Samsung

Flex mode is when you make a 90-degree angle with the Z Fold 5, so you have one half laying flat on a surface while the other is propped up straight. This allows certain apps to display different content on each side. Try opening the Camera app to see what we mean— you’ll see the shutter window at the top and the camera controls underneath.

There’s also the Flex panel, which will work with any app that supports multi-window use (most now do). Open Settings and then go to Advanced features > Labs > Flex mode panel, and enable the feature.

Now, when you turn your phone to landscape mode, you’ll get a little Flex panel icon (a gray diamond shape) in the lower left hand corner. Tap the icon to make the panel pop up: you’ll get a little touchpad to use with the app that’s on the top half of the screen, as well as quick access to certain features and the screenshot tool.

Try using the Flex panel with a web browser to see how useful it can be: You’ll be able to select links and elements on screen just as you would on a desktop operating system.

4. Get more content on screen

Make your way to Settings and go to Display and Screen layout and zoom. This page lets you change the size of the fonts and other elements on screen, which means you can get more content on your Z Fold 5 display at the same time—whether you’re working with one or multiple apps on the screen.

5. Switch seamlessly to the cover screen

Menu for transferring apps to the cover screen of the Galaxy Z Fold 5
Not all apps go straight from the extended screen to the cover one, but you can customize it. Screenshot by Samsung

By default, the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 5 treats the larger main screen and the smaller cover screen separately, so apps that you’re using on the big display won’t automatically switch over to the outer display when you close the phone.

But if you would like to transfer apps seamlessly, open up Display from Settings, then tap on Continue apps on cover screen. You’ll be able to have this happen with all apps, or only with specific ones.

6. Change how multi window works

One of the key advantages of a foldable device like the Z Fold 5 is how easily you can get multiple apps and windows up alongside each other. Most of the time the Z Fold 5 handles this perfectly well on its own, but you can make some tweaks by heading to Settings, and then going to Advanced features and Multi window.

For example, you can enable Swipe for split screen. This feature will let you swipe in with two fingers from the left-hand edge of the main display to go from full screen mode to split screen mode. When you do, the Z Fold 5 will prompt you to choose another app to go alongside the one you’re already looking at.

7. Customize the taskbar

The taskbar at the bottom of the screen is crucial for getting around your foldable phone and the apps on it, so make sure it’s set up the way you want it. From Settings, pick Display and Taskbar, and choose how many recent apps you want to see at the bottom of the screen. You can also completely hide the taskbar, if you prefer.

[Related: Samsung Galaxy Z Flip4 review: Powerful vibes]

From the Display screen you can also select Navigation bar and choose whether you want to navigate your phone using gestures or the traditional back, home and recent buttons. If you’re not sure about the differences between these two options, you’ll see explanations for them on screen. Just keep in mind that using gestures will free up more space on the taskbar for you.

Note that the apps on the left of the taskbar are the same as those in the dock on the home screen. You can drag apps in and out of the dock if you want to change this selection.

The post 7 tips to get the most out of your Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 5 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best search engines for finding results and securing your privacy https://www.popsci.com/diy/best-search-engines/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=580097
A bearded man with glasses looking at a desktop computer screen with a search function displayed.
The best search engine is definitely not the one this guy's using. Depositphotos

Find what you need online and protect your privacy.

The post The best search engines for finding results and securing your privacy appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A bearded man with glasses looking at a desktop computer screen with a search function displayed.
The best search engine is definitely not the one this guy's using. Depositphotos

Your choice of search engine makes a big difference in the relevance (and privacy) of your search results. The first search engine, known as Archie, was developed by a student at McGill University and released in 1990. Today, there are more than 20 search engines that range from powerhouses like Google to lesser-known, more specialized options

Some search engines, such as Google, highlight their AI assistants, but the truth is that artificial intelligence has been behind search engines for years. But if you want an assistant to winnow search results, AI can help you get more relevant results. 

Even if you use a browser with a built-in search engine, you’re not beholden to it. You can, for example, add search engines to Google Chrome, giving you extra options when you want to perform photo searches or need extra privacy. Before you set your default search engine, though, consider how you use searches and how you feel about data privacy. These factors can direct you toward the top search engine for your inquiring mind.

1. Google

The Google search engine in a Google Chrome browser window.
The undisputed leader of search. Screenshot: Google

Google is the No. 1 search engine used today, handling more than 83 percent of searches, according to Statista. That number may rise or fall depending on the month, but needless to say, Google’s got the majority of the market when it comes to searches. 

Google is a robust search engine that powers sites like YouTube and integrates full-service features like Google Workspace. It’s much more than a search engine that allows you to gather everything from your latest curiosity to professional collaboration in one place. 

In February 2023, Google introduced Bard, an AI-powered search assistant. Search engines have used AI algorithms for years to identify patterns and customize search results and ads to individual users, but we’re entering a new age of heavy focus on AI. If you’re hoping Bard will hold up to OpenAI’s ChatGPT, though, it’s got a ways to go. That said, with the speed that AI adapts, it may not be long before Google has a leading assistant for generative as well as search purposes. 

This engine also gets high marks for the layout and variety of features like snippets, knowledge panels, and “people also ask” sections that can help you further refine results. On the downside, Google is a data hog and hangs onto your information to customize your experience. On one hand, you’ll see ads and results that are more relevant to your likes and preferences. On the other hand, privacy issues and data usage are real concerns. Some people find Google more than a little invasive.

2. Bing

The Bing search engine in a Google Chrome browser window.
Earn rewards for all that search time. Screenshot: Bing

If you’re looking for search engines other than Google, Bing is a top contender. Bing doesn’t have nearly Google’s market share, but it’s second in popularity worldwide. Microsoft created Bing in 2009 and has developed it into an impressive search engine, especially when it comes to the integration of AI. 

[Related: Ditch Google for good with these apps and gadgets]

ChatGPT powers Bing Chat, Bing’s search bot, which remembers query context to help you refine searches. It also includes sources in search results, helping you assess the validity of your results. That said, Bing can give short, almost nonsensical answers at times. 

The Bing search results pages on Bing look eerily similar to Google’s. Many users may have a hard time telling the difference between the two. However, Bing’s image, video, and map searching abilities are some of the best, with the video and image features topping the market.

Bing also offers a rewards program, which earns you points every time you shop or search with Bing. After you’ve accumulated enough points, you can redeem them for gift cards or use them to donate to your favorite charity. You earn about five points per search, so doing a lot of online research could earn you a few bucks each month. 

Like Google, Bing collects data to customize the ads and searches that appear, which you may or may not appreciate. Consequently, Bing, like Google, might not be the best choice if privacy is your top concern.

3. DuckDuckGo

The DuckDuckGo search engine in a Google Chrome browser window.
Increased tracker blocking and encryption on DuckDuckGo help protect user privacy. Screenshot: DuckDuckGo

If all that data collection has your skin crawling, DuckDuckGo is worth a try. If you compare Google vs. DuckDuckGo vs. Bing, DuckDuckGo might not be as comprehensive, but it puts privacy over pure search power. It doesn’t store your data, track you, or collect cookies. You’ll still see ads, but they won’t be customized based on your searches. 

This search engine uses its own crawler and incorporates a few other search engines, but not Google. The company skips the monster search engine in an effort to provide a different user experience. It’s organized similarly to other search engines, with search categories at the top for images and videos that match your search.

[Related: 7 ways DuckDuckGo can help you find exactly what you need]

However, there’s only one results page per search, which is kind of nice if you’re easily overwhelmed by Google’s millions of results when all you’re doing is looking for the best WiFi routers. While DuckDuckGo isn’t set to dethrone Google, it’s gained a steady following with the privacy it offers.

4. Startpage

The Startpage search engine in a Google Chrome browser window.
Skip the targeted ads when you search with Startpage. Screenshot: Startpage

Startpage approaches search with a philosophy that’s similar to DuckDuckGo by focusing on security and privacy. It keeps prying eyes (and advertisers) from following your every virtual move by refusing to log your search history or save your personal data. That does mean some searches take a little longer. But some users find it worth it for the privacy that remains after they hit exit. 

Startpage uses Google to populate results, which means you’ll get robust results without the targeted ads. The uncluttered search page is a breath of fresh air from some of the larger engines, which can feel like ads are slapping you in the face while you scroll.

This engine also offers an Anonymous View that lets you visit pages without sharing any information about yourself. The process works by removing your IP address before sending the query. Startpage also offers the option of StartMail, a secure email platform.

5. Yahoo

The Yahoo homepage and search engine in a Google Chrome browser window.
Yahoo is powered by Bing, so they may display similar results. Screenshot: Yahoo

Yahoo has been around since 1994 and uses Bing’s search engine to create results, so expect similar groupings, but it uses its own tech for certain searches, including trending ones. Though not as elegant as Bing or Google, Yahoo’s search page offers categories like weather, news, sports, and trends as well as access to Yahoo’s email service. Yahoo Finance is another big draw and provides quick access to the latest in what’s happening on the stock market. 

If you’re primarily after news and finance info, Yahoo’s got it in spades. You don’t even have to do a Yahoo web search to see the latest headlines with eye-catching photos to boot. Yahoo Maps is another place that sets this engine apart, thanks to an open-source Open Maps service. 

Yahoo also offers subscription-based services like Yahoo Finance Plus for even more insight into the market, investments, and companies on the rise. And, of course, it includes free features like Yahoo Mail.

The post The best search engines for finding results and securing your privacy appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best dual-monitor stands of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-dual-monitor-stands/ Fri, 17 Jun 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=449578
The best dual monitor stands
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Double the screens, double the fun, but take up less of the desk space with the best dual monitor stands.

The post The best dual-monitor stands of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best dual monitor stands
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Mount-It! (MI-1772) Dual Monitor Arm Mount-It! (MI-1772) Dual Monitor Arm
SEE IT

Full articulation and ease of use are what make this dual monitor arm stand out—especially if you don’t have a lot of desk space.

Best wall-mounted The Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount conveys is a more affordable choice if you’re okay installing a more permanent dual monitor setup. Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount
SEE IT

The Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount conveys is a more affordable choice if you’re okay installing a more permanent dual monitor setup.

Best budget VIVO Dual Monitor Desk Mount VIVO Dual Monitor Desk Mount
SEE IT

VIVO’s Dual Monitor Desk Mount has more features than its modest price suggests.

With so many people working from home, many of us are furnishing our offices on our own dime or with a small work budget rather than requesting equipment at the office—and that can mean some real makeshift monitor stands, etc. Ergonomics, however, is just as important at home as in a cubicle. Using a dual-monitor stand, whether it’s something you put on your desk, a mounted monitor arm, or a bracket you mount on your wall, gives you the freedom to place your screens as you please for both maximum comfort and efficiency. There are many ways to optimize your two-monitor setup: The best dual-monitor stands ensure maximum flexibility, regardless of your approach.

How we chose the best dual-monitor stands

To make our selections, I paired my own personal testing and experience with professional reviews and consumer feedback on Amazon. Our favorite monitor arms and monitor stands for dual-display setups provide a wide range of use cases, installation types, and prices. We also kept brand credibility in mind: Among monitor arm manufacturers, there are a handful of respected companies, and a very large number of lesser-known brands that often offer cheap prices but without the reputation or warranty to back them up.

Best dual-monitor stands: Reviews & Recommendations

So you have two monitors, and you want to put them up on a single adjustable stand. Now that you know the basics of what to look for, we have a few recommendations for the best dual-monitor stands, including desk-mounted, wall-mounted, and freestanding options. No matter your home office or PC gaming setup, there should be a decent option for you among these picks.

Best overall: Mount-It! (MI-1772) Dual Monitor Arm

Mount-It!

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Mount-It’s monitor arm makes it very easy to maneuver two big displays without any friction.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Gas-spring mount/free moving
  • Weight range: 20lb per arm
  • Display size range: 19-32 inches
  • Available colors: Black, Silver

Pros

  • Requires very little desk space
  • Offers fine-grain control over the monitors
  • Easy-to-move displays

Cons

  • Price

We’ve had great success in our tests of Mount-It!’s single monitor arms, and feel very comfortable recommending this dual-display version to anyone who needs a lot of extra digital real estate to work. The arms can hold large, heavy displays, and each one can be twisted, tilted, and turned in several directions. This level of control can accommodate many work styles: video editors who want to see how their color grading tweaks are affecting the look of footage in real time, office workers who want to dedicate a vertically oriented monitor to their e-mail or messaging client, or gamers who want to monitor their Twitch chat.

Two features have impressed us with Mount-It!’s other monitor stands that apply to this one: The ease at which they allow you to control your monitor and how well their clamping mechanism keeps it firmly attached to your desk. We’ve had no issues moving a 27-inch monitor with one hand, and the ability to move your displays closer and further from your face comes in handy more frequently than you’d expect. If you don’t have a lot of physical desk space, this monitor’s clamp will be incredibly helpful. A monitor stand’s feet can take up a lot more room than you think, and having more area back for your go-to tech accessories is very useful.

Best desk-mounted: Ergotron LX Dual Monitor Arm

Ergotron

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Ergotron LX Dual Monitor Arm is a slick desk mount that balances great build quality and the price that comes with it.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Gas-spring mount/free moving
  • Weight range: 7-20 lbs
  • Display size range: 27 inches
  • Available colors: Black/white/silver

Pros

  • Superior build quality
  • Plenty of ergonomic options
  • Easy to install
  • Lots of color options

Cons

  • Expensive

When you think of monitor mounts, free-moving gas-spring arms typically come to mind. They offer smooth action that allows you to move your screens with precision easily. Though it costs more than many other brands, Ergotron’s LX Dual Monitor Arm dual-monitor arm has a higher quality that justifies the price. Plus, it comes with a 10-year warranty, so you know the company stands behind its product. The Ergotron LX Dual Monitor Arm doesn’t do anything flashy. It just does the basics very well.

Best wall-mounted: Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount

MOUNTUP

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount looks sharp, and strikes a balance between price and features.

Specs

  • Mount type: Wall mount
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Gas-spring arms/free moving
  • Weight range: 3.3 – 17.6 lbs
  • Display size range: Up to 32-inch
  • Available colors: Chrome/Black

Pros

  • Great price
  • Very adjustable
  • Detachable VESA plates

Cons

  • Requires tools to install
  • Requires brick, concrete, or wood anchor

If you’re ready to commit to a specific home, spot, and desk setup, you can save a lot of money on a really great dual-monitor arm with the Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount. It looks sharp, carries a lot of weight, and costs less than half as much as our desk-mounted pick. That said, this is a heavy dual-monitor arm. Not only do you need to attach it to the wall, the manufacturer specifically calls for you to anchor it on a brick, concrete, or wooden stud. Drywall alone may not hold it up. That’s a huge limitation, but if you have the right setup, this is arguably the most stable way to mount your monitors.

Best freestanding: ErGear Freestanding Dual Monitor Stand

ErGear

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: If you don’t want to mount your monitors on arms, ErGear makes a more conventional dual-monitor stand that’s sturdy and offers strong adjustability.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desktop stand
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Pole-adjusted height/static arm
  • Weight range: Up to 22 lbs
  • Display size range: 17-32 inches
  • Available colors: Black

Pros

  • Glass base
  • High weight tolerence
  • No “install” time
  • Price

Cons

  • Fewer placement/ergonomic options
  • Base takes up space on your desk

We often recommend desk-clamping or wall-mounted monitor arms for their great adjustability and their ability to free up desk space. However, not all of us can use those options: We can’t all drill holes in our walls, and some desks aren’t clamp-friendly. Whether your options are limited, or you simply don’t want to install anything, a desktop or “freestanding” monitor stand is the way to go.

ErGear’s Dual Monitor Stand features a static base column with adjustable spokes for both monitors. It is as adjustable as a dual-monitor arm, but you can still adjust height, tilt, swivel, and rotation to get very good, ergonomically mind positioning. It’s all held down by a large, sturdy black glass base that has enough room under it to route some cables. While it doesn’t free up as much space as a desk-mounted stand, putting both of your monitors on a single stand still opens up your workstation quite a bit.

Best vertical: Hemudu HT05B-002 Dual Monitor Stand

Hemudu

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Hemudu HT05B-002 allows you to set up a vertical stacking configuration without sacrificing stability.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desktop stand
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 50mm x 50mm, 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Static mount
  • Weight range: 44 lbs per arm
  • Display size range: 13-34 inches
  • Available colors: Black

Pros

  • Can handle very large and heavy displays
  • Has plenty of ergonomic options
  • Easy to move

Cons

  • Fewer adjustment options compared to free-moving arms
  • Still takes up desk space

Ergonomics are, ultimately, the core advantage of using a dual-monitor arm. Putting your displays on a single, adjustable mount allows you to position your displays to reduce the number of neck movements you have to do in your daily work. No matter what you do, though, putting two widescreen displays right next to each other ensures that you will need to turn your head to focus on one screen or the other. Suppose you are the kind of person who uses one display most of the time and only occasionally glances at screen number two. In that case, a stacking monitor stand, which mounts the two monitors in a single column, might be useful. Craning your neck to look up isn’t great, ergonomically speaking, but if you only look at that second monitor every once in a while, it may lead to a net reduction in strain.

If you want to set up a vertical stack, we recommend a desktop mount like the Hemudu HT05B-002, rather than a desk-mounted one. With a vertical setup, you’re putting a lot more stress on the stand arm, and a flat stand handles that extra weight better. The HT05B-002 can handle two 34-inch, 44-lb. screens. It features removable VESA plates for easy installation as well. A wide base limits your desk real estate gains, but you can rest easy knowing that the stand will support your monitors’ weight(s). It’s a small consolation, but the feet under the base raise up enough to fit some of your other cabling underneath.

Best premium: Ergotron HX Desk Dual Monitor Arm

Ergotron

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: If you’re willing to pay a premium for a reliable brand, the Ergotron HX is as sturdy as they come.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk-mounted
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm (More available with optional bracket adapter kit)
  • Adjustment mechanism: Gas-spring arms/free moving
  • Weight range: 35 lbs per arm
  • Display size range: Up to 32-inch
  • Available colors: White, Silver, Black

Pros

  • Killer looks
  • 15-year warranty
  • A trusted name in ergonomics

Cons

  • Very expensive

It’s easy to find a monitor arm for under $100, but they’re almost always a gamble. You’re buying a relatively untested design from a brand with little to no reputation, which can be a risky proposition with a dual-monitor stand that holds and protects two pieces of equipment that cost hundreds or even thousands of dollars. If you have a pair of very expensive displays, you may want to consider spending a similarly luxurious amount on your stand. 

Ergotron is one of the oldest and most reliable names in the monitor stand game, and its HX dual-monitor arm is a deluxe desk-mounted stand. It has some of the flourishes from our other top picks, including a 15-year warranty and detachable VESA mounts for easy mounting. It also features a unique handlebar beneath the screens that allows you to adjust both displays at once. Those things are all just gravy, though. In this case, you’re spending a lot of extra money on the peace of mind that comes with buying a trusted luxury brand.

Best budget: VIVO Dual Monitor Desk Mount

VIVO

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: VIVO managed to make its dual-monitor stand comparable to more expensive models without many compromises.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: Gas-spring arms/free moving
  • Adjustment mechanism: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Weight range: up to 22lb per arm
  • Display size range: 13-30 inches
  • Available colors: Black, White

Pros

  • Gives you a fair amount of control over your monitors
  • Won’t take up a lot of room on your desk
  • Price

Cons

  • No automatic height adjustment

If you’ve invested most of your home office improvement budget on your new displays, it makes sense to save a little bit on a dual-monitor stand. This model from VIVO has most of the features found in our best overall pick, but at a quarter of the price. Each monitor can be tilted and twisted individually, but you can only adjust their height by loosening and tightening a screw on the back. Both monitors have to be set at the same height, which may matter depending on the type of work you do. This stand works with monitors up to 30-inches wide, but VIVO offers a model that can handle displays up to 32 inches if necessary.

We like monitor arms that can be clamped onto a desk rather than sit on top of it because of the space savings, which is why VIVO’s is especially appealing to us. We’re also impressed that it can control monitors up to 22 pounds, which means the arms on this stand are stronger than the ones on our best overall pick. If the lack of height adjustability isn’t a dealbreaker, there’s no reason to spend more money on a dual-monitor stand.

Things to consider before buying one of the best dual-monitor stands

Even if you know exactly which dual-monitor stand or arm to buy, it helps to know a bit about the basic mechanics involved. Different stands require varying amounts of installation at setup, and not every monitor can be mounted on a third-party stand. Understanding these basics will help you pick the right stand for your displays, and ensure you’re ready to install your stand (or call someone who can.)

Why should I use a dual-monitor stand?

There are many reasons to mount your monitors, ranging from purely cosmetic to enabling better ergonomics. The stands with PC monitors vary widely in construction quality, appearance, and features. Some stands take up tons of desk space without offering any additional utility. Others may not allow you to adjust them properly, forcing you to twist or crane your neck to look at them, which could lead to long-term strain. And some of them may just look ugly. When you buy a monitor for its great specs, which you should, it potentially opens the door for you to end up with a huge, ugly stand that gives you a sore neck. Luckily, most monitors allow you to remove the actual display from its stand and mount them on a third-party stand. 

A monitor stand, whether it sits on your desk, clamps on at edge of it, or bolts onto the wall behind it, can solve all of these issues at once, giving you the ability to place your monitor exactly where you want it, reclaiming your desk space for more useful tools, and swapping out what may be garish design for something more subtle and clean.

Stand, clamp, or wall mount?

When moving to a dual-monitor stand, you must choose between a conventional desktop form factor, a clamping desk-mounted design, or a wall-mounted one. Often, picking one versus another comes down to what kind of desk you have, how important it is to reclaim desk space, and the likelihood that you’ll need to move your setup.

If you have a flat desk with an edge or lip, we like clamping monitor stands that clamp to the rear edge of your desk. They’re sturdy, highly adjustable, and easy to install or remove without damaging the desk. (Some offer an option to drill a hole into your desk as an anchor, but it isn’t necessarily mandatory.)

That said, if you have a glass desk, an executive-style desk, or something with lots of cable guides built into the back, a clamp might not be a good fit. In most cases, there’s just no spot to install the clamp. With glass, it could literally shatter the desk. In those cases, a desktop stand makes more sense. Though you won’t get as much space back, a desktop with a dual-monitor stand still consolidates two screens onto a single stand, reclaiming some desk real estate. Also, desktop stands are very sturdy, so it makes sense to use them for larger, heavier screens.

Finally, there’s the wall mount. Whether you use a set of monitor arms or a bracket similar to what you’d use when mounting a TV, the wall mount is an extremely sturdy choice but requires serious installation. To install it, you’ll need to find a stud, drill some holes, and bolt your monitor stand to your wall. Once you install it, your monitor stand isn’t going anywhere, which means your desk setup isn’t going anywhere, either. That lack of flexibility makes it a very niche choice. You don’t want to have to spackle and repaint your walls every time you think your desk would look better over by the window.

Before you buy: Make sure all your monitors have VESA mounts

If you peek around the back of most computer monitors, you’ll notice that the stand for your display probably attaches via four screws in a square configuration. This is a standard configuration maintained by the Video Electronics Standards Association, commonly known as VESA, meant to make stands as close to universal as possible so users can buy new stands easily. 

VESA mounts can come in many sizes, but most PC monitors fall into one of two options, 75mm x 75mm or 100mm x 100 mm. That makes everyone’s life easier: All of our picks support both sizes, as should most third-party monitor stands of any shape and size. That said, you should still double-check your monitors’ specs to see VESA mount sizes you’ll need before buying a dual-monitor stand, if only to make sure that your monitor can be mounted at all. Some very cheap monitors (and a few very expensive ones) build their monitors permanently attached to their stands.

Double-check the weight of both of your displays

Monitors are heavy and expensive. Before mounting them, you should ensure your stand can support their weight. Make sure that your monitors are within the stands’ specified weight limit—don’t risk going above or below whatever limits the manufacturer sets. Most monitor manufacturers include the weight of the displays both with and without stands on their product pages. You have a little wiggle room on the size of the monitor, but consider the weight tolerances to be inviolable laws of nature in this case, or risk breaking hundreds or even thousands of dollars worth of monitors.

FAQs

Q: Does a dual-monitor arm save space?

Desk- and wall-mounted monitor arms do double duty, clearing off desktop space and improving your PC setup’s ergonomics. With your monitor on a desk-mounted stand, you can remove the original stand from your desk, giving you back some desk space. You can leave that space open for a cleaner, more minimalist look, use it as a spot to store a laptop, or maybe take advantage of it as a home for some powered speakers? The sky’s the limit.

Q: How much weight can a dual-monitor stand hold?

The maximum weight your dual-monitor stand can hold will vary from stand to stand. The mounts we’ve selected for this list max out at anywhere from 17.6 lbs to 44 lbs per monitor, influenced by the build material, the type of arm, and mounting style. 

This is one of the most important things to check out before picking out an arm. Do not buy a stand unless you are sure it can support your monitors’ weight.

Q: Can you use a monitor arm on a glass desk?

You can use some dual-monitor arms on a glass desk. Avoid using desk-mounted monitor stands, which apply a large amount of clamping force to your desk. A clamping monitor stand may very well crack or shatter the desk. So long as your desk can handle the weight of two monitors, a desktop monitor stand should work fine. If weight is also a concern, consider a wall-mounted stand.

Q: How much should a dual-monitor stand cost?

This will vary based on the features you need, but you shouldn’t have to spend over $50 on a monitor stand if your needs are modest.

Final thoughts on the best dual-monitor stands

With so many options for mounting your monitors and such a wide range of prices, the best dual-monitor stands are a very affordable and useful upgrade for anyone using two monitors. Whether you’re rocking one display in landscape mode and one in portrait mode, pairing an ultrawide monitor with a standard one, mounting to a desk or a wall, there are dynamic stands for every type of home setup.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best dual-monitor stands of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
It’s a great day to secure your Apple and iCloud accounts https://www.popsci.com/secure-your-apple-and-icloud-accounts/ Mon, 27 Sep 2021 18:23:52 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/secure-your-apple-and-icloud-accounts/
An iPhone and a Mac computer keyboard illuminated under a pink light.
We hope this lighting is ominous enough to get the point across. felipepelaquim / Unsplash

Apple is pretty good at security, but you should put up your own walls too.

The post It’s a great day to secure your Apple and iCloud accounts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An iPhone and a Mac computer keyboard illuminated under a pink light.
We hope this lighting is ominous enough to get the point across. felipepelaquim / Unsplash

If you’re an Apple user, you probably have an iCloud account and several devices filled with your personal information. Whenever high-profile data leaks and hacks hit the headlines, you may think that Apple’s known dedication to security will keep you safe, but that’s no reason to get complacent. There’s plenty you can do on your own to ensure it’s extra-hard for people to snatch up your data.

Once you’ve taken some time to enable two-factor authentication, strengthen your passwords, and work through the security tips listed below, you may want to stay in the same headspace and continue with other important accounts. For starters, check out our guides to locking down your Facebook and Google accounts.

Apple security basics

You should be putting up strong barriers at every door into your Apple world. That means a long, unique password on your MacBook, a lengthy PIN on your iPhone, and a long, unique password for your iCloud account. Passwords should contain a mix of lowercase and uppercase letters, plus special characters and numbers, to make them as difficult to crack as possible. (And no, “Passw0rd!” isn’t good enough.) Don’t base your passwords on your address, birthday, or pet’s name, either—a savvy attacker might research this information in order to get past your defenses. Finally, avoid using the same password for both your Mac and iCloud. That way, even if one gets cracked, the other still has some protection.

[Related: All the ways you can customize your iPhone lock screen]

One of your best defenses will be your common sense. Hackers often trick people into revealing their login details, rather than running a sophisticated brute force attack. Be wary of phishing links in emails and on social media, and be suspicious of any that immediately ask you to log in with your Apple ID credentials.

When it comes to Apple device security, Apple is your best ally. Its operating systems (macOS, iOS, and iPadOS) all encrypt data by default. This means nothing can be pulled from your iPhone, iPad, or MacBook without the right password or PIN code.

Enable Apple’s two-factor authentication feature

Apple's Two-factor authentication screen on the web.
Two-factor authentication adds an extra layer of protection to your account. Screenshot: Apple

Apple accounts can be better protected with two-factor authentication (TFA). This feature is available for most major online accounts and means that entering your account will require an extra code beyond your username and password.

In the case of Apple’s two-factor authentication, attempting to log in will trigger a message sent to your phone number or a code that displays on another device associated with your Apple ID. For example, if you’re setting up a new iPhone, you’ll see the code on your existing MacBook.

To turn on two-factor authentication on iOS or iPadOS, open the Settings app and tap your name at the top of the screen. Then choose Password & Security to find the two-factor authentication option. On macOS Ventura or later, click the Apple menu, head to System Settings, and click your name. Then click Sign-In & Security and hit Turn On next to Two-Factor Authentication. Follow the instructions to set everything up.

[Related: 7 sweet new features in macOS Ventura]

If you’re using macOS Monterey or an older version of Apple’s operating system, you’ll find the TFA settings by opening the Apple menu, choosing System Preferences, selecting Apple ID followed by Password & Security, and turning the feature on from that screen.

Once you’ve logged into a device with your Apple ID, password, and TFA code, that device will be marked as trusted, which means you won’t need to log in using TFA again. It’s therefore important that you do have passwords, PIN codes, and other types of protection on your computers and phones to prevent unauthorized access.

Manage Apple security in your web browser

To configure other parts of your security setup, open your Apple ID account page in a web browser. Make sure your registered email addresses and trusted phone numbers are up to date and secure, because you might need them if you ever lose access to your account.

Under the Devices heading (in the menu on the left), you can see the iPhones, iPads, and computers associated with your account. Use this opportunity to remove any devices you no longer use or don’t recognize. It’s a good idea to check this list fairly regularly, just in case your account has been compromised or you’re signed in somewhere you shouldn’t be.

Any web browser on any computer will also let you access the iCloud suite of web apps and services. If you’re on a public computer or a machine you share with others, be sure to sign out after you’ve finished. Some browsers may ask to remember your password. You can allow this on your personal computer, but make sure that something else will prevent a guest from accessing the browser. For example, set up a user account password for getting into the operating system.

When you’re on iCloud.com, you can also sign out of all browsers where you’re currently signed in. To do this, click your Apple ID avatar in the top right corner, hit iCloud Settings, select Sign Out Of All Browsers, and click Sign Out. This way, you’ll ensure no one’s using your iCloud account with any other browser except the one you have open.

Other Apple security tips

The Find My app screen on an iPhone, showing the location of David's iPhone.
Apple’s Find My app can lock and wipe your devices remotely. Screenshot: Apple

The app stores Apple has built into iOS, iPadOS, and macOS do a very good job of keeping you safe from dangerous software and viruses. On your phone or tablet, you shouldn’t have to install anything from outside the iOS App Store. On your computer, however, you may need to venture outside the walls of the macOS App Store every now and again. If you do, read user reviews and web write-ups to double-check the safety of any program you install.

As for your devices’ physical security, you definitely want to hope for the best, but plan for the worst. So take the time now to consider what you’ll do if, despite all your precautions, your iPhone, iPad, or computer are compromised. We recommend turning on the Find My feature on your devices. This will let you locate and remotely wipe your device via the web if it falls into the wrong hands, but if you’ve simply lost your tech inside your own home, you can use Find My to get it to play a sound.

On iOS or iPadOS, tap your name in the settings to find the Find My app, and on macOS Ventura or later navigate through Apple menu > System Settings > Privacy & Security > Location Services > Find My. If you’re using macOS Monterey or earlier, you’ll need Apple menu > System Preferences > Apple ID > iCloud > Find My Mac > Allow.

[Related: How to turn off your location on an iPhone]

Meanwhile, if you’ve gone all-in with your Apple products and got yourself an Apple Watch, you can use the wearable gadget as a secure way to unlock macOS, saving you the trouble of typing out a password each time. To set up the feature on macOS Ventura or later, open the Apple menu, click System Settings, hit Login Password, and choose Use Apple Watch to unlock apps and your Mac. On macOS Monterey or older, work through Apple menu > System Preferences > Security & Privacy > General to find the same Apple Watch unlock setting.

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2017.

The post It’s a great day to secure your Apple and iCloud accounts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
6 ways you can use Google Chrome offline https://www.popsci.com/chrome-browser-offline/ Sat, 11 Sep 2021 20:02:36 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/chrome-browser-offline/
A tablet with Google Chrome and no internet connection.
A temporary setback. Jonathan Kemper / Unsplash

No internet, no problem.

The post 6 ways you can use Google Chrome offline appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A tablet with Google Chrome and no internet connection.
A temporary setback. Jonathan Kemper / Unsplash

Internet access, whether wired or wireless, has become one of the most precious commodities of our time. But that leaves us singularly unprepared when we lose that access—such as when we travel to the signal-free middle of nowhere or a storm knocks out power to our home router. There are plenty of ways you can avoid being completely cut off from your work and entertainment, though, and using Google Chrome offline is one of them.

The catch, however, is that you’ll have to set up offline access before your internet connection dies. We recommend activating the settings below as you read this article, so you don’t forget and regret it later. When you’re done, consider poking around the settings within your other most-used programs to see what offline features they offer, or download some of the best offline apps. Then, no matter what type of computer you’re on, Chromebook or not, you won’t have to completely give up when those WiFi bars disappear.

Access Gmail offline

If you use Gmail in your browser, you can get into your inbox without a web connection. While you’re still online, simply click the cog icon in the top right, select See all settings, open the Offline tab, and check the box next to Enable offline mail. Doing so will sync recent emails to your computer’s hard drive. Unfortunately, this function can’t make new emails magically appear when your internet is down. But it will let you browse through messages you’ve already cached, and compose new replies that Gmail will automatically send when you get back online.

Keep working

The Google Chrome browser showing Google Drive's offline setting.
Google Drive can work offline if you need to keep messing with your files. Screenshot: Google

Google Drive and the three online apps within it—Docs, Sheets, and Slides—have an offline mode you can activate when there’s no internet available. You’ll need to set it up before you lose your web connection: From the main Google Drive interface, click the cog icon in the top right, followed by Settings, and finally tick the box under Offline.

This will sync your recent documents, spreadsheets, and presentations to the local storage on your hard drive. It will let you create new documents and edit existing ones in your Drive account, although you won’t be able to access big files like videos and music (unless you download them separately first). Offline Chrome will save all your changes to disk, just as they would normally be saved to the web. Once your browser detects an internet connection again, it will sync everything to bring your files back up to date.

Check your schedule

Beyond Gmail and Google Drive, Google has made most of its web apps work offline—including Google Calendar. You can’t create new events when you’re offline, but you can browse your schedule and respond to invitations. Google Calendar will send those responses when you’re back online.

[Related: Supercharge your scheduling with these 5 Google Calendar tips]

To set it up, load the app in your browser, click the cog icon in the top right, followed by Settings. Choose Offline from the menu on the left, then check the box next to Turn on offline calendar. As with the offline modes in Google’s other apps, this synchronizes some of your data to your device, where Chrome can find it even when you’re not connected to the web.

Stay entertained

Google Chrome playing a video file offline.
Chrome can play files you’ve saved to your device. Screenshot: Google

It doesn’t matter whether your favorite music or video streaming service works offline—Chrome can play downloaded files in many popular formats, including MP3 tracks and MP4 movies. So as long as you saved your preferred entertainment options to your device ahead of time, you can rock out or kick back no matter what your internet connection looks like. Just drag a file from your hard drive into an empty Chrome window, and it will start to play.

If you’re looking for a place to start, the platforms you use want to keep you engaged and are more than willing to help. Both Spotify and Netflix, for example, have detailed instructions for how you can access their content without internet access. Once you’re all stocked up, you can enjoy accessing the files via Chrome.

Catch up on your reading

Losing your internet connection gives you a great opportunity to catch up on all that reading you’ve been meaning to get around to. But if all that reading happens to be on the web, you’re stuck. The free Pocket Chrome extension can help. Open an article that you’d like to read in Chrome, and Pocket will let you save it for later perusal, when you have more time to do so.

[Related: How to manage your digital read-it-later list]

Crucially, Pocket comes with an offline mode so you can see those articles without any web access. Most types of articles, except videos, will sync up as soon as you save them. So, if your internet connection goes down, fire up Pocket and to do some reading until you’re back online. The only downside is that you’ll have to wait to share any links of note on social media.

Play games

Freecell Solitaire computer game
While away the minutes before the internet comes back. David Nield

You can even enjoy certain online games while Chrome’s offline. From the physics-based puzzler Cut the Rope to the all-time classic FreeCell Solitaire, you should be able to find something to while away the time until the internet returns. As long as install your favorite games while you still have internet access, you’ll be good to go.

In fact, the Chrome Web Store has a lot of apps that are accessible offline. There used to be a “runs offline” category visible on the list to the left, but you may no longer be able to see it. In that case, follow the link under this text to see all the offline-enabled Chrome extensions. You’ll find utilities, productivity apps, games, and more.

On top of standard apps and games, Chrome has a hidden game that only works while the internet’s down. If you load a page and get the old “There is no internet connection” message with the dinosaur icon, you can tap Space, and then hit Space again to hop the dinosaur over the obstacles. See how far you can get!

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2017.

The post 6 ways you can use Google Chrome offline appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
One quick way to automatically save space on your phone https://www.popsci.com/diy/offload-unused-apps/ Sat, 14 Oct 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=579563
A person holding an iPhone with a bunch of apps on the home screen. A cup of coffee is behind their hand on a white table.
If you don't use some of those apps, you should offload them to save space. Yura Fresh / Unsplash

Your phone can automatically tidy up apps that are gathering digital dust.

The post One quick way to automatically save space on your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding an iPhone with a bunch of apps on the home screen. A cup of coffee is behind their hand on a white table.
If you don't use some of those apps, you should offload them to save space. Yura Fresh / Unsplash

How many of the apps on your phone are you actually using on a regular basis? It’s not uncommon to have a bunch of apps you installed and eventually forgot about, each of them taking up precious space on your device and making it more difficult to find the tools you actually want to use.

Apple and Google know about their users’ struggles with unused apps, and they’ve built features into iOS and Android to try and handle it. You should know how your phone’s operating system handles forgotten apps behind the scenes, how these features benefit you, and how you can disable them if you want to.

How to offload unused apps on iOS

The iOS Settings app, showing the iPhone Storage screen and the option to offload unused apps.
You can enable and disable automatic app offloading from the iPhone’s Settings app. Screenshot: Apple

Apple’s iPhones have a feature called Offload Unused Apps that can help you with your app-hoarding problem, and it’s been around since iOS 11 launched in 2017. It’s sort of a middle ground between having an app installed and uninstalled: The bulk of the app is gone, but data and documents relating to it—like your settings and any files you’ve created in it—remain on your phone. The app icon will also stay on your home screen, with a small arrow next to its name, and you can fully reinstall it by tapping this icon.

This feature is off by default, but you can enable it by opening the Settings app and selecting General, iPhone Storage, and Enable next to the Offload Unused Apps heading. It will then run automatically, so you might notice apps you haven’t opened in a while being offloaded in the background without any input from you. You can follow the same steps to turn the feature off.

[Related: All the ways iOS lets you edit your lock screen]

On the iPhone storage screen, you’ll see how much space you can free up by offloading apps, but Apple doesn’t offer a whole lot of detail about how this works—how long an app has to remain unused for to qualify, for example, or whether your iPhone starts offloading apps once you reach a threshold of remaining storage. You’ll have to try it to see if you like it, but remember that you can easily restore offloaded apps if it isn’t for you.

If you don’t want iOS to automatically offload apps, you can do so manually and individually whenever you want. From the same iPhone Storage screen in Settings, scroll down to the app you want to offload and tap on it. Then choose Offload App on the next screen to partially remove it from your phone. The same screen will let you reinstall the app if and when you need to, or delete it entirely.

Offloading unused apps on Android

The Android settings screen, showing options for automatically archiving apps when they've been unused for a while.
Android’s tool for offloading unused apps is fairly new. Screenshot: Google

Android’s built-in feature for managing unused apps is called Auto Archive. It’s still relatively new, and it works a lot like the offloading iOS does: Auto Archive will free up to nearly 60 percent of an app’s storage space, without removing the app itself or your data from the device, Google says. After being archived, the app will still be there, but a lot of its data and files will have been removed until you need it.

Auto Archive isn’t enabled by default, but Android will prompt you to turn the feature on if you try to install an app and there’s not enough room left on your phone. If this happens, tap Turn on to enable Auto Archive and install the app, or No thanks if you want to try to clear some space manually.

[Related: 9 hidden Android features you’re missing out on]

You can also enable Auto Archive from the Play Store app on your phone: Tap your Google account avatar (top right), then choose Settings and General to find the Automatically archive apps toggle switch. Even when this is on, the process only kicks in when your device starts to run low on available storage.

Google isn’t specific about which apps it archives first, but “infrequently used apps” are apparently first in line. There’s no option to manually archive individual apps, as there is on iOS, but you can wipe all the data stored by an app. To do so, open Settings and head to Apps, tap on an app, choose Storage and cache, and hit Clear storage. Depending on the app, the data you remove could include messages, emails, or playlists that have been synced to your phone.

The post One quick way to automatically save space on your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to give more WiFi to the devices that need it the most https://www.popsci.com/diy/prioritize-devices-on-your-wifi-network/ Thu, 19 Aug 2021 14:35:58 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=390625
A WiFi router on a table against a gray wall, behind a plant.
Now you have a reason to love your router. Misha Feshchak / Unsplash

When you need top WiFi speeds, you can give some gadgets a VIP pass.

The post How to give more WiFi to the devices that need it the most appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A WiFi router on a table against a gray wall, behind a plant.
Now you have a reason to love your router. Misha Feshchak / Unsplash

Most modern homes have quite a few WiFi-connected gadgets trying to access the web at the same time. This usually results in strained broadband connections, especially when it comes to demanding activities like online gaming or video streaming

To help you manage the load, some routers (like those manufactured by Google, Netgear, Eero, and many others) offer a feature called Quality of Service (QoS). In simple terms, it lets you prioritize certain devices and types of traffic on your WiFi network, so they’re first in line for a high-speed connection whenever bandwidth becomes limited. 

Your router manufacturer may give it a different name, but a quick dig into the manual or an online search should tell you whether or not your particular device offers QoS. If it does, it’s worth getting familiar with the feature and what it can do, as prioritizing devices on your WiFi network can help reduce buffering times and avoid dropped connections when it’s most important.

What is Quality of Service, and how does it work?

The term “quality of service” has been around for decades, and it applies to all kinds of networks. When used in relation to your home’s WiFi, it means marking certain devices or types of activity as being more important than others. Whenever your router is chopping up your WiFi into individual slices, these marked gadgets and apps get first dibs.

Imagining pie slices is one way to think about QoS. Without it, everything connected to your router gets a similarly sized slice: Your PlayStation 5, the laptop the kids are using, the smart TV in the living room, and so on. When you enable QoS, you can give out bigger slices to that important Zoom call. Consequently, less important tasks, like those Windows updates downloading in the background, get smaller slices.

That said, using QoS to prioritize devices on your WiFi network doesn’t necessarily guarantee that those gadgets will always get a healthy, robust internet connection. It also doesn’t mean that the less important hardware on your network will slow to a crawl. A lot of what actually happens depends on the internet speed in your home.

[Related: 6 router settings you should change right now]

Video calls, online gaming, and streaming video tend to be first in line when you enable QoS. Other online tasks, from checking email to downloading updates, usually get reduced priority. 

Ultimately, how you use QoS is up to you, but your router will determine what type of control you get and how much. Some routers let you prioritize certain devices, such as gaming consoles, while others let you prioritize types of internet traffic, such as video calls. Some let you do both. If you’re shopping for a router upgrade, this is definitely a spec you should look out for.

How to prioritize devices on a WiFi network with QoS

Every router handles QoS differently, but we can provide a few examples so you can see how it works. 

More advanced routers let you prioritize particular devices, apps, and tasks, while simpler ones just offer priority to audio and video streaming. 

If you have a Google Nest Wi-Fi mesh networking setup at home, for example, you can open up the Google Home app on your phone, tap Favorites, then Wifi, and choose Devices to see a list of the gadgets using your network. Select the device you want to prioritize, tap Prioritize device, decide how long you want it to receive VIP treatment, and hit Save to finish. Keep in mind that you can only give priority to one device at a time.

You can also use the Google Home app to choose the types of activity you want the network to put first. First, tap Wi-Fi, hit the cog icon to open Settings, and choose Preferred activities to tell the network what to prioritize. Your choices will include Video conferencing and Gaming, and the router will continue to give your picks bigger slices of the WiFi pie until you turn them off again.

[Related: What to do when your device won’t connect to WiFi]

If you’ve got a Netgear router, on the other hand, you’ll need to open a web browser, head to routerlogin.com, and log in using your router’s admin credentials (check the documentation that came with the router if you’re not sure what these are). From there, head to Advanced, Setup, and QoS setup to start making some changes.

Pick Upstream QoS, then Setup QoS rule, and finally Add Priority Rule. You can choose Online Gaming to make sure your games stay as lag-free as possible, Applications to prioritize a particular web app, Ethernet LAN port to specify a device connected to a router port, or MAC Address to single out a device hooked up to the network via WiFi.

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2021.

The post How to give more WiFi to the devices that need it the most appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Your Apple TV 4K is secretly good for video games https://www.popsci.com/diy/play-games-on-apple-tv/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578213
An Apple TV 4K box with a remote next to it, both on a black reflective surface.
Apple's little TV box may not be a gaming console, but it's a good option for mobile games. Omar Rodriguez / Unsplash

Get your favorite iPhone and iPad games on the big screen.

The post Your Apple TV 4K is secretly good for video games appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An Apple TV 4K box with a remote next to it, both on a black reflective surface.
Apple's little TV box may not be a gaming console, but it's a good option for mobile games. Omar Rodriguez / Unsplash

Gaming might not be the primary reason you bought your Apple TV 4K box, but it’s a nice extra benefit—there’s a huge selection of games you can play on the device.

The main advantage of doing this is that the connected TV screen is much larger than the one on your iPhone or iPad, and if you’ve already bought games on these mobile devices, you won’t have to pay again to play them on the Apple TV 4K.

For more advanced and involved gameplay, you can even hook up a Bluetooth controller, giving you a true console-like experience, even if the selection of games doesn’t quite match the top-tier titles on the PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S.

Getting started

The Apple TV 4K screen resolution options.
Check the display options for your Apple TV 4K before you play any games. Screenshot: Apple

For starters, you need a physical Apple TV 4K device to play games on a connected television. That means this article doesn’t apply to the Apple TV app you might have on your smart TV, or on a streaming dongle you’ve connected to it. The Apple TV app is for movies and shows only, while the Apple TV 4K box is for movies, shows, music, photos, and games.

Your Apple TV 4K box is already set up and ready to play games—though it’s always worth checking that you’re running the very latest tvOS software, which you can do through Settings > System > Software Updates > Update Software. When up to date, you’ll have the latest bug fixes and performance optimizations installed, so the games you pick should run as smoothly as possible.

It’s also worth checking that the Apple TV 4K is outputting video at the best possible quality: 4K resolution, with HDR, at a 60 hertz refresh rate. You can do this via Settings > Video and Audio > Format, though the available formats you see will depend on the TV you’ve connected your Apple box to.

How to find games for the Apple TV 4K

The Apple TV 4K Games menu showing some available games.
There are plenty of games that work on the Apple TV 4K. Screenshot: Apple

You shouldn’t have any trouble finding games to play: Open the App Store (the icon showing a white “A” on a blue background) from the home screen, then scroll across to Games to see what’s available. The store will only show you games that will work on the Apple TV 4K, so there’s no danger of installing something that’s incompatible. Scroll across to Purchased to see games you’ve bought and installed on other Apple devices.

If you subscribe to Apple Arcade for $4.99 a month, you get access to an additional pool of more than 200 games. To find them, you can switch to the Arcade tab in the App Store or use the Apple Arcade shortcut on the home screen (an icon showing a white joystick on a red background). Select any game to see details about it, including the category it’s in and the age rating attached to it.

[Related: 14 tips for your Apple TV 4K]

Because your Apple TV 4K box is connected to a display far bigger than the one on your smartphone or tablet, the games that work best will be those that make full use of that extra screen space. If you need inspiration, the games we’ve enjoyed on the Apple TV 4K include the endless scroller Alto’s Odyssey ($4.99), the addictive puzzler Donut County ($4.99), and the classic car-dodging adventure Crossy Road (free with in-app purchases).

How to add a game controller to the Apple TV 4K

An Apple TV 4K game menu with a popup dialog box showing that a controller is required.
Apple TV 4K games will tell you if they need a controller. Screenshot: Apple

As you make your way around the App Store and Apple Arcade portal, you’ll notice certain games say a controller is required, others say a controller is optional, and some don’t say anything at all. For simple single-tap games like the aforementioned Alto’s Odyssey, for example, you can play using just the Apple TV 4K remote.

For more advanced titles, you’ll need to connect a controller like the one you might use on your PS5 or Xbox Series X. Just about any standard gamepad will do, as long as it supports Bluetooth—including the ones that came with your PlayStation or Xbox. If you’re going to buy one, though, make sure it supports the Apple TV 4K.

To connect the controller, you’ll need to make sure your controller is in pairing mode (its instructions or a quick web search will tell you how to do this if you’re not sure), then go to Settings > Remotes and Devices > Bluetooth. The controller should appear on this list, but if not, follow the How to Pair Game Controllers link for extra help.

Play Apple TV 4K games from an iPhone, iPad, or Mac

The screen mirroring option on an Apple TV 4K when used with an iPhone.
You can stream games from an iPhone, iPad, or macOS computer to your Apple TV 4K. Screenshot: Apple

If you prefer playing a game on your iPhone or iPad, but still want to take advantage of the larger screen your Apple TV 4K is connected to, you can beam them over from your mobile device—as long as everything’s on the same WiFi network. This uses Apple’s AirPlay protocol for streaming video and audio, which is supported by most Apple devices—it’s not quick enough for super-fast gameplay, but it works fine for slower-paced games.

On the iPhone or iPad you’re using, swipe down from the top right corner of the screen to bring up the Control Center, then tap the Screen Mirroring icon (two overlapping rectangles). Choose your Apple TV 4K from the list, and the display will be duplicated on your TV. This is a good way to play games that aren’t officially supported by the Apple TV 4K, and you can always add a controller to your iPhone or iPad too.

[Related: 24 iPhone settings that feel like secrets]

If you’re on a Mac, click the Control Center icon on the menu bar (it looks like two toggle switches), choose Screen Mirroring, and select the Apple TV 4K box you want to connect to. Click Screen Mirroring again and choose Use As Separate Display to have the Apple TV 4K act as a second monitor, where you can display any games that can run on your Mac, while still controlling them with your computer. Click Screen Mirroring and the name of the Apple TV 4K to break the connection.

The post Your Apple TV 4K is secretly good for video games appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
9 Gmail features to get you out of your inbox and back to work https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/best-gmail-features-hacks/ Mon, 23 Mar 2020 20:00:17 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-gmail-features-hacks/
a photo of a laptop with a Gmail inbox open
The more time you spend in that messy inbox, the less time you have to enjoy all that sun. John Kennedy

Email can be a lot. But it doesn’t have to be.

The post 9 Gmail features to get you out of your inbox and back to work appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
a photo of a laptop with a Gmail inbox open
The more time you spend in that messy inbox, the less time you have to enjoy all that sun. John Kennedy

Despite being the central hub for most of our work, email can be a real productivity killer. Everyone is vying for your attention at all hours of the day, and that little unread icon taunts you until you give in and re-open your inbox to see what’s happening. This, of course, interrupts the flow of your actual job.

I’m a slave to the notification icon as much as anyone. In an ideal world, I’d learn to keep pushing forward and deal with email when I actually have time between other tasks. But that’s not as easy as it sounds. So instead of changing my own behavior, I’ve learned some Gmail tricks that will help me spend less time emailing and more time working.

Pause your Gmail inbox to stop the barrage of notifications

Yes, you could just close your email tab, but chances are you actually need access to some messages for work. In that case, you need a Gmail add-on called Inbox Pause. Install the extension in your browser, and you’ll see a big Pause button on Gmail’s left sidebar—click it whenever you need to stop incoming messages. Don’t worry, you won’t miss anything, and you can choose to let certain senders through if you’re expecting something urgent.

[Related: 9 advanced Gmail searches that will dig up stuff you never knew you missed]

If you’d rather not install a third-party extension for this job, there are some other workarounds that may help. If you only need access to old messages and would like to prevent any online distractions, you can use Gmail offline, for example. Just click the cog icon in the top right corner of your screen, hit See all settings, and select the Offline tab. There, check the box next to Enable offline mail and finish with Save Changes. This feature will let you view your email even when you’re completely disconnected from the web. (Of course, this only works if you don’t need the rest of the internet for your work).

Activating Gmail's offline mode
Sometimes turning the entire internet off can be terribly useful to boost productivity. Screenshot: Gmail

You could also set up your Gmail account using a third-party email client like Thunderbird or Apple Mail. This will allow you to open the app and put it in offline mode whenever you want some peace, so you can keep using the web while your email stays frozen. Just head to Gmail’s Settings, go to the Forwarding and POP/IMAP tab, find IMAP access, and check the box next to Enable IMAP. This will allow those desktop programs to access your email. 

Snooze unimportant emails for later

How to snooze email on Gmail
Unread emails sitting in your inbox can be terribly intimidating. Screenshot: Gmail

Despite the advice of productivity experts, my inbox doubles as a to-do list. (Hey, I’m not the only one.) It just works for me: unread emails act as a constant reminder that something requires action.

Not all of these tasks require an immediate response, though, and having them sit unread in my inbox nags at me. Plus, they make it harder to see the urgent stuff that’s mixed in. For that, Gmail’s Snooze button has become my new best friend: on desktop, hover over the message in question and click the little clock icon that appears to the right, or right-click on an email and select Snooze. On mobile, slide an unopened message to the left or right, depending on your personal configuration.

Snoozing banishes an email from your inbox until a time you specify—say, tomorrow morning when you have free time to schedule an appointment with the mechanic. That way, you can keep things clean and anxiety-free while you take care of what’s really important at the moment.

Schedule emails to send at the most opportune time

Send scheduling tool on Gmail
This small arrow next to the Send button is often ignored, but it can make your life easier. Screenshot: Gmail

Dealing with email as it comes in is rarely a productive use of your time. It’s better to batch a few email sessions—say, once every couple of hours—and knock everything out in a single chunk. That way, you aren’t constantly interrupting your momentum with an unrelated task.

The problem is, it’s hard to time those inbox sessions perfectly for every email. Gmail’s Schedule button lets you write the email when you want and schedule it to send later—so it arrives precisely when you mean it to.

Once you’ve written your email and chosen its recipient, click the downward arrow to the right of the Send button, then hit Schedule send. Gmail will suggest three predetermined times for you, including tomorrow afternoon and Monday morning. If none of those work, you can click Pick a time & date, and use the emerging calendar to pick the exact moment you want your message to hit its destination. Finish by clicking Schedule send. On the Gmail app, the process is similar: just tap the three dots in the top right corner of your screen and select Schedule send

Your scheduled messages will sit and wait in the main Gmail sidebar within the Scheduled folder. If you need to make changes or unschedule any of them, you can find them all there. 

Stop wasting your time on typing

Gmail's Duet AI menu
When you sign up for Google’s Woorkspace labs, you’ll see this menu in every new message window. Screenshot: Gmail

It may seem silly to say that “writing email is a waste of time,” but in the age of automation, it’s true. Gmail has a number of features that can help you draft messages more quickly, so you can get back to doing actual work.

Templates have been around for ages, though they used to be known as “canned responses.” These allow you to save certain blocks of text that you use often and insert them into any email with a few clicks. For example, you could use them to enter your address, or ship off a form response to a question you get asked every day.

If you have a Google Workspace account (through your employer or education institution, for example), you can create a template by opening a new message, typing the text you want to save, and clicking the three dots in the bottom right corner of your message. On the emerging menu, hover over Templates and choose Save draft as template. Then, when crafting a reply to an email, you can go to that same menu to insert text from any template—you’ll be able to recognize them by the subject line.

Smart Compose on Gmail is another useful feature, and it’s available for all users. This tool will predict what it thinks you’re about to type and shows the rest of the sentence in gray text. You can press Tab to complete the prediction, and keep on typing. If you disabled this feature—I get it, it’s distracting—you should give it another shot. Once you get used to it, it’s amazing how quickly you can breeze through some messages. If you want to skip the typing altogether, you can choose one of Gmail’s response chips, which you may see when replying to an email. These AI-generated options might be all you need, so you can choose one of three mostly innocuous phrases like “That sounds good!” or “Have a great weekend too!” and hit Send.  

Google recently integrated its AI platform, Bard, into the web version of Gmail. If you signed up for Google Workspace Labs, you can enable Duet AI—an experimental AI-email composer that will write your message for you after you give it a prompt. To sign up, you can visit the Google Labs website and choose to join the Workspace Lab. 

Gmail menu to refine AI generated content
You can ask Google’s artificial intelligence for a more refined or formal text. You can also just ask it to use fewer words. Screenshot: Gmail

Once you do, a multicolor navigation bar will appear when you compose new Gmail messages —click Help me write to get started, and then write a prompt. You can try anything, like “compose a happy holidays message for a potential client,” or “an email apologizing to my kid’s teacher after they bit the classroom pet.” Hit Create to see the results. You can also ask Duet AI to give you a second draft by clicking Recreate, or request changes—click Refine and then choose to Formalize, Elaborate, or Shorten. When you see something you like, click Insert to add the message to the body text. Remember that AI takes a lot of creative and factual liberties, so you’ll need to make sure everything looks good and accurate before you hit Send

Finally, you can use Gmail’s multiple signatures feature to switch between different sign-offs based on who you’re emailing. Just go to Settings, and under General, scroll down to Signature and click Create new. Once you have everything you need, click the pen icon in a Compose window to switch between them.

Mute distracting email threads

Gmail menu to mute email
Sometimes you just need to stop getting notifications about certain message threads. Screenshot: Gmail

I have friends and family that like to start long, multi-person email threads sharing silly jokes, political debates, or other time-wasting nonsense. Unfortunately, there’s no way to leave a thread completely without nagging someone to move you to BCC. But Gmail offers the next-best thing: the Mute feature, which prevents the thread from showing up in your inbox when new messages arrive.

[Related: Gmail’s new email layouts will give a newsletter vibe to all your messages]

To mute a thread in Gmail, right-click on it and choose Mute—that’s it. Further messages will still be marked as unread, but they’ll skip the inbox altogether and enter the bowels of your All Mail tab, never to be seen unless you search for them. That way, you can catch up on those threads later, if you want—and you can even unmute them if they become relevant.

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2020. 

The post 9 Gmail features to get you out of your inbox and back to work appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Hand gesture reactions are one of macOS Sonoma’s coolest new features https://www.popsci.com/diy/mac-hand-gesture-reactions/ Wed, 04 Oct 2023 19:30:59 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=577145
Animated hand gestures on FaceTime
Hand gestures just got more fun on macOS Sonoma. Screenshot: Apple

Make your approval way more evident with animated reactions.

The post Hand gesture reactions are one of macOS Sonoma’s coolest new features appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Animated hand gestures on FaceTime
Hand gestures just got more fun on macOS Sonoma. Screenshot: Apple

Reacting to something online is way more fun if there’s an animation involved. Apple seems to understand this, as it included hand gesture reactions in macOS Sonoma. They work on FaceTime, of course, but also on some other video call platforms, including Google Meet, Zoom, and Microsoft Teams. 

Now, if you have a compatible Mac, you’ll be able to celebrate your colleague’s promotion with a dramatic firework effect, or send digital hearts to your significant other without clicking or tapping anything. 

Check if your computer is compatible 

There are two system requirements you’ll need to play around with macOS’s new hand gesture reactions, and you can use one menu to confirm you have both. 

Animated hand gestures are possible thanks to the processing power of Apple’s silicon chips, so you’ll need to start by seeing if you have the right hardware. Click the Apple icon in the top left corner of your screen, then About this Mac, and a small window will pop up. The first item is Chip—if your machine is sporting an M1 or M2, you’re good to go. 

About this Mac information window
To activate animated hand gestures, you need the right hardware and software. Screenshot: Apple

You can use the same window to check your macOS version. If it’s Sonoma, you’re good to go. Otherwise, click More info, which will take you to Settings. There, go to General, then Software Update to have your machine scan for, download, and install newer versions of the operating system. Your computer should automatically tell you if you can upgrade to the latest version of the OS, but you can also check Apple’s official list of compatible devices

[Related: 6 new features in macOS Sonoma you have to try]

If your machine cannot handle macOS Sonoma and is not equipped with Apple Silicon, we’re happy to tell you that there’s still a way to enable hand gestures on your video calls: using the Continuity Camera feature. This capability is available on devices running software as old as macOS 13, and it’ll let you use your iPhone as a webcam for video calls on your computer. You will need an iPhone running at least iOS 16 and signed into the same Apple ID as your Mac machine. 

How to use hand gesture reactions on macOS

1. Open FaceTime or another video call platform that supports the feature. Google Meet, Microsoft Teams, or Zoom will do the trick. 

2. Activate your camera and you’ll see the Video menu button appear on the main macOS navigation bar—it’s a bright green button with a white camera. Click it and make sure Reactions is selected. This will activate the feature.

Video menu on macOS
You’ll see this bright green button whenever your Apple device’s camera is active. Screenshot: Apple

3. Back on your video call, you’ll be able to make predetermined hand gestures to trigger animated reactions. For example, give a thumbs up or a thumbs down and you’ll see a gray bubble with the relevant emoji. 

thumbs up hand gesture on macOS Sonoma
That’s what we call enthusiastic consent. Screenshot: Google

You can also use both hands to make a love gesture, and small red hearts will bubble up on top of your camera feed. 

Heart hand gesture on macOS Sonoma
This is the gesture yo make when the meeting is over ahead of schedule. Screenshot: Apple

Or generate a cool laser effect by making a rad rock ‘n’ roll gesture. Just keep in mind that this might be an offensive gesture in some cultures, so be mindful of your audience. 

Person using animated reactions on Google Meet
Are we taking this meeting from an underground techno club? Maybe. Screenshot: Google

Maybe release some celebratory balloons by making a peace sign. 

Person using animated hand gestures on FaceTime
Sure, a peace sign can be incredibly festive. Screenshot: Apple

Beyond these, Apple has a full list of gestures you can make—it’s not long but we would not be surprised if they add more over time. 

Five pro tips when using hand gestures on macOS

Perfecting your hand gesture reactions will take some time, but we have some recommendations that will have your friends and family gasping during your next catch-up.

Make marked gestures

We got the best results when making very neat gestures. For that, how you angle your hands is extremely important. For example, the rock ‘n’ roll gesture triggered the laser animation more consistently if the back or front of our wrist was facing the camera—aiming our indexes and pinkies at the camera resulted in absolutely no reaction. 

Person triggering animated reactions with hand gestures on Google Meet
Fireworks will make it clear to your boss just how much you like working for them. Screenshot: Google

Keep your hands away from your face and body

It’s easier for your Mac to recognize your hand gesture in contrast with your background. If you make a peace sign by partially covering your face, it’s possible you won’t trigger a reaction, or that the animation will take longer to appear. 

[Related: 6 great features to try out on iOS 17]

Give your machine some time to react

Computers are smart and fast—but never as quick as we’d like them to be. When making your hand gesture, hold your pose for a second or two to allow your machine to recognize it and react accordingly. 

Skip the hand gestures altogether

If you like the animated reactions but are not willing to try (and fail) to trigger an effect in front of your colleagues, just skip the gestures. When on a video call, open the Video menu on the main macOS navigation bar. On the emerging menu, click the arrow next to Reactions and you’ll see a quick menu of emojis you can select—these are the same ones you can trigger with hand gestures.   

Apple's Video menu with reactions
You can save yourself the trouble of making a gesture your machine will understand. Screenshot: Apple

Deactivate visual effects and virtual backdrops to better showcase animated reactions

If you use a virtual backdrop or any kind of built-in visual effect on your video calls, it’ll affect how your animated hand gestures show on your camera feed. For example, if you use a blur effect to protect your privacy (or hide whatever mess is sitting behind you) the hearts, balloons or bubbles that emerge when you make a hand gesture might get caught behind the effect and look blurry or low quality. If you use a virtual backdrop, then your machine will only show the animation behind the effect’s overlay, which may not show the reaction at all or make you look, well, interesting.   

Person using hand gestures on Google Meet
Guess we now know what were dressing as for Halloween. Screenshot: Google

The post Hand gesture reactions are one of macOS Sonoma’s coolest new features appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
2 ways to sync your Philips Hue smart lights to movies, games, and music https://www.popsci.com/diy/philips-hue-sync/ Tue, 03 Oct 2023 15:24:45 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=576780
Smart lights synced to a monitor screen
Give your gaming some ambiance by syncing your smart lights. Linus Mimietz / Unsplash

Create a dazzling light show for your favorite content.

The post 2 ways to sync your Philips Hue smart lights to movies, games, and music appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Smart lights synced to a monitor screen
Give your gaming some ambiance by syncing your smart lights. Linus Mimietz / Unsplash

If you’re got smart lights set up at home, then you’ve probably played around with turning them on and off with your phone, and cycling through millions of colors. But if you have Philips Hue bulbs, you can also get them to sync with what’s on your TV screen or monitor.

So, you could have a wash of greens and blues behind your TV when watching Avatar, for example. Or your journeys through the vast world of Red Dead Redemption 2 could be accompanied by shifting colors as you move through deserts, forests, swamps, and snowy mountain ranges.

We’re assuming that you’ve already got your Philips Hue smart lights up and running at home. Then, depending on your setup and what you want, you can either use a desktop app or the Play HDMI Sync Box to have your smart lights react to your favorite content in real time.

Using the Hue Sync app

The easiest and cheapest way to sync your smart lights to your screen is to install the free Hue Sync desktop app for Windows and macOS. A caveat, though: this approach will only sync your lights to what’s on your computer, so it won’t work with your TV. Your laptop or desktop will need to be on the same WiFi network as your smart lights, so the program can see your Hue Bridge and the devices attached to it.

[Related: Find the best smart light for your home]

Download the desktop app and launch it. You’ll have two options: Help me set everything up and Search for bridge. Pick the first one if you’ve just bought your Hue lights and you’re installing them from scratch. The app will then take you step-by-step through the process of getting all the hardware connected. If your lights are already set up, select the second option.

Philips Hue Desktop app
The desktop app will take you step-by-step through the setup. Screenshot: Philips

Within a few seconds, the app should easily find the Hue Bridge and connect to it. If you haven’t already done it, turn to the Philips Hue app on your phone to set up what’s called an “entertainment area”: This is just a way of telling your Hue system which lights should be grouped together for syncing with screen content.

In the app, open the Settings tab, then go to Entertainment areas and Create area. Choose For my monitor, give the area a name, and then select the lights to include in it. The app will then prompt you to show the location of the lights within the room, so it knows how to sync them together with what’s on screen.

Once all that is done, head back to the desktop app—the entertainment area that you just created should be selected. Click on the name of the area to bring up the main syncing console: You can choose Start light sync to have the effect enabled on the selected bulbs.

Philips Hue Mobile app
You’ll need to set up an entertainment area in the mobile app. Screenshot: Philips

There are also a few options to play around with on the app console. At the top you can choose one of four modes to determine the brightness of the lights: The ones we’re interested in here are Games (optimized for games) and Movies (optimized for video), but you can also pick Scenes to select a fixed Hue scene for your lights, or Music to have the lights sync along with the audio that’s being played.

If you pick Games or Movies, you can then control the strength of the effect: Pick from Subtle, Moderate, High, or Extreme. If the lights are changing color too often and it’s becoming distracting, choose Subtle or Moderate. The last option, Use audio for effect, means the Hue Sync desktop app will take into consideration the sounds in games and movies when choosing colors for the lights.

Based on our testing, the results are usually pretty good, though games and movies with more gradual color changes work best. You can always go back to the Hue app on your phone to tweak the entertainment area settings, as well as adjusting the options in the desktop app, to try and improve the results.

Philips hue app for syncing smart lights
You can configure the strength of the effect. Screenshot: Philips

Finally in the desktop app, you can choose Settings to configure different aspects of the program, including which display is used for syncing (if you’ve got more than one), and whether or not the app starts up with your computer. It’s also possible to configure keyboard shortcuts for the desktop app from here.

Using an app can also work when syncing your smart lights to what’s on your TV—but that will only work if you have a Samsung TV from 2022 or newer. Philips Hue makes a Hue Sync TV app for these devices which you can find in the Apps section. The downside is it costs $130, but you might consider the functionality worth it for the seamless integration. The setup process is similar, but you’ll need to choose For my TV when setting up an entertainment area in the mobile app.

Using the Play HDMI Sync Box

If you have another type of TV, then you’ll need a hardware option to sync your smart lights with what’s on it. The Play HDMI Sync Box from Philips Hue is $250 and it comes with accompanying Hue Sync apps for Android and iOS. You can use this little gadget to connect up to four different HDMI sources—just keep in mind that if you’re playing on your console, you’ll need to connect the Sync Box both to your gaming device and your TV.

[Related: Best smart lights of 2023]

There’s support for Dolby Vision, HDR10+, and 4K resolutions, and the box is clever enough to recognize which source is playing and automatically switch to it. The information from the HDMI feed is beamed to your Hue Bridge at the same time as it’s showing up on screen, so your lights have a detailed map of colors to work from.

The Philips Hue Play HDMI Sync Box
The Philips Hue Play HDMI Sync Box is your option if you want your lights to sync to your TV. Screenshot: Philips

Setup is similar to the desktop app in that you need to create an entertainment area in the mobile app first. From the original Hue app on your phone go to Settings > Entertainment areas > Create area, and choose For my TV. The platform will ask you which smart lights are in the same room as your TV and where they’re positioned.

Then, from the Hue Sync app, you can turn effects on and off, switch between Video, Music, and Game modes, and adjust the strength of the effect and the brightness level in the same way as you can on the desktop app for computers. The apps also let you link the Google Assistant, Amazon’s Alexa, or Apple’s Siri for the box, so you can use voice commands to enable or disable sync and switch between modes.

The post 2 ways to sync your Philips Hue smart lights to movies, games, and music appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to go incognito on these 6 popular apps https://www.popsci.com/diy/incognito-mode-on-every-app/ Tue, 28 Dec 2021 23:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=417671
Google Chrome on incognito mode
Your browser is not the only platform what lets you surf the web more privately. GaudiLab / Deposit Photos

Fly under the radar on apps like YouTube, Instagram, Spotify, and more.

The post How to go incognito on these 6 popular apps appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Google Chrome on incognito mode
Your browser is not the only platform what lets you surf the web more privately. GaudiLab / Deposit Photos

Going incognito in your browser and favorite apps has its benefits, even though it may not be as private as you think. Also known as private mode, this feature temporarily pauses tracking of your browsing or viewing history and doesn’t save data you input, such as login credentials and personal details.

We don’t need to know your reasons, but if you need to go about your business without leaving any tracks, we can show you how to go incognito on apps like YouTube, Instagram, and Google Maps, whenever necessary.

Turn on YouTube’s incognito mode

YouTube's incognito mode menu.
Watch your favorite YouTube creators without leaving a trace. Screenshot: YouTube

There are good reasons you might want YouTube to remember what you’re watching. Logging the videos you’ve watched improves your recommendations and makes sure you can easily get back to that hilarious sketch clip you enjoyed several weeks ago. However, if you share your device with someone else, activating incognito mode on Google’s video platform might help you keep your watch history private. 

[Related: Why YouTube is hiding dislikes on videos]

To temporarily go incognito on YouTube’s mobile app, tap your profile picture (top right), then choose Turn on Incognito. You’ll then start browsing on a clean slate, with fresh recommendations and no viewing history. To go back to normal, tap the incognito button (top right) and select Turn off Incognito.

You won’t find an incognito mode available for YouTube on the web, but you can get the same result by simply opening the video platform in a private browsing tab. Note that if you’re a YouTube Premium subscriber, the ads will return when you’re in incognito mode.

How to go incognito on Google Maps

Google Maps' incognito mode menu
When turning on incognito mode on Google Maps, the platform will show you an explanation of what it entails. Screenshot: Google Maps

Going incognito on Google Maps is useful if you need to research places or plan journeys without leaving any trace, or if you don’t want your searches to affect the recommendations the app gives you about where to go.

If you’re using the mobile app, tap your profile picture (top right), then choose Turn on Incognito mode. Your personalized recommendations and quick links to places like your home address will disappear, and the app won’t save anything you do in this mode. To exit, tap the incognito mode button (top right) and hit Turn off Incognito mode.

Turning off incognito mode on Google Maps
Get out of incognito mode on Google Maps by tapping the incognito icon. Screenshot: Google Maps

As with YouTube, you won’t find this option built into Google Maps online, but you can just open the site inside a browser set to incognito mode instead. You can still look up information about places and get directions, but you can’t leave reviews, save places, or see your location history.

Start a private session on Spotify

Spotify's private session settings
When you start a private session on Spotify, what you listen to won’t be publicly available for everyone to see. Screenshot: Spotify

Your listening history shows up in a few places on Spotify. The app shares it with friends you’ve connected with on the platform, and your recently played artists show up on your public Spotify profile.

To listen to songs without this automatic sharing and tracking, you can start a private session—Spotify’s version of going incognito. On mobile, tap Home, the cog icon, and under Privacy turn the Private Session toggle switch on. From the desktop app, click the drop-down arrow (top right) to find the switch. To end a private session, just retrace your steps and flick the switch the other way.

If you don’t turn your private session off manually, it will automatically end after 6 hours or when you restart the Spotify app.

Going incognito on Instagram

Instagram's privacy settings and activity status menu
You can turn off your Instagram activity status on the app or the web. Screenshot: Instagram

While Instagram doesn’t have an incognito mode as such, you can stop your friends from seeing when you’re actively online. Tap your profile picture (bottom right), then the menu button (top right), followed by Settings and Privacy. Select Messages and story replies, then Show activity status, and turn off the toggle switch on the next screen. On the web, click the three-line menu in the bottom left corner of the screen, then Settings, and How others can interact with you. On the next menu, toggle on the switch beside Show activity status.

[Related: Why the web version of Instagram is better than the app]

This also means that you won’t be able to see other people’s Instagram activity status in places like the direct message conversation list, so keep that in mind. Retrace your steps and switch Show activity status back to on to go back to normal.

Turning on activity status on Instagram
You can turn on your activity status again on the same menu. Screenshot: Instagram

There’s not much you can do on Instagram without logging in, so opening your account in an incognito browser window won’t prevent the platform from tracking what you’re seeing. But if you use one to open direct links to profile pictures and individual posts, your browsing will stay private. 

Clean your viewing history on video streaming apps

Unfortunately, no video streaming service offers an incognito mode, as profiles are only meant for individual use. However, you can edit your viewing history and remove items if necessary. 

On Netflix on the web click your profile picture (top right), then Account. Choose your profile, open Profile & Parental Controls, and then Viewing Activity. Click the hide button (on the right) to remove something from your record—you can hide individual episodes or entire shows. If you want to absolutely hide your viewing history, just select Hide all. Whatever items you remove won’t show up as recently viewed or affect your future recommendations.

[Related: The government won’t protect your internet privacy, so here’s how to do it yourself]

Hulu's remove from viewing history menu
Fortunately, Hulu doesn’t keep track of what you’ve watched if you’ve completely finished it. Screenshot: Hulu

If you’re using Hulu on the web, scroll down the Home page to find the Continue watching section and click View all. You’ll see a tiled view of all the shows and movies you’ve played on the platform—click the three-dot menu next to an item you want out of your viewing history and choose Remove. When it comes to shows, you won’t be able to remove specific episodes, and if you’ve watched every episode of a series, it won’t appear on the list because Hulu doesn’t save a history of the movies and shows you’ve completed. 

Other video streaming apps have similar options if you delve into your viewing history in the settings. They all support profiles, so your viewing record doesn’t have to get mixed up with the habits or preferences of the rest of your family or the people you share a place with.

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2021.

The post How to go incognito on these 6 popular apps appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 location-sharing apps that aren’t run by Apple or Google https://www.popsci.com/diy/location-sharing-apps/ Fri, 29 Sep 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=575739
A person wearing a red jacket and a red knit beanie, looking at a paper map while holding their phone, possibly as they prepare to share their location with someone else via a location-sharing app.
You can't physically share a paper map with someone who isn't there, but you can use one of several apps to share your location. Anna Pascale / Unsplash

Maybe it's time to reconsider how you share your location.

The post 5 location-sharing apps that aren’t run by Apple or Google appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person wearing a red jacket and a red knit beanie, looking at a paper map while holding their phone, possibly as they prepare to share their location with someone else via a location-sharing app.
You can't physically share a paper map with someone who isn't there, but you can use one of several apps to share your location. Anna Pascale / Unsplash

Coordinating locations with friends and family can be a real hassle. “I’m by a big tree,” “I’m standing on the corner,” and “My car broke down but there are no signs so just drive along I-95 for a while” simply aren’t helpful when there are multiple corners, dozens of trees, and 1,908 miles of Interstate 95.

It’s a lot easier if you use an app that lets you share your location safely and privately—without broadcasting it to the world. Apple has put tools inside iOS for sharing your location from an iPhone, and Google has done the same in Google Maps, but there are also several third-party apps that can do the job well.

At first it might seem unsettling to let other people know exactly where you are, but you’re in full control of who has this information and how long they have it for—and the next time you’re trying to meet up with someone, this can save you a whole lot of time and a whole lot of messages.

Glympse

The Glympse app interface, showing options for sharing your location.
Glympse will let you share your location for set periods of time, so it’s OK if you forget to deactivate it. Screenshot: Glympse

Among the apps specifically built for location sharing, Glympse is one of the most comprehensive and competent. It’s great for quick, customized location sharing with people who might not all be using the same brand of phone or the same apps, and there are mapping tools inside the app that will help you find friends and family.

You can send location shares—called, appropriately enough, glympses—over email, text, or through other apps as well as Glympse. If the recipient is on a computer, or using a phone without Glympse, the glympse shows up in that person’s web browser instead, and only for the allotted time. You don’t even need a Glympse account to share your location.

You get full control over who you share your location with and for how long, and you can set up private groups where everyone can see where everyone else is. Another handy feature is the option to add public tags to your glympses: They work a bit like social media hashtags, and you can use them to let the wider world know that you’re at a music festival or a sports event.

Glympse is free for Android and iOS.

Life360

The Life360 app interface, showing a person named Jane driving at 46 miles per hour on a road.
Maybe don’t message someone while they’re driving, though, unless they have voice-to-text set up. Life360

Life360 is aimed specifically at families, so you can keep tabs on where your kids are and make sure they’re safe. You can get alerts when they turn up at home or school, see where they are on a map, and even get alerts if they may have been involved in a crash on the road. With Tile tracker support, you can track your possessions in the app too.

The map view is the center of the Life360 app. It lets you check up on where family members are in real time, and for peace of mind there’s an SOS feature that lets anyone discreetly and quietly send an alert to their family. If your kids want a bit more privacy, they can share their general location rather than a precise spot on the map.

[Related: These smartphone settings could save your life]

You and your family can use Life360 free of charge, but you’ll get access to more features if you sign up for one of the premium accounts, which start at $15 a month. Paying for the service means 30 days rather than two days of location history, alerts for an unlimited number of locations instead of just two, and a road crash detection feature.

Life360 is free for Android and iOS, with a premium version starting at $15.

Messaging apps

Beyond standalone apps dedicated to location sharing, you’ll also find the feature built into several messaging and social media apps. If you want to temporarily share your location with a specific group of people—like when you’re on a family vacation—you might find that these apps are a better fit for you.

How to share your location on WhatsApp

The WhatsApp interface, showing how to share your location.
WhatsApp lets you share your location in real time. Screenshot: WhatsApp

In WhatsApp, tap the paperclip icon at the bottom of any one-to-one conversation or group chat, then choose Location. You can choose between sending a single message showing where you currently are, or broadcasting your live location in real time for 15 minutes, an hour, or eight hours (with the option to cancel the sharing at any time).

It’s perfect for quick and easy location sharing that you don’t want to go on indefinitely, especially as you probably already have the necessary group conversations set up inside the app for your friends, family, colleagues, and special events. Don’t worry: Your location will stay private within these group chats, or within the one-to-one conversation you’ve selected.

WhatsApp is free for Android and iOS.

How to use Snapchat’s location settings

The Snapchat interface, showing how to share your location and other location settings, including Ghost Mode, which will hide you from the Snap Map.
Go Ghost Mode to stay off the Snap Map. Screenshot: Snapchat

Snapchat has a feature called Snap Map, which you can use to let your friends know where you are. No one who isn’t your friend will be able to see your location, and you can limit it to certain friends if necessary. The Snap Map will also show you public snaps posted to the Snapchat network—usually showing off a particular place or event to the world at large.

Tap the map pin (bottom left) on Snapchat’s camera screen to find the map and see where your friends are. Touch the cog icon (top right), and you can choose which friends can see where you are, or turn on ghost mode to temporarily hide your location. Your location only updates when Snapchat is open, and is removed from the map after 24 hours.

[Related: Make a Memoji that actually looks like you]

On this same screen, there’s also a Share live option: This grants specific friends the privilege of seeing where you are in real time, and you can enable it for one hour, eight hours, or until you turn it off. It’s a useful extra layer of location sharing you can enable for the people you trust the most, like your partner or your kids.

Snapchat is free or $4 a month for Android and iOS.

Share your location in Signal

The Signal messaging app, showing options including how to share your location.
Signal won’t track your location, but you can share map pins within your chats. Screenshot: Signal

The primary reason to get yourself and your friends on Signal is the security and privacy it offers: There’s end-to-end encryption, the option to use disappearing messages, and (perhaps most importantly) it’s run by a developer that isn’t interested in advertising to you or trying to keep you locked inside its own ecosystem.

While it’s not worth switching to Signal for its location-sharing features alone, it does have them, so you won’t miss out on being able to let other people know where you are at specific times. Like everything else in Signal, location sharing is handled simply and securely, and can be done within one-to-one conversations or inside group chats.

At the bottom of the relevant conversation, tap the plus button in the bottom right corner, then choose Location from the menu that pops up. You’ll then be able to confirm where you are before sharing your location—it’s shared in a one-off message with the people inside the selected chat, so your location won’t be updated in real time.

Signal is free for Android and iOS.

The post 5 location-sharing apps that aren’t run by Apple or Google appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
All the cool ways you can customize your Samsung Galaxy lock screen https://www.popsci.com/diy/samsung-lock-screen-customization/ Wed, 27 Sep 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=574780
Samsung Galaxy S10 with a locked scren
Make the lock screen on your Samsung Galaxy phone as unique as you. Emiliano Cicero / Unsplash

You don't have to settle for the defaults.

The post All the cool ways you can customize your Samsung Galaxy lock screen appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Samsung Galaxy S10 with a locked scren
Make the lock screen on your Samsung Galaxy phone as unique as you. Emiliano Cicero / Unsplash

Your Samsung Galaxy phone’s lock screen is likely to be the first one you see in the morning and the last one you see at night. This is why it’s so important to set it up exactly how you want to.

Galaxy handsets come with a good selection of options and features to help you customize your lock screen, whether you want to set a new backdrop, make the clock a lot bigger, or add extra widgets for easier access to your apps.

Lock screen wallpaper and themes

Menu to customize Samsung Galaxy lock screen
You can use the same image for your home and lock screens—or not. Screenshot: Samsung

Let’s start with the wallpaper. You can set separate background images for your home screens and lock screen—just press and hold on a blank part of a home screen and choose Wallpaper and style on the emerging menu.

Tap Change wallpapers to pick a new image—you can pick from photos featured by Samsung and pictures in your phone’s gallery. When you select the one you want,  you then get to choose whether you want to apply it to your lock screen, home screen, or both. Don’t worry—before you fully commit to your selection, you’ll see previews of how the backdrop will look.

[Related: Samsung Galaxy Z Flip4 review: Powerful vibes]

Back on the Wallpaper and style screen, tap Color palette to choose a color scheme for your phone’s entire interface. You can select your favorite from a list of basic hues, or pick a combination of colors based on the wallpaper you picked. Again, you’ll get a preview of how everything will look, so you can try as many as you want until you find one you like.

Instead of choosing a picture and a color scheme separately, you can go with a theme, which is a bundle of items including a wallpaper, a color scheme, and a particular icon and font style, that you can apply with a single tap. Press and hold on a blank part of a home screen, and select Themes to see your options. You’ll find free themes provided by Samsung, alongside others from third-parties, which you may or may not have to pay for. If you’re dealing with a paid theme, you’ll see the price listed next to it.

If you don’t want the trouble of changing the wallpaper regularly yourself, have your phone do it for you. After tapping Wallpaper and style and Change wallpaper, scroll down to Dynamic Lock screen. From here you can pick a collection of images (landscapes and plants, for example), and the device will automatically cycle between them every couple of weeks.

Changing lock screen elements

Menu to customize widgets on Samsung Galaxy lock screen
Your Samsung Galaxy lets you customize how your notifications display on your lock screen. Screenshot: Samsung

That’s the wallpaper and colors taken care of, but you can also edit the lock screen widgets and other elements on the display. From Settings, tap Lock screen and the next page will let you control how you unlock your phone and, if your handset supports the feature, activate the always-on display. There’s also a Roaming clock toggle switch—turn it on to see the local time at your location and at home, if you happen to be traveling in a different time zone.

Tap the Lock screen graphic and you’ll be able to change the style and size of the lock screen time and date widget. From this menu you’ll also be able to tweak the way your phone displays notification icons—as small buttons or larger bubbles, for example. Just tap on the element you want to change and the relevant options will appear.

You can also select Contact information to add your contact details to the lock screen, which can come in handy if you lose your handset and someone else picks it up, or if you’re ever involved in an emergency and someone needs to learn your identity. Galaxy phones also have shortcuts in the lower left and right corners of the lock screen, which you can easily change by tapping on the icons. You can use these shortcuts to launch utilities and apps like the camera, phone app, flashlight, voice recorder, or any other app of your choice. Tap Done when you’re finished.

[Related: Samsung Galaxy Buds2 Pro earbuds review: Riding high (fidelity)]

Back on the previous Lock screen page from Settings, tap the Widgets graphic and you’ll be able to pick which widgets show up when your phone is locked. There are a few to pick from, covering your upcoming schedule, any set alarms, the weather, and any music currently playing. Tap on Reorder at the top to change the order of the widget list.

There’s one final lock screen customization you might want to make: If you choose Notifications and then Lock screen notifications from Settings, you can set whether your phone displays notification content (like the previews of incoming messages) when your device is unlocked. If you don’t want anyone seeing something private when they glance at your locked phone, choose Hide content.

The post All the cool ways you can customize your Samsung Galaxy lock screen appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to check your Internet speed on your phone, a browser, and Google https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-check-internet-speed/ Wed, 27 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=574861
A person looking at an internet speed test on their phone.
It's easy to check your internet speed quickly or over time with a few simple steps. Depositphotos

These tools will test your connection through download and upload times.

The post How to check your Internet speed on your phone, a browser, and Google appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person looking at an internet speed test on their phone.
It's easy to check your internet speed quickly or over time with a few simple steps. Depositphotos

Learning how to check your internet speed can come in handy if you want to make sure you’re getting your money’s worth after splurging on a fiber connection. Knowing your true download and upload speeds can also be useful if your favorite streaming platform is lagging and you need to make your case to a representative of your internet service provider (ISP).

Luckily, doing an internet speed check is easy. There are many apps and websites you can use for free, and some even let you schedule network speed tests so you can identify patterns and know if you’re actually getting what you’ve paid for.

Why does internet speed fluctuate?

Before running an internet speed test, you should know that there’s a variety of factors that can impact your WiFi speed.

Time of day

The internet experiences the most traffic between the hours of 7 p.m. and 11 p.m. when a lot of people are back home after work, probably gaming, streaming their favorite shows, and browsing the web. ISPs have a limited amount of bandwidth so they struggle to meet customer demand during these peak hours, causing a log jam that results in slower speeds. This means that to get a true picture of your max bandwidth, you should check your internet speed during off peak hours.

VPNs

While virtual private networks are great for making you anonymous on the web, the trade-off is a slower connection. To get an accurate reading, don’t forget to disable your VPN before running an internet speed test.

Network use

If you share your WiFi with a lot of people and a bunch of them are streaming movies, on video calls, or gaming, an internet speed test won’t produce accurate results. Wait until your network is seeing minimal use before you check it.

How to check your internet speed

There are several sites you can use to do an internet speed test. Most work by measuring how long it takes your network to upload and download sample files from a specified host.

Fast.com

Fast.com certainly lives up to its name by running an internet speed test automatically—zero clicks needed.

On a browser

1. Go to Fast.com and the internet speed test will begin automatically. There’s no need to click on anything at all.

2. In less than 10 seconds, Fast.com tells you how speedy your internet connection is.

The site Fast.com, which tests your internet speed.
It doesn’t get much faster than this. Screenshot: Fast.com

On a phone

You can use Fast.com on your phone by downloading a simple app available for Android and iOS.

1. Choose what you want to measure. If you want to test your network speed, turn off your WiFi connection; if you want to test your WiFi speed, turn it on.

2. Open the Fast app and the speed test will immediately begin. After a few seconds, the app will tell you your internet download speed. Click on the Show more info if you wish to see your upload speed.

Fast.com let you test your internet speed on your smartphone as well.
The test is almost as fast as your internet connection. Screenshot: Fast.com

Ookla Speed Test

The Ookla site is one of the better known ways to run an internet speed test and it works on both desktop computers and mobile devices.

On a browser

1. Open your browser and head to the Ookla website. You don’t need to create an account to perform an internet speed test, but if you do, Ookla will keep a history of your results and display them in a graph. This data can be useful to compare your network’s performance over time. To create an account click Log in in the upper right corner of your screen.

Ookla is a website that lets you test your internet speed on your browser.
You can track your site’s speed over time. Screenshot: Ookla

2. On the site you’ll immediately see your IP and the location of one of your ISP’s servers the site chooses by default. To get the most accurate reading, you should always check your internet speed using the host that is geographically closest to you. If the one Ookla chose for you is not it, you can click on Change Server to select a different one. You might also want to run multiple tests with a variety of hosts to get a complete picture of your internet speed.

To test your internet speed on Ookla, you'll need to change to a server nearby.
Checking internet speed on Ookla is a little more involved than other options. Screenshot: Ookla
Pick a server to check your internet speed on Ookla.
Almost done. Screenshot: Ookla

3. Once you’re satisfied with your server selection. Click on the large GO button in the middle of the screen.

4. Ookla begins with a download test (how long it takes your device to save a copy of a file on the selected server) followed by an upload test (how long it takes your device to send a file to the server).

While this is taking place, you’ll see a speedometer in the middle of the screen showing you how fast your connection is. The test takes about 30 seconds, after which the site will show your download and upload speeds. If you see a huge discrepancy between what you’re paying for and the network speeds you’re actually getting, you should contact your ISP to see if there’s a problem with your modem or router. 

A speedometer on Ookla shows upload and download speeds.
Can you guess your internet speed? Screenshot: Ookla

On your phone

You can also use the Ookla site to check the internet speed of your smartphone’s data connection.

1. Download the Ookla Speedtest app (available for Android and iOS).

2. By default, the internet speed test will check the WiFi network if you’re connected to one. If you want to know how fast your phone’s data connection is, turn off the WiFi connection on your device.

To do so on an iPhone, go to Settings, then Wi-Fi, and tap the toggle button at the top of the screen to turn it off. On Android, tap Settings, Network & internet, and Internet. Tap the switch next to WiFi to turn it off.  

3. Unlike the browser version of Ookla, the mobile app doesn’t allow you to change the server location, so all you have left to do is hit the a GO button in the middle of the screen to check your internet speed test.

You can also use the Ookla speed test on your phone.
It’s even easier to use the Ookla speed test on your phone. Screenshot: Ookla

4. The app will display the current download and upload speeds as it runs the test, and give you a final report once it’s done.

The speedometer in the Ookla app calculates upload and download speeds in megabits per second (Mbps).
Are your download or upload speeds faster? Screenshot: Ookla

Google M-Lab

Google’s internet speed test works with the company’s Measurement Lab, which seeks to provide “the largest collection of open Internet performance data on the planet”. This network speed test will not allow you to choose different hosts or create a record of your results, but it’s one of the easiest to use. This is in no small part because you don’t even need to remember its name.

1. On a desktop browser or the mobile Google app, type in Speed test into your Google search bar. 

Google has a dedicated service called M-Lab to check your internet speed.
The M-Lab was founded in 2009. Screenshot: Google

2. As a result, Google will show you its internet speed test, with an explanation of what it entails. Before starting the test, take note of the privacy disclosure in the window, which explains that M-Lab will receive your IP address, which they will publish on their site along with all the results of tests done by them. This doesn’t include any other information about you.

3. If you’re comfortable with Google’s rules, click the blue Run speed test button. A small window will open and the speed test will begin. It takes about 30 seconds to get your results, including upload and download speeds.

Google's M-Lab shows results of download and upload speed.
Have you recently gotten new service? Screenshot: Google
Google puts your internet speed in context.
Google analyzes how your internet speed compares to others. Screenshot: Google

TestMy.Net

If you want to understand your internet speed test within a context, then TestMy.Net is a great option. In addition to giving you your download and upload speeds, this site also tells you what the average speed is for the chosen host and for specific geographic locations, like your city, your country, and the rest of the world. This allows you to see how your connection ranks among various groups of users, helping you to determine if your internet speed is keeping up with the Joneses, topping them, or lagging behind. 

TestMy.Net will also allow you to schedule automatic speed tests for set intervals, so you can look at how your Internet connection speeds change over a set period of time.

The TestMy.net website allows you to test your internet speed over time.
Pick from three different tests. Screenshot: TestMy.Net

1. On a mobile or desktop browser, go to testmy.net and choose between one of three different network speed test options: Download speed test, Upload speed test, and Automatic speed test. You can tweak different settings depending on which one you choose.

Calculating download speed on TestMy.net will help show how fast your internet is.
Screenshot: TestMy.Net

Download speed test / Upload speed test: When clicking either of these options, you’ll be able to choose between doing a regular internet speed test (click Test my download Speed or Test my upload Speed) or a Manual test size. The latter will let you choose the specific amount of data you want to upload or download during the test, which is great for if you’re trying to figure out if hauling larger amounts of data slows down your overall download speed.

TestMy.Net also lets you test your internet service's automatic speed.
It’s useful to try all three tests. Screenshot: TestMy.Net

Automatic speed test: Automated tests will let you check your internet speed over time or even in different places within your home. Choose this option and you’ll be able to use the drop-down menus in the middle of the screen to set the total number of tests you want to conduct and how often you want to run them—you can set them up to be as frequent as every five minutes or up to once every 24 hours. The drop-down menus on the right let you to select minimum and maximum download and upload sizes, helpful if you’re trying to determine if your internet speed changes depending on the size of the file you’re trying to send or receive. Meanwhile, the menu on the left lets you label the location of your device during the test, which is useful if you want to see how your network speed changes depending on where you are in your home.

2. Once you’ve chosen your options, select the blue button in the middle of the screen to start the test.

TestMy.Net allows users to customize how often they test internet speed.
Screenshot: TestMy.Net

FAQs

Q: Why don’t I get the connection speed my ISP advertises?

While most internet service providers attach data speeds to their tiered high speed subscription plans, it’s likely that you’ll rarely achieve that speed. In fact, most customers only receive a fraction of that advertised speed mainly due to the fact that internet companies are constantly trying to serve a lot of customers, resulting in significant network congestion. There’s also a host of factors in your home that can slow that speed down, including your router, modem, and VPNs. There’s a lot you can do to boost your WiFi speed, but if that doesn’t work, then it’s time to call your ISP.

Q: What is a good internet speed?

According to the Federal Trade Commission, anything above 25 Mbps is considered a good internet speed, as it’ll be able to support online gaming, TV and music streaming, and web browsing for a single device. However, if you have multiple people living in your household and simultaneously performing the tasks above, you’ll need a faster speed of around 100 Mbps to avoid issues.

The post How to check your Internet speed on your phone, a browser, and Google appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to split your screen on an iPad and conquer multitasking https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-split-screen-on-ipad/ Tue, 26 Sep 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=574328
Person holding an iPad Pro, probably figuring out how to use Split View.
Splitting the screen on your iPad is easy and will allow you to do so much more with your Apple tablet. Roberto Nickson / Unsplash; Screenshot: Apple

Learn how to use two and even three apps at once on your Apple tablet.

The post How to split your screen on an iPad and conquer multitasking appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person holding an iPad Pro, probably figuring out how to use Split View.
Splitting the screen on your iPad is easy and will allow you to do so much more with your Apple tablet. Roberto Nickson / Unsplash; Screenshot: Apple

Splitting the screen on your iPad can really amp up your productivity. The feature is officially called Split View and it’s available on all Apple tablets running iPadOS 13 and newer. When you activate it, you’ll have two open windows on your screen, whether that’s two completely different apps or a pair of windows for the same one. 

You probably have your own reasons for wanting to split up your screen, but it’s worth noting that Split View can be extremely helpful if you’re working in one app while getting inspiration from another, or if you’re messaging with two people at the same time. 

How to split your iPad screen

Figuring out how to get a split-screen iPad is really easy, and you’ll be able to customize how you use the feature to make it fit your needs. 

1. Unlock your iPad and open one of the apps you want to use. 

2. Tap the three white dots at the top of your screen and choose Split View

3. The open app will automatically move to the left to reveal your home screen. From here, select a second app to open. 

  • Pro tip: You can open two iterations of one app if you want—just pick the same app when the iPad home screen appears. This will be especially easy to do with Apple apps, but not all tools support this feature. For example, you can use Procreate in Split View, but you can’t open two Procreate projects at the same time. 

4. Your apps or windows will now be side by side in a split-screen view. 

  • Pro tip: Tap the three white dots at the top of any of the open apps or windows and choose Split View again to make them switch sides—pick Left split or Right split.
Split View settings on iPad Pro
Tapping on the Split View menu again allows apps to swap sides. Screenshot: Apple

[Related: You should use your iPad as a second screen]

How to adjust the size of your split-screen apps on an iPad

You can only split your iPad screen evenly if you’re using your tablet in a landscape orientation. 

The size adjustment will happen automatically, as Split View will give each app or window the same amount of screen real estate by default. 

You can easily change this if, for example, one of the apps you’re using requires more space. On the black line splitting your screen in half, press the short gray line in the middle and move it to the right or left depending on which app you want to give more screen space to. 

Resizing split screen view on iPad
You can resize your apps and windows in increments of thirds and fourths depending on whether you’re using your iPad in portrait or landscape mode. Screenshot: Apple

Unfortunately, you don’t have total freedom to determine the split proportions of your screen. If you’re holding your iPad in a portrait orientation, the slider will only snap in place in increments of thirds, so your apps will be distributed in a 30-60 split (or 60-30, depending on if you want the bigger app on the top or bottom). With your iPad in a landscape orientation, the slider will stick to quarters, meaning your apps can only be distributed 50-50, 25-75, or 75-25. 

If you try giving an app less than one third (portrait) or one fourth (landscape) of the screen, the slider will automatically move to the edge of the screen, closing the app and turning your split-screen view into a full-screen view. 

How to have multiple split screens on your iPad

Each split screen acts like one open app. So just like you can have as many open apps as you want, you can have as many split screens as your heart desires. 

1. Follow the steps above to split your iPad screen. 

2. Swipe up from the bottom of your screen to go to the home screen. 

3. Open an app and split your screen again.

App carrousel on iPadOS
You can have as many split screens as you want. Screenshot: Apple

When you swipe and hold to see all your open apps, you’ll be able to see all your split screens in one place. Keep in mind that all of the open apps, whether they’re in Split View or full-screen mode, are indeed open and working—if you have too many of them, your iPad’s performance and battery life might suffer.  

How to turn off split screen view on the iPad

You can turn off Split View by closing one of the apps or windows. There are two ways to go about it. 

Use the three-dot menu

When Split View is active, you’ll see three white dots at the top of each open app or window. Choose the app you want to close, tap its three dots, and choose Close from the emerging menu. The remaining app will go into full-screen mode and you’ll be out of split screen. 

Slide the screen separator all the way to the edge of the screen

In Split View, press the gray line in the middle and slide it all the way to the left to close the app taking up the left side of the screen, or all the way to the right to close the app to the right. The remaining app will go into full-screen mode. 

FAQs

Q. Can I split my iPad screen horizontally?

At the moment, Split View is limited to a vertical split, meaning you can only have two apps or windows side by side, not on top of each other. This makes a split-screen iPad more effective when it’s in a landscape orientation. 

Q. How many apps can you multitask on an iPad?

Split View only works with two apps or windows, but you can open up a third one using Slide Over. This feature, also available from the three-dot menu, can turn an app into a floating window that sits on top of a split screen, either to the left or right.

Be warned, though—if you use Slide Over to put an app on top of a split screen, you won’t be able to move it, as it’ll replace the app under it the moment you let go. This makes Slide Over somewhat impractical to use with Split View, especially because you cannot resize an app you’ve slid over, and its default size will cover a good portion of an evenly split screen.

Split View and Slide Over apps on iPadOS
You can have three apps open at once on your iPad, but it might not be as practical as it sounds. Screenshot: Apple

[Related: iPad Pro review: Pretty and powerful]

But if this still works for you and you want to push the limits of your multitasking abilities, here’s how to do it: 

1. Follow the steps above to split your iPad screen, making sure one of the apps you open is the one you want to slide over.  

2. Tap the three dots at the top of the app you want to float above your split screen and choose Slide Over from the emerging menu. This will turn the app into a floating window, while the one underneath will go into full-screen mode. 

Slide over menu on iPadOS
Slide Over turns the relevant app into a floating window. Screenshot: Apple

3. Tap the three dots at the top of the app in full-screen mode, choose Split View, and pick a third app to open. This will result in a normal split-screen view, and will hide the window you just slid over. 

4. Bring back the slid-over window or app by swiping and holding from the bottom of the screen. This will show you everything that’s currently open on your iPad, and to the far left, you’ll see the window or app you slid over. Tap it to open it on top of the split-screen view. 

App carrousel on iPad
You have to bring back the app or window you hid with the Slide Over feature. Screenshot: Apple

The post How to split your screen on an iPad and conquer multitasking appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Your TikTok watch history has moved—here’s how to find it https://www.popsci.com/diy/find-recently-watched-tiktok-videos/ Tue, 04 Jan 2022 23:30:19 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=418625
A person holding an iPhone outside, looking at their TikTok watch history
Finding your TikTok watch history used to be so much harder than this. PopSci composite: Mediamodifier / Unsplash; Screenshot: TikTok

TikTok stores watched videos for 180 days, if you know where to look for them.

The post Your TikTok watch history has moved—here’s how to find it appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding an iPhone outside, looking at their TikTok watch history
Finding your TikTok watch history used to be so much harder than this. PopSci composite: Mediamodifier / Unsplash; Screenshot: TikTok

If you’re looking for your TikTok watch history in the hopes of finding a recently viewed video, it’s probably not where you last saw it. The so-called clock app, as tech companies often do, has changed its menus and stashed this useful feature in an unfamiliar place.

Unlike TikTok’s early days, when the disappointment of accidentally reloading your For You page and losing the share-worthy clip was so common—so visceral—that it became a meme, locating recently watched TikToks is easy now. And if you want to become so powerful that your watch history’s limitations cannot stand in your way, you can use specific search filters and techniques to hunt down exactly what you need. Doing so will be much faster than tediously scrolling through your archive.

How to find your TikTok watch history on iOS and Android

Although people with iPhones got the ability to see their TikTok history before Android users, the processes have since unified. As it should be.

On iOS, all you need to do is tap Profile in the bottom right, hit the main menu (three lines) in the top right, touch Settings and privacy, find the Content & Display heading, tap Activity center, and choose Watch history. You can find your Comment history and Search history on the same page.

On Android, the steps are similar: Profile > main menu (three lines) > Settings and privacy > Activity center > Watch history. Again, if you never comment, you’ll only see Watch history after Settings and privacy.

The steps for finding your TikTok watch history on an iPhone.
If you need a visual for the steps above. PopSci composite: Russ Smith for Popular Science; Screenshot: TikTok

No matter which mobile operating system you’re using, you’ll see every video you’ve watched within the past 180 days. If you’re trying to find something older, you’ll have to search for it with the normal TikTok search function (tips below).

You can find a recently watched video by scrolling down this page, but be warned: everything is on there. Whether it’s a video you watched in its entirety or one that happened to briefly load and autoplay as you moved around the app, it’s part of your TikTok watch history. The only videos you won’t find are Lives and Stories.

[Related: 7 tips to make the most of TikTok]

Unless you’re extremely patient, this method isn’t great for digging deep into your archive, because you can’t search the watch history page. If you’re a heavy TikTok user and watched something days or weeks ago, you’ll end up scrolling for a while. You can, however, hit Select in the top right and tap individual videos or touch Select all watch history in the bottom left. Then you can permanently get rid of those clips by tapping the bright red Delete button. At least tidy up a bit while you’re there.

How to search for recently viewed TikToks

If you struck out with the method above, you may still be able to locate the most elusive lost TikToks. The catch: you’ll need to know enough about the video you watched to type something into the search bar. And if you can’t recall anything, well, you’re probably not missing much.

From the app’s Home screen, tap the search icon (a magnifying glass) in the top right corner. Then type out the relevant keywords and hit Search. Next, hit the Watched button just above the first row of videos. This will change your search results to show any videos you’ve watched. If you don’t see this option (along with All, Unwatched, and Recently uploaded), make sure you’re in the Top tab—they don’t appear if you’re in any of the others. Otherwise, TikTok may not have registered that you watched a video related to your search terms, or it may have passed before your eyes longer than 180 days ago.

The TikTok search tab with the "watched" button selected to filter out all unwatched videos and find recently viewed TikToks.
If you’ve watched videos that match your search, use this filter to narrow the field. Screenshot: TikTok

As with your watch history, the Watched search filter will display TikToks that appeared in recent searches and auto-played as thumbnails as you looked through the results, so you may have to dig deeper every time you search.

Other TikTok search tips

The main search results page, whether you filter it or not, is stuffed with content. You can use these tabs and suggestions to further refine your search or just get lost in the TikTok abyss and hope your algorithm doesn’t take a devastating hit. I, for one, will probably spend the next week telling TikTok I’m not interested in those videos where people pour milk all over the counter while “making coffee” because I searched “coffee TikTok” while working on this story. (To do so, long-press on the video when it plays on your FYP and hit Not interested on the menu that appears.)

Some videos in your search results will have a badge indicating they’re among top-liked posts for the search you ran, and if you scroll down a little you may also find related terms other people searched for.

[Related: Why some US lawmakers want to ban TikTok]

Within the less-obvious filters menu (tap the three dots to the right of the search bar, then hit Filters), there are also options to further focus your search on videos you’ve liked, dig up only those posted within a specific time frame, and sort by either relevant videos or ones with the most likes. 

Under the same three dots, you’ll also see Share feedback, which is where TikTok gives you the option to provide feedback on any problems you may have had with their search function. When I first published this story back in January 2022, I joked that maybe if enough people used that form to request an easy-to-use list of recently watched videos, TikTok would make it happen. Well, we did it, folks.

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2022.

The post Your TikTok watch history has moved—here’s how to find it appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Opt Out: Reduce your privacy risk by deleting a bunch of files https://www.popsci.com/diy/delete-files-privacy/ Thu, 21 Sep 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=573081
Laptop being shredded
You need way fewer files that you'd like to admit. Lauren Pusateri for Popular Science

Downsizing your data can help you keep your information safe.

The post The Opt Out: Reduce your privacy risk by deleting a bunch of files appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Laptop being shredded
You need way fewer files that you'd like to admit. Lauren Pusateri for Popular Science

You are more than a data point. The Opt Out is here to help you take your privacy back.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

YOU’VE PROBABLY heard about the benefits of spring cleaning and keeping only what brings you joy. But maybe you haven’t considered that the same logic can also apply to the stuff gathering dust on your storage drives and in the cloud. 

Of course, they’re not literally getting coated in a layer of dirt and dead skin cells (yes, that’s what dust is), but digital files do take up space. And just as more financial security can lead to more challenges, more data can also result in more privacy problems.  

So get rid of some of it and focus your effort on securing the files that matter the most. 

Data hoarding is not good for privacy

If you’re thinking this isn’t something you need to spend time on, think again. Why? The more files you have, the more likely it is that some of your data will spill all over the web. This is because we tend to be disorganized with our digital belongings, which we usually have copies of on multiple platforms and devices. 

We propose an exercise: Think about and list all the accounts you have where you store files, photos, backups, etc. Now add to that every device you have that’s also storing data—your current phone and computers, but also the old ones, and your hard drives and flash drives. The number is likely higher than you’d expected. Now, do you know exactly what kind of information they’re storing? Yeah, probably not. 

[Related: The recycle bin settings you didn’t know you needed]

This doesn’t mean you’re messy. It happens. Sometimes it’s hard to get rid of stuff, and we don’t always have a say in what online platforms we use. Your work or school, for example, may choose them for you. On one hand, this is good, because using different accounts makes it easy to compartmentalize your life. But on the other hand, you can lose track of what you have—even misplacing files you’d consider important. 

You could have all your stuff in one very secure account, but there are two drawbacks to that approach. First, it’s not strategically sound. Put all your file-eggs in one digital basket, and you could lose everything to an outage or have all your information posted online after a data leak. Then there’s the inevitable: Files take up space and space is finite, so having a single cloud account would eventually require you to pay for space. And you don’t want to do that, especially considering how much of it is available for free on the web.

As with most conundrums, the solution is balance. Reduce the number of files you have and save whatever’s left in only a couple of secure locations, combining online and offline storage in a way that works for you. 

Cull your files

Use your computer and start with your local drive and any external hard drives you own. Then move on to your cloud services. The premise is simple: delete, delete, delete.

Tweak your system’s file explorer settings so that files display using the largest possible icons—this will save you time by allowing you to see if they’re worth keeping without actually opening them. On a Mac, make sure your files are showing as icons in Finder, then use the Cmd+ and Cmd- shortcuts to zoom in and out; on Windows, click View on any File Explorer window and choose Large icons or Extra large icons. On Mac computers, you’ll also be able to quickly see files using Preview—just select an item and hit the space bar to see it in a larger size. 

When it comes to deciding what to delete, start with the lowest-hanging fruit: circumstantial files. These include the photos you sent your partner from the grocery store to confirm which hot sauce you should get and the menu for that restaurant you went to three weeks ago. Once those files are gone, get rid of duplicates—you don’t need five slightly different pictures or three versions of the same document. Just choose the final one or the one you like the most and obliterate the rest. Continue by removing bad-quality photos and videos. If it sounds bad, delete it; if the photo is botched beyond editing, trash it; if it’s out of focus, bid it bye-bye. 

For images taken at specific events, like a concert or a wedding, curate your content. Set a specific and realistic number and select only the best items—between 50 and 100 is a good place to start if you want to give yourself some wiggle room. Consider that photos are not memories per se, but tools we use to remember, and you don’t need a full terabyte to remember. 

Once you’re done removing files from your devices and all the external hard drives you own, get comfortable and repeat the process in the cloud. Make a list of the main platforms you’re using and tackle them one by one. 

If you’re overwhelmed by the possibility of deleting something you might miss later, just use Marie Kondo’s criterion: Does it bring you joy? And, when pertinent, is it useful or irreplaceable? If the answer is no, you’ll probably forget about it in five minutes. 

And if you keep thinking about it, don’t worry—you can usually bring your deleted files back from the dead if you act quickly enough and are tech-savvy. When culling files on a cloud service, know that most platforms will move them to the trash folder and keep them there for 30 days. This means two things: 1) you won’t be freeing up space just yet; and 2) you can change your mind at any point before that time runs out. 

The trash folder on Windows and macOS is similar—even if you deleted files from your computer or hard drive, it is sometimes possible to bring them back. Just keep in mind that it can be complicated and sometimes doesn’t work at all, so proceed with caution.   

How and where to store your files

Once you’re done with the massive task of going through all your files, it’s time to organize the documents you kept. Knowing what you have and how to easily find it will allow you to adopt more secure strategies for sensitive material. For example, you don’t want your nudes to live right alongside photos of your family, which you’re more likely to share with people. A bad selection tap and your aunt will see you naked again—and this time it won’t be because she’s changing your diaper. 

A good organization strategy is to separate files according to the different aspects of your life, like “work,” “education,” and “general.” Create folders with your chosen category names, and start using them to organize your files. Within those folders, you can get as specific as you want. Whatever route you choose, the point is to know what you have and how much you have, and to label important documents as such. 

When it comes to choosing where to store your files, keep it practical. Think about your storage locations as your pocket, closet, and basement. Essential files and documents that you always want to have at hand, like your car insurance policy, should live in the cloud for easy access. Files that you probably won’t need urgently but are important enough to keep close by should stay on your phone or your computer’s hard drive—think the spreadsheet where you’ve been tracking your slow-pitch softball team’s performance this season. Finally, the documents you want to keep but you’ll hardly ever open, like your brother’s wedding pictures, should go on an external hard drive. The idea is to avoid wasting cloud space on files you probably won’t need at a moment’s notice. 

Secure your files

Now that you’ve decreased the number of files to your name, it’s time to keep them safe. Whether you’re using the cloud or a folder on your computer, secure sensitive files behind a good password and enable two-factor authentication wherever possible. 

If you can’t or won’t think of a good password, opt for a password manager—these apps will also remember your credentials for you, so it’s a win-win. As an alternative, if the platform you’re using supports passkeys, consider enabling one—it will allow you to access your files in multiple ways, such as with your face or fingerprint. Some cloud platforms offer different ways to secure your account—get to know them and use the ones that make sense for you. 

[Related: Passkeys could be better than passwords. Here’s how they work.]

Beyond that, the ultimate security measure is to encrypt your files before you upload them to the cloud or save them to a local or external hard drive. This will protect your content from data leaks and any snoopers who might want to see what you keep on your hard drive. Windows and macOS have built-in encryption options for your local documents, but you can also find dedicated apps that will do the job for you.

If this all sounds like a lot, it’s because it is. You probably have a lifetime of files scattered around on the web, your external hard drives, and multiple cloud storage accounts. This whole process of downsizing your data will take time, and it’s fine if you do it in batches. Just remember that the fewer files you have, the easier it’ll be to manage and protect them in the future. 

Read more PopSci+ stories.

The post The Opt Out: Reduce your privacy risk by deleting a bunch of files appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to set up the wallpapers and widgets that will make your Pixel more fun https://www.popsci.com/diy/google-pixel-lock-screen-settings/ Thu, 21 Sep 2023 12:05:17 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=573182
Four Google Pixel phones fanned out from left to right: red, blue, silver, and black.
Get the lock screen on your Pixel phone set up the way you want. Google

If it's been a while since you've gone into your Pixel's customization settings, it's time to dig in.

The post How to set up the wallpapers and widgets that will make your Pixel more fun appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four Google Pixel phones fanned out from left to right: red, blue, silver, and black.
Get the lock screen on your Pixel phone set up the way you want. Google

You spend a lot of time looking at the lock screen of your Pixel phone—checking the clock, seeing if people have replied to your messages, and so on—so you’ll want to get it set up in the best way to suit you.

In fact, you might not have realized how many different ways you can customize the Pixel’s lock screen, from the size and color of the clock, to the type of notifications that appear before you unlock your handset.

Change your wallpaper and fine-tune your colors

A Pixel phone's wallpaper settings, showing all the customization options.
You can have the lock screen colors match the wallpaper. Screenshot: Google

The most basic way to customize the Pixel’s lock screen is by slapping on a new wallpaper, and you can set a lock screen backdrop that’s different from the one you have on your home screens.

To start, press and hold on a blank part of the home screen, then choose Wallpaper and style and Change wallpaper. You’ve got plenty of options here: You can dive into your own photo gallery, pick an image from one of the wallpaper collections Google has put together, or tap Emoji workshop to create a picture using emojis.

When you’ve selected an image, you’ll be taken to a preview screen—tap Lock screen to see how it looks when your phone is locked. If you’re happy, select Set wallpaper, then Lock screen (to set it for the lock screen only) or Home and lock screens (to set it across Android entirely).

Go back to the Wallpaper and style screen and you’ll see you can pick between Wallpaper colors and Basic colors for the operating system: Choose the latter to have the colors of Android menus and icons follow the color scheme of your new wallpaper. This will also affect the clock and widgets on the lock screen.

Adjust the at-a-glance widget

A Pixel phone showing the at-a-glance-widget settings.
You decide what goes in the at-a-glance widget. Screenshot: Google

Google puts a handy at-a-glance widget on both the lock and home screens, giving you timely information such as the current weather forecast and appointments you’ve got coming up on your calendar.

To edit what this widget shows, tap and hold on it on the home screen, then choose Customize, and tap the cog icon next to At a Glance. You’ll see a long list of toggle switches for controlling content in the widget (and more behind See more features), including Fitness, Bedtime, Parcel delivery, and Commute.

On this same screen, there are also options for allowing apps you’ve got installed (such as weather apps) to send information to the widget on the home and lock screens, and to hide sensitive content from the lock screen widget—this is handy if you think other people might be looking at your phone while it’s locked.

[Related: Syncing Google and Apple calendars is less annoying now]

Google doesn’t provide a definitive list of what “sensitive content” actually is, but one area where we’ve seen this setting make a difference is with Google Calendar appointments. If you’re hiding sensitive content, these won’t appear on the lock screen, so other people won’t be able to see that job interview or doctor’s appointment you’ve got coming up.

Other Pixel customization settings

A Pixel phone with the lock screen customization settings showing, including the option to keep the "now playing" widget on the screen.
You can choose to have the “Now Playing” widget on your lock screen. Screenshot: Google

You can customize what appears on the lock screen in a few other ways by opening up Settings and tapping Display, followed by Lock screen. The Privacy option lets you show or hide sensitive content in notifications, as they come in—again, Google doesn’t say what “sensitive” means, but it does include the first line of incoming messages and emails.

Another option is to tap Add text on lock screen to do just that. The most common use of this feature is to put your name and perhaps some contact details (like an email address) on the lock screen in case someone finds your phone and needs to return it to you—though you’re free to add any kind of message you like.

Then there’s a series of toggle switches for showing or hiding various elements, including the Now Playing widget that automatically identifies songs that are playing nearby. And if you want a smaller clock that doesn’t take up the whole lock screen, turn off Double-line clock.

The last few options let you choose whether or not the lock screen “wakes up” to show information when you tap the display, pick up your phone, and notifications arrive. You can also turn off Always show time and info to prevent anything from appearing on screen while your phone is sleeping, which should help improve battery life.

The post How to set up the wallpapers and widgets that will make your Pixel more fun appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to share your location on Google Maps https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-share-location-on-google-maps/ Wed, 20 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=572720
A smartphone screen displaying the Google Maps app icon.
Keep track of friends and family with a few easy steps. Deposit Photos

Let your friends and loved ones know where you are.

The post How to share your location on Google Maps appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A smartphone screen displaying the Google Maps app icon.
Keep track of friends and family with a few easy steps. Deposit Photos

Knowing how to share your location on Google Maps can be a valuable tool. With just a single tap, this feature will let your friends know you’re safe if you’re walking home alone, give your family some peace of mind when you’re traveling, and help you keep an eye on your teen while they’re on their first solo drive.

When you share your Google Maps location, the person on the other side will be able to track your movements, see how much battery is left on your phone, and even set an alert that announces your arrival or departure from a specific location.

But be careful: In some cases Google Maps will generate a link that anybody—even people you don’t know—can use to see your whereabouts. You’ll need to be careful who you share it with. It’s also a good idea to routinely check the app and see who has access to your location and remove permissions when necessary.

How to share your location with another Google account

With Google Maps, sharing your location is easy whether you have an iPhone or an Android device. Before you begin, open the app and if you’re not logged in already, sign in using your Google account credentials.

1. If the person you’ll be sharing your location with isn’t already on the contacts list associated with your Google account, start by adding their Gmail address to your list.

If they don’t have a Google account or you’d rather not add them to your contacts list, skip to the next section.

2. On Google Maps, tap your profile picture in the top right corner of your screen and on the emerging menu tap Location Sharing.

To share your location, tap your profile photo in the top right corner of Google Maps.
Find your friends in the wild. Screenshot: Google

3. The next screen will explain how Location Sharing works and what information other people will be able to access when you share your whereabouts with them. On Android, tap Share my location to continue; on iOS, tap New Share.

Select "Location sharing" halfway down the screen to share your location with another Google account on Android.
Very handy if you don’t have a great sense of direction. Screenshot: Google

4. Then you’ll be able to determine how long the person you’ll be sharing your location with can track you. This is crucial, as you may want them to keep an eye on you while you head home, but don’t want them to know where you are next week. Protect your privacy by choosing the least amount of time possible. On Android and iPhone, under Share your real-time location, use the plus (+) and minus () to set the exact amount of time your whereabouts will be available to others, ranging from 15 minutes to a day.

On Android, you also have the ability to share their location until they decide not to. To do that, tap the circle next to Until I turn it off.

To share your location for a limited time on Android, select a time limit under "Share your real-time location."
You may only want to share your location temporarily. Screenshot: Google

5. After selecting a time limit, tap the profile of one or more people you want to share your location with. You may need to grant Google Maps access to your contacts in order to do this.

You’ll notice some contacts have a tiny Google Maps icon on their profile pictures. They’re the people that also have the app on their phones—if you share your location with them, they’ll be able to track you directly from there.

6. If you haven’t already, Google Maps will prompt you to grant it access to your location at all times. Follow the instructions on the screen to do it.

  • Note: You won’t be able to share your location with other users if you don’t change this setting. But if you’re not comfortable with Google Maps knowing where you are at all times, you can always change it back. On Android, go to Settings, Location, Google Maps, and tweak permissions as you see fit. On iPhone go to Settings, Privacy & Security, Location Services, and Google Maps.

7. Tap Share to finish.

Share your Google Maps location with someone who doesn’t have a Google account

Even if the person you want to share your location with doesn’t have a Google account, you can still share your whereabouts with them on Google Maps.

1. From the Google Maps app, tap on your profile, then Location sharing

2. On an iPhone, tap on New Share and choose More Options at the bottom of the screen. On Android devices, tap Share my location and focus your attention on the bottom of the screen, where you’ll see the apps you can use to share a link with your location.

3. From here, you have a bevy of options for sharing a direct link to your Google Maps location. You can choose from a list of your favorite text message chats on several platforms, plus email and social media apps. You can also just copy the link and paste it wherever you want.

Android users will also have the chance to choose a contact that doesn’t have Google Maps on their phone—they’re the ones without the multicolor pin icon over their profile pictures. For them, the way you share your location will depend on the information shown below their names: If you see a phone number, they’ll receive an text with a link to your location on the web version of Google Maps; if you see an email, they’ll receive the link via email.

  • Warning: The link Google Maps generates with your location is public, which means that anybody who has it will be able to know where you are in real time. Be careful who you share this link with. If possible, share it only through direct and private channels with people you know and trust. 
On Android, you can send your location to people without Google accounts by email.
You can share your location on Android by email as well. Screenshot: Google

How to share your trip on Google Maps

In some cases, you may not want to give someone the ability to track you while you move for a set amount of time, but rather for a particular trip. This is ideal if you’re visiting friends and family and want to give them the ability to keep tabs on you as you travel from point A to point B.

1. Start a journey on Google Maps: Select a destination and tap Start.

2. Once Google Maps has started your trip, tap the bottom of the screen to bring up an options menu and choose Share trip progress.

In Google Maps, tap on "Share trip progress" to show your travels.
This feature can help you make sure friends and family get home safely. Screenshot: Google

3. Google Maps will display your frequent contacts at the bottom of the screen—tap one to share your trip with them.

If the person you want to share your location with is not there, Android users can slide the icons to the left and tap More to open a more comprehensive contacts list. You can also pick one of the apps at the bottom of your screen and share a link through one of them.

Meanwhile, if you have an iPhone, you can tap More options at the bottom of the page to access various messaging and email apps to share a link with your trip information.

4. As soon as the contact you shared your trip information with opens the link, they will be able to track your progress up until the trip ends.

FAQs

Q: How do you stop sharing your location on Google Maps?

Whenever you want to stop sharing your location on Google Maps, simply open the app, tap your profile picture, and then hit Location sharing.

Then, touch the username of the person you want to stop sharing your location with and tap Stop.

Q: How do you see someone else’s location on Google Maps?

From the Google Maps app, tap your profile picture and go to Location sharing. Tap the profile picture of the person you want to locate—you will be able to see their location if they have shared it with you. Touch Refresh to update their location.

Q: How do you request someone’s location on Google Maps?

You can request someone else’s location on Google Maps, but only if they’ve shared their location with you in the past or you’ve already shared your location with them.

1. On Google Maps, tap your profile picture and go to Location Sharing.

2. Choose the name of the contact whose location you want to request—remember: you must’ve already shared your location with them. If you haven’t, start by sharing your location.

3. Tap Request. The person on the other end will immediately get an email and notification letting them know about your inquiry, but it’s up to them whether they accept or deny it. They can also block it, which means you won’t be able to request their location again.

The post How to share your location on Google Maps appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Emoji wallpapers and cinematic backdrops can make your Pixel phone as fun as you are https://www.popsci.com/diy/cinematic-emoji-wallpaper-pixel/ Tue, 19 Sep 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=572412
Google Pixel showing a cinematic wallpaper
You don't have to have a boring, static wallpaper. Have it move instead. Eriel Suarez / Unsplash; Screenshot: Google

You've got new options for creating fun wallpapers.

The post Emoji wallpapers and cinematic backdrops can make your Pixel phone as fun as you are appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Google Pixel showing a cinematic wallpaper
You don't have to have a boring, static wallpaper. Have it move instead. Eriel Suarez / Unsplash; Screenshot: Google

If you own a Google Pixel phone, you’ve now got some fun features to play around with. The latest Pixel drop update added a couple of new options for creating wallpapers on your device, giving you added flexibility when it comes to picking a backdrop.

The first one is cinematic wallpapers, which allows you to add a dynamic, 3D-style effect to any image you use on your lock screen. The second one is the ability to create emoji wallpapers, where you can use any emoji as the basis of your smartphone’s creation and generate a customized backdrop. Both features will give your device a personal touch and are incredibly fun to play around with.

All of the existing wallpaper options on the Pixel remain in place, so you can still pick a regular picture for your home screen or one of Google’s moving images or photos, if you want.

How to make cinematic wallpapers on a Pixel

To get into the wallpaper editor on your Pixel, tap and hold on a blank area of one of your phone’s home screens, then choose Wallpaper and style and Change wallpaper. Tap My photos, then select the image you want to use from your gallery. It can be a photo you took with your camera or a file stored anywhere else on the phone, like a picture you received or downloaded from the web.

Menus showing how to make a cinematic wallpaper on your Google Pixel
Just choose an image, tap on the sparks icon, and turn on the toggle switch to turn your photo into a cinematic wallpaper. Screenshot: Google

When it comes to choosing the best image to turn into a cinematic wallpaper, there aren’t any restrictions, but some photos will work better than others. We found the best results come from images with clear foreground subjects—think kids, pets, or lamps. 

With your image open, tap the icon in the top right corner showing three sparks, and turn on the toggle switch that’s labeled Create Cinematic wallpaper. After a few seconds where Google’s AI will identify the foreground from the background to produce an effect where the two seem more separated, your new wallpaper will be ready to use. Tap Set wallpaper, and choose whether you want to apply it only to your home screens, or your home screens and lock screen.

[Related: Google Pixel 7 Pro review: Viva la (hardware) evolution]

Your Pixel will apply that cinematic effect as you lock and unlock the device, as well as when you switch between the home screens and your apps, swipe through home screens, and tilt your phone. Spend some time playing around with different types of images and you’ll get a better idea of how the feature works.

Keep in mind that animated backdrops usually consume more battery than regular, static wallpapers. It shouldn’t be a big problem, but if you’re regularly struggling to extend your phone’s battery life, you may want to think twice about using a cinematic wallpaper. 

How to make emoji wallpapers on the Google Pixel

Menus showing how to make emoji wallpapers
Use the different patterns and color schemes to come up with your own unique emoji wallpaper. Screenshot: Google

To create an emoji wallpaper, tap and hold on a blank area of a home screen, then pick Wallpaper and style and Change wallpaper. This time, select Emoji workshop, and you’ll be ready to start playing around with the emojis of your choice. The system will already have selected some for you, but you can tap Edit emoji in the bottom right corner of your screen to make your own picks.

You can create a wallpaper from a single emoji, or from as many as 14. If you’re stuck for inspiration, use the Randomize button, which will pick some emojis for you. From what we can tell, the software tries to pick related emojis, but it doesn’t always get it right.

There are two other tabs here: Open Patterns to pick how you want your emojis arranged as they repeat across the screen, and the size of the emojis. Open Colors to choose the color scheme for your new emoji-based backdrop. All of these settings can be jumbled up again with a tap on Randomize.

Menus showing color schemes for emoji wallpapers on the Google Pixel
Once you find an emoji combination you like, you can play around with color schemes to make it pop. Screenshot: Google

When you’ve got something you like, tap the checkmark icon in the top right corner, and then choose Set wallpaper. You’ll notice your Pixel applies a few animation effects to the emoji wallpaper, as you swipe between home screens and lock and unlock your device. Note that as you create new emoji wallpapers, your old ones will be saved so you can go to the Emoji workshop screen to get them back.

Other wallpapers

Menu showing the Living Universe wallpapers for Google Pixel
Your Pixel comes preloaded with a bunch of interesting wallpapers so you don’t even have to think about it. Screenshot: Google

If this is the first time you’ve experimented with the wallpaper settings on your Pixel phone, you might be wondering about all the other options that appear when you choose Wallpaper and style and Change wallpaper from the home screen.

The My photos option is fairly straightforward, enabling you to pick an image stored on your phone. You’ll also see curated collections of images provided by Google, covering categories such as Art, Landscapes, and Textures. The Live bloom and Living universe selections are a bit more interesting, as they come with added motion effects, like short video clips.

[Related: 7 tips and tricks to master your Google Pixel Tablet]

Head into Community lens to see images from other users that have been picked out by Google’s team. They cover some pretty dramatic landscape and nature shots, and can be useful if you’re not keen on using any of your own snaps (or generating a custom wallpaper using emoji).

Once you’ve set your wallpaper, back on the Wallpaper and style screen you’ll see a Wallpaper colors setting: Enable this if you want the interface colors on your Pixel (for lock screen items, menus, and other areas) to match the color scheme of the current wallpaper.

The post Emoji wallpapers and cinematic backdrops can make your Pixel phone as fun as you are appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to share your location on an iPhone, including by satellite https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-share-location-on-iphone/ Tue, 19 Sep 2023 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=572196
A person in the forest holding an iPhone with a map on its screen, potentially a situation where you'd want to share your location with someone else.
If you get lost off-grid, your iPhone may be able to help people find you, as long as you planned ahead. Norbert Buduczki / Unsplash

There are several ways to share your location from your iPhone, even if you're entirely off-grid.

The post How to share your location on an iPhone, including by satellite appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person in the forest holding an iPhone with a map on its screen, potentially a situation where you'd want to share your location with someone else.
If you get lost off-grid, your iPhone may be able to help people find you, as long as you planned ahead. Norbert Buduczki / Unsplash

Sharing your location on an iPhone isn’t difficult, but you will have to make one important decision before you let your contacts know where you are: how exactly you want to share that information. There are several easy methods available on iOS—it’s just a matter of choosing which one works best for you.

Before you try any of the options in this story, though, you’ll need to turn on Location Services. You won’t be able to share your location from your iPhone if you don’t.

  1. Open your Settings app.
  2. Go to Privacy & Security.
  3. Tap Location Services at the top of the screen.
  4. Make sure the toggle switch next to Location Services is green. If it’s not, touch it to allow location sharing.

You can follow these same steps to turn off location sharing, or customize which apps get to know where you are. Certain settings in these iOS menus may also be preventing you from sending your rough GPS coordinates, so if you find your iPhone won’t share your location, check the Location Services switch or skip to our troubleshooting section below.

We encourage you to restrict location sharing whenever you can, or at least check which iPhone apps and tools are using Location Services—indefinite sharing can drain your battery, at best, and be a privacy or security risk, at worst. To check who has access to your whereabouts, follow the steps above to open the Location Services settings, then tap Share My Location. If you’re sharing your location with anyone from your iPhone, you’ll see their name listed there. To cut them off, touch their name, then hit Stop Sharing My Location at the bottom of the screen.

Quick access

How to share your location using the Messages app

One of the most popular ways to share your location on an iPhone is via the Messages app. It’s also one of the more non-committal options and will turn off automatically if you choose the right time period.

This method will only work if the recipient also has an Apple device, but you can also use Messages to send your location (different from sharing your location) to anyone with an Apple or Android phone. Doing so will send a map pin of your current location, but it won’t track your movements.

1. In the Messages app, open the individual or group chat you want to share your location with.

2. Tap the name at the top of the screen.

Apple's Messages app, showing how to share your location in an individual message.
The numbers, John! What do they mean? Screenshot: Apple

3. Touch Share My Location.

  • Note: Here’s where you can choose to Send My Current Location instead, which is the only way you can use Messages to tell your Android friends where you are.

4. Choose the time period you want to share your location for: one hour, until the end of the day, or indefinitely.

  • Caution: If you pick Share for One Hour or Share Until End of Day, your iPhone will stop sharing your location automatically once time is up. If you choose Share Indefinitely, though, you might forget to turn it off.

How to share your iPhone location via the Find My app

Apple’s Find My app offers a variety of location-based services, including helping you find your lost devices, and detecting if an AirTag is moving with you. As such, you can also share your location on any iPhone with the Find My app installed.

[Related: Hidden iPhone tricks that will change the way you use iOS]

If you can’t find it, go to your iPhone’s Home screen and swipe all the way to the left until App Library appears at the top of the screen. Tap that search box and search for “Find My.” If it still doesn’t appear, you may have to reinstall it from the App Store.

1. To share your location from the Find My app, you’ll need to make sure you’re using your phone as the default Find My device. In the Find My app, go to the Me tab.

2. If the app already says you’re sharing from “this iPhone,” you’re good to go. Otherwise, tap Use this iPhone as My Location.

Apple's Find My app showing the setting for using your iPhone to share your location.
If you see this, you’re good to go. If not, you’ve got to make a change. Screenshot: Apple

3. Now go to the People tab.

4. Tap the plus icon.

5. Hit Share My Location.

Apple's Find My app showing where you need to go to share your location with someone on an iPhone.
You probably have more friends than me. Screenshot: Apple

6. You’ll see a list of people. If the person you want to share with is on this list, tap their name. If not, type their name or phone number into the To: field at the top of the screen.

  • Note: You can enter multiple contacts here, but you won’t be able to share your location with anyone who has an Android phone. You can only use Find My to share between Apple devices and services.

7. Tap Send.

8. Choose to Share for One Hour, Share Until End of Day, or Share Indefinitely.

  • Caution: If you pick one of the first two, your iPhone will stop sharing your location automatically once time is up. If you choose the third option, though, you might forget to turn it off and that person may have access to your whereabouts forever.

Use Apple’s Family Sharing to share your location

If you’re part of a Family Sharing group, you may already be sharing your location with the other members, but you can always customize your location sharing options.

1. From the iPhone Settings app, tap Family at the top of the screen, right under your name.

Apple's Settings app, showing where to find Family Sharing options for sharing your location on an iPhone.
I may never finish setting up my iPhone. Screenshot: Apple

2. Touch Location Sharing to open further location settings.

  • Share your location with: Use the toggle switches next to other family members’ names to enable or disable their ability to see your location.
  • Automatically Share Location: Turn this on to instantly share your location with anyone who joins the family group. Turn it off to… not do that.

Share your location on an iPhone from Google Maps or Apple Maps

While you can share your location from an iPhone using the map apps from both Google and Apple, these options are not as comprehensive as the ones listed above.

Google Maps

Google Maps might be the best way to share your iPhone location with anyone who has an Android phone. We can provide the basic steps here, but if you’d like to dig a little deeper into the nuances of this cross-platform app, you can check out our guide on how to share your location on Google Maps.

1. In the Google Maps app, tap your avatar in the top right corner to open the app’s settings.

2. Touch Location sharing.

3. Choose from the list of people you’ve previously shared your location with, or hit New share to send it to someone new.

The Google Maps app on an iPhone, showing how to share your location with someone.
This might be the best way to share your iPhone location with someone who has an Android phone. Screenshot: Google

4. Decide how long you want to share your location, then pick the recipient from the list below.

  • Note: If you don’t see the sharing options you want, you can swipe left on the list of people until you get to More, where you can type specific names, phone numbers, or email addresses, or hit More options to open the standard iOS sharing interface.

Apple Maps

You can’t share your real-time location from Apple Maps, but you can send a pin showing your current location.

1. From the Maps app, drag up from the bottom of the screen until you expand the menu and can see Share My Location. Tap that.

[Related: 14 tricks to get more out of the underrated Apple Maps app]

2. Choose the person you want to share your location with, or tap on the app you want to send your location from, such as Instagram or Signal.

The Apple Maps app showing how to share your location with people on an iPhone.
On Apple Maps, you basically go straight into the familiar iPhone sharing options. Screenshot: Apple

How to share your location on an iPhone via satellite when you’re offline

Sometimes, you just don’t have cell service or WiFi access. Nature therapy can be good for you. But even when you’re off-grid, you may still want people to be able to find your location, especially if you end up lost in the wilderness.

If you have an iPhone 14 or 15, or the Pro versions of those phones, running iOS 16.1 or later, you should be able to share your location via satellite, but only if you set everything up before you ventured outside the range of cell and WiFi coverage. To do so, follow the steps above to share your iPhone location with specific people in the Find My app. Then save this article to read offline in case of an emergency.

1. Make sure you’re in an open area with a clear view of the sky and the horizon. Otherwise, you might not be able to link up with a satellite.

2. Open Find My, tap Me, find My Location via Satellite, and hit Send My Location.

3. Follow the instructions on screen—it may tell you to turn left or right to connect, or offer further guidance.

It’s worth noting that there are a lot of caveats to how this works, and Apple can explain better than we can. Ultimately, it’s good to know, but you probably shouldn’t rely on it to save you—focus on not getting lost instead.

Why your iPhone won’t share your location

If you’re having trouble sharing your location on your iPhone and you’ve already confirmed Location Services is enabled, as suggested above, the app you’re trying to share from may not have the proper permissions.

1. From the Location Services settings page, scroll down the list of apps until you find the one you’re trying to share from—Messages, for example.

2. Check the words to the right of the app’s name—if it says Never, it doesn’t have permission to share your location.

3. Tap the app’s name, then choose one of the following options:

  • Ask Next Time Or When I Share: The next time you try to share your location via the app, it’ll ask if you want it to access your location data.
  • While Using the App: You’ll be able to share your location anytime you’re using the app.
The Apple Messages app settings, showing where to set your location sharing options.
Choosing when an app can access your location data is easy—the menu is so small. Screenshot: Apple

The post How to share your location on an iPhone, including by satellite appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Pro tips for buying used tech without getting scammed https://www.popsci.com/diy/buy-used-tech-tips/ Fri, 15 Sep 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=570797
Hands unboxing a second-hand iPhone.
If you're buying second-hand gadgets, do it smartly. Jonas Leupe / Unsplash

Get more bang for your buck by buying used.

The post Pro tips for buying used tech without getting scammed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hands unboxing a second-hand iPhone.
If you're buying second-hand gadgets, do it smartly. Jonas Leupe / Unsplash

You can’t deny the thrill of unboxing a brand new gadget, but sticking to factory-fresh tech every time isn’t cheap. Buying second-hand electronics, on the other hand, can save you a significant amount of cash and is a lot kinder to the environment.

Whether you’re buying used phones or used laptops, you may have valid concerns about the quality and lifespan of your purchase. Fortunately, some common sense precautions can ensure that your previously owned gadgets serve you well for years to come.

No matter what kind of tech you’re in the market for, the rules of engagement are more or less the same when it comes to minimizing the risk of ending up with a dud. Read on to familiarize yourself with them and start enjoying big savings.

Check the seller

What vendor you buy from will depend on how comfortable you are balancing risk and reward. Used gadget sales backed by major companies are a safer bet. Apple’s refurbished program, for example, guarantees brand-new batteries, bundled accessories, and the standard Apple one-year warranty.  But this peace of mind comes at a price, as buying second-hand tech from a big retailer is likely to be more expensive than buying from a random stranger on eBay.

[Related: How to sell your unwanted gadgets for cash]

If you want to go with a name you know, you’ve got quite a few options, including Decluttr, Amazon, and Best Buy. You can also check in with your favorite electronics store or manufacturer website to see what’s available.

Buying used tech gadgets on Amazon Renewed
Amazon Renewed is the marketplace’s platform where you can find refurbished tech items backed by Amazon warranties. Screenshot: Amazon

Buying second-hand tech from an individual or a smaller company will likely mean cheaper prices and more choices, but less warranties and protections. If you’re happy with that, you can check out sites such as eBay, Swappa, and Facebook Marketplace. All these sites allow you to perform due diligence on the person you’re buying from to find clues of their trustworthiness: you can look at their selling history, the amount of information they give about themselves, and how old their account is.

A useful way of vetting individual sellers is to ask questions about the item you’re interested in. You won’t only learn more about what you’re buying, but how quickly the vendor gets back to you and how they respond should tell you something about them as well. The good news is that the majority of sellers out there aren’t wanting to rip you off: They just want to make some money on older tech.

browsing used phones on Walmart restored
Walmart also has a corner of their site dedicated to restored tech products. Screenshot: Walmart

No matter where you buy from, always check the returns policy and warranty information. Walmart Restored, for example, offers a one-year warranty or 90-day free returns on all purchases. Meanwhile, if you’re buying used on Amazon, you also get a 90-day guarantee on everything.

If you’re buying from individuals, check the listing carefully, and when in doubt, just ask questions—again, this is a good way of weighing up who you’re dealing with. See if they’re able to provide the original receipt and proof of purchase, as the official warranty might still apply. 

Check the item

As well as checking the seller carefully, you’ll need to check the product. Start by taking a detailed look at the images provided by the vendor, and don’t be shy about asking for more if you need them. Then, go over the item description meticulously to look for any mention of damage or faults, which should be revealed up front. In particular, you want to know when the gadget was originally purchased and get a good idea of how much it’s been used and what condition it’s in now.

Some checks will be specific to the device you’re interested in. When buying used iPhones, for example, it’s worth asking the seller to check the battery health (under Battery in the iOS Settings). If you’re buying a used video graphics card, ask to see some benchmarks to check on performance, maybe from 3DMark or a game you’re keen on. The more detail you can get, the better.

buying video graphics card on eBay
When you think about buying second-hand tech, you probably automatically think of eBay. Screenshot: eBay

It’s also worth double-checking what the item comes with in terms of bundled accessories like chargers and headphones. Sellers can often forget to mention this and it can make a difference when comparing or negotiating prices. When buying used tablets, for example, look for mentions of included cases, screen protectors, or keyboard accessories, and see if they’re the official ones or third-party replacements.

Something else to check for is whether or not the gadget comes in its original packaging. This is usually the case with refurbished items, but not so much when you’re dealing with individual sellers. If the original box and accessories are included, it’s more likely that you’re dealing with a genuine product that’s been obtained through legal means—but it’s no guarantee.

[Related: How to set the right price when selling your old tech]

The price of a second-hand gadget is another indication of whether you should be completing this deal. Be wary of anything being sold too cheaply, or that the buyer is trying to get rid of in a rush. Some sites let you search through completed sales on the platform to give you an idea of what an item should be fetching—on eBay, type in the name and details of the product on the search bar and check Sold items in the left-hand pane.

When you find a deal you’re happy with, make sure you follow whatever rules and methods set by the site you’re using. In the case of eBay, for instance, don’t arrange payment or postage outside of the systems the platform has put in place. You’ll actually get warnings if you try swapping email addresses, for example, because if you’re communicating outside of the site, eBay won’t be able to see the messages you’ve sent and received in the event of a dispute, voiding any kind of buyer protection they might have offered.

The post Pro tips for buying used tech without getting scammed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to use Google Pay to shop and transfer money https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-use-google-pay/ Fri, 15 Sep 2023 00:06:46 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=568072
A person holding an iPhone over a scanner so they can use Google Pay to make a purchase.
Now you'll pay. Depositphotos

Beyond simple transactions, Google Pay is a convenient way to send money to friends and family.

The post How to use Google Pay to shop and transfer money appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding an iPhone over a scanner so they can use Google Pay to make a purchase.
Now you'll pay. Depositphotos

Learning how to use Google Pay is easy, whether you have an Android device or an iPhone. The Big G’s digital payment platform lets users pay for products and services online and in stores, send money, and save loyalty cards all in one app. 

With online shopping and contactless payments becoming more popular, Google Pay has become an important tool for people who want a safe and easy way to manage their money. It makes paying easier and gives you extra perks like rewards and savings, making it a great alternative to other payment platforms, such as Apple Pay.

How to set up Google Pay

To use Google Pay, you must have an active Google account. If you don’t, create one.

1. Download the Google Pay app from your phone’s app store.

The Google Pay app in the Apple App Store on a mobile phone, showing where to download the app.
You can’t use Google Pay until you have the app. Screenshot: Google

2. Open the app. Select your country in the upper right corner, then sign in with your Google account. Tap Continue and set up your privacy preferences—you can let people find you only by your phone number, and make your transactions public, if you want. But if you don’t feel like getting into it right away, you can also select Not Now and adjust the preferences later in your Google account.

The Google Pay app during setup, showing where to choose your country.
Choose your country so the app knows which currency to use. Screenshot: Google

3. You must add a payment method by linking your debit or credit card, bank account, or PayPal account to your Google Pay account. Tap Add an account (iOS) or Link account (Android).

  • Note: If you’ve already added credit or debit cards to your phone’s native wallet app, Google Pay might automatically add them to the app.
The Google Pay app showing where to add a bank account.
Connect the main bank account you want to withdraw money from. Screenshot: Google

4. Google Pay uses Plaid, a third-party service, to obtain transaction and balance information from your accounts. Select Accept to agree, then Continue on the next screen.

The Google Pay app displaying the terms and conditions for Plaid
Accept the terms and conditions to continue. Screenshot: Google

5. Select your financial institution from the short list or type its name into the search bar at the top if you don’t see it listed. When you find it, select it and log in.

The Google Pay app showing the list of banks you can connect to the app.
You’ll have to find your bank’s logo—it’s a good thing they all mostly have their name in it. Screenshot: Google

6. If the app is able to connect to your bank, the platform will let you know your account was successfully added. Tap Continue to finish. You’re all set—you can use Google Pay immediately.

Screenshot of the settings in Google Pay app.
The app is connected and ready for use. Screenshot / iPhone

How to send and receive money with Google Pay

Once you link your bank account or debit card to the app, you can easily pay your friend back for last Sunday’s brunch—just tap Send or request, select the person you want to send money to, enter the amount, and confirm the transaction. You can also request money from others by entering their email address or phone number.

The Google Pay app, showing how to use it to send or request money from another person.
Choose who you want to send money to and how much. Screenshot: Google

How to use Google Pay in stores

iOS and WatchOS

Once you’ve set everything up on your iPhone or Apple Watch, you can use Google Pay without opening the app. All you have to do is unlock your Apple device, hold it near a contactless payment terminal, and follow the instructions on the screen. Your gadget might ask you to authenticate the transaction via FaceID or by providing your fingerprint, or pressing the lock screen button. Note that you can’t add a gift card to Google Pay on iOS, as that feature is only available for the Android version of the app.

Android

Google Pay doesn’t come downloaded by default on Android phones, so you’ll have to download it and set it up. Once that’s done, you can pay without opening the app—just unlock your device and hold it close to a contactless payment terminal.

How to use Google Pay for online and in-app purchases

Figuring out how to use Google Pay for in-app and online purchases is simple—just look for the right payment option at checkout. Select it, choose the card you want to use for the transaction (if you’ve added more than one) and follow the instructions. 

[Related: 4 good international money transfer apps]

If you’re using a credit card, you might have to confirm the security code (CVV) at the back of your card. If prompted, finish by authenticating the purchase using your device’s security measures. Keep in mind that not all vendors support Google Pay, so if that’s your only available payment method, make sure the website or app is compatible before filling up your cart.

FAQs

Q. Who accepts Google Pay?

Many businesses, including websites, apps, and physical stores accept Google Pay. On the web and on your phone, look for the Google Pay option at checkout. When you’re in a store, look for contactless payment options or for the Google Pay logo—you’ll usually find it by the register, the door of a business, or on the payment terminal screen. Additionally, you can use Google Pay for peer-to-peer payments between individuals, just like Venmo, PayPal, or Chime.

Q. Can I use Google Pay without a bank account?

You don’t need to link your bank account to use Google Pay—you can just add a debit or credit card, though that will only work to pay merchants directly. If you want to use the app to send or request money, you will need to link a bank account. 

If you don’t have a bank account at all, you can still use Google Pay. Instead of a credit or debit card, just link the platform to a prepaid card to make payments online and in store.

Q. Is Google Pay safe?

Google Pay is safe. It uses multiple layers of encryption to protect user information and offers features like biometric authentication to enhance security. Additionally, Google Pay does not store actual card numbers, reducing the risk of fraud in case of phishing or data leaks. 

Q. What is the limit on Google Pay?

Google payment methods vary depending on the country and the specific payment method used. There may be a daily transaction limit for international transfers. It is best to check with your bank or Google Pay’s support for the most accurate information regarding limits.

Q. Can I make cash withdrawals with Google Pay?

Google Pay does not support cash withdrawals. It’s designed for making digital payments and transferring money to others electronically.

Q. Does Google Pay work like a debit card?

Google Pay is a digital extension of your traditional payment methods, so it operates under the same rules. This means that if you link your debit card to Google Pay, the platform will act like a debit card and apply charges directly to your checking account as you’re spending—no matter if you’re sending money to someone or paying for an in-app purchase.

Q. What’s the difference between Google Wallet and Google Pay?

Google Wallet is available only for Android devices and it allows users to save digital working copies of credit and debit cards, concert tickets, boarding passes, and even your COVID vaccination card. You can use it to shop in-store by placing your phone near a contactless payment terminal. Meanwhile, Google Pay (available for Android and iOS) is a more comprehensive money management platform. It allows for peer-to-peer payments as well as purchases both online and in-store, and—on Android devices—it connects directly with Wallet to use added payment methods.

The post How to use Google Pay to shop and transfer money appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Patch a potential privacy risk by deleting your ancient LiveJournal https://www.popsci.com/diy/delete-livejournal-account/ Thu, 14 Sep 2023 14:21:08 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=570290
A woman sitting in front of a Mac desktop computer with her hand on her face, viewed through a window from outside.
This is probably how you'll feel when you read your old LiveJournal posts. Vasilis Caravitis / Unsplash

You never know who's going to read all the cringey stuff you posted in 2006.

The post Patch a potential privacy risk by deleting your ancient LiveJournal appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman sitting in front of a Mac desktop computer with her hand on her face, viewed through a window from outside.
This is probably how you'll feel when you read your old LiveJournal posts. Vasilis Caravitis / Unsplash

Remember LiveJournal? There’s a good chance you left a lot of fanfiction and/or teenage angst on there, assuming you were a teenager in the 2000s. Since then, however, the trajectory of LiveJournal has been weird

LiveJournal stopped being relevant in the English-speaking world by the late 2000s, but remained popular in the Russian-speaking world. By the early 2010s, half of all traffic to LiveJournal was from Russia, where it became an important tool for the Russian opposition—Alexei Navalny, the anti-corruption activist and former opposition leader, had a popular blog on LiveJournal before he became a political prisoner. Eventually, LiveJournal was acquired by a Russian company with rumored connections to that country’s security apparatus. By 2018 all servers were moved to Russia and the terms of service were updated to comply with Russian law. This basically means you can’t use the service to criticize the Russian government or discuss LGBTQ+ issues, among other things.

Like I said: things got weird. It’s understandable, given this context, if you don’t want to keep your teenage ramblings on that site. That’s why, after a friend asked, I looked into ways to back up LiveJournal posts. It wasn’t straightforward. At all. LiveJournal offers an official exporting tool, but it can only export one month’s worth of posts at a time, which is basically useless. I tried using Wget to scrape old entries, but this backfired hilariously: LiveJournal blocked my IP address. After a lot of research, I figured out that using WordPress is the best way to back up your old LiveJournal posts. Of course, if you have no interest in saving anything and just want to delete your LiveJournal account, you can skip straight to that section below.

Set up a WordPress blog

WordPress is the most popular blogging tool on the contemporary web. There are two versions of WordPress: WordPress.com, which is a blogging service you can sign up for and use; and WordPress.org, which is an open-source system you can use with any web hosting service. (I wrote an extensive breakdown of the two versions for a former employer, if you’re interested.) 

You can use either version of WordPress to back up your LiveJournal, and you can easily migrate from one to the other if you change your mind. If you’d rather not pay for web hosting, I recommend starting with WordPress.com. Just sign up for an account, choose a name for your blog, and you’re up and running.

It may also be worth making your WordPress blog private, so no one can read your ancient LiveJournal posts while you figure out what you want to do with them. To do so, go to your site’s dashboard, click Settings, then General, and find the Privacy section. There, click the bubble next to Private to ensure only you (and anyone you give login information to) can see what’s there.

Migrate your LiveJournal posts

1. After setting up WordPress, hover over Tools in the sidebar and click Import

The WordPress tool for importing external data to a WordPress.com or WordPress.org site.
You’re in the import business now. Screenshot: WordPress

2. You will see several options, none of which are LiveJournal. Click Choose from full list at the bottom. 

The WordPress tool for importing content, showing the list of compatible sites, plus a link to expand the list at the bottom, which you'll need to find the tool for importing from LiveJournal.
LiveJournal has fallen so out of fashion in the US that it’s not even on WordPress’s main list of potential import locations. Screenshot: WordPress

3. Now you’ll see the LiveJournal option; click Run Importer

The WordPress import tool you'll need to import information from LiveJournal.
Now that you’ve located LiveJournal, you’re ready to go. Screenshot: WordPress

4. You will be asked for your LiveJournal username and password. You can also optionally set a password for any posts that were private on LiveJournal—they will all be protected with the same password. 

The WordPress tool for importing LiveJournal data to WordPress, showing where you need to put your LiveJournal username and password to start the backup process.
You do remember your LiveJournal login, right? Screenshot: WordPress

5. Click Connect to LiveJournal and Import, and the process will begin. This will take a while, and it might not look like anything is happening. Be patient and leave the tab open, but don’t panic if you accidentally close it: you can restart the importer and it will pick up where it left off. Eventually you will be told that the process is complete. You now have a backup of your LiveJournal posts and comments—check that everything is there. 

Delete your LiveJournal account if you want

Once you’ve confirmed that your posts are all on WordPress, you might want to delete your LiveJournal entirely, which you can do from your “account status” page. Just check the two boxes for deleting your comments and entries, then click the Delete my account and journal button. Note that you can’t undo this.

The page where you can delete your LiveJournal account, with additional settings for deleting comments across the site.
If you were active on LiveJournal, you may also want to trash the comments you made across the site—just in case. Screenshot: LiveJournal

The post Patch a potential privacy risk by deleting your ancient LiveJournal appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to finally ditch Chrome and move all your data and bookmarks to another browser https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-export-chrome-bookmarks-data/ Wed, 13 Sep 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=569863
Person sitting at desk, looking at laptop, probably transferring their bookmarks from Chrome to Edge.
Maybe it's time to ditch Chrome. This is how you transfer your bookmarks and passwords to Firefox, Edge, and Safari. Daniel Thomas / Unsplash

Google’s browser made some changes that might make you want to ditch it for Firefox, Edge, or Safari.

The post How to finally ditch Chrome and move all your data and bookmarks to another browser appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person sitting at desk, looking at laptop, probably transferring their bookmarks from Chrome to Edge.
Maybe it's time to ditch Chrome. This is how you transfer your bookmarks and passwords to Firefox, Edge, and Safari. Daniel Thomas / Unsplash

The latest version of Google Chrome introduced new settings that have raised privacy concerns. Google says these tools “give you more choice over the ads you see,” which sounds nice. But it’s also a jargony way to say the browser will track your web surfing and share some of your data with advertisers so they can show you ads that more effectively tempt you into spending money.  

The update has not been well received by privacy advocates, and even though you can turn all of these features off (more on that later), you can also just ditch Chrome and import your data into another browser, like Firefox, Edge, or Safari. 

Jumping ship is incredibly easy, and even though the process won’t transfer every single customization you’ve made to Chrome over the years—like personalized search engines and experimental flags—you’ll be able to pick up where you left off in no time.

How to import bookmarks and other Chrome data to Firefox

If you care about privacy, Firefox is a great alternative to Chrome. It’s free, fast, highly customizable, and easy to use. It also has a great track record when it comes to preventing cookies from following you around the web.

Start by downloading Firefox (available for all major operating systems) and opening it.  

1. From the main navigation bar, go to File, then Import from another browser. This will open a data transfer tool in a new tab. 

Firefox menu to import Chrome bookmarks and other data
Firefox gives you the option to import your data from Chrome and other browsers. Screenshot: Firefox

2. Firefox will automatically detect other browsers on your system and all user profiles or sessions saved to each one. Use the dropdown menu to select the session and browser you want to import your data from. 

Menu for importing bookmarks and data from Chrome to Firefox
Just select the correct Chrome session (if you have more than one) and pick what you want to take with you to Firefox. Screenshot: Firefox

3. Click the plus sign next to Import all available data to customize what you want to transfer from Chrome. By default, the checkboxes next to Bookmarks, Saved logins and passwords, Browsing history, and Extensions will be selected. If you want to leave something behind and start fresh, you can click the checkbox again to deselect that item.   

4. Finish by clicking Import.

Firefox will immediately organize your bookmarks in its own bar, have your browsing history readily available, and whenever you need a password, it’ll offer the right one. Extensions may require further tweaking, but you’ll know if one requires your attention by clicking the extensions icon to the right of the address bar—it looks like a puzzle piece.

[Related: 11 hot Firefox tips and tricks that might finally convince you to switch browsers]

How to import your Chrome data to Edge

Microsoft’s recently renewed Edge browser is built on Chromium, which means it plays particularly nice with Google’s offer. This also means that importing Chrome bookmarks and other data to Edge is both easy and intuitive, and you’ll also be able to import a lot more than with other browsers. 

1. Open Edge and go to Settings—find it by clicking on the three dots in the upper right corner of your screen. 

2. In the new tab, under Profiles, go to Import browser data

Menu to transfer bookmarks and data from Chrome to Microsoft Edge
Your profile settings menu will show the Import data option as soon as you click on those three dots. Screenshot: Microsoft Edge

3. Select Import next to Import data from Google Chrome

Settings to import bookmarks and data from Chrome to Microsoft Edge
Edge offers shortcuts to import data from Chrome, Firefox, and the now deceased Internet Explorer. Screenshot: Microsoft Edge

4. In the emerging dialogue box, you’ll see two dropdown menus—use the second to select the Chrome session you want to import data from. 

Menu for importing bookmarks and data from a specific Chrome session to Microsoft Edge
Edge will ask you what Google Chrome session you want to import. Screenshot: Microsoft Edge

5. Use the checkboxes below to choose what you want to import from Chrome. By default, all items will be selected: Favorites or bookmarks, Saved passwords, Personal info, Payment info, Browsing history, Settings, Open tabs, and Extensions. If you want to leave something behind, just click the relevant checkbox again to deselect it. When you’re done, click Import.

Menu for importing bookmarks and data from Chrome to Microsoft Edge
Edge gives you the most options when it comes to the type of data you an import from Chrome. Screenshot: Microsoft Edge

6. Edge will finish importing your data almost immediately, and will tell you so. All of your information will be readily available and just like you had it on Chrome. That’s the benefit of switching to a browser that’s built so similarly. 

How to import Chrome data to Safari

Apple users can try the built-in Safari browser, which some say may even be better than Chrome. The only downside is that, just like mobile apps for iOS and Android, the extensions Chrome uses are different from the ones for Safari. This means you can’t import them from one browser to the other, so you’ll have to start from scratch on that front. You can, however, easily import bookmarks, history, and passwords. 

1. Open Safari, go to File, hover over Import from, and choose Google Chrome.

Safari settings to directly import Chrome bookmarks and other data
Transferring bookmarks and other data from Chrome to Safari is incredibly easy. Almost like Apple wanted you to do it. Screenshot: Safari

2. Safari will open a dialogue box listing all the items it’ll import from Chrome: Bookmarks, History, and Passwords. All these checkboxes will be selected by default, so if you want to leave something behind, just click on it to deselect it. 

Import Chrome bookmarks and data to Safari
You can’t transfer Chrome extensions to Safari—just like apps on an iPhone won’t work on Android phones. Screenshot: Safari

3. Once you’re satisfied with your choices, close Chrome if you haven’t already, and click Import. When it’s done, Safari will show you exactly what it did—click OK to close the dialogue box.

Your browsing history and passwords will be readily available. Unfortunately, Safari does this annoying thing where it imports your bookmarks into a folder within a folder, so you won’t immediately see your links on your Favorites bar. You can move the items and get rid of the extra folders, but you’ll have to manually drag and drop them, which can be a pain depending on the number of pages you’ve saved.

Imported bookmarks on Safari
You’ll have to reorganize your newly imported Chrome bookmarks. Screenshot: Safari

How to import data to Firefox, Edge, and Safari using CSV and HTML files

If for whatever reason the above options for Firefox, Edge, and Safari didn’t work, you can import a CSV file with your password and logins, and a HTML file with your bookmarks. You’ll just need to export this data from Chrome first. 

Export your data from Chrome

1. On Chrome for desktop, click the three dots in the upper right corner of your screen and head to Google Password Manager—the manager will open in a new tab.

2. In the left sidebar, click Settings. 

3. Under Export passwords, click Download file, and provide any credentials or biometrics Chrome might ask for to confirm it’s you. 

Export passwords on Google Chrome
Do not forget to completely delete the CSV file with your Chrome passwords. Screenshot: Google Chrome

4. Use the emerging explorer window to choose a location for your CSV file, then click Save

  • Note: The resulting CSV file will contain all of your credentials and is not encrypted. This means that if anybody else opens it, they’ll be able to see the username and passwords for all of your saved accounts. Don’t leave this file laying around—import it immediately and delete it as soon as you’re done with it. Then completely remove it from your hard drive by deleting it again from your computer’s trash.

5. Now you’ll need to download the HTML file with your bookmarks. Click on the three dots in the upper right corner of your screen, hover over Bookmarks, and click on Bookmark manager

6. Click the three dots in the upper right corner of the tab. Confusingly enough, these are not the same three dots that you clicked in Step 1, but you’ll find the correct ones right below them. 

7. Click Export bookmarks. Use the emerging window to select the location you want to put the file in, and click Save.  

Export bookmarks on Google Chrome
You’ve been gathering bookmarks on Chrome for years. Do not leave them behind. Screenshot: Google Chrome

Import CSV and HTML files to Firefox

1. From the main navigation bar, go to File, then Import from another browser. This will open an import tool in a new tab. 

2. Use the dropdown menu to select either Passwords from CSV file or Bookmarks from HTML file. Whichever one you choose, Firefox will open a new window so you can select the correct file. Click on it, and the browser will import the data. 

Import CSV or HTML files on Firefox
If Firefox’s importing tool fails for whatever reason, you can always import CSV and HTML files. Screenshot: Firefox

3. Repeat the process with the remaining file. 

Import CSV and HTML files to Safari

1. Open Safari, go to File, Import from, and then choose either Bookmarks HTML file or Passwords CSV files

Import CSV or HTML files on Safari
Safari might not be able to fully import your credentials, but you fill in the gaps manually. Screenshot: Safari

2. Use the emerging window to find the correct file and import it. When importing passwords, Safari will require your authentication (biometrics or password) to add the information to your Keychain. 

[Related: 7 things Safari can do that Google Chrome can’t]

3. If you imported your bookmarks, you’re done. If you imported passwords, Safari will tell you how many of your credentials it imported. If there’s some data it couldn’t save, you can click on Open Password settings in the dialogue box and manually add the missing information. 

4. Repeat the process with the remaining file. 

Import CSV and HTML files to Edge

1. While using Edge, go to Settings—you can find it by clicking on the three dots in the upper right corner of your screen. Under Profiles, go to Import browser data

2. Select Import next to Import data from Google Chrome

3. In the emerging dialogue box, use the first dropdown menu to select either Favorites or bookmarks HTML file or Passwords CSV file

Import browser data menu on Microsoft Edge
Even if Edge allows you to import more types of Chrome data, if you use CSV and HTML files, you’ll only be able to transfer passwords and bookmarks. Screenshot: Microsoft Edge

4. In the next dialogue box, click Choose file. Use the File Explorer window to pick the right file on your local hard drive. Select it and click Open. Edge will then confirm it’s done importing your data, which will be immediately available for you. 

Microsoft Edge data import success notice
Edge, Firefox, and Safari will always confirm that the data import process from Chrome was successful. Screenshot: Microsoft Edge

5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 with the remaining file. 

How to turn off Chrome’s new privacy settings 

If you’re throwing your arms in the air and asking yourself if there is a way you can just keep Chrome without the ad tracking features, the answer is yes: just turn them off. 

On Chrome, go to your privacy settings or type chrome://settings/adPrivacy into the search bar. There, you’ll see three options you can click on to get more information: Ad topics, Site-suggested ads, and Ad measurement.

Ad topics analyzes your browsing history to determine topics you’re interested in. So, if you search “Yankees score” and visit the official site for Major League Baseball, Google will add “baseball” or “sports” to your topics. You can see the list of topics the browser has identified for you, and if you’re not comfortable with one of them, you can block it. Chrome will share four weeks worth of this data at a time with advertisers so they can show you stuff you might like. If you don’t want any of this, just toggle off the switch next to Ad topics

Google Chrome new ad settings menu
You don’t have to help companies sell you stuff. Screenshot: Google Chrome

With site-suggested ads, Chrome allows sites to show you ads based on your topics and other browsing data. You won’t be able to see a comprehensive list of the sites that can do this, but if you can think of one that you’d rather not have your data, you can block it. But again, you can disable the entire feature by toggling off the switch next to Site-suggested ads.

Google Chrome new ad settings menu
There’s no loss of functionality when you turn off these ad settings on Google Chrome. Screenshot: Google Chrome

Finally, ad measurement allows Chrome to share certain data with websites so they know how effective the ads they showed you were. The browser says it constantly deletes this data, but doesn’t say how often, and explains that browsing history remains private, but it’s not clear to what extent the data is anonymized. If you don’t want to run any risks, you can just disable the option by toggling off the switch next to Ad measurement.

Google Chrome new ad settings menu
Have you ever clicked on an online ad? Yes, us either. Screenshot: Google Chrome

The post How to finally ditch Chrome and move all your data and bookmarks to another browser appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to cancel Apple Music if it’s no longer your jam https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-cancel-apple-music/ Wed, 13 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=567631
A person looking at Apple Music on an IPhone next to a coffee drink.
Depositphotos

If you forgot to cancel after the trial period, we'll help you save $10.99 a month.

The post How to cancel Apple Music if it’s no longer your jam appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person looking at Apple Music on an IPhone next to a coffee drink.
Depositphotos

Whether you’re cutting back on your streaming subscriptions or your favorite jams aren’t part of the 100-million-plus songs in Apple Music’s library, you’ve decided it’s time to end your relationship with the service.

Fortunately, your breakup doesn’t have to be messy. There are several easy ways to cancel Apple Music, no uncomfortable conversations with Apple representatives necessary—you can cancel whenever you want. Your subscription will run until the end of the current billing cycle and you won’t be charged after that point. Afterward, you’ll be back on the market, with a little more money to court Pandora, Spotify, or some other streaming music service.

A word of warning, though: Apple Music will delete your curated songs and playlists when you unsubscribe. After you cancel, Apple will retain your playlists for 30 days, but that’s it. If you change your mind and decide to rekindle your relationship with the streaming music service within that time period, you’ll be able to get all your playlists back. Otherwise, they’re gone forever and you’ll have to rebuild if you ever return.

How to cancel Apple Music through the iPhone app

To cancel your Apple Music subscription on your iPhone, click Listen Now.
A cinch to cancel. Screenshot: Apple Music

1. Open the app and tap on Listen Now (if the Listen Now screen doesn’t open by default).

2. Touch the profile icon in the upper right corner of the screen to bring up all of your account information.

3. Tap Manage Subscription, then Cancel. We told you it was easy.

Cancel through the Apple Music app on an Android device

1. Tap the three-dot menu in the top right corner of the screen and select Account.

2. Scroll until you find information about your subscriptions and tap Manage Subscription.

3. Hit Cancel Subscription and approve the confirmation.

How to cancel Apple Music on a Mac

1. Click on the Apple icon in the upper left-hand corner of the screen and select System Settings.

To cancel Apple Music on a Mac, start by clicking System Settings.
It’s located under the Apple menu. Screenshot: Apple

2. From the System Settings page, click on your Apple ID, then Media & Purchases.

To cancel Apple Music on a Mac, slick on Media & Purchases.
You can find all your subscriptions here. Screenshot: Apple

3. Next to Subscriptions, you should see a Manage button. Click on it to see a list of all the apps you subscribe to.

To cancel Apple Music on a Mac, click on the Manage button for your subscriptions.
See if there are any others you want to cancel while you’re there. Screenshot: Apple

4. Scroll down until you see your Apple Music subscription, then click the Edit button next to it.

5. Click Cancel Subscription and confirm the cancellation.

Remove a subscription on an iPhone or iPad

You can cancel your Apple Music subscription the same way you would end any subscription on an iPhone or iPad, and you don’t have to go into the music app to do it.

1. Open the Settings app, then tap on your name.

Tech Hacks photo

2. Hit Subscriptions, which you’ll find a few lines below your name.

To cancel Apple Music on an iPhone or iPad, click on Subscriptions.
You may find some long-forgotten subscriptions here. Screenshot: Apple

3. On the Subscriptions screen, you’ll see a list of all the services you currently subscribe to. It’s in alphabetical order, so you should see your Apple Music subscription near the top of the list. Tap on it when you see it.

4. Just below the Apple Music icon and pricing information you’ll see a Cancel Subscription button in red letters. Tap that to cancel your subscription.

Cancel an Apple Music subscription online

If you’d rather not work in an app, you can cancel your Apple Music subscription via any web browser.

1. Open your favorite browser and go to music.apple.com.

To cancel Apple Music online, go to the website music.apple.com
Are you sure you want to lose access to these tunes? Screenshot: Apple

2. Click or tap on the sign-in button in the top right corner of your browser window. A pop-up will appear asking you to enter your Apple ID and password. Enter that information, then click Continue. Apple may also ask you to complete two-factor authentication by entering a code sent to one of your Apple devices.

3. Click the profile icon in the upper right-hand corner of the Apple Music page. Choose Settings from the drop-down menu.

To cancel Apple Music online, go to the website and click on your profile in the corner.
It’s quick and easy to cancel your subscription online. Screenshot: Apple

4. Scroll down to the bottom of the Account Settings page and select Cancel Subscription.

How to cancel Apple Music through the Apple TV app

One of the surprisingly easy ways to end your relationship with Apple Music is through another Apple streaming service, Apple TV.

1. Open the Apple TV app on your TV and click on the gear icon near the top of your screen to enter the app’s settings.

2. Select User Accounts, which will be the line that displays your sign-in ID.

3. Choose Manage Subscriptions. The app will then ask you to enter your username and ID.

4. After you enter that information, you’ll be able to access all of your Apple subscriptions, including Apple Music. Click on Apple Music to cancel the subscription.

The post How to cancel Apple Music if it’s no longer your jam appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to find a WiFi password, whether you’re connected to the network or not https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-find-wifi-password/ Tue, 12 Sep 2023 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=569252
Photo of an iPhone with a WiFi setting on top of a Mac laptop keyboard.
You should always be able to find the password for a WiFi network you're connected to. Depositphotos

Quick tips to find WiFi passwords when you need them.

The post How to find a WiFi password, whether you’re connected to the network or not appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Photo of an iPhone with a WiFi setting on top of a Mac laptop keyboard.
You should always be able to find the password for a WiFi network you're connected to. Depositphotos

Finding a WiFi password may not be something you need to do very often, especially since Windows, Apple, and Android devices generally save all of that information for every network you’ve ever connected to. Sometimes, though, you may need to re-enter this login info. Maybe your computer has forgotten the password after a system update, your WiFi is having problems, or you want to share your password with a friend. Whatever the case, there’s always a way to find your WiFi password—you just need to know where to look.

Find the WiFi password for a network you’re currently connected to

There are a number of ways to find the WiFi password on a device if you’re already connected to a network. If you’re looking for the password for a WiFi network you’re not connected to anymore, you can skip to our steps below for finding previous WiFi passwords.

How to see the WiFi password on a Mac

1. Open the System Settings app and click on Wi-Fi.

The System Settings app on a Mac showing where to find the WiFi settings.
It’s right up top so it’s hard to miss. Screenshot: Apple

2. Scroll to the bottom of the Wi-Fi page and click Advanced.

The macOS WiFi settings showing where to find the advanced WiFi settings.
Advance… to… advanced… Screenshot: Apple

3. Scan through the list of known WiFi networks until you find the one you want. Click on the three dots next to the network name, then hit Copy Password. You can now paste the password anywhere you can enter text to see it.

A list of previous WiFi networks on a Mac, where you can find WiFi passwords for current and previous networks.
Find what you need from the list. Screenshot: Apple

Find the WiFi password on an iPhone

This method only works if your iPhone is running iOS 16 or later.

1. Open the Settings app on your iPhone and tap the WiFi network you’re currently connected to.

The iPhone Settings app, showing where to find the WiFi settings, which can lead you to WiFi passwords.
As on macOS, the Wi-Fi option is prominently displayed. Screenshot: Apple

2. Touch the information icon (an “i” in a circle) to view the settings for that network.

An iPhone's WiFi settings, showing the blue information icon, which you can tap to help you find your WiFi password.
Tap the “i” to learn more. Screenshot: Apple

3. Tap on the password field, then enter your Apple ID and password, and/or your iPhone passcode to reveal the WiFi password.

The iPhone's settings app, showing where to find a WiFi password.
It’s like a little prize. Screenshot: Apple

[Related: How to create a WiFi hotspot on your phone or computer]

How to find the WiFi password on Windows 10 and 11

1. Open Settings, then click on Network & Internet.

2. This step is slightly different depending on if you’re using Windows 10 or 11.

  • Windows 10: Click on Change Adapter Options.
  • Windows 11: Click on Advanced Network Settings, then More Network Adapter Options.
The Windows 11 settings screen, showing where to find WiFi settings.
What to look for on Windows 11. Screenshot: Microsoft

3. Double-click the network you’re connected to, then choose Wireless Properties, and click the Security tab. You’ll see a menu that includes the WiFi password (network security key) hidden under asterisks. Click the Show Characters box to reveal the password.

Windows 11 settings showing how to find a WiFi password by going through several windows and menus.
You’re going to have to open several windows for this one. Screenshot: Microsoft

Use router settings to find your WiFi password

If for whatever reason you aren’t able to access the WiFi password using any of the above methods, you can try going through the router settings. Just keep in mind you’ll need the router admin’s username and password for this method to work.

1. Find your router’s IP address.

  • On Windows: Open the Windows Start menu and type “cmd” to locate the Command Prompt app. Click the app, type “ipconfig”, and press Enter. The numbers behind the Default Gateway are your‌ router’s IP address.
  • On macOS: Click the Apple icon in the top left corner of the screen, then choose System Settings. Click on Network, then Wi-Fi. Find the network you’re currently connected to and click on the Details button next to its name. A window will appear showing the router’s IP address.
  • On iOS: Open the Settings app, then tap on Wi-Fi. Hit the information icon (the “i” in a circle) next to the WiFi network’s name. Scroll down until you see the router’s IP address.
  • On Android: Open Settings and tap Network & Internet, then Internet. Tap on the wireless network you’re connected to and scroll down—you’ll see a bunch of network information, including the router’s IP address.

2. Once you know the router’s IP address, enter it into the address bar of a web browser. The router’s settings page should appear.

3. Enter the router’s username and password to gain access to its settings.

4. Navigate to the WiFi access code within the router settings. This process will vary depending on the brand and model of the router.

How to see the WiFi password on an Android device

You can easily find the WiFi password for a network you’re connected to using your Android device. You just have to generate a QR code to share the connection.

1. Open Settings, then tap on Internet.

2. Touch the cog icon next to the network you’re connected to.

  • Note: You can tap on the name of any known network on the list, even if you’re not connected to it, but you’ll only be able to see a network’s password if you’ve previously saved those credentials to your device. 
Android settings showing where to find the cog icon that will lead you to your WiFi password.
It’s still sharing if you’re sharing it with yourself. Screenshot: Google

3. On the next screen, tap Share and go through the authentication process—depending on what you’ve set up, your device will require you to input your PIN, pattern, or biometrics. Once it’s complete, the WiFi network’s password will appear under the QR code.

An Android QR code showing where to find a WiFi password.
The WiFi password’s right there. Easy. Screenshot: Google

Find a WiFi password for a previously connected network

Although it’s easier to find the WiFi password of a network you’re connected to, it’s still possible to dredge up the login info for one you’ve hooked up to in the past. The work you have to do, though, will vary depending on the device.

Locate previous WiFi passwords on a Mac

Since the macOS operating system stores passwords in the Keychain Access app, it’s easy to find all of your previous network passwords on a MacBook.

1. Click the magnifying glass in the top right corner of your screen and type in “keychain access”. Click the name of the app when it appears.

The Mac search function with "Keychain Access" typed into it, showing where to find the Keychain Access app.
Seek “Keychain Access” and you shall find. Screenshot: Apple

2. Type the name of the WiFi network you want, then click on it when it shows up.

A Mac's WiFi settings showing where you can find a WiFi password from a previously connected network.
Hopefully you don’t have hundreds of WiFi networks saved. Screenshot: Apple

3. Click on the Show Password box, then enter your Mac’s administrator username and password to reveal the WiFi password you’re looking for.

A Mac's settings showing where to enter the admin's username and password to gain access to a WiFi network's password.
If you’re logged into your Mac, this step should be no problem. Screenshot: Apple

See older WiFi passwords on Windows 10 and 11

It’s not not as easy to find a password for a network you’ve previously connected to on Windows, but it is possible. The process is the same whether you’re running Windows 10 or 11.

1. Open the Start menu and look for the Command Prompt program. Right-click on it, select Run As Administrator, and click Yes to confirm this is what you want to do.

2. To see a list of the networks you’ve previously connected to, type in the following command: netsh wlan show profile. Hit Enter.

3. Once you’ve spotted the desired network, enter the command again, followed by the network name and the command key=clear. So, if the name of the network is “mywifi,” the command should be: netsh wlan show profile mywifi key=clear.

4. If it works—and it might not work if the WiFi profile or password isn’t on your system anymore—you’ll see a list of network information and will find the WiFi password next to Key Content.

The Windows Command Prompt program showing how to find a WiFi password for a current or previously connected network.
All the steps above are displayed here, but the WiFi password will be where the arrow is pointing. Screenshot: Microsoft

Find previous WiFi passwords on an iPhone

You can locate the WiFi password for any previously connected network on your iPhone but only if it’s running on iOS 16 or later.

1. Start by opening the Settings app and tapping Wi-Fi.

2. Tap the Edit button in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. Enter your password or use facial recognition to continue.

The iOS Settings app, showing where to find the Edit button that will help you find previous WiFi passwords.
It says “edit,” but you won’t be editing any passwords, don’t worry. Screenshot: Apple

3. Scroll through the list of WiFi networks until you find the one you want. Tap the i button next to the name of the WiFi network, then click Password to reveal the password.

A list of previous WiFi network names on an iPhone, showing where to find the blue information icon. You can click this to find the network's password.
This will lead you to the WiFi password you need. Screenshot: Apple

How to find previous WiFi passwords on an Android device

The steps for finding the WiFi password for a network you previously connected to are almost exactly the same on Android as locating the login info for one you’re already using. You just have to generate a QR code to share the connection.

1. Open Settings, then tap on Internet.

2. Touch the cog icon next to the network you want to find the password for.

  • Note: You’ll only be able to see a network’s password if you’ve previously saved those credentials to your device. 
Android settings showing where to find the cog icon that will lead you to your WiFi password.
It’s still sharing if you’re sharing it with yourself. Screenshot: Google

3. On the next screen, tap Share and go through the authentication process—depending on what you’ve set up, your device will require you to enter your PIN, pattern, or biometrics. Once it’s complete, the WiFi network’s password will appear under the QR code.

An Android QR code showing where to find a WiFi password.
It’s right there. Easy. Screenshot: Google

FAQs

Q: Is there an app that can show saved WiFi passwords?

Depending on what type of device you are using, there are apps that can show saved WiFi passwords. For Android devices, WiFi Password Show will allow you to see all the passwords for every WiFi network you’ve ever connected to. If you’re using an iOS device, Tenorshare 4uKey – Password Manager allows you to find saved WiFi passwords.

The post How to find a WiFi password, whether you’re connected to the network or not appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to listen to Spotify’s huge library of audiobooks https://www.popsci.com/diy/spotify-audiobooks-tips/ Tue, 12 Sep 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=569638
A person'a hand holding an iPhone with a Spotify audiobook playing on the screen, with a houseplant behind the phone.
Maybe your plants want to listen too. Freguesia de Estrela / Unsplash

Spotify's audiobook offerings are relatively new, so you may not be as familiar with how to use them.

The post How to listen to Spotify’s huge library of audiobooks appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person'a hand holding an iPhone with a Spotify audiobook playing on the screen, with a houseplant behind the phone.
Maybe your plants want to listen too. Freguesia de Estrela / Unsplash

You probably know Spotify as a music streaming service, but you may not know exactly how robust its audiobook offerings are. At the time of writing, you can listen to more than 350,000 titles, and you can access them through the Spotify app in the US, Canada, the UK, Ireland, Australia, and New Zealand.

Audiobooks have been integrated pretty neatly into the Spotify user interface, so you can search for titles, add them to your library, and play audiobooks just as you would with podcasts and songs. You don’t have to dig deep to find audiobooks on Spotify, and getting started is straightforward.

How to find and buy audiobooks on Spotify

The Spotify audiobooks interface, showing free audiobooks and other options for finding what you might want to listen to.
Like music and podcasts, Spotify groups audiobooks into different categories. David Nield for Popular Science

Depending on the whims of the Spotify algorithm, you may see audiobooks recommended to you as soon as you open up the app. You should also see an Audiobooks link, alongside Music and Podcasts & Shows, up at the top of the Home tab in the mobile app.

Follow any of these audiobook-related links to find titles, or open up the Search tab. Before you type anything into the search box, you should see an Audiobooks thumbnail underneath that will take you to the audiobook catalog. As with music, you’ll get a variety of recommendations, split into categories.

These categories change all the time, but you might see free or new audiobooks highlighted, or books that have been developed into movies, for example. Tap or click on any title to see information about it, including how much it costs, what its running time is, the average star rating left by other users, and who narrates it. In some cases, there will be a sample audio clip you can listen to.

[Related: 7 nifty Audible tips for your audiobook needs]

From the browsing we’ve done, Spotify’s audiobook pricing seems to range from completely free to up to $50 or so. Tap or click Get on a free audiobook to add it to your library, or Buy on a paid-for audiobook. Note that payments are all managed through the web, so if you’re using the mobile or desktop app, you’ll be redirected to a website.

By default, Spotify will suggest that you pay for audiobooks using a payment method you’ve used before, or one associated with your subscription, but you can change this if required. Audiobooks work independently from Spotify Premium subscriptions, too—you don’t need to be a subscriber to buy audiobooks, and if you are a subscriber you won’t get any titles bundled in with your monthly fee.

How to listen to audiobooks in Spotify

The Spotify audiobooks interface when you're listening to an audiobook in the desktop app.
You’ll see individual chapters shown separately in your listening queue. David Nield for Popular Science

After you’ve purchased an audiobook on Spotify, you’ll find it in your library. On the desktop and the web, click the Audiobooks link at the top of the left-hand navigation pane, and on mobile tap Your Library, then Audiobooks. Click or tap Recents at the top to sort the audiobooks by the date they were added, the date they were published, author, or in alphabetical order.

You can actually add audiobooks to this list before buying them, too. On audiobook listing pages, you’ll see a plus symbol—click this to add the title to your library. You won’t be able to listen to it until you’ve purchased it, but it’s a handy way to shortlist audiobooks that you’re interested in.

Once you’ve selected an audiobook from your library, tap or click the play button to get it started. On the playback interface, you’ll see the same play/pause and skip buttons as you do with music—though the skip buttons let you jump between audiobook chapters, rather than between tracks on a playlist. The other controls match the controls for podcasts: You can skip forward or backward 15 seconds, and change the playback speed (from 0.5x to 3.5x).

[Related: Where to find new Spotify playlists when you don’t want to make your own]

It’s impossible to add audiobooks to playlists, but you can add them to the current queue, albeit in a rather clumsy way: You have to click the three dots next to an individual audiobook chapter (desktop and web) or tap and hold on a chapter (mobile) to find the Add to queue option. There’s no way to add entire audiobooks to the queue, which seems a bit of an oversight on Spotify’s part.

You can download audiobooks for offline listening whether you pay for Spotify or not—just tap or click on the downward arrow on the audiobook page. On mobile, you can also pin audiobooks to the top of the list in the Your Library tab. To do this, tap and hold on the audiobook you want to pin, then choose Pin audiobook from the menu that pops up.

The post How to listen to Spotify’s huge library of audiobooks appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to turn off your location on an iPhone to stay under the radar https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-turn-off-location-on-iphone/ Mon, 11 Sep 2023 23:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=567390
A woman holding an unlocked iPhone with a number of apps on the screen, including the Find My app.
You might not want all your iPhone apps to know where you are, so you may want to turn your location off to stay private. Jotform / Unsplash

Turning Location Services off can improve battery life, security, and overall phone performance.

The post How to turn off your location on an iPhone to stay under the radar appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman holding an unlocked iPhone with a number of apps on the screen, including the Find My app.
You might not want all your iPhone apps to know where you are, so you may want to turn your location off to stay private. Jotform / Unsplash

Ever get the feeling that someone is watching you? Smartphone technology has revolutionized our lives but raised concerns about privacy. Location sharing, for example, can help us by letting navigation apps and ride-sharing services know where our devices (and usually us, too) are. However, sharing your location can lead to issues involving privacy, security, and even faster battery drain, especially if you don’t know it’s happening.

Thankfully, you can adjust your iPhone’s privacy settings to turn off location sharing, or at least minimize the amount of tracking information you’re sending elsewhere. This will allow you to control the data collected and shared with apps and services, and disabling Location Services is quick and easy on iOS. 

How to turn off location on an iPhone

1. Open the Settings app, then click on Privacy & Security.

The iPhone Settings app, showing where to find the privacy and security settings.
To keep your location private on an iPhone, you’ll need to enter the privacy settings. Screenshot: Apple

2. Select Location Services.

The iPhone Settings app showing where Location Services is.
Here’s where you’ll find pretty much everything related to your location. Screenshot: Apple

3. Turn off the green toggle switch to the right of Location Services at the top of the screen.

The iOS Settings app, showing where to find the toggle switch to turn off your location on an iPhone.
Just flip that switch. Screenshot: Apple

4. Confirm that you want to disable location sharing by tapping Turn Off in the pop-up menu. Turning off Location Services will turn off location sharing for all apps on your iPhone at once.

  • Note: Disabling Location Services will also make it unlikely that someone will be able to track your phone, if you’re worried about that.
The iOS Settings app, showing where to turn off your location on an iPhone.
Confirm you want to turn off your location and you’re good to go. Screenshot: Apple

How to turn off a hidden location option in your iPhone’s System Services

Buried among all the other options in the iPhone’s Location Services menu is System Services, and the options there are both important and easily overlooked. Disabling all or some of these will help you ensure greater privacy, increased battery life, and that it’s harder for companies and people to track your location.

[Related: Hidden iPhone settings that feel like secrets]

For the purposes of this guide, though, we’re focusing only on a feature called Significant Locations, which tracks where your device goes in an effort to figure out which places are particularly important to you.

1. Go to the Settings app, tap Privacy & Security, and select Location Services. Scroll down to the bottom of the page and select System Services.

The iPhone Location Services settings, showing where to find System Services.
System Services is buried, but there are some crucial options hidden in there. Screenshot: Apple

2. Find Significant Locations and toggle off the switch next to it.

The iPhone System Services settings inside Location Services, showing where to find significant locations and turn it off.
Maybe you don’t want people knowing which locations mean something to you. Screenshot: Apple

How to hide your location on an iPhone

Hiding your location on an iPhone is similar to turning off Location Services entirely. To hide your location from specific apps, such as Apple’s Find My app, follow the first three steps from above. After tapping on Location Services, scroll down to find the app that you don’t want to access your location (Find My, in our example). You can then turn off Location Services for that specific app (choose Never), or select While Using to limit its access to your location data.

The iPhone Settings app, showing where to find the options to hide your location from specific apps, using the Find My app as an example of one you might never want to use your location.
The Find My app can help you find lost devices, but it can also show other people with access to the account where you are. Screenshot: Apple

You may have heard that airplane mode will hide your location, but it won’t—not entirely, at least. Airplane mode turns off all wireless connections on your iPhone, including cellular data, WiFi, and Bluetooth, so your phone won’t be able to share your location that way. But Location Services uses GPS, which operates independently, so some apps and services may still be able to see your device’s location while your phone is in airplane mode.

How to temporarily stop sharing your location on an iPhone

You can enable the Do Not Disturb mode to temporarily stop sharing your location on your iPhone. To do so, swipe down from the top right corner of your screen (or up from the bottom on older models) to open the Control Center. There, you will see a crescent moon icon representing Do Not Disturb. Tap on it to turn the mode on or off. When enabled, this feature will stop your device from sending location updates to apps and contacts.

The iPhone Control Center, showing where to find the Do Not Disturb Focus mode, which you can use to temporarily stop sharing your location.
Do Not Disturb makes sure people can’t find you either. Screenshot: Apple

As mentioned above, you can also manually turn off location sharing for specific apps by going to the Location Services settings and individually adjusting the permissions for each app. 

How to pull your iPhone location history from a computer

You can view your iPhone’s location history on a computer via iCloud’s Find My app. 

On your phone, go to the Settings app and tap on your Apple ID at the top. Then, select Find My and ensure the toggle next to Find My iPhone is turned on. Only then will the following steps work.

The iPhone Settings app showing how to ensure your location history is available via the Find My app.
If Find My isn’t on, you won’t be able to access what it knows about you. You can still turn it off again afterward, though. Screenshot: Apple

1. Log in to iCloud.com using your Apple ID and password.

2. From there, click the Find iPhone icon and select your device. You can view your iPhone’s location history on a map and access other features, such as remotely locking or erasing your device.

The Find My iPhone app showing a map of where an iPhone has been.
Found you. Screenshot: Apple

FAQs

Q. Can people see location on iPhone photos?

Yes, if you have enabled Location Services for your camera app, people can see the location on iPhone photos. This means that when you take a photo, the location data is embedded in the photo’s metadata, allowing others to view it if they can access the photo’s information. 

Q. Does the iPhone alert you when someone checks your location?

No, the iPhone does not alert you when someone checks your location. However, others can only see your location if you have explicitly shared it with them through apps like Find My or Messages.

Q. Does turning off your phone stop location sharing?

No, even when your phone is turned off, certain apps or services may still be able to access your last known location data. To stop location sharing, you must disable Location Services and revoke app permissions to block them from accessing your location. 

The post How to turn off your location on an iPhone to stay under the radar appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to reset your phone without losing everything https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/how-to-reset-devices/ Thu, 28 Jan 2021 13:00:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/how-to-reset-devices/
A man in glasses and a gray fleece jacket sitting at a table in a coffee shop, using a laptop and a phone.
It's up to you if you want to reset your phone in a cafe, but make sure you're sitting next to a power outlet. Joseph Frank / Unsplash

Starting anew can be scary but rejuvenating.

The post How to reset your phone without losing everything appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A man in glasses and a gray fleece jacket sitting at a table in a coffee shop, using a laptop and a phone.
It's up to you if you want to reset your phone in a cafe, but make sure you're sitting next to a power outlet. Joseph Frank / Unsplash

Think back to how you felt turning on your phone for the first time. That sparkling, uncluttered interface, speedy performance, and plenty of possibilities. You can actually feel that again whenever you like by completing a full factory reset of your iPhone or Android.

Resetting a phone is about more than just getting a fresh start, though: It can fix persistent bugs, get rid of unwanted apps and dangerous malware, and free up storage space on your device.

And if you’re worried about losing everything, don’t be. As long as you take some time to consider the potential pitfalls and back up your phone beforehand, you can reset your phone without losing any data. Let us guide you.

Before you reset your phone, make a plan

Resetting a phone wipes it clean and takes you back to the setup stage, so you’ll need to make sure you’ve backed up all your important data first. We’ve covered this in plenty of depth elsewhere, but it’s worth dropping some quick pointers here.

Mostly, backups are common sense: Think about what you have on your phone and make sure you have copies of everything you want to save on another device, on a disk drive, or in the cloud before you hit that reset button.

A warning if you use two-factor authentication

If you use your phone to prove your identity for accounts with two-factor authentication (2FA), know that this data might disappear when you reset it. You’ll need to make absolutely sure you can still get into your online accounts without 2FA, albeit temporarily.

What this means in practice will depend on your 2FA-enabled accounts and the 2FA method you’re using for each one. Do some diligent research and you should have nothing to worry about. Some accounts will give you backup codes to use if 2FA fails, so if you get one, make sure it’s in a safe, accessible place. For other accounts, it might be easier to just disable 2FA until you’re all set up on your phone again.

Apple and Google both let you use SMS codes as a backup to a 2FA authenticator app and verification code, so that’s an option (assuming you are keeping your SIM after you reset your phone). Beyond that, other authentication apps let you back up your logins to the cloud, which might work best for you, or you could transfer your authenticator app and its codes to another phone or tablet if you have one spare.

[Related: How to do two-factor authentication like a pro]

Once you’ve decided to reset your phone, you should also spend a few days noting exactly how you use it and how easily you’ll be able to get everything back the way you like it. Most software developers know phones get reset, lost, or stolen on a regular basis, so they should have planned for that, but it’s best to make sure.

Bear in mind, too, that backing up your phone can take time, depending on the speed of your connection.

How to reset an Android phone

The reset options for a stock Android phone, from resetting WiFi and Bluetooth to deleting all data.
The reset options on stock Android are pretty clear-cut. David Nield for Popular Science

Google has always developed its software with the cloud in mind, and everything from Gmail to Google Photos lives mostly online. However, you should still make sure that everything you need is in the cloud and that you don’t need anything stored on your phone (such as files downloaded from the web).

It’s also worth double-checking that your password manager is syncing all of your credentials from the apps on your phone—go to Settings, Passwords & accounts, and make sure the toggle next to Automatically sync app data is on. With that done, all you’ll need to remember is the username and password for your Google account. Don’t worry about having to pay for apps you already own—the Play Store will recognize you once you’ve signed into your Google account and will know what you’ve previously purchased.

You’ll find Android’s own backup process under System and Backup in Settings. You’ll then see a list of the items you’ll be backing up, which should include data such as contacts, text messages, and certain device settings (including WiFi passwords). You can tap on some of them (like Photos and videos or Google account data) to get more details and customize what you want to add to or remove from your backup. If you have any doubts about leaving information behind, we recommend reading through the official Google support document for resetting Pixel phones.

When you’re ready to reset your phone, make sure it’s plugged in and charging so the process doesn’t get interrupted. Open Settings, then choose System, Reset options, and Erase all data (factory reset). Android will then show you an overview of the data you’re about to wipe. Tap Erase all data, enter the lock screen PIN code, and tap Erase all data again to start the reset process. Once the reset is complete, you’ll find yourself back at the Android setup process.

How to reset an iPhone

The reset options on an iPhone running iOS.
The reset options on an iPhone are clearly labeled, so it’s hard to make a mistake. David Nield for Popular Science

Traditionally, Apple hasn’t been quite as savvy as Google when it comes to constantly syncing data to the cloud, but iCloud has improved in recent years. It can now store a substantial amount of information for you (from contacts to calendars) while you’re busy resetting your phone. When it comes time to reinstall apps, Apple’s App Store will remember what you’ve paid for, so you won’t need to purchase them again.

As for backups, iOS has a comprehensive backup option, which uses either a computer or iCloud. If you open Settings, tap your Apple ID at the top, and then pick iCloud, you can see the apps sending data to the web. You can also choose iCloud Backup from this list to make sure a backup occurred right before you decided to reset your phone.

[Related: The best ways to back up all your photos to the cloud]

Before you proceed, you should also read Apple’s thorough support document on resetting iPhones, just to ensure you’ve done everything necessary. That document also covers how to back up your phone if you need extra help with that (iOS will actually prompt you to create a backup when you reset it, if you haven’t run one in a while).

Finally, get your phone plugged in and charging to make sure the reset isn’t interrupted, then open Settings and pick General, Transfer or Reset iPhone, and choose whether you want to Reset the device or Erase All Content and Settings. You’ll be prompted to enter the passcode for your phone and possibly your Apple ID password to confirm your choice (this is a good way to ensure you remember your Apple ID password, as you’ll need it to sign in again). After the reset, your iPhone will reboot to the setup screen.

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2021.

The post How to reset your phone without losing everything appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to use Apple Maps offline and finally ditch Google https://www.popsci.com/diy/apple-maps-offline/ Sun, 10 Sep 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=568854
Two people using Apple Maps while hiking
Now you don't need an internet connection to use your iPhone's built-in maps app. Kamaji Ogino / Pexels

The new iOS 17 feature puts the app head to head with its main competitor.

The post How to use Apple Maps offline and finally ditch Google appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Two people using Apple Maps while hiking
Now you don't need an internet connection to use your iPhone's built-in maps app. Kamaji Ogino / Pexels

I’ve been wanting to ditch Google Maps for a while but one thing held me back: offline maps. Apple Maps was, until recently, basically useless without an internet connection, and since I like to hike (which involves traveling to places without a cell signal) I was stuck with Google. 

No longer. One of the best new iOS 17 features is offline maps for Apple Maps. You can now select areas to download to your phone, allowing you to use turn-by-turn navigation and even search without an internet connection. 

Note that iOS 17 is currently a public beta. You can sign up for it to test the latest features, but you should know that signing up for any beta program is not without risk. If having a sneak peek at Apple’s new operating system version is not worth running into the occasional bug or error, then maybe you should wait until the official release in October 2023. But if you’re already using iOS 17, let’s dive in. 

How to download maps on Apple Maps

To get started, open Apple Maps, tap the circle with your photo or initials to the right of the search box and  choose Offline Maps in the menu. On the next screen, go to Download New Map

[Related: 5 uses for Google Maps beyond navigation]

Apple Maps offline maps menu
If you know you won’t have a signal, use your last minutes with a Wi-Fi connection to download an offline map. Apple Maps

Apple Maps will ask you to type the name of the city, region or general area you want to download. The app will show you a preview of the map you looked for and a cropping box which you can resize to select how much of it you want to download—just pinch to zoom in or out and select a bigger or smaller area. 

Apple Maps offline maps' download menu
Pinch the map in and out to make sure your offline map contains everything you need. But beware—bigger maps take up more space. Apple Maps

Bigger maps will take up more storage space, and you’ll be able to see how much at the bottom of the screen. If you’ll be covering a large area, be sure to free up space on your iPhone. When you’re satisfied, tap Download and your device will do its thing.

[Related: How to hide your house on every map app]

By default, your iPhone will only download offline maps while you’re connected to a Wi-Fi network, but if you need to, you can change that by tapping the Downloads option in the offline maps settings. To make sure you always have the latest possible information, Apple Maps will periodically and automatically update your offline maps, though the company doesn’t say how often the app will do this. If you’re not planning on using your downloaded map again, you can turn these automatic updates off in the settings. Finally, if you’re the sort of person who forgets to delete offline maps after a vacation and then wonders why their phone never has any available storage, you can turn on an optional Optimize Storage toggle switch, which will delete maps that you’re not using anymore after a certain period of time. 

The offline maps feature makes Apple Maps a true competitor to Google Maps, especially after you transfer your pinned items over. I’m not sure if I’ll ever install Google Maps on my iPhone again. 

The post How to use Apple Maps offline and finally ditch Google appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Stop macOS Sonoma from hiding your windows when you click the desktop https://www.popsci.com/diy/macos-sonoma-hiding-windows/ Sat, 09 Sep 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=569049
A Macbook sits semi open in the dark
To give you better access to macOS' brand new widgets, Sonoma minimizes all of your windows the second you click on the desktop space. Extremely annoying. Wesson Wang / Unsplash

You can prevent all of your windows from disappearing on Apple's new OS.

The post Stop macOS Sonoma from hiding your windows when you click the desktop appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Macbook sits semi open in the dark
To give you better access to macOS' brand new widgets, Sonoma minimizes all of your windows the second you click on the desktop space. Extremely annoying. Wesson Wang / Unsplash

Sonoma, the upcoming version of macOS, has some really cool features, including the ability to put widgets on the desktop. But the OS update also has one confounding change: clicking the desktop, by default, now hides all of your windows.

This is very annoying, but there’s a certain logic to it: if your desktop is full of widgets and files, you might want a quick way to access everything on it. But just because something makes sense from a design point of view, doesn’t mean you’re going to get used to it or even like it. Sonoma spares you of the windows’ exodus when you click a file or a widget, but I still found this feature disorienting, and I’m sure I’m not alone. The good news is that you can turn it off. 

[Related: 4 tips and hidden settings that will speed up macOS]

1. Head to System Settings, which you can open by clicking the Apple logo in the top left corner of your screen and clicking System Settings, or by opening the app with the cog icon in the dock. 

2. Go to Desktop & Dock in the left sidebar. 

3. Scroll down to find the Click wallpaper to reveal desktop option. Set this to Only in Stage Manager

Settings menu for macOS Sonoma
Maybe you’re not even interested in widgets anyway. Here’s how to keep your desktop working as it always has. Screenshot: Apple

4. Turn off Stage Manager

Stage Manager is one of the features Apple added to macOS Ventura back in 2022 and it’s an alternative way to manage the open windows on your Mac. When you enable this feature, only one window shows up on the screen at a time, while the rest are thumbnails you can see to the left. But clicking the desktop when Stage Manager is enabled means the desktop hides every time you click it no matter what, so you’re going to want to disable this feature to get your old desktop back.

[Related: Master your Mac by creating custom keyboard shortcuts]

After you’ve tweaked these settings, your desktop should work the way you’re used to, meaning you can get back to using your computer just like you’ve always had. That is until the next weirdness Apple decides to add. 

The post Stop macOS Sonoma from hiding your windows when you click the desktop appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
7 tips to unleash your creativity on Canva https://www.popsci.com/diy/canva-tips/ Fri, 08 Sep 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=568650
Canva interface showing a newly designed invitation
Your birthday can be an improvised event, but with Canva, the invitations don't have to look it. Screenshot: Canva

If you can imagine it, Canva can help you design it.

The post 7 tips to unleash your creativity on Canva appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Canva interface showing a newly designed invitation
Your birthday can be an improvised event, but with Canva, the invitations don't have to look it. Screenshot: Canva

Canva is a graphic design software package available on the web, desktop and mobile, and it can help you make just about anything: from websites, documents, and whiteboards, to presentations, social media posts, posters, and newsletters. You can use the platform for free, but if you pay $15 a month, you’ll have access to more templates and stock content, and more advanced tools. 

Whatever you use Canva for, some tips will help you find more to explore. We’ll focus on the web interface, but you can find the same or similar features in the mobile and desktop apps too.

1. Switch the style up

In the toolbar pane on the left, click Design and then Styles to change up the look of your Canva creation: You’ll have a range of color schemes and font sets to pick from, organized into categories like Modern and Professional.

[Related: 5 ways to get started with Freeform, Apple’s app for creative thinkers]

Click on any style to apply it and see how it looks. All of the text and images you’ve put in place won’t change, but this feature is a quick and easy way to freshen up your layout without effort—especially if you’re stuck for inspiration.

2. Animate design elements

If whatever you’re working on is going to be viewed on a screen rather than in physical, printed form, you can take advantage of animations. Select any item or group of items in your design, and click Animate at the top to see your options. Pro subscribers will be able to do more, and get the ability to adjust the speed and direction of the animation.

Choose an animation style to see a preview.  When used well, adding animations to your presentation or website can really catch the eye, but be wary of overdoing them.

3. Leave comments for yourself (or others)

Comment feature on Canva
If you’re collaborating with other people, leaving comments on your Canva creation can let your team know about pending tasks and the need for revisions. Screenshot: Canva

Right-click on any element on the page, and choose  Comment to attach text to different parts of your design, together with emojis and stickers. It’s a handy way of leaving reminders or notes to yourself.

Canva’s commenting feature is also useful when you’re collaborating with other people or sharing your designs. Everyone with access to the file will be able to access the comments, and you can @ mention other users to get their attention—they’ll get a notification telling them you’ve assigned them a task or have a comment for them they cannot miss.

4. Get everything positioned correctly

Having misaligned design elements can really hurt the visual aesthetic of your Canva creation, but there are tools available to make sure that doesn’t happen. To begin with, you can right-click on any item and choose Align to page to set its location in relation to the digital canvas as a whole.

There’s also a Position button in the toolbar at the top: Click it to set an element’s place down to the exact pixel. If you have multiple items selected (Shift+Click to select one by one or drag over them all using the mouse) you’ll also be able to quickly position them in relation to each other.

5. Pick out a color from anywhere

Color options menu on Canva
The eyedropper tool on Canva lets you sample colors from any image or element in your computer screen. Sreenshot: Canva

Select an element in your canvas to pick a color for it—just click the color swatch on the left of the toolbar. You’ll have a wide range of colors to choose from, but if you click the multicolored button with a + (plus) sign on it, you’ll access the color picker tool—it’s the one with a little pipette icon on it.

Use this feature to choose a color from anywhere on the design—you’ll even get a little zoomed-in grid to help you be as precise as possible. In fact, you can pick up a color from anywhere on your computer screen, so you can sample colors from websites or images you’ve got open in other tabs or have saved to your local hard drive without importing them to Canva.

6. Copy styles over

If you’re really happy with a font size and color combo,  or the border and tint you gave to an image, Canva lets you automatically copy this style over to other elements too.

[Related: Best presentation software of 2023]

Click the item whose style you want to take, then click the copy style button on the toolbar at the top: It looks like a paint roller. Finish by selecting another item on the page, and Canva will apply the style to it.

7. Apply colors from an image

Sometimes the most difficult part of creating a design is figuring out a combination of colors to use. But to make things easier, Canva lets you use one of your images as a foundation to develop your own color palette.

Just right-click on an image, choose Apply colors to page, and the platform will apply the scheme of the photo to the other items in your design. It’s a really good way of making sure everything looks cohesive and fits together visually.

The post 7 tips to unleash your creativity on Canva appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to track your AirTags—and protect yourself when they’re not yours https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-detect-airtag/ Wed, 06 Sep 2023 13:19:50 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=568203
An AirTag, probably tracking lost keys.
You can find AirTags whether they belong to you or have been left by someone else. Apple

Track your stuff—and avoid being stalked.

The post How to track your AirTags—and protect yourself when they’re not yours appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An AirTag, probably tracking lost keys.
You can find AirTags whether they belong to you or have been left by someone else. Apple

Since Apple’s AirTags launched in 2021, they’ve allowed people to keep track of their bags, wallets, cameras, suitcases, and whatever else they can attach to. You can see their locations on a map on trusted phones, tablets, and laptops, and even get alerts when the button-shaped device goes out of range.

As useful as these gadgets are, there are also valid concerns about people using them for the unauthorized tracking of items and even other people. This is why Apple developed anti-stalking tech you can use to detect the close proximity of AirTags that don’t belong to you. 

The good news is that the software is also available to Android users, which means you can protect yourself even if you don’t own Apple hardware.

Tracking your own AirTags

Right now, you’ll only be able to set up a new AirTag using an iPhone or an iPad. Once you take the device out of the package, pull out the tab next to the battery to activate it. Your Apple phone or tablet should automatically notice it’s nearby: Tap on the Connect message that appears on screen to configure the AirTag.

[Related: How to track down your lost devices]

You can then follow your AirTags in the Find My app on iOS, iPadOS, and macOS. The options are the same no matter what device you’re using to track it: You can get your AirTag to make a sound, locate it if it’s nearby, and turn notifications on and off for when you leave it behind somewhere.

Find My app settings to track AirTag
You can have the AirTag emit a sound so you can find it more easily. Apple

There’s also a lost mode option that you can enable if a particular AirTag isn’t showing up on the map. This feature enlists the help of hundreds of millions of Apple devices owned by other people—in an encrypted, anonymous way, according to the company—to see if the tiny gadget and whatever it’s attached to can be found. 

If someone should come close enough to your AirTag to identify it, you’ll both get an alert. On your end, you’ll get a notification saying your AirTag has been found, and its location will be updated in the Find My app. Whoever found your gadget will get a notification with your contact information (phone number and email) and a brief message, if you added one.

How to detect if an AirTag is tracking you

You don’t have to look far to find reports of AirTags being used to keep tabs on people without permission—despite this being a criminal offense. To counter this, Apple has introduced a variety of anti-stalking measures.

Unless you’ve changed certain device settings, an iPhone or iPad will alert you by default if an AirTag you don’t own is moving with you over time. To make sure these options are enabled, go to Settings and head to Privacy & Security and Location Services: Location Services should be on, and under System Services, Find My iPhone and Significant Locations should be on. You also need to make sure you’re not in airplane mode and Bluetooth is on. Finally, head to the Find My app, open the Me tab, and make sure Tracking Notifications are turned on.

Notification from Find My app showing a strange AirTag nearby
If an unknown AirTag is traveling with you, you’ll get an alert no matter if you have an iPhone or an Android phone. Apple

 If an unknown AirTag is tracking you, you’ll see an alert to this effect on your device, and you’ll be able to check a trail of red dots on the Find My app that shows how far the gadget has moved with you.

The next step finding out where the AirTag is. You can tap Play Sound in the Find My app to have the tracker emit a noise, which might help you figure out its location. If you have an iPhone 11 or newer, your device is equipped with ultra-wideband (UWB) tech, so you can also tap Find Nearby to get detailed directions to where the AirTag is.

[Related: How to find a lost phone]

Google has built a similar anti-stalking feature into Android. From Settings, choose Safety and emergency, and then Unknown tracker alerts. You can enable or disable automatic scanning, as well as run a manual scan to see if an unknown AirTag has been traveling along with you. As with iPhones, you’ll be able to have the tracker make a sound or see how long it’s been with you on a map.

Find my app tracking an AirTag
Apple uses its network of iPhones to notify an AirTag’s rightful owner if you happen to find the gadget. Apple

Additionally, an AirTag that’s been separated from its owner and on the move will occasionally emit a sound on its own. Hold any NFC-enabled device (this includes most modern phones) up to the AirTag to see details about it. The information on screen will show you contact information for the AirTag (if the owner has provided it) and put the tracker in lost mode. You’ll also see instructions for disabling the AirTag, which basically entails removing its battery. 

It’s up to you whether you report the missing AirTag and reunite it with its owner, or disable it completely. If it’s attached to someone else’s bag, chances are it’s genuinely been lost and needs to be returned, whereas if it’s been dropped into your own bag it’s much more likely someone is trying to keep tabs on your location without your knowledge. Whatever you choose to do, make staying safe your number one priority.

The post How to track your AirTags—and protect yourself when they’re not yours appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to transfer your WhatsApp stickers to Signal and Telegram https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/export-whatsapp-stickers-to-telegram/ Fri, 12 Mar 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/export-whatsapp-stickers-to-telegram/
Android phone on marble table.
Save those precious reaction stickers. All of them. Charles Deluvio / Unsplash

All your memes and GIFs can go with you to a new messaging app.

The post How to transfer your WhatsApp stickers to Signal and Telegram appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Android phone on marble table.
Save those precious reaction stickers. All of them. Charles Deluvio / Unsplash

You thought convincing your friends to swap WhatsApp for Telegram or Signal would be the hardest thing about switching messaging apps. But then you realized you’d lose your precious sticker collection.

Only you don’t have to. Whether you walk on the iOS or Android side of the street, you can move all of your stickers from WhatsApp to Telegram or Signal. It’s slightly unintuitive, and will probably take a while if you have an iPhone, but at least you won’t have to throw years of sticker-collecting out the proverbial window. And then you can go ahead and delete WhatsApp without looking back.

How to export WhatsApp stickers to Telegram 

On an Android phone

1. From the Files app, scroll down to Internal storage and follow this path: Android > Media > com.whatsapp > WhatsApp > Media > WhatsApp Stickers. Don’t be surprised if you find a large number of WebP files in that folder—it holds your personal collection of stickers and every single one you’ve ever received. Even the bad ones.

  • Note: We tried this path on a Pixel 7 Pro, but there’s a lot of variation among Android phones, so the steps on your device might be slightly different depending on its manufacturer. 
Android settings showing how to find WhatsApp stickers.
The path to find your WhatsApp stickers sounds long and complicated, but getting to the right files won’t be as hard as selecting your favorite stickers. Screenshot: Android

2. Select the stickers you want to export. If you want to trim the fat and grab only the best of the best, long-press one file to activate selection mode and tap on the rest of the files you want to export. If you think you can leave nothing behind, tap the three dots in the top right corner of your screen to Select all

3. Once you’re done, hit the three dots again, tap Move to, and select an easily accessible folder on your phone—we moved our stickers to the Downloads folder.

  • Note: If you have a large number of stickers, it might be easier to move them to your laptop and import them to Telegram using the platform’s desktop client. To do that, you can use Android’s Nearby feature or transfer the files to your computer using a USB cable. You can also back up your stickers to a cloud service (like iCloud or Google Drive) that you can easily access through a web browser. Just remember that you’ll have to download them to a local folder on your computer before uploading them to Telegram. 
Menu showing how to move WhatsApp stickers to a new folder.
Moving your WhatsApp stickers to a more accessible folder will make the transferring process so much easier. Screenshot: Android

[Related: Make a Memoji that actually looks like you]

4. To import your stickers into Telegram, you’ll be using the app’s official sticker bot. On the app, use the search feature (the magnifying glass in the upper right corner of the screen) to summon it. 

Android search results showing Telegram's Sticker bot
You used to be able to share your WhatsApp stickers directly with your Telegram chats, but now you must use the latter’s sticker bot. Screenshot: Telegram

5. Type /newpack into the message field and follow the instructions.

6. Upload your stickers as files. Tap the paper clip icon on the right of the message field and choose File. Use your device’s file explorer to get to the folder where you saved your stickers and send them to the bot—you can do this one by one or in bulk.  

7.  The sticker bot will ask you for one or two emojis that best describe your sticker. This will help it know what the sticker is about so it can recommend it when you’re messaging your friends. 

  • Note: If you upload multiple stickers, you’ll only have to provide an emoji for the first one. This is less of a hassle, but it’ll hinder Telegram’s ability to provide accurate sticker recommendations in the future.  
Telegram's sticker bot.
Using Telegram’s Sticker bot is easy—just follow the instructions. Screenshot: Telegram

8. When you’re done, type /publish. Telegram’s sticker bot will ask you to give a unique short name to your pack, which will serve to create a URL you can share with your contacts so they can also use your stickers. 

9. Tap the URL and on the next screen finish by hitting Add stickers. They will be easily accessible every time you tap the sticker icon to the left of the message field.  

Telegram's sticker bot settings.
To finish, install your new sticker pack and you’ll be all set. Screenshot: Telegram

On an iPhone

You can’t transfer WhatsApp stickers anywhere using an iPhone, but you can use WhatsApp’s web platform and Telegram’s sticker bot to transfer stickers from your computer. It’s easy, but might take a while.

1. Open WhatsApp web in your browser and find a sticker you like in a chat. Right-click on it and choose Save image as to store the sticker as a WebP file. Repeat this step to save as many stickers as you want.

  • Note: You won’t get the option to save the image on WhatsApp’s desktop client, so make sure you use the web interface on your browser. 

[Related: Emojis and reaction GIFs make Slack better. Here’s how to create them.]

2. Open Telegram in your browser and use the search feature in the left corner of your screen to summon the app’s official sticker bot.

3. Type /newpack into the message field and follow the instructions.

Telegram's Sticker bot.
To start a new sticker pack with Telegram’s Sticker bot, just type, well, /newpack. Screenshot: Telegram

4. Upload your stickers as files. Tap the paper clip icon on the right of the message field and choose File. Use your device’s file explorer to get to the folder where you saved your stickers and send them to the bot—you can do this one by one or in bulk.  

5. The sticker bot will ask you for one or two emojis that best describe your sticker. This will help it know what it’s about so that it can then recommend it to you when you’re messaging your friends. 

  • Note: If you upload multiple stickers, you’ll only have to provide an emoji for the first one. This is less of a hassle, but it’ll hinder Telegram’s ability to provide accurate sticker recommendations in the future.  

6. When you’re done, type /publish. Telegram’s sticker bot will ask you to give a unique short name to your pack, which will serve to create a URL you can share with your contacts so they can also use your stickers.

Telegram's sticker bot asking a user to add an emoji to their exported WhatsApp sticker.
Associating an emoji to each sticker will help Telegram suggest them to you in the future. Screenshot: Telegram

7. Tap the URL, and finish on the next screen by hitting Add stickers. They will be easily accessible every time you tap the sticker icon to the left of the message field.  

How to export WhatsApp stickers to Signal 

Good news: Transferring WhatsApp stickers to Signal is a lot easier than moving them to Telegram. The key is using Signal’s desktop app. 

First, export your WhatsApp stickers as WebP files. How you do this will depend on your phone’s operating system. Click to skip directly to the steps for iPhone, or continue for the Android how-to:

On an Android phone

1. From the Files app, scroll down to Internal storage and follow this path: Android > Media > com.whatsapp > WhatsApp > Media > WhatsApp Stickers. There you’ll find WebP files with your personal collection of stickers and every single one you’ve ever received. Even the bad ones.

  • Note: We tried this path on a Pixel 7 Pro, but there’s a lot of variation among Android phones, so the steps on your device might be slightly different depending on its manufacturer. 
Android settings showing how to find WhatsApp stickers.
The path to find your WhatsApp stickers sounds long and complicated, but getting to the right files won’t be as hard as selecting your favorite stickers. Screenshot: Android

2. Select the stickers you want to export. If you want to trim the fat and grab only the best of the best, long-press one file to activate selection mode and tap on the rest of the files you want to export. If you think you can leave nothing behind, tap the three dots in the top right corner of your screen to Select all

3. Once you’re done, you’ll need to transfer the files to your computer. You have three options:

Android menu showing how to share WhatsApp stickers
If you have it set up already, sending your WhatsApp stickers using Nearby Share is the easiest option if you have a large number of stickers. Screenshot: Android
  • Use Nearby share: Hit the Nearby icon to the left of the trash can. It looks like two lines intertwined. If you need help, follow our step-by-step guide on how to use Nearby Share on your PC.
  • Transfer files via USB: You can connect your Android phone to a computer with a USB cable. Whether you own a Mac or a PC, we have a guide with specific instructions you can follow. The path to find your stickers is the same as in Step 1 above.  
  • Back up to the cloud: Back up your stickers to a cloud service, like iCloud or Google Drive, that you can later access through a web browser. Then download the stickers to a local folder.

4. Continue below with uploading your stickers to Signal.

On an iPhone

1. Open WhatsApp web in your browser and find a sticker you like in a chat. Right-click on it and choose Save image as to store the sticker as a WebP file. Repeat this step to save as many stickers as you want.

  • Note: You won’t get the option to save the image on WhatsApp’s desktop client, so make sure you use the web interface on your browser.

2. Continue below.

Upload your stickers to Signal

Once your stickers are saved to your computer, you can upload them to Signal. 

1. Open the Signal desktop app, go to File, and click Create/upload sticker pack.  

Signal menu showing how to create a new sticker pack.
If you chose to move to Signal instead of Telegram, moving your stickers will be exponentially easier. Screenshot: Signal

2. Click the plus sign to open your computer’s file explorer or drag and drop your stickers. The app will show you thumbnails of what you’ve uploaded—click the X in the upper right corner of each sticker to remove it, or click the plus sign at the end of the selection to add more. Finish by hitting Next

Signal's sticker pack creator on desktop interface.
Drag your WhatsApp stickers to Signal’s desktop app to upload them. Screenshot: Signal

3. Click the emoji icon in the upper right corner of each thumbnail to associate an emoji with your sticker. Signal will use this as a hint to know what your sticker is and recommend it to you when you’re messaging your friends. Click Next when you’re done. 

Signal's sticker pack creator tool.
Adding emojis to stickers helps the platform suggest you relevant stickers when you type. And yes, that’s me holding a raw turkey, and that’s Spanish music legend Julio Iglesias. If you know, you know. Screenshot: Signal

4. Give your sticker pack a title, an author name, and a cover image. This will help identify your stickers if you want to share them later. 

Naming sticker pack on Signal's sticker creator.
If you decide to share your sticker pack, giving it your signature and title will help identify it. Screenshot: Signal

5. Hit Next and confirm your choice in the next dialogue box by clicking Upload. Your stickers will automatically upload to Signal and you’ll be able to immediately use them in a chat. 

Signal's sticker menu.
As soon as you’re done uploading your stickers, they will be available on your Signal chats—both on the web and mobile app. Screenshot: Signal

To manage your sticker packs, go to Signal on mobile or the web, open any chat, click or tap the sticker icon, and then hit the plus sign. You should see your sticker icons under Installed, and you’ll be able to remove them by clicking Uninstall on desktop and web, or the X on mobile.  

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2021.

The post How to transfer your WhatsApp stickers to Signal and Telegram appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to cancel Apple TV+ because you probably have too many streaming services https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-cancel-apple-tv/ Tue, 05 Sep 2023 00:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=566905
A person holding an iPad with Apple TV+ on the screen.
Cancelling your Apple TV+ subscription is easy to do from the app. Depositphotos

Say goodbye to 'Ted Lasso' and save some money.

The post How to cancel Apple TV+ because you probably have too many streaming services appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding an iPad with Apple TV+ on the screen.
Cancelling your Apple TV+ subscription is easy to do from the app. Depositphotos

The average American subscribes to four streaming services. Maybe you’re starting to feel overwhelmed by all of those options. What about that free trial Apple TV subscription you signed up for to binge-watch Hijack but forgot to cancel before the fee hit? You’re not alone—many people fall into the same trap and end up paying for services they no longer use or need. If you’re looking to cut down on streaming fees and want to kick one to the curb, canceling Apple TV+ is simple (thankfully).

What’s the difference between Apple TV and Apple TV+?

Apple offers two different services for streaming content. Apple TV is a media player device that lets you stream content from various sources onto your large-screen TV. You don’t need a subscription for it. Apple TV+, meanwhile, is a subscription-based streaming service that provides Apple-produced original content, professional sports, and a back catalog of films and TV shows. The streaming service is available via an app on your phone, iPad, computer, and smart TV. So if you’re wondering, “How do I cancel Apple TV?” make sure not to confuse the subscription service with the device itself. 

How to cancel Apple TV+

Apple TV media player on a wood table.
Canceling an Apple TV+ subscription via the Apple TV media player is a simple process. Unsplash / Nicolas J. Leclercq

You can easily cancel Apple TV+ with just a few clicks. If you want to get rid of your Apple TV player and remote as well, donate them, resell them, or take them to a collection point for e-waste recycling.

There are four different ways to get rid of Apple’s streaming service—choose the one that works best for you:

Cancel Apple TV+ from your Apple TV media player

1. Open Settings on the Apple TV.

2. Go to Users and Accounts > [account name] Subscriptions, and select a subscription.

3. Follow the on-screen instructions to change or cancel your subscription.

How to cancel Apple TV+ from an internet browser

1. Open a web browser. Go to tv.apple.com and click the blue Sign In button.

The Apple TV+ app in a web browser.
If you’re not signed in, you’ll need to do that first. Screenshot: Apple

2. Enter your Apple ID and password.

The Apple TV+ sign-in screen in a browser.
You know your Apple ID, right? Screenshot: Apple

3. Navigate to the Settings in the upper right corner of the screen.

The Apple TV+ app in a browser, showing where the account settings are located in the upper right corner.
Your subscription options are inside the app’s settings. Screenshot: Apple

4. In the Subscriptions section, click Manage.

The Apple TV+ app in a browser, showing where to manage your subscription.
You can manage your subscription by changing it or canceling Apple TV+ entirely. Screenshot: Apple

5. Find the Apple TV+ subscription and select Cancel Subscription.

The Apple TV+ app in a browser, showing how to cancel your Apple TV+ subscription.
This action will start the cancelation process. Screenshot: Apple

6. Click Cancel Subscription on the next menu to confirm.

The Apple TV+ app in a browser, showing the confirmation that you want to cancel Apple TV+.
Yes, you do really want to cancel. Confirming will set it in stone. Screenshot: Apple

How to cancel Apple TV+ on an iPhone, iPad, or iPod Touch 

1. Open the Settings app on your device, then tap on your Apple ID at the top of the screen. 

The iPhone settings app, showing where to find your Apple ID.
If you’re already logged in on your device, that’s one less thing you’ll have to do. Screenshot: Apple

2. Select Media & Purchases, then View Account.

The iOS settings app showing Media & Purchases.
In Media & Purchases, you can see a list of all your active subscriptions. Screenshot: Apple

3. Find the Subscriptions field and tap on it. 

The iOS settings app, with Subscriptions highlighted.
This option will show you a list of all current subscriptions linked to your Apple ID. Screenshot: Apple

4. Select Apple TV+ to access the streaming service’s subscription information.

The iOS Settings app, showing the Apple TV+ subscription.
You’re almost there… Screenshot: Apple

5. Tap the red Cancel Subscription button.

The iOS settings app, showing where to cancel Apple TV+.
Red is a warning, but you want to cancel Apple TV+, right? Screenshot: Apple

6. Confirm the cancelation.

The iOS Settings app showing where to confirm cancelation of Apple TV+.
You’re free! Until you decide to subscribe again. Screenshot: Apple

How to cancel your Apple TV+ subscription in the app

1. Open the Apple TV+ app and click on your profile in the upper right corner.

The Apple TV+ app on an iPhone, showing where your profile is.
This is how the app looks on an iPhone, but the profile location should be similar no matter your device. Screenshot: Apple

2. Tap on your Apple ID.

The Apple TV+ app on an iPhone, showing where your Apple ID is located.
No surprise: You’ll need your Apple ID. Screenshot: Apple

3. Take a peek above at the steps for canceling your Apple TV+ subscription from an iOS or iPadOS device and proceed from Step 3 to finish the job.

FAQs

Q. Can I cancel Apple TV+ before the free trial ends?

Yes, you can cancel your Apple TV+ subscription before the free trial ends. By doing so, you will not be charged for any subscription fees once the trial period is over. However, you’ll no longer have access to the content your Apple TV+ subscription offers.

Q. Do I need to cancel Apple TV+ if I get an Apple One?

No, you do not need to cancel your Apple TV+ subscription if you get an Apple One subscription. Apple One includes Apple TV+ as one of its services, so your Apple TV+ subscription will be automatically included in your Apple One bundle.

Q. Can I cancel Apple TV+ at any time?

Yes, you can cancel your Apple TV subscription at any time. There are no specific restrictions or limitations on when you can cancel.

Q. Why can’t I cancel a subscription on my iPhone?

You may not be unable to cancel a subscription on your iPhone if you are not signed in with the Apple ID used to purchase the subscription. Make sure you are using the correct Apple ID, and try again. If you continue to experience difficulties, contact Apple Support for assistance.

Q. How can I find all my Apple subscriptions?

To find all your Apple subscriptions:
1. Go to the Settings app on your iPhone and tap on your name at the top.
2. Select Subscriptions, and you will see a list of all the subscriptions associated with your Apple ID.
3. If you have multiple Apple IDs, check under each one to find all your subscriptions.

Q. Will I lose my purchased movies if I cancel Apple TV+?

You will not lose your purchased movies if you cancel Apple TV+. Your purchased movies are tied to your Apple ID and can be accessed through the Purchased section of the iTunes or Apple TV app. Even if you cancel your subscription, you will still have access to the movies you have purchased.

Q. If I change my mind about cancelling Apple TV+, can I reactivate it?

If you change your mind about cancelling Apple TV+, you can reactivate it. Sign back into your Apple ID and resubscribe to Apple TV+. Your previous settings and preferences will be saved.

The post How to cancel Apple TV+ because you probably have too many streaming services appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to find the WiFi password on an iPhone in a few simple steps https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-find-wifi-password-on-iphone/ Mon, 04 Sep 2023 10:22:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=566996
A person taking a new iPhone out of a box on a wooden table.
Finding the WiFi password on an iPhone is easy, but it's a little harder on older versions of iOS. Depositphotos

You can find almost any WiFi password if you know where to look.

The post How to find the WiFi password on an iPhone in a few simple steps appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person taking a new iPhone out of a box on a wooden table.
Finding the WiFi password on an iPhone is easy, but it's a little harder on older versions of iOS. Depositphotos

Knowing how to find WiFi passwords on your iPhone can be a lifesaver. Sure, your phone usually saves the passwords for all the networks you use, allowing you to move seamlessly from WiFi to cell data to WiFi as you go about your daily routine. While this eliminates the need to memorize passwords, there are times when you may need to know what a password actually is.

Perhaps your iPhone won’t connect to WiFi and you need to reenter the password. Maybe you want to add another device to a network or share the WiFi password with a friend or colleague. If you don’t know how to find your saved network passwords, you could be left stranded offline. Thankfully, there are several methods you can use to track down that elusive login information and get online.

Start by finding your iOS version

How easy or hard it is to find WiFi passwords on your iPhone depends on the iOS version you’re using. To find that information, open your iPhone’s Settings app, then tap General > About and look for iOS version. If you’re running iOS 16 or later, you can see WiFi passwords for the network you’re currently connected to, as well as any network you’ve connected to in the past.

Related: 24 hidden iPhone settings that feel like secrets

If you’re using an earlier version of iOS, finding those network passwords will take a bit more work. First, you’ll have to access the WiFi network’s router settings to view the password, which means you’ll need to have the router’s administrative username and password. And since you have to be connected to the network to access the router, you also won’t be able to use an iPhone with an older version of iOS to access passwords for any previously connected networks.

How to use an iPhone to find the WiFi password for a connected network

1. If you have an iPhone with iOS 16 or later, begin by opening the Settings app, then tapping Wi-Fi.

The iOS Settings app, showing where to find the Wi-Fi option.
You can find the password for the WiFi network you’re connected to in the iPhone’s Settings app. Screenshot: Apple

2. The network your phone is connected to will be located under the Wi-Fi switch and have a blue checkmark to its left. Tap the information icon (an “i” in a circle) to the right of the network name.

The iOS WiFi settings screen, showing where to find the button to see the WiFi password.
You may also be able to tap the name of the network itself. Screenshot: Apple

3. Touch the Password field and enter your passcode or use facial recognition to reveal the WiFi password.

The iOS WiFi settings page showing where to find the WiFi password for a connected network.
You still have to prove you’re worthy (by entering your phone’s passcode). Screenshot: Apple

4. If you want to share your WiFi password with someone else, tap Copy, then paste it into a message.

How to find saved WiFi passwords for previous networks

1. Open the Settings app and tap Wi-Fi.

2. Touch the Edit button in the upper right-hand corner of your screen. Enter your passcode or use facial recognition to proceed. 

The iOS Settings app showing where to access previously used WiFi networks.
You’ll find previously used networks here, but there’s one more step before you can see any passwords. Screenshot: Apple

3. Once in the Edit menu, you’ll see a complete list of WiFi networks you’ve used in the past. Tap the information icon (“i” button) for any of these networks, then click on the Password field to view the password. Touch Copy if you want to paste the password into a message.

How to find a WiFi password using router settings

If you have an older iPhone, you won’t be able to access the WiFi password directly from the phone itself. You’ll need to get into the router settings, which means you’ll need to be connected to the network and know the router’s username and password.

1. Open the Settings app on your iPhone, then touch Wi-Fi

2. Hit the information icon (“i” button) next to the network you want to find the password for.

3. Scroll down until you see the router’s IP address.

The iOS WiFi settings, showing where to find a router's IP address.
With a router’s IP address, you can use a browser to find the WiFi password. Screenshot: Apple

4. Press and hold your finger on the IP address to copy it. 

5. Open a browser and copy the IP address into the address bar. 

6. Enter the router’s administrative username and password to access the router’s settings, including the network password. 

7. Navigate to the network’s access settings to find the WiFi password. Exactly where these settings are located will vary depending on the type and brand of router you have. 

[Related: Stay connected remotely with the best mobile hotspots and the best hotspot plans.]

FAQs

Q: How do I share my iPhone WiFi password with another device?

To share your WiFi password with another device, start by turning on WiFi and Bluetooth on both devices. Make sure that the user you want to share the password with has the email address you use for your Apple ID in their Contacts. Next, make sure the device you’re sharing from is connected to the WiFi network. With the other person’s device, click on the network they want to connect to. A prompt should open on your device giving you the option to share the WiFi password. Tap Share Password.

Q: Can you share WiFi passwords between Android and iPhone?

It is possible to share WiFi passwords between Android and iPhone devices. Start by enabling WiFi and Bluetooth on both devices. Hold the two devices close together, then go to the WiFi settings menu on the Android device and tap the network you want to connect to. A message should appear on the iPhone letting you know that someone is trying to connect to the WiFi network. Tap Share Password to grant the Android device access to the network.

Q: Why is my iPhone not saving passwords?

If your iPhone is constantly asking you to re-enter passwords every time you want to connect to a WiFi network, then it probably means your Auto Join setting for that particular network is turned off. Fortunately, this is an easy fix. Open the Settings app on your iPhone, then tap WiFi. Select the network you’re having problems with and enable the Auto-Join option. If that doesn’t fix the problem, try resetting that connection. After selecting the network from the WiFi menu, tap Forget This Network then reconnect to it by manually entering the password.  

The post How to find the WiFi password on an iPhone in a few simple steps appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to delete Snapchat and say goodbye to the ghost https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-delete-snapchat/ Mon, 04 Sep 2023 00:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=566399
A person holding a cell phone with the Snapchat app open on it.
If you deactivate Snapchat, you can recover it within 30 days, but deletion is permanent. Pexels / Sanket Mishra

Ready to ghost the ghost? Deleting Snapchat is easy but takes a month to complete.

The post How to delete Snapchat and say goodbye to the ghost appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding a cell phone with the Snapchat app open on it.
If you deactivate Snapchat, you can recover it within 30 days, but deletion is permanent. Pexels / Sanket Mishra

Whether you tried the app and didn’t like it or straight up forgot you ever installed it, deleting your Snapchat account is a smart idea if you’re not using it anymore. Although the platform claims not to store any of your messages, its privacy policy states that it stores your personal data and holds onto videos, photos, and messages for 30 days. Even so, you should consider deleting the account to ensure your data is truly gone.

Ready to break up with the white ghost and make more room for your TikToks? We have all the information you’ll need to delete Snapchat and leave it behind forever.

First, download your Snapchat data

Before you delete social media accounts, you should grab all the information you don’t have stored elsewhere. To download and back up your Snapchat data, you must have a validated email address where your files can be sent. If you’d rather not save anything, you can skip right to our steps on how to delete Snapchat.

How to download Snapchat data on Android and iOS

If you want to download Snapchat data directly from the app onto your phone, follow these steps:

1. Open the app and click on your Snapchat profile Bitmoji in the upper left corner of your screen.

A mobile phone with a Bitmoji in the upper left corner.
To access Snapchat profile settings, click on your Bitmoji. Screenshot: Snapchat

2. Go to Settings by tapping the gear icon in the upper right corner of your screen.

Snapchat's profile settings.
Click on the gear icon to access profile settings. Screenshot: Snapchat

3. Scroll down to Privacy Controls and tap My Data.

Snapchat's profile settings.
Click on “My Data” to see what’s available for download. Screenshot: Snapchat

4. Snapchat will give you an overview of the data it can send you. Select or deselect the data you want, and click Next in the bottom-right corner of the screen.

Snapchat's download settings.
Maybe you want just your chats; maybe you want everything. Screenshot: Snapchat

5. Enter a date range for the data you wish to download, then add your email address. Select Submit at the bottom right corner of the screen.

The date range options for downloading Snapchat data.
The date range function can help you leave some posts in the past. Screenshot: Snapchat

6. Snapchat will send you an email with a link to download a ZIP file of your data. Open the email and click the hyperlink under “click here.”

An email sent by Snapchat describing how to download your Snapchat data before deleting your Snapchat account.
As long as you’re expecting this email, click the link. Screenshot: Snapchat

7. You will then need to log into your Snapchat account via a mobile web browser.

8. Once logged in, click See exports.

Snapchat's data download screen.
You’re almost done with the download and backup process. Screenshot: Snapchat

9. Click Download to save the ZIP file that holds your Snapchat data. All of it will be stored on your mobile device. If you don’t have enough space, open the email on a laptop or desktop computer and save it there.

Snapchat's data screen showing where to download saved data.
One click will get the job done. Screenshot: Snapchat

Download your Snapchat data from the web

If you want to download Snapchat data directly from the web onto your computer, follow these steps:

1. Go to accounts.snapchat.com in your web browser and log in with your personal account. Click on My Data.

Snapchat's profile screen in a web browser.
Hopefully you remember your login information! Screenshot: Snapchat

2. Click on See exports. Similar to the app, you will see the data that’s available for export. Then Download. You should be able to immediately download your ZIP file to your desktop.

Snapchat's data screen on a web browser, showing where to download your data.
Get ready… Screenshot: Snapchat

How to delete Snapchat or just deactivate it

Now that your data is backed up and secure, it’s time to delete Snapchat. However, it’s important to note that when you delete your account, it will initially just be deactivated, and you can log back in within 30 days to reactivate it. If you don’t log back into your account after 30 days, your Snapchat account will be gone forever.

How to delete or deactivate Snapchat from the Android or iPhone app

1. Launch the Snapchat app on your mobile device. Tap your Snapchat profile icon at the top of the screen to open your profile and go to Settings.

Snapchat's login screen on the mobile app.
Get started with the gear icon. Screenshot: Snapchat

2. Scroll down, and under the Account Actions section, tap Delete Account.

Snapchat's profile settings, showing where to find the button to delete your Snapchat account.
There’s the option you need. Screenshot: Snapchat

3. Enter your username and password, and tap Continue. The next screen will let you know your Snapchat account is in the deactivation period.

Snapchat's deactivation screen, with information about what it means to delete your Snapchat account.
They really don’t want you to leave. Screenshot: Snapchat

4. Return to the login screen, enter the username and password associated with your Snapchat account again, and tap Continue. An “Account Deactivated” screen will remind you that your Snapchat account is in the 30-day deactivation period, and Snapchat will delete your account if you don’t log back in within 30 days. For added phone security, check in after 30 days to ensure the account has actually been deleted.

Snapchat's deactivation screen, which you'll see even if you've deleted your account.
Don’t worry, you deleted your Snapchat account—deactivation is just part of the process. Screenshot: Snapchat

How to delete or deactivate your Snapchat account from the web

1. Go to accounts.snapchat.com in your web browser and log in with your personal account. Select the gear icon and go to Account Settings.

Snapchat's online profile screen, showing where to find Account Settings.
Now, let’s get started deleting your account. Screenshot: Snapchat

2. Select Delete my account.

Snapchat's web profile screen, showing where to find the option to delete your Snapchat account.
Deletion is as easy as that. Screenshot: Snapchat

3. You will get a warning message about the 30-day deletion window, and Snapchat will delete your account if you don’t log back in during that time. Just make sure to check in after 30 days to ensure the account is actually gone.

Snapchat's delete account screen.
In 30 days, you’ll have given up the ghost. Screenshot: Snapchat

FAQs

Q: How do I remove the date and time from a Snapchat photo?

To remove the date and time from a photo, you can use photo editing software or apps that offer features like cropping, blurring, or covering up the date and time stamp. These tools allow you to easily edit the photo and remove unwanted elements, such as the date and time.

Q: Can you permanently delete all Snapchat messages?

It is possible to permanently delete all Snapchat messages. Snapchat offers a feature called “Clear Chats,” which allows users to delete entire conversations from their accounts. Additionally, once a message is deleted, it cannot be recovered by either the sender or the recipient. However, it’s important to note that this only applies to messages sent between you and the other person, not screenshots or saved messages they may have taken.

Q: How do I reactivate Snapchat?

To reactivate Snapchat within the 30-day deactivation period, open the app on your device and enter your login credentials. If you have forgotten your password, you can easily reset it by clicking the “Forgot Password” option and following the prompts. Once logged in, you can access all your previous chats, stories, and friends list.

The post How to delete Snapchat and say goodbye to the ghost appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
10 Google Chrome flags you need to turn on right now https://www.popsci.com/technology/hidden-chrome-settings/ Thu, 11 Nov 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=408499
Person working on laptop computer, possibly enabling Chrome flags.
Enabling Chrome flags makes your Google browser work harder for you. Luke Southern / Unsplash

Use these hidden settings to tweak and customize your browser.

The post 10 Google Chrome flags you need to turn on right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person working on laptop computer, possibly enabling Chrome flags.
Enabling Chrome flags makes your Google browser work harder for you. Luke Southern / Unsplash

There are two settings panels in Google Chrome for desktop: One appears when you choose Settings from the application menu, and one pops up when you type chrome://flags into the address bar and hit Enter.

These Chrome flags are more experimental settings aimed at power users, but anyone can use of them. They let you control the appearance of the browser, tweak performance, speed up downloading, and plenty more.

To find the ones you’re interested in, use the search box at the top of the flags list, and enable or disable them using the drop-down menus on the right-hand side. Here, we have some suggestions. 

1. Force dark mode

When it comes to dark mode, Google Chrome will follow the lead of the operating system you’re running it on by default: If Windows or macOS is set in its dark mode configuration, then Chrome will adapt accordingly.

If you’d rather use Chrome in dark mode all the time, find the #enable-force-dark flag and set it to Enabled. Every site you visit from then on will get the message to show its contents in dark mode, no matter what the rest of your software is doing.

2. See quick previews of open tabs

Enable the #tab-hover-card-images flag in the list and navigating between large numbers of tabs will suddenly become much easier. 

As you hover the cursor over the tab, you’ll not only see the title of the webpage contained within it, but you’ll also see a pop-up thumbnail of the content it’s showing as well.

3. Keep more web pages in the cache

Locate the #back-forward-cache flag, set it to Enabled, and Chrome will keep more pages cached locally on your computer as you make use of the forward and backward buttons in the browser. 

This improves browsing speed on slower or less stable internet connections (if you’re going forward and backward a lot, at least) because pages won’t have to be loaded from the web each time.

4. Speed up downloads

Parallel downloading is where an application requests a download several times, which should speed up transfer times in a lot of cases. If you don’t mind the extra bandwidth this can take up, you can switch on the feature by finding the #enable-parallel-downloading flag and switching it to Enabled.

5. Browse faster

Any type of snag or delay can ruin your browsing experience, which is why you should turn on the #enable-quic flag. This setting activates Google’s QUIC protocol whenever you go to a website that supports it, which can result in speedier navigation. 

[Related: Explore the internet faster with these browser keyboard shortcuts]

A warning, though—QUIC protocol is an experimental tool, so you may stumble upon a well-known but not serious error when enabling this flag. If that happens to you, disabling it should easily return Chrome to normal. 

6. Fill out forms faster

To save you time when filling out forms and making payments on the web, Chrome will keep information such as addresses and credit card details stored for you if you want. By default, it will suggest details as you move through a form, giving you the option to select suggestions as you go.

But if you switch the #how-autofill-type-predictions flag to Enabled, then these suggestions will automatically be put in for you, no typing required. Assuming Chrome identifies the form fields correctly, it should save you time.

7. Get more privacy with incognito mode

Google Chrome’s incognito mode allows you to surf the web at your leisure without leaving any trace in the cache, history, and other browsing information. But when you’re playing a piece of audio or video, your device’s media player gets involved, and it might disclose the content you are consuming to others via your gadget’s lock screen, for example. 

To keep your operating system out of the equation, enable the #hide-incognito-media-metadata flag and ensure your incognito session is actually as private as it can be. 

8. Enable live captions on Chrome

There are several apps out there with their own live caption capabilities, but for everything else you play on Chrome, you can use the ​​#enable-accessibility-live-caption flag. This setting will generate captions for media playing on Google’s browser, even if the website you’re visiting doesn’t support them. 

This feature is only available in the desktop version of Google Chrome, which means you cannot use it on your mobile device. Luckily, if you have an Android phone, you won’t have to worry about that because these gadgets have a built-in live caption feature you can use.

9. Optimize Chrome for touchscreens  

Some laptop models include touchscreens, turning these devices into computer-tablet hybrids. Unfortunately, not all desktop programs and apps, including Google Chrome, are optimized to work on touchscreens. 

[Restore: How to clean a computer screen without destroying it]

This is where the #top-chrome-touch-ui can help. The setting bridges the gap between your shiny new touchscreen laptop and the desktop version of Chrome, making scrolling and navigating more fluid. 

10. Restore old flags—temporarily 

As we mentioned at the beginning of this story, Google Chrome flags are experimental. This doesn’t just mean that they might glitch, but also that they come and go: Some become part of the browser’s built-in features, while others disappear into oblivion. 

Currently, Chrome allows you to turn back the clock when you turn on the #temporary-unexpire-flags-m114 and the #temporary-unexpire-flags-m115 flags. As you can see by their names, enabling either or both of these flags will temporarily bring back settings that might have been discarded in the browser’s two latest updates, like reader mode. 

Google hasn’t been upfront about what “temporary” means exactly, but when you miss a feature, any extra time you can have with it is a gift. 

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2021.

The post 10 Google Chrome flags you need to turn on right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to take a screenshot on any device (we know you want to) https://www.popsci.com/take-screenshot-on-any-device/ Mon, 23 Aug 2021 18:57:34 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/take-screenshot-on-any-device/
A hand holding an Android phone and taking a screenshot while outdoors in a park.
No photos—only screenshots. Mika Baumeister / Unsplash

There are multiple ways to grab whatever's on the screen of your Windows, Mac, Android, or iOS device.

The post How to take a screenshot on any device (we know you want to) appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A hand holding an Android phone and taking a screenshot while outdoors in a park.
No photos—only screenshots. Mika Baumeister / Unsplash

There are lots of reasons why you might want to learn how to take a screenshot on your computer or phone: proving you finally completed that video game, recording a website layout for safekeeping, or even making a custom wallpaper image from your favorite movie for your desktop. 

Whatever the reason, here’s how to get it done on all the major platforms, whether it’s Windows, macOS, Android, or iOS.

How to take a screenshot on Windows

The Windows Snipping Tool taking a screenshot of a web article.
Ah, the old Windows Snipping Tool. Microsoft replaced it with Snip & Sketch on Windows 10 but brought it back with the OS’s latest iteration. Screenshot: Windows

Figuring out how to take a screenshot on Windows is simple: Just make a simple tap on the PrtSc (print screen) button and a shot of your computer’s desktop will automatically save to the clipboard. You can then paste the screen grab into an image editor and save it in whatever file format you want. Windows doesn’t make any sound or show you any animation when you take a screenshot, so don’t be surprised if it seems like nothing is happening. Just go to your favorite image editor, hit Paste (or Ctrl+V) and you should see your screenshot. 

Depending on your keyboard or the make of your laptop, the PrtSc button may only be accessible while pressing another key like Fn, Shift, or Ctrl. If hitting PrtSc by itself gets you nowhere, try combining it with one of those keys until you get the desired results.  

If your keyboard has one, you can also use the Windows key to take a screenshot: Press Win+PrtScn and the image will be automatically saved into a Screenshots folder within your account’s Pictures location. Meanwhile, Alt+PrtScn will grab only the currently active window and copy it to the clipboard. You may also need an additional key like Fn or Shift for these shortcuts.  

[Related: 10 cool features to use Windows 11]

You can get help from various utilities, too. On Windows 11, locate the new and improved Snipping Tool (remember, it’s called Snip & Sketch on Windows 10): You can find it using the search tool on the taskbar or by hitting Win+Shift+S to summon a simplified version of it. Use the crosshair tool to select an area on your screen—the moment you let go of the left mouse button, Windows will add the screenshot to your clipboard. 

Use the buttons at the top of your screen for more options—the Freeform Snip button (second to the right), allows you to make selections in any shape you want; the Window Snip button adds a screenshot of the current open window to your clipboard; and finally, the Fullscreen Snip takes a picture of your entire screen and saves it to the clipboard. You can also use the dialogue box that pops up in the bottom right corner of your screen to open the image on the Snipping Tool app and edit it. 

Take note: You won’t get some of the Snipping Tool’s features when you summon it with the keyboard shortcut. But if you search for the full version of the app, you’ll be able to take screenshots with three and 10-second delays, as well as annotate pictures, crop them, and even measure them. Alternatively, you can use the Xbox Game Bar app that comes with Windows 11 to capture grabs from games.

If you need even more options and features, consider tools such as Dropbox (free, and it has its own screenshot feature) and Snagit ($63).

How to take a screenshot on macOS

A screen showing how to take a screenshot on macOS.
We heard you liked screenshots, so we took a screenshot of a screenshot to show you how to take a screenshot. Screenshot: Apple

Apple keyboards don’t have a PrtScn key—or, of course, a Windows key—so the shortcuts are completely different. Ctrl+Shift+Cmd+3 copies the current screen contents to the clipboard, but you can also drop the Ctrl part and just do Shift+Cmd+3 to save a PNG file directly to the desktop.

If you just want to capture part of the screen and send it to the clipboard for subsequent pasting, use Ctrl+Shift+Cmd+4. Then drag the mouse to outline an area of the screen or press the spacebar to capture a particular window. As before, if you leave out the Ctrl button, your Mac will save the image to your desktop rather than copy it to the clipboard: that’s as simple as hitting Shift+Cmd+4

[Related: 38 advanced Mac keyboard shortcuts for productivity]

Changing the number key to a 5 will give you more options. Press Shift+Cmd+5 to summon MacOS’s built-in Screenshot tool—a small menu bar that appears at the bottom of your screen. The first button to the left will take a screenshot of your entire screen, including the app dock; choose the second button, and your Mac will take a screenshot of the window you select with your mouse. The third button will show you a selection of the screen you can reposition and resize by using your mouse and the circles on each of the selection’s corners. Hit enter to take the image, which the system will save as a PNG file to your desktop. Hit Esc if you decide to abandon your screenshotting adventure once you’ve launched this tool.  

This tool also offers two more buttons to record the entire screen of your Mac or a particular open app. You can also hit the Options button to choose a new location to save your screenshots, access a timer, and see other options, such as remembering the tool you used the last time. 

As on Windows, there are numerous utilities that will help you in your screen-grabbing endeavors. You have a couple of free options, like Lightshot Screenshot and Dropbox. If you’re willing to part with $10, SnapNDrag can give you a few more options in terms of annotations and customizations.

How to take a screenshot on Android

Chrome screen showing how to take a screenshot on an Android phone.
On Android, you have a couple of seconds to grab the screenshot, edit and share it right away. If you miss your chance, you can find the image in your phone’s photos. Screenshot: Google

On the majority of Android devices, you can press the volume down button and the power button together to take a screenshot. The screen should flash, and you’ll see a notification that a grab has been captured. Tap this notification if you want to share or edit the image. 

Pixel phone owners can also take screenshots by tapping the back of their phone twice. To set that nifty feature up, go to Settings, scroll down to System, and choose Gestures. The first item on the list will let you use the double tap as a trigger for multiple actions: toggle on the switch next to Use double tap and choose Take screenshot from the list. 

If you need to find the screenshot afterward, it’ll be in your device’s Photos app. If you have Google Photos, tap on Library in the bottom right corner of your screen, then choose the Screenshots folder under Photos on device. You can also go straight to the Files app, tap on Images, and then choose Screenshots at the top of your screen.

That said, Android devices come with all kinds of manufacturer-made software skins running on them, so the shortcut might be slightly different depending on the make and model of your phone. Still, most manufacturers have adopted the same key combo—on both Samsung Galaxy and HTC phones, for example, just press the power and volume down buttons simultaneously to take a grab. If you want to go hands-free, just engage the Google Assistant and ask it to take a screenshot for you.

How to take a screenshot on an iPhone or iPad

An iPad's screen showing how to take a screenshot on an iPad.
Taking a screenshot on an iPad is as easy as swiping. Screenshot: Apple

Capturing the screen on iOS and iPadOS devices is just as easy as it is on Android devices. 

On iPhones with Face ID, simultaneously press and release the side button and volume up button. On older models, combine the Home button and the side button (or the Sleep/Wake button). It’s much the same with iPads: Simultaneously press and release either the top button and the volume up button, or the Home button and top button. The screen will flash and the picture will be saved to a dedicated Screenshots album on your iPhone or iPad. Then you can review or share it by opening up Photos.

On iPads, you can also set up a specific gesture to take screenshots even more easily. Go to Settings and on the menu on the left choose General. Under Corner gestures, toggle on the switch next to Allow finger to swipe from corner, and choose Screenshot from either the Left corner swipe or the Right corner swipe options depending on what you want. To take the screenshot, just swipe from your chosen corner, and you’re done. 

[Related: The best screenshot and screen recording apps for your phone]

But wait, there’s more! It’s also possible to get your phone or tablet’s display up on a computer and capture it from there. On macOS, connect your device via USB, then run QuickTime, and choose File and New Movie Recording. If you select iPhone (or iPad) from the drop-down menu by the red record button, the device’s display will appear. To capture the window, use the Ctrl+Shift+Cmd+4, spacebar, and click combination we mentioned in the macOS section above.

On Windows, you can use an AirPlay client such as LonelyScreen or Mirroring360, then broadcast the iPhone or iPad screen to your laptop or desktop using the AirPlay feature built into Apple’s operating system. To do so, swipe down from the top right corner (or up from the bottom of the screen on some devices) to open the Control Center, then tap on Screen Mirroring to get connected.

Got all that? Feel free to use your new skills and take a screenshot of any part of this article you’d like to save for reference. 

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2017.

The post How to take a screenshot on any device (we know you want to) appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to permanently delete your WhatsApp account without losing your precious chats https://www.popsci.com/diy/delete-whatsapp-account/ Tue, 29 Aug 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=566284
WhatsApp's Delete account menu
Make sure you take all of your WhatsApp data with you if you decide to leave. EKATERINA BOLOVTSOVA / Pexels

Don't let go of those great conversations just because you're done with Meta's messaging app.

The post How to permanently delete your WhatsApp account without losing your precious chats appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
WhatsApp's Delete account menu
Make sure you take all of your WhatsApp data with you if you decide to leave. EKATERINA BOLOVTSOVA / Pexels

If for whatever reason you’re done with WhatsApp, you can always delete it. But removing the app from your devices will only get you so far. Your account will still be active and your contacts will still be able to message you—you just won’t get any of their texts. 

To truly quit Meta’s messaging app, you’ll need to delete your WhatsApp account—but we wouldn’t recommend leaving all of your data behind. The process is a bit longer than just hitting “Delete,” but you’ll be done in no time. 

Save your WhatsApp data

WhatsApp has two sets of data you can back up: your chat history and your account information. Let’s start with the first one: 

How to export and save your chat history on WhatsApp

1. Open the mobile app and go to Settings

2. Head to Chats and tap Chats backup. You’ll be able to see the backup settings for your device (Google Drive for Android phones, iCloud for iOS devices), and tweak how often WhatsApp saves your messages to the cloud. 

Chat backup menu on WhatsApp
Backing up your chats will make sure you save even the newest messages. Screenshot: WhatsApp

3. Manually back up your data by tapping the Back Up button. If you change your mind about deleting WhatsApp later, you can use this backup to restore your chat history easily. 

  • Note: This process may take a while depending on the last time you saved your message data or how much of a WhatsApp power user you are. Let it finish completely before proceeding. 
WhatsApp's chat backup menu
It may take a while for WhatsApp to back up your messages. Sit tight and get a snack. Screenshot: WhatsApp

4. Even if your WhatsApp backup sits tight on the cloud, you won’t be able to read that data. So, if you’re sure you want to get rid of the messaging app, you’ll need to export chats into text files—do that by opening an individual or group chat. 

  • On Android, tap the three-dot menu, More, and then Export chat.
  • On iOS, tap the name of the person or group chat and select Export chat
WhatsApp export chat menu
Unfortunately, there’s no way to export your chats in bulk on WhatsApp—you’ll have to go one by one. Screenshot: WhatsApp

6. On the next dialogue box, you’ll need to choose whether you want to include media (photos, stickers, videos, and GIFs). WhatsApp limits the size of chat exports so they can send them over email—if you choose to include media, the export will only include the last 10,000 messages, whereas if you decide to leave media behind, the export will include the last 40,000 exchanges.

WhatsApp chat export limit menu
If you choose to keep media in your backup, WhatsApp will only export up to 10,000 messages. Screenshot: WhatsApp

7. Use the sharing feature on your phone to choose an app to export your chat history to. If you want to back it up to the cloud, you can send it directly to Google Drive or iCloud, depending on the make of your device.

8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 with as many chats as you want.   

[Related: 6 alternatives to WhatsApp]

How to save your account information on WhatsApp

Unlike your chat history, to save your account information you’ll have to request it. Keep in mind that saving your account information will only serve as a reference—you won’t be able to use these files to restore your account after you permanently delete it. 

1. On Settings, go to Account.

WhatsApp main settings
Before you completely delete your account, make sure to request your info. Screenshot: WhatsApp

2. Tap Request account info and choose Request report. As with other Meta-owned platforms such as Facebook and Instagram, you’ll need to wait around 48 to 72 hours for WhatsApp to bundle up all of your data, so be patient. 

Request account information on WhatsApp
Note that your account information does not include your messages. Screenshot: WhatsApp

3. When your information is ready, you’ll get an automated message on the app with a download link. You’ll have a limited amount of time to use. Most platforms will only give you a few weeks to get your stuff, but WhatsApp will keep the link active for a few weeks. 

WhatsApp's request account info menu
WhatsApp will let you know when your data is ready to download. It’ll take approximately three days. Screenshot: WhatsApp

4. After WhatsApp notifies you, go to the Request account info menu.

5. Tap the Download report button. The platform will download a ZIP file with HTML and JSON documents—you won’t be able to see these files within the app, so you’ll have to export them. 

6. When your report is fully downloaded, tap Export report and confirm your choice.

7. Pick an external app to share the report. The easiest option is to send a copy of the report to your email or upload it to your cloud storage service of choice.

8. (Optional) You can permanently delete your WhatsApp account information report from your phone. To do that, tap Delete report and confirm your choice. 

In case you’re having second thoughts, we’re happy to tell you that at this point, your WhatsApp account is still intact and you don’t have to go through with the deletion if you don’t want to. But if, on the other hand, you’re convinced WhatsApp is not for you, go ahead to the next (and final) step.

How to permanently delete your WhatsApp account

To hammer the last nail in the coffin of your WhatsApp account, go to Account and then Delete my account. Enter your registered phone number and hit DELETE MY ACCOUNT. This will delete your entire chat history, remove you from all of your WhatsApp groups, and obliterate your Google Drive chat backup.

WhatsApp Delete account menu
Remember that deleting your WhatsApp account is an irreversible action. Screenshot: WhatsApp

WhatsApp may take up to 30 days to complete the deletion process, but the company is adamant in stating that this is not a grace period. According to their support site, you won’t be able to access your information again during this time. 

The post How to permanently delete your WhatsApp account without losing your precious chats appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best monitor wall mounts of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-monitor-wall-mounts/ Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=448867
The best monitor wall mounts of 2023
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Instantly save desk space (and your neck) with this office upgrade.

The post The best monitor wall mounts of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best monitor wall mounts of 2023
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall  Ergotron HX Single Ultrawide Monitor Arm Ergotron HX Single Ultrawide Monitor Arm
SEE IT

Heavy-duty and widely compatible, this highly maneuverable option will improve any modern monitor set up.

Best Height-Adjustable Mount-It! Sit Stand Wall Mount Mount-It! Sit-Stand Wall Mount
SEE IT

If your wall can accommodate it, your workflow will appreciate what is essentially a complete standing desk.

Best Budget VIVO Full Motion Wall Mount VIVO Full-Motion Wall Mount
SEE IT

Standard users with the time to invest will appreciate the money saved on this monitor mount.

Installing monitor wall mounts is a great way to upgrade the home office or gaming battlestation. While the best wall mounts for TVs can simply affix onto the wall once a viewing sweet spot has been established, it is often advantageous for monitor wall mounts to have swiveling arms and increased maneuverability. In this way, the monitor can be adjusted for an individual’s height. The monitor should also be able to be moved closer or further away for different purposes, such as study or casual viewing of streamed programs. These mounts will create a good environment for the home office, where people spend an increasing amount of time. From ergonomic designs to simple installations, these are the best monitor wall mounts.

How we chose the best monitor wall mounts

Both monitor and monitor wall mount sales have skyrocketed as remote work and schooling became the new normal. As a result, manufacturers have been making an increasing number of monitor wall mount models. To sort out the best, we have taken into consideration manufacturer reputations and claims, peer reviews, forums, the impressions of the large user base, as well as key features, such as weight capacity and VESA sizing. Lastly, we parsed through niche options to consider some increasingly common situations, such as those wanting standing desks.

The best monitor wall mounts: Reviews & Recommendations

As the name implies, wall mounts attach directly to your wall, so corner (or L-shaped) computer desk setups work the very best for them. When combined with monitors optimized for home office spaces, the best monitor wall mounts can create a comfortable environment for the neck and eyes while also helping clear off the top of your desk. Whether the best monitor mount for you is a solid mount with incredible flexibility in swivel and motion, a mount for a large VESA monitor, or the perfect mount for your standing workstation, we’ve found it all and more.

Best overall: Ergotron HX Single Ultrawide Monitor Arm

Ergotron

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A heavy-duty build with a wide range of motion and high compatibility with most modern monitors makes this a lasting choice.

Specs

  • Weight capacity: 42 lbs.
  • VESA sizes: 100×100, 75×75, 200×100, 200×200
  • Tilt & swivel: 180-degree pan and 360-degree rotation

Pros 

  • Works with most ultrawide monitors
  • Intense pivoting with flexible arm
  • Impressive 10-yr. Warranty
  • Bright, shiny color scheme

Cons 

  • Need extra parts for wood stud installation
  • Struggles with the Odyssey G9

This wall mount is perfect for just about any office setup due to its incredibly flexible arm. Instead of just making minor adjustments to reduce screen glare or neck pressure, the Ergotron’s arm is able to move into nearly any desirable position.

It works especially well as a mount for your second monitor when the side of your desk touches the wall. You can pull your monitor out when you want to use it, but then push it up perpendicular to the wall when you want it out of the way.

As a result of its heavy-duty manufacturing, the Ergotron is great for ultrawide monitors, including most curved ones. One unfortunate exception to this is our favorite curved ultrawide, the Samsung Odyssey G9, which has a bit too much curvature for the mount to handle easily.

Finally, an aesthetic touch. While many wall mounts are a drab gray or dull black, the Ergotron HX offers brilliant white and polished aluminum coloring. The white goes great with the aesthetic of Apple products for the modern office look. Alternatively, the polished aluminum is complimented highly by LED light strips for that futuristic gamer battlestation feel.

Best height-adjustable: Mount-It! Sit Stand Wall Mount

Mount-It!

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you can meet the structural requirements, this mount converts into a complete standing desk, with desktop support, on command.

Specs

  • Weight capacity: 17.6 lbs. monitor, 2.2 lbs. keyboard
  • VESA sizes: 75×75, 100×100
  • Height adjustment range: 19.9”

Pros 

  • Expert installation available
  • Sturdy for typing
  • Includes CPU wall mount with cable management functions

Cons 

  • Only meant for concrete walls

The Mount-It! Sit Stand combines the ideals of a standing desk with the functionality of a wall-mounted monitor. It includes a mount for your monitor, CPU, keyboard, and mouse. As per the instructions, it is only truly meant to be installed into concrete walls. That being said, it has been used in a variety of situations successfully. When in doubt, consider the expert installation option and have a chat about your particular situation before purchasing.

While it can be used as a purely standing desk, it does have the capability to be lowered up to 19.9 inches. This should be enough for most body types to take advantage of this desk as a standard “sitting” desk, too. Preferably with an ergonomic chair.

The keyboard and mouse tray feels roomy and comfortable, though it can be a tad difficult to get used to if you’re used to using a full desk. Upon first use, it feels surprisingly sturdy to type on. The tray also juts out into the room a full 41 inches from the wall. This can feel extreme at first, but the extra distance from the monitor helps reduce eye strain. Finally, the tray can be folded up while not in use.

The included CPU holder works well to reduce cord length-related difficulties. Putting your CPU halfway between the highest and lowest places on your monitor will allow for full motion with reduced worries. That being said, we still recommend getting both a wireless mouse and wireless keyboard so you can utilize the folding keyboard tray to its fullest.

Best dual: Mount-It! Dual Monitor Wall Mount

Mount-It!

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Mount-It! Dual Monitor Wall Mount is durable, affordable, and can be installed just about anywhere.

Specs

  • Weight capacity: 14.3 lbs.
  • VESA sizes: 75×75, 100×100
  • Tilt & swivel: 90-degrees up/left/right, 45-degrees down

Pros 

  • Easy adjusting arms
  • Lightweight
  • Made for brick, cement, and wood installation
  • Slide-in VESA plates for monitor

Cons 

  • Difficult to have monitors side-by-side

You wouldn’t be alone if you feel somewhat claustrophobic at the thought of one-monitor computing in 2023. Instead of installing two wall mounts for the dual-monitor effect, it is best to get one really good dual-monitor wall mount.

Mount-It!’s dual-mount arms come with a lot of flexibility, including 90-degree tilt-and-swivel control in three directions. Each monitor is maneuvered by a gas spring arm for easy, responsive, and precise manipulation.

Despite this flexibility, you should be aware of the special limitations of using a dual wall mount that still apply to the Mount-It! The monitors attached have to be a bit smaller to allow full movement. In this case, that maximum is going to be 27 inches, which is still good enough for a couple of good gaming monitors on the cheap.

Even with monitors of the right size, it can be tricky to get them in a position where they touch if that is your preference. While possible, it requires them to jut out from the wall quite a bit, which can reduce your space. To visualize why, try clapping your hands without bending your elbows. The monitors here move in a similar fashion.

Finally, expect easy installation. The product is lightweight and can be installed in many materials. The VESA attachments for the back of your monitors allow you to slip them on the arms yourself—no helper required!

Best large VESA: Mount-It! Full Motion Monitor Wall Bracket

Mount-It!

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Extreme versatility in VESA sizes and weight loads at a price anyone can afford.

Specs

  • Weight capacity: 66 lbs.
  • VESA sizes: 75×75, 100×100, 200×100, 200×200, 300×300, 400×300, 400×400
  • Tilt & swivel: 180-degrees left/right, 20-degrees up/down

Pros 

  • Expert installation option
  • Lightweight
  • Installs in wood stud

Cons 

  • Needs 8” x 8” mounting port on monitor

This Mount-It! mount provides a lot of flexibility for you to experiment with different monitors now and in the future. It has seven compatible VESA sizes that include the common 75×75 and 100×100 options but also go up to 400×400.

Another unexpected feat of the mount at this price range is its holding capacity of up to 66 pounds. In fact, Mount-It! claims to have gotten the mount to hold up to 132 pounds in testing. We do recommend keeping with the suggested weight limit, though, as the mount installs into a wood stud.

The mount has fantastic right and left swivel, due to its arm. While it doesn’t have the additional up-and-down range of motion of the best monitor arms, you’ll still be pleasantly surprised by the triple-jointed swivel on offer. If you use a small enough monitor, it can even work for setups where the side of your desk touches the wall like a budget Ergotron.

One quirk of having such an impressive range of VESA sizes is that the mounting area is quite large. Make sure that you have a mounting area of at least 8 inches by 8 inches on your monitor to accommodate this large aspect of the design.

Easy-to-assemble: Antimbee No Stud Drywall TV Mount

Antimbee

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Antimbee is a no-studs-necessary monitor mount that can be installed in less than 15 minutes.

Specs

  • Weight capacity: 100 lbs.
  • VESA sizes: Any from 100×100 to 400×400
  • Monitor sizes: 13”-55”

Pros 

  • Includes everything needed for installation but the hammer
  • Expert installation option
  • Easy “hanging” VESA mounting bracket

Cons 

  • No arm
  • No tilt & swivel

The Antimbee No Stud is great for those situations where you need a non-invasive installation. While that does come with some downsides, if you appreciate the mount for what it is and buy it with the right frame of mind, you will be very satisfied with it.

The installation can be compared to hanging a picture, both in difficulty and mechanism. Using the only tool you’ll be required to bring on your own, a hammer, nail the base into the wall. There is even a small bubble level included, ensuring a non-tilted hang. Finally, screw the hanger into the horizontal VESA holes of your monitor and hang it on the wall. The entire installation should take less than 15 minutes and can be completed by a single person.

Overall, this makes the Antimbee a great choice for dorm rooms or other situations where your landlord wouldn’t want you drilling deep into your wall. With this in mind, consider it as a cheap secondary gift for the child you are sending off to college this fall.

An unfortunate downside of the hang-like-a-picture-frame approach to this wall mount is that the mounted monitor will also act as a picture hung on the wall. There is no arm, tilt, or swivel. Test out monitor heights before installation to avoid disappointment.

Best budget: VIVO Full Motion Wall Mount

VIVO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Has all of the basic features, including an arm, at the price you want.

Specs

  • Weight capacity: 44 lbs.
  • VESA sizes: 75×75, 100×100
  • Tilt & swivel: 5-degrees up, 12-degrees down, 45-degrees left and right

Pros 

  • Expert installation option
  • Swiveling arm
  • Cable management included

Cons 

  • Difficult tension adjustment
  • Installation is a group project

Our budget option, from VIVO, comes with standard features, a good weight capacity, and a relatively good arm for the price. If you are a standard user who is willing to invest a bit of extra effort into installation, this could be the only monitor mount you’ll ever need.

When looking at budget products, it is often the little things that the manufacturer bothers to include that make the whole experience worthwhile. For the VIVO Full Motion, that includes a three-jointed swiveling arm and a small hook to enhance cable management.

The swiveling arm works in a similar manner to Mount-It!’s Full Motion, though in a pared-down form. For example, the tension settings that hold the monitor in place require a tool for adjustment. This can be tricky to set since you will need to get the tool between the back of your monitor and the wall to access the adjuster. It is best to set this up with relatively high tension and leave it.

Speaking of setting up, expect this one to take at least two people. One person will need to hold the monitor while the other screws it into the mount. While there is optional expert installation available, the surcharge will negate the budget appeal this VIVO mount has to offer. We recommend grabbing a friend who owes you an easy favor, having a fun chat, and installing this monitor wall mount together.

Things to consider before buying one of the best monitor wall mounts

While your monitor wall mount will usually be cheaper than your monitor, a bad monitor wall mount will destroy your monitor. As a result, it really pays to be careful when selecting a mount and to make sure you are getting one that will work to support your monitor. You’ll also want to think about how you’ll be using it. How much rotation will it need to offer for your setup? We also look at the ease of installation and the possibility of expert installation add-ons with your purchase.

Weight capacity

One of the easiest factors to consider. In short, all other factors considered equal, an ability to hold a higher amount of weight on your wall is always better. While you can always weigh your monitor (or look up the weight of the monitor you’re about to purchase) in order to pick a mount with a capacity to match, we always recommend going for at least some wiggle room. As monitor technology continues to grow and change, you might want to upgrade to a heavier monitor down the line.

VESA size

The Video Electronics Standards Association (VESA) has created a standardized set of hole patterns that monitors, TVs, and their mounts typically follow. The sizing is given in a pair of numbers, such as 75×75, to represent the size of the square pattern the holes create in millimeters. The first number is the horizontal distance, and the second is the vertical.

Before buying a mount, it is critical that you check your monitor’s VESA size. However, you shouldn’t stop there, as many mounts have several compatible sizes, and having this kind of flexibility will help for future monitor purchases. Very common VESA sizes are 75×75 and 100×100, though others do exist. The largest VESA sizes can go over 600×400.

Not all monitors come with VESA-compatible mounting on the back. In that case, search for the manufacturer-specific mount, if available.

Tilt & swivel

For most monitor users, there is some level tilting, nudging, and adjusting that occurs after placing the monitor on your desk. This doesn’t magically change when the monitor is attached to a wall mount. Sometimes that can even mean making micro-adjustments to your monitor position on a daily basis, such as to avoid the glare of the early morning sun.

Another common feature of wall mounts is maneuverable arms. They help to increase left-to-right tilt so your monitor can face your seat directly. Particularly high-quality arms can even work with desks that are only beside a wall instead of pushed into one. In any case, you will want to ensure the selected tilt and swivel levels hold. Strong, tight joints are critical.

Installation

Installation can be tricky and rightfully makes many buyers nervous. Incorrectly installed wall mounts can destroy your monitor, not to mention your wall. When purchasing a wall mount, consider how tricky the installation process will be and if the mount includes all of the tools and parts required for a successful mounting.

Alternatively, consider purchasing a professional installation along with your mount. Many companies offer this service, but be warned that it can be very expensive, potentially many times more expensive than the mount itself.

FAQs

Q: What is the best wall mount for monitors?

The best wall mount for monitors is the Ergotron HX Single Ultrawide Monitor Arm. While it is more expensive than other wall mounts, it comes in first place as the best monitor wall mount due to its incredibly flexible arm and compatibility with most ultrawide monitors.

Q: Is it a good idea to mount a monitor on the wall?

It is a good idea to mount a monitor on the wall if you want to free up desk space or simply think it looks cool. However, if you install a wall mount, it must be done well, or you will end up destroying your monitor and wall. If that at all makes you nervous, you can still get the advantages of using an arm with one of our best monitor arms for desk mounting.

Q: Can you mount computer monitors on the wall?

You can mount computer monitors on the wall yourself or with the help of a professional. If you decide to DIY, you’ll want a stud finder alongside basic tools like a leveler, tape measure, and electric drill. Some easy-to-assemble mounts, like the Antimbee No Stud Drywall TV Mount, don’t require any tools beyond a simple hammer.

Q: Can I mount my monitor on drywall?

You can mount your monitor on drywall if you have the correct mount. Most wall mounts are not compatible with drywall alone and instead require a more sturdy backing to latch into. Many wall mounts that appear to be mounted on drywall are instead mounted on a wooden stud behind the drywall. Use a stud finder to locate the wooden studs behind your drywall.

Q: What monitors are VESA compatible?

Monitors with VESA patterns on the back are VESA compatible. VESA patterns are square or rectangular configurations of four holes in the back of the monitor.

Q: Can you wall mount a monitor without VESA?

You can mount a monitor without VESA, but you’ll be severely limited in what you can use for the mounting. Possibilities include model-specific mounts made by the same manufacturer. For the best possible mounting experience, it is not recommended to get a monitor without VESA holes.

Q: How much does a wall mount cost for a monitor?

A wall mount for a monitor can cost anywhere from under $20 to over $300, depending on quality, manufacturing materials, and other features. Many of the best monitor wall mounts offer a professional installation at a base cost of around $100-$150. Buyers should be aware that more lengthy or difficult installations will come with a higher charge.

Final thoughts on the best monitor wall mounts

Monitor wall mounts are space-savers that give your workstation a very comfortable feel. They can change your work or gaming area into an open space with the flick of a wrist. From the dorm-friendly Antimbee No Stud Drywall TV Mount to the incredibly flexible Ergotron HX Single Ultrawide Monitor Arm, our choices include a monitor wall mount for any purpose or budget.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best monitor wall mounts of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Your iPhone’s charging sound is boring. Have it say ‘Gimme some juice!’ instead. https://www.popsci.com/diy/change-charging-sound-iphone-ipad/ Mon, 18 Apr 2022 18:15:03 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=437974
An iPhone charging on desk next to laptop, a situation in which if you changed your iPhone's charging sound, it may have triggered an automation.
Imagine your iPhone saying "It was about time!" whenever you start charging it. Daniel Korpai / Unsplash

With Apple's automations, the joke possibilities are endless.

The post Your iPhone’s charging sound is boring. Have it say ‘Gimme some juice!’ instead. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An iPhone charging on desk next to laptop, a situation in which if you changed your iPhone's charging sound, it may have triggered an automation.
Imagine your iPhone saying "It was about time!" whenever you start charging it. Daniel Korpai / Unsplash

If you have an Apple mobile device, you know the sound it makes when you charge it. It’s simple and does its job well—but it’s boring. Luckily, you can change this mundane audio cue by adding an iPhone automation.

Your journey starts in the Shortcuts app, which you can use to set up a handful of customizations. Among those possibilities is an automation that will make your iPhone or iPad say something specific whenever you connect it to power. 

Is it super useful? Probably not. But depending on the phrase you come up with, it can be a lot of fun. 

How to change your iPhone or iPad’s charging sound

If you haven’t dived into them, an iPhone automation (also available for iPad) is a series of actions that occur automatically after a trigger. For example, you can use these unique commands to create a routine with your smart home gadgets, like turning on the lights or playing a specific playlist on your smart speaker once your iPhone connects to your WiFi. You can also set up different actions that will only affect your device. 

[Related: The easiest way to cue up calming sounds on your iPhone]

1. Create the automation by opening the Shortcuts app on your iPhone or iPad. 

2. In the upper left corner of the screen, tap the menu icon—the rectangle with three lines on the left side. Then, go to Automation. 

The iPhone automation menu in the Shortcuts app.
If you make more automations in the future, you’ll find them all listed here. Screenshot: Apple

3. On the next menu, tap Create personal automation to link the process directly to the device you’re currently using.

  • Note: The other option, Set up your home, ties an automation to your entire smart home ecosystem, and that’s not what we want to do here.
Personal automation on iPhone menu
By choosing to create a personal automation, the actions will only affect your iPhone or iPad. Screenshot: Apple

4. Choose your trigger by scrolling down to Charger and tapping Is connected. This will set the action to happen only when you plug in the power cord. Hit Next to continue. 

Trigger menu of new automation on iPhone
You can choose multiple triggers for your automation. For this tutorial, tap Charger. Screenshot: Apple

5. Choose what your device does when you charge it. Tap Add action and then All actions

6. From the comprehensive list that emerges, choose Speak text—you’ll find it under the Documents category. This option will make your device read something you write out loud whenever you plug it in. 

Action menu for iPhone automations
Don’t get distracted by the “Make spoken audio from text” option—you want “Speak Text.” Screenshot: Apple

7. On the Speak text menu, you’ll see a blurred Text option next to Speak—tap it and write the phrase you want your gadget to say. We chose “Ohh yeah! Gimme some juice!” but you can use whatever you want—the sky’s the limit. 

  • Note: Just remember that if you use a dirty joke as a sentence, your device will say it out loud for everybody to hear even if it’s silent or in Do Not Disturb mode
Action customization menu for iPhone automation
Replace the text with whatever you want. Screenshot: Apple

8. Tap the blue arrow to the right of your phrase to further customize the iPhone automation—you’ll be able to choose the pitch, speed, and voice you want your device to use, and even change the language. 

  • Pro tip: By default, your device will read the text in Siri’s voice, but there are other fun alternatives. If you want a more metallic, android voice, choose Zarvox or Trinoids; if you’re into giving your iPhone a creepy laugh, go for Jester; and if you want your Apple device to sing back your phrase, choose Good News. 
More action customization menu for iPhone automation
You can customize the speed and pitch with which your device says your phrase to make it sound happy, bored, or even sad. Screenshot: Apple

[Related: Hidden iPhone tricks that will change the way you use iOS]

9. Check everything is exactly as you like it by tapping the play icon at the bottom right of the menu and listening to the audio sample. If you’re satisfied, go back to Edit automation

10. Toggling off the switch next to Ask before running and confirming your choice by choosing Don’t ask. This will make sure the action is completely automatic—otherwise, your iPhone or iPad will send you a notification every time you plug in the charger and you’ll have to engage with it to trigger the action. Not nearly as fun. Finish by tapping Done.

New automation settings for iPhone
If you don’t do this final step, your device will ask permission before saying your phrase—pretty boring. Screenshot: Apple

If you’re running out of juice while at a meeting with a client for example, you might want to disable your automation—do so by opening it in the Shortcuts app and toggling off the switch next to Enable this automation. You can also tone down a risqué phrase at any time by opening your automation, tapping Speak text, and replacing the words you want your device to read out loud. 

And if you get tired of your Apple device’s new personality, from the Automation gallery, slide the unopened item to the left and hit Delete

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2022.

The post Your iPhone’s charging sound is boring. Have it say ‘Gimme some juice!’ instead. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to see everything Facebook knows about you, and what you can do about it https://www.popsci.com/everything-facebook-knows-about-you/ Tue, 12 Jan 2021 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/everything-facebook-knows-about-you/
A man use binoculars with the Facebook icon on the lenses looking out from a desktop computer screen.
Facebook wants to build a comprehensive image of you. Glen Carrie / Unsplash

The social media behemoth is watching.

The post How to see everything Facebook knows about you, and what you can do about it appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A man use binoculars with the Facebook icon on the lenses looking out from a desktop computer screen.
Facebook wants to build a comprehensive image of you. Glen Carrie / Unsplash

As the world’s biggest social network, Facebook can keep tabs on about a third of the global population. Whether you visit the social network daily (as more than 2 billion users do) or only log on to to check hyperlocal neighborhood groups, you should be aware of how much personal data you’re giving to the site and its parent company, Meta.

Facebook primarily uses everything it knows about you to craft more relevant targeted advertising. While some see this as uncomfortably intrusive, others accept the ads as the price they pay for the network’s free services and tools. Whatever you think about the ethics of this data collection, you should know what the company is learning about you—and how you can control the flow of information. While this guide can help, there’s only so much you can do to protect your privacy. If you really want to stop the company from mining your data, your best bet is to delete your Facebook account entirely.

Take a peek at your profile information

When you created your account, you entered basic background information, including your name and email address. The site also prompted you to fill out your location, work and education history, and friends and relatives currently on Facebook. But by observing your behavior on its network, the tech company has gathered a lot more information about you and your habits.

[Related: How to secure your Facebook account]

One quick way to see exactly what details Facebook knows about you—and limit who else can access them—is to visit the Your Facebook information page where Meta stores all that data. If you’d prefer to get there without a link, log into the site and follow these steps:

  1. Click your profile photo in the top right corner, then hit Settings & privacy, followed by Settings.
  2. The next page has several options for what you can do with your Facebook information, and you want the first one: Access profile information. Click View to see the data Meta has collected on you.

If you’re using the Facebook app, the steps are slightly different:

  1. Tap Menu in the bottom right, then the cog icon in the top right.
  2. Scroll down to the Your information heading and tap Access your information.

Both the website and the app will show you several categories of information that you can browse at your leisure, with recent activity displayed on top. What you see may vary depending on how much you use Facebook and what you do there, but we can give you an idea of what to expect.

  • Your activity across Facebook: This will show you everything you’ve done on the social network, including posts, photos, activity you’re tagged in, and items you’ve sold on Facebook Marketplace.
  • Personal information: Click here to find what Facebook knows about you, including your name, hobbies, relationship status, and employer.
  • Connections: If you’d like to see your friends, followers, and requests you’ve sent and received, this is the category you need.
  • Logged information: Here you’ll find information Facebook tracks about your activity, such as search history and your primary location.
  • Security and login information: Where you’ve logged into Facebook, the devices you’ve used, and a history of every login and logout.
  • Apps and websites off of Facebook: If you’ve connected other apps and websites to your Facebook account, you’ll find related data here.
  • Preferences: Any actions you’ve taken to customize your account, perhaps to make it more useful and less toxic, will be in this category.
  • Ads information: Whenever you interact with ads and advertisers on Facebook, that data is gathered here.

Check your Facebook ad preferences

Ironically, if you want to see the topics Meta thinks you enjoy, you won’t find it under “ads information.” Instead, select Logged information, then Ads interests to see what data Facebook uses to serve you advertisements. To stop the company from showing you ads based on any of these details, simply hit Remove next to any one of them.

This doesn’t require you to eliminate helpful details from your profile—you can share your relationship status, for example, but block ads that target you because of it. Facebook also allows you to dig deeper and learn more about ad preferences if you’re interested. But be careful, editing this data doesn’t benefit you—it benefits Meta, which will be able to target you more effectively.

Even if Facebook isn’t selling your information to advertisers, it could still be collecting it. In addition to making ads more relevant, the company can put your data—everything from the make and model of your phone to your most frequently used apps—to work fixing bugs and changing the social network. If you’re uncomfortable giving certain information to the social network, you can delete it from your profile entirely by going to your Facebook profile and selecting Edit profile to see what you can adjust. You can’t erase everything, but you can delete details such as where you work and go to school. You may also want to check out the More drop-down menu, where you can unfollow pages and manage other things you’ve liked along the way.

Download your Facebook information

You’ll never find everything Facebook knows—or thinks it knows—about you: Its secret algorithms make some educated assumptions about who you are based on your profile and your online activity. Facebook uses some of these assumptions to put people in groups that advertisers can target. It doesn’t really matter if these assumptions are entirely correct, as long as they make a more efficient advertising platform overall. In 2016, the Washington Post published a report on 98 different data points Facebook associates with your identity. These include data pulled from other companies and services—like the year you bought your car and the type of credit card you carry.

However, Facebook isn’t a completely closed black box. If you want to back up your data or save it for any reason, you can download all of it—just navigate to the Your Facebook information page (steps above), find Download profile information and click View next to it. You can select a date range, file format, and the quality of photos and other media in the final file.

[Related: Use these settings to share photos at their best quality]

There were once third-party tools that sought to offer this information and predict how Facebook might track and interpret your data, like the now-defunct website Stalkscan and Google Chrome extension Data Selfie. Now, you can just navigate to the Your Facebook Information page and click Download Your Information. You can select a date range, file format, and the quality of photos and other media included in that file. If you need a little more guidance, we have a full step-by-step within our story on how to delete your Facebook account.

Disable location and web tracking

Beyond the information you list on your profile and the pattern of your clicks (from likes to photo comments), it’s worth discussing two other big pieces of data in more detail: what Facebook knows about your location (determined via your smartphone) and your activity elsewhere on the internet.

[Related: How to stop websites from tracking you]

Letting Facebook’s mobile app know where you are has some upsides. It enables you to check into places, search for interesting spots nearby, and even find your friends more easily. It also tells Facebook where you tend to hang out, allowing the service to be more precise about the ads it shows you.

If this makes you uncomfortable, you can turn off its ability to keep tabs on your whereabouts. On Android phones, open Settings, tap Apps, find Facebook, hit Permissions, and select Location. On an iPhone, open Settings, tap Privacy & Security, then Location Services, find Facebook on the list of apps, and choose Never from the list of options that appear. If you don’t see Facebook under Location Services on your iPhone, you probably haven’t done anything in the app that might require your location. Even with these precautions, Facebook still can keep tabs on you—for example, it will take note when your friends tag you.

The simple reason why Facebook tracks you around the internet should be clear by now: better advertising. It can, for example, receive notifications when you spend time on specific webpages. In addition, the marketing platforms and sites to which Facebook sends your information can also give the social network their own carefully gleaned data about you (this is known as off-Facebook activity) What’s in this data? You can’t know exactly, beyond checking the Apps and websites off of Facebook information category we mentioned above.

To prevent Facebook from following you around the web, go to the Your Facebook information page (steps above), and click View next to Off-Facebook activity. You have three options:

Disconnect specific off-Facebook activity

Whether you’re on the web (Disconnect specific activity) or the mobile app (Select Activity to Disconnect), you’ll need to enter your password to proceed. You’ll see a list of brands and websites Facebook associates you with, and you can select the bubble (web) or Turn off (app) next to any of them to make your choices. Then hit Continue (web) or Turn Off Future Activity (app) to disconnect your Facebook account from the ones you’ve selected. Facebook will also provide a bunch of information about the process, including that Meta may still get information from the disconnected places, but it won’t be associated with your account.

Clear your off-Facebook history

Choose Clear previous activity (web) or Clear History (app), and you’ll be able to disconnect your off-Facebook activity history from your account. The data may still exist, but Meta says it won’t be linked to your account.

Manage future off-Facebook activity

There are two paths here: Connect future activity or Disconnect future activity. The former will allow Meta to keep gathering off-Facebook activity from certain places around the web and linking it to your account. The latter will prevent that, the company says. On the web, you’ve got to click the bubble next to your choice, but in the mobile app it’s a simple toggle switch.

open the Ads page, find Ads Settings from the menu on the left, and select Ads shown off of Facebook. Turn the toggle switch to Not Allowed. You can also visit the Digital Advertising Alliance and specifically opt out of numerous cross-site tracking programs, including the one run by Facebook.

These days, Facebook takes more care to explain what type of user data it collects, but you still can’t reclaim all of your information—that’s something you sacrifice when you sign up for the service. What you can do is be more aware of the types of information you reveal as you fill out your profile, react to your News Feed, and browse the web.

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2017.

The post How to see everything Facebook knows about you, and what you can do about it appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
7 hidden Windows features you should be using https://www.popsci.com/diy/hidden-windows-features/ Fri, 25 Aug 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=565531
Two women sitting on a couch using a Windows computer.
Nothing like sharing hidden Windows features with a friend. Surface / Unsplash

There's more to Microsoft's operating system than meets the eye.

The post 7 hidden Windows features you should be using appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Two women sitting on a couch using a Windows computer.
Nothing like sharing hidden Windows features with a friend. Surface / Unsplash

The Windows operating system has been around since 1985, and you’d have to be a true enthusiast to know every single thing the software can do. For most of us, there are features we’ve never come across or taken advantage of, hidden away in the operating system—and a lot of these can be really useful if you know where to find them.

Like the best hidden settings in Windows, these hidden features (there’s a difference, we promise) can make a real difference to the way you use your computer every day, and there’s likely to be at least one or two on this list that you will come to depend upon.

The secret Windows Start menu

The regular Windows Start menu is perfectly fine if you only want speedy access to the applications on your computer—but other times you might want to jump straight to a specific part of the operating system. The Task Manager, perhaps.

That’s where the secret Start menu comes in, although it’s not all that hidden: Just right-click on the Start menu button and it’ll appear. From there, you can access a host of useful shortcuts that have nothing to do with your apps.

Beyond the Task Manager, you can jump straight to the desktop, sign out of the user account you’re currently in,  search your PC, and access screens such as the Device Manager or the Terminal window.

Instant access to emojis, anywhere

Emojis can sometimes express what you want to say better than words, and there’s a way to find them in any Windows app or from any Windows screen that you might not know about. Simply press Win+. (the Windows key and the period key simultaneously) to bring up a panel packed with emojis and other special characters.

Screen recording

The Windows Snipping Tool, set to record the screen.
The Windows Snipping Tool makes screen recording easy. David Nield for Popular Science

You may be familiar with the Windows Snipping Tool for taking screenshots, but it also has the ability to record screen activity—perfect for creating tutorial videos, getting help with a problem, or logging what’s happening on apps and websites.

Launch the Snipping Tool from the Start menu, then click the record button (it looks like a video camera) to do some screen recording. Select part or all of the screen, and the recording will begin. Use the pause and stop buttons at the top of your display to take a break from recording or finish it completely.

[Related: The best screenshot and recording apps for your phone]

Your recorded video will then pop up inside the Snipping Tool, where you can review it and save it to a specific place on your system.

Clipboard history

For a long time, the Windows clipboard could only hold one item at a time—whether it was an image, a line of text, a file, or whatever else. While it’s not immediately obvious from the user interface, the Windows clipboard can now store much more.

To make sure clipboard history is turned on, open System > Clipboard from Settings. Once enabled, you can view the full history by pressing Win+V on your keyboard—and the pop-up window that appears will let you permanently pin items to the clipboard, copy any item from the clipboard, and clear the clipboard history.

Detailed Windows troubleshooters

Windows has a bunch of helpful troubleshooters you can turn to before running a web search, asking a friend or relative for advice, or calling in the professionals to solve an issue. These tools can be quite effective, and cover almost every aspect of your computer’s operation.

Open up Settings from the Start menu, then choose System > Troubleshoot > Other troubleshooters. Click Run next to a troubleshooter to launch it—the topics they cover include video playback, Bluetooth, printers, and network and internet connections.

Energy recommendations for more efficient power

The energy recommendations inside Windows that will show you how to save your battery.
Saving power is useful whether you’re on a laptop or desktop. David Nield for Popular Science

If you’re not sure about the best way to minimize the amount of energy your laptop or desktop is using, Windows can help by making some suggestions about how your PC is configured. It’s a helpful guide to the key settings involved.

From Settings, pick System, then Power & battery (on a laptop) or Power (on a desktop). If there are ways your PC could be saving energy, you’ll see an Energy recommendations link at the top—click this to view the recommendations.

They can cover everything from the brightness of the display to the way that USB devices are powered when your computer is sleeping. Click Apply next to any recommendation you’d like to follow, or Apply all to set them all at once.

Conversations with the Windows calculator

The apps that come built into Windows have their own share of hidden features too. Take Calculator, for example, which can do much more than your sums. Launch it from the Start menu, click the three lines to the top left, and you’ll see there are a mass of options for performing conversions.

You can run conversions based on currency, volume, length, weight and mass, temperature, energy, area, speed, time, and power, and you can calculate the number of months, weeks, and days between two dates as well.

The post 7 hidden Windows features you should be using appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Opt Out: Home security cameras guarantee surveillance, not safety https://www.popsci.com/diy/home-security-camera-privacy-risk/ Thu, 24 Aug 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=565019
A security camera peeking through an open door.
You may not be the only watching through your home security camera. Lauren Pusateri for Popular Science.

Why you should think again about putting up cameras in and around your home.

The post The Opt Out: Home security cameras guarantee surveillance, not safety appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A security camera peeking through an open door.
You may not be the only watching through your home security camera. Lauren Pusateri for Popular Science.

You are more than a data point. The Opt Out is here to help you take your privacy back.

RESIDENTIAL SECURITY CAMERAS from brands like Amazon’s Ring, Google Nest, and Arlo are everywhere. As of October 2022, nearly half of American households with broadband internet had a home security system, networked camera, video doorbell, or combination of these in place. If only keeping your property and family safe were that simple.

Studies attempting to measure the ability of residential security cameras to stop or deter crime have been inconclusive. And even if you care only about feeling safe, that potentially false sense of security comes with a high price: your privacy and that of everyone around you. To make matters worse, some of the tech companies behind these gadgets might be getting a little too cozy with law enforcement.

Your camera may not keep you safe

Risks aside, there are several practical benefits to installing a security camera. You might want to see when your packages hit your stoop and deter random passersby from grabbing them. Or maybe you live in a secluded area and want to try to ensure potential trespassers think twice before breaking into your home. 

But security cameras won’t necessarily keep you safe. Unless you’re checking their feed 24/7, these gadgets allow only for reactive responses, meaning they’re helpful only when a crime has already been committed. And their power of deterrence highly depends on the context. 

[Related: A simple DIY hoodie can fool security cameras]

A 2009 study published in the journal Evaluation Review found no significant reduction in crime rates after security cameras were installed in two low-crime areas in Manhattan, New York. On the other hand, a 2017 review published in the Journal of Scandinavian Studies in Criminology and Crime Prevention looked into seven studies focused on cities around the world and found crime rates dropped 24 to 28 percent in public streets and urban subway stations after the installation of closed-circuit television (CCTV). Still, cameras did not affect the amount of crime perpetrated in parking lots or suburban subway stations. Finally, a 40-year review published in 2019 in the journal Criminology and Public Policy found CCTV cameras do play a role in reducing property and drug-related crimes in parking and residential areas but don’t reduce the rate of violent crimes. 

It’s worth noting that these studies consider CCTV along with other types of surveillance systems. So far, no studies have specifically looked at whether self-monitored residential and commercial surveillance systems are an effective crime deterrent. 

Privacy is a steep price to pay for security

It’s important to understand that when you install a surveillance camera, you’re buying security in exchange for privacy—but not always your own. 

If the security system is outside your home, the people appearing most frequently in the footage will not be you or anybody in your household, but others in your community who have no say in whether their image is captured. The trade-off makes sense only if we assume everyone is a potential criminal. 

“We don’t know who’s a criminal until a crime has been committed, so what we’re asking people to do is to turn over their pockets continuously and prove that they’re not,” says Isadora Borges Monroy, who has a Ph.D. in political science from McGill University and is affiliated with Harvard University’s Berkman Klein Center for Internet and Society. If we physically searched everyone we encountered in our daily lives, it’d be a lot more shocking, she explains.

When you have cameras inside your home, everyone who enters is subject to surveillance. This is why Rick Osterloh, senior vice president of devices and services at Google, once advised Nest owners to let guests know that their conversations are being recorded. But it’s unclear whether this is something people do consistently, if ever. 

It may not bother you that your neighbors are recording you every time you walk your dog past their house. After all, they’re very nice. But you should ask yourself who else is watching and listening in whenever you bring hot gossip to your friend’s house. The answer could be, well, everyone. 

Tech companies are probably the biggest potential viewers. The most popular residential surveillance systems work with the cloud, meaning they stream and store footage using an internet connection and the manufacturer’s servers. Your data should technically be safe there, but there’s evidence that it’s not. The Federal Trade Commission, for example, recently ordered Ring to pay $5.8 million in refunds after the agency found the company’s employees and contractors had had unrestricted access to user footage for years. And not only that: Ring employees had also been able to “readily download any customer’s videos and then view, share, or disclose those videos at will,” the agency said.

Google went through a similar ordeal in 2019 after a Dutch news outlet revealed that some of the company’s independent contractors were listening to and transcribing Google Assistant commands

Then there are hackers, who have been known to extort users, holding their footage for ransom. The same FTC report that found privacy problems at Ring also noted that the company had failed to respond to multiple reports of stolen usernames and passwords. The thefts were possible due to Ring’s lax security requirements, which allowed users to employ bad passwords and made brute-force attacks easy by not limiting the number of times a person (or program) could enter incorrect login details. A 2019 Motherboard investigation revealed Ring systems even allowed multiple simultaneous logins from different countries and wouldn’t flag the number of users logged into the same account. 

And even if there’s no malicious intent, there have been a variety of other security issues involving these gadgets. In 2019, Wirecutter reported that a Google Nest home security camera allowed its former owner to access new footage even after completely resetting and selling the device.   

In all fairness, some of these problems have since been patched and there are now systems in place to eliminate some security vulnerabilities. In 2020, Ring, for one, made two-factor authentication mandatory and introduced end-to-end encryption.

“They did [it] after a tremendous amount of pushback from civil liberties groups, from angry people, from users. But you have to opt in—you have to turn it on yourself,” says Matthew Guariglia, a senior policy analyst at the Electronic Frontier Foundation working on issues of surveillance and policing.

Still, we usually learn about new privacy and security issues only after the damage has already been done. That means there’s no way to know which vulnerabilities are currently being exploited.

The internet is the new evidence room

But perhaps the most problematic unwanted audience for private security camera footage is law enforcement. 

“The boundary between consumer privacy and government surveillance has never been so thin. It’s almost nonexistent,” says Guariglia.

Ideally, law enforcement agencies like local police, the FBI, and the DEA would be able to access private data only by asking its owner to relinquish it voluntarily. Under the Fourth Amendment, US citizens have the right to deny access to their data, but law enforcement can still seize it by presenting a court-ordered warrant or subpoena. This procedure is designed to protect Americans from unreasonable searches, but there are unfortunately two ways law enforcement can get your personal information without going through this process. 

“They don’t need to go directly to the person who collects the footage—the customer whose camera it is,” Guariglia says. “They can go to the companies that store the footage.”

Tech companies have the legal authority to push back on law enforcement’s requests for user data, but if and how much they resist is not up to you. Some companies even have entire programs that make it easy for authorities to access your information. In 2022, Amazon’s Ring released footage without a warrant or the consent of the affected customers, claiming there was an emergency involving “an imminent danger of death or serious physical injury to a person.” The company did this 11 times, and all law enforcement had to do was fill out a form. Google has a similar program, but it appears to have a better track record than Ring: As of July 2022, the company claims it has not released any user footage to authorities. 

And even if you think that a potential emergency is a good enough reason for tech companies to grant access to users’ private data, law enforcement agencies have also tried to get camera manufacturers to let them use their products to monitor and police citizens’ legitimate exercise of their First Amendment rights

“Surveillance is not justice—this can be a tool of policing, but that doesn’t mean that the policing goal is either legitimate or that it will yield justice,” Borges Monroy says.

And if filling out a form or sending an email doesn’t work, law enforcement can just buy your data. Because, as Guariglia explains, a lot of it is just sitting on the open market. 

“Right now our legal system is the way it is, where police can buy your geolocation at any given moment through these data brokers, and they don’t need a warrant to do that,” he says.

As sketchy as that sounds, it’s not illegal, though some US senators are trying to make it so. But until there are specific regulations preventing law enforcement from purchasing user data or paying rogue employees millions of dollars for confidential information, there’s always the possibility that your camera footage will end up used against you in a court of law, without your consent. 

The irony is that we, the users, have built and funded the very system that surveils us. Such a system might not have been able to exist otherwise, because using public money to surveil citizens legally requires public hearings and debate. 

“Instead, [law enforcement has] kind of found a cheaper, more expansive shortcut to mass surveillance, which is taking advantage of the infrastructure that we are putting up ourselves, in part because society is so individualized,” Guariglia says. 

What can you do to protect your data

Reconsidering whether you need a security camera after all may be the best thing you can do to protect your privacy and that of the people around you. 

If that’s not an option, Guariglia says that before you buy a surveillance camera, you should find out whether your system of choice allows you to encrypt your data. This will prevent anyone—hackers, tech companies, or law enforcement—from accessing your data without the right credentials. You’ll also need to know whether encryption is set by default, is hard to turn on, or prevents you from using other features. 

Guariglia also recommends you find out whether the camera manufacturer requires a warrant to share your data with law enforcement, and if an overly broad warrant will do the trick. Researching a company’s track record of protecting its users and pushing back against requests for their information can also be useful. 

[Related: Tips for keeping your security cameras secure]

Beyond that, Borges Monroy recommends engaging in long-term action that could result in better regulations that will protect our privacy. 

“People need to be thinking of themselves as citizens, not as consumers,” she says. “Because these are really big problems, we tend to think about them as something that has to be done at a federal level. But there’s a lot to be done at a local level too. Especially when you’re thinking about policing.”

So let elected officials know what you think, and maybe run for office yourself. At the very least, vote. Supporting candidates who have your best interests at heart when it comes to privacy—at all levels of government—is a good way to make a difference. This will also get us closer to ensuring that we aren’t all constantly racing to catch up with technology, but are instead setting the pace so it serves us, not the other way around. 

Read more PopSci+ stories.

The post The Opt Out: Home security cameras guarantee surveillance, not safety appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Host an epic karaoke night with just a laptop and a mic https://www.popsci.com/diy/home-karaoke-party/ Wed, 23 Aug 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=564546
People signing karaoke probably using their laptop
No one will tell you how many times you can sing "Careless Whisper" in your own home. Milkos / Deposit Photos, for Popular Science

Turn your living room into a karaoke bar no one can kick you out of.

The post Host an epic karaoke night with just a laptop and a mic appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
People signing karaoke probably using their laptop
No one will tell you how many times you can sing "Careless Whisper" in your own home. Milkos / Deposit Photos, for Popular Science

Hosting a karaoke party at your place is easy, but you’ll need some preparation and equipment. You could spend money on one of the best karaoke systems on the market, but that’s definitely a splurge if you don’t plan on singing along with your friends regularly. 

You might be wondering, then, if you can somehow plug a microphone into your computer and use that instead. The good news is that you can, but it’s going to take a little bit of setup. Let’s get started. 

Choose a microphone

You can’t use the microphone built into your laptop or phone for karaoke because of feedback—the mic will pick up your voice but also the music, creating an awful sound that will pierce your eardrums. And even if that worked, a karaoke party where you and your guests yell into a laptop isn’t any fun at all.

You’ll need an external microphone.

If you have a good USB microphone for online work meetings or recording podcasts, you can use that. But if you’re buying a new one, know that the occasional karaoke party doesn’t require an expensive mic. If you played Rock Band or Guitar Hero back in the day, dig through your closet and pull out your old console microphone—they’re pretty much designed for karaoke already and they’re usually plug-and-play, meaning you connect them to your computer and you’re ready to rock. 

[Related: The psychology of karaoke, explained]

But if you have nothing at home that will work, you can always search for a handheld USB microphone online—you can find a decent one for around $20. 

Set up your microphone

Plug your microphone into your computer and try singing—you most likely won’t hear anything. This is because you’ll need to set up your mic first. To do so, go to the Settings menu on your computer. 

On Windows, head to System and choose Sound. There, click More sound settings, select your microphone, and click Properties.  

Sound settings on Windows to turn your laptop into a karaoke machine
Windows requires you to set up any USB microphone you intend to use for karaoke. But don’t worry—it’s simple. Screenshot: Windows

Head to the Listen tab and check the Listen to this device checkbox. 

Karaoke microphone setup menu on Windows
You literally have to tell your PC to listen to your new microphone. Screenshot: Windows

You should now be able to hear yourself when talking into your microphone—finish the setup by heading to the Levels tab and adjusting the volume of the device. Your computer will remember your settings, meaning the next time you plug in your microphone it should work automatically to your liking. 

Unfortunately, it’s not as easy to amplify your voice with a microphone and a Mac computer, but there’s an easy workaround. Open QuickTime player, go to File in the menu bar, and click on New Audio Recording

QuickTime settings to work a karaoke microphone on MacOS
You’ll need to run QuickTime the whole time if you want to use your Mac computer as a karaoke machine. Screenshot: Apple

This will open a simple recorder. Turn up the volume on the slider at the bottom and you should be able to hear yourself through your computer speakers when singing into the microphone. Feel free to minimize the window, but you will need to have this app open during your entire karaoke session. 

QuickTime recording settings to use microphone for home  karaoke on MacOS
Tweak the volume slider on QuickTime and you’ll be able to hear your voice amplified through your laptop speakers. Screenshot: Apple

Find karaoke tracks to sing over

Now that you have a microphone and you can hear yourself sing through it, it’s time to find some actual songs. I tested several apps for this and I’ve found that, for most people, YouTube is the best option. You can search for any song, add the word “karaoke”, and you’ll find it there. 

I recommend you do some testing before the party, though—you might need to turn the volume down on the YouTube video to hear the microphone over the music, for example. It’s also a good idea to put together a playlist, but if you want to change things up on the go, searching for karaoke videos on YouTube doesn’t take long, so feel free to search for songs as requests come in. 

Optional: connect your computer to your TV

Your home karaoke setup doesn’t need much more than a computer, especially if you connect it to some decent speakers. But things can get a lot more fun if you hook up your laptop to your TV using an HDMI cable.

[Related: Five rad and romantic ways to turn your home into a karaoke bar]

The bigger screen makes it easy for everyone to see the lyrics and sing along with whoever is performing, but it also means the audio will come through your TV’s stereo system. As an added bonus, hooking up your TV to your laptop also makes it easy for one person to DJ the karaoke session without getting in the performers’ way. 

Try a dedicated karaoke app

If you can’t be bothered to find karaoke videos on YouTube, you can use a dedicated app to get the party going. 

Karafun

Karafun has an extensive song catalog and even if some of the tunes on the app sound a little cheesy, they’re synced up well with the lyrics and you can browse everything in one interface. It’s also easy to make a queue so your guests don’t get into a fight every time you ask who’s next. 

Karafun has a limited free version that allows you to play 30-second previews of all the songs in the catalog—not exactly enough to get to the bridge. So if you want to use this app for your karaoke party, you’re better off paying $9.99 per month to get unlimited access to all the tunes on the platform.

Karafun is available for Mac and Windows. Get full access to its song catalog for $9.99 a month. 

Singa

If you want to skip YouTube, Singa is another option you can use in your browser. The platform offers multiple versions of most songs and the quality is generally pretty good. Singa is also the only service on this list that lets you adjust the pitch on any song, making it possible for any singer to finish even the most difficult Mariah Carey tunes. 

You can get five free songs every day, which isn’t a bad deal but it’s not enough for your karaoke party. For $5.99 you can purchase a 2-day pass for full access to Singa’s catalog, and if karaoke becomes a hobby, you can splurge on a yearly subscription.

Singa is available on the web. Full access to its catalog starts at $5.99. 

Karaoke Mugen

Karaoke Mugen is an open-source option built by anime enthusiasts. As you’d imagine, its catalog includes mainly songs from anime shows and video games, lots of them available in multiple languages. Maybe this sounds like a party to you, but it has one major drawback—it’s annoying to set up. To use Karaoke Mugen, you’ll need to create an account and set up a web server working on your host computer. But if you go through all that trouble, you’ll get one stand-out feature: the ability for anyone in the room to add songs to the queue using their phones. 

Karaoke Mugen is available on the web for free.

The post Host an epic karaoke night with just a laptop and a mic appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to deactivate Instagram because the Likes don’t love you back https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-deactivate-instagram/ Tue, 22 Aug 2023 15:10:09 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=564312
A person's hand holding an iPhone with the Instagram login screen visible.
If you deactivate Instagram, you can simply log in to recover it, but deletion is permanent. Solen Feyissa/Unsplash

Whether you deactivate or delete Instagram, it could be good to take a break.

The post How to deactivate Instagram because the Likes don’t love you back appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person's hand holding an iPhone with the Instagram login screen visible.
If you deactivate Instagram, you can simply log in to recover it, but deletion is permanent. Solen Feyissa/Unsplash

To deactivate Instagram or delete it: that is the question. If you’re reading this article, you’ve probably decided that it’s better to take action against the sea of troubles associated with the Meta-owned app and other social networks (like body dissatisfaction and unhealthy life comparisons) than it is to suffer the slings and arrows of outrageous trolls. No more.

Both deactivation and deletion will remove your Instagram account from the public eye, but the choice you make will depend on whether you plan to come back to the ‘Gram at any point. The key difference between a deactivated account and a deleted one is that the latter is permanent. If you deactivate your Instagram, it won’t be visible to anyone, but you won’t lose anything. You can let it languish in virtual limbo forever, or recover and reactivate it at any time by simply logging in. Delete it, though, and Meta will erase everything—you won’t be able to get it back.

Consider downloading your Instagram data first

Before you start, we recommend downloading all your Instagram data. You don’t need to do this, but if you’re at all nostalgic for the time you spent on the app, you should stash a file full of your posts, comments, and everything else on a hard drive somewhere. Not interested? Cool—you can skip straight to our instructions on how to deactivate Instagram.

Download your Instagram data from the app

1. Tap your profile photo in the bottom right corner of the screen, then hit the hamburger menu (three lines) in the top right.

2. Touch Your activity to open up a categorized list of everything you’ve ever done on Instagram.

The Instagram app showing where to find "your activity" inside the settings menu.
Once you enter the settings, you can find your activity right here. Screenshot: Instagram

3. Scroll to the bottom of this list and tap Download your information.

4. Click Request a download on the next page. When the file is ready, Instagram will notify you and give you four days to download your information from the app.

Download your Instagram data from the web

1. We know the app is more easily accessible, but plenty of people prefer the web version of Instagram. If that’s you, click More in the bottom left corner of the screen, then hit Your activity.

[Related: Criticism pushed ‘Instagram Kids’ back to the drawing board]

2. Select Download your information, then enter the email address you want Instagram to send the file to.

The Instagram web interface showing how to download your data.
Navigating Instagram’s web interface might actually be a little easier than the app. Screenshot: Instagram

3. Choose the file format you want: HTML or JSON. The latter is a better option if you want to transfer all your Instagram data to another program or service.

4. Enter your Instagram password, then hit Request download.

How to deactivate Instagram, or permanently delete it

Whether you’re using a phone or a computer, the steps to delete or deactivate your Instagram account are essentially the same, but the first few are different enough to warrant separate instructions. When you’re done, maybe you’ll sleep—perchance, dream—a little easier. And then you can consider deleting Facebook when you wake up.

How to delete or deactivate Instagram from the Android or iPhone app

1. Tap your profile photo in the bottom right corner of the screen, then the hamburger menu (three lines) in the top right.

2. Choose Settings and privacy, then Accounts Center. These options should be easy to find, as they’re both right at the top of their respective lists.

3. From the Meta Accounts Center, tap Personal details > Account ownership and control > Deactivation or deletion.

The Instagram app showing where to find your personal details, to start the process of deactivating or deleting your Instagram account.
Step 3 starts here. Screenshot: Instagram

4. Pick your Instagram account from the list of Meta accounts.

5. Choose whether you want to delete or deactivate your Instagram account, then hit Continue and enter your Instagram password to finish the process.

How to delete or deactivate your Instagram account from the web

1. Click More in the bottom left corner, followed by Settings.

2. Find the Meta Accounts Center box, then click See more in Accounts Center.

The Instagram settings interface on the web, showing how to find the Meta Accounts Center to delete or deactivate your Instagram account.
Once you find the Meta Accounts Center, you can start the deactivation or deletion process. Screenshot: Instagram

3. Once in the Accounts Center, click Personal details > Account ownership and control > Deactivation or deletion.

4. Select your Instagram account from the list of Meta accounts that appears.

5. Pick whether you want to delete or deactivate your account, then hit Continue and enter your password to finish the job.

The post How to deactivate Instagram because the Likes don’t love you back appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to delete your Facebook account and take your data with you https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-delete-facebook/ Tue, 26 Oct 2021 00:07:27 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=405259
A Facebook Like icon doing a thumbs-down, as you might do if you want to delete your Facebook account.
If you want to know how to delete your Facebook account, you've come to the right place. Barefoot Communications/Unsplash

Meta has buried account deletion and deactivation within your Facebook settings, but we found them.

The post How to delete your Facebook account and take your data with you appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Facebook Like icon doing a thumbs-down, as you might do if you want to delete your Facebook account.
If you want to know how to delete your Facebook account, you've come to the right place. Barefoot Communications/Unsplash

Facebook is still popular, with around 3 billion users logging in each month, but there’s no doubt some are there for a single purpose: to delete their account.

If you’ve decided you can no longer be associated with a platform that has struggled to effectively manage hate speech and misinformation, are just learning about whistleblower Frances Haugen’s scorching 2021 testimony before a Senate subcommittee, or simply have no use for the social network anymore, it’s fairly easy to back up your data and leave Facebook behind.

When you do, you’ll also lose access to Messenger, but not Meta’s other apps. If you want to deactivate Instagram or delete WhatsApp, you’ll have to do so separately. And if you’ve linked Facebook to any other services, you won’t get locked out forever, but you’ll need to use a different login method the next time you open them up.

Consider downloading all your Facebook data first

Before you pull the plug, you may want to save all the data you’ve amassed on the platform throughout the years. Of course, you can skip this and immediately delete your Facebook account (steps below), but we think it’s better to download everything and not need it than to trash it all and wish you hadn’t. You can do this from the mobile app or a web browser.

Facebook knows a lot about you, so you won’t get your data immediately—it may be several days before the file or files are ready for you. Once it’s done, though, Facebook will let you know via email.

It’s a time-sensitive matter too: The files are large, so Facebook will only hang onto them for a few days before they delete them. If the download window closes on you, you’ll have to start the process again.

Download your Facebook data from a browser

A Facebook profile showing how to access the Facebook account settings and privacy options.
To get started, open Facebook’s settings. Screenshot: Facebook

1. From your Facebook profile, click your profile picture in the top right corner of the screen, then hit Settings & privacy, followed by Settings. This should bring you directly to Your Facebook information, where you’ll see several options.

2. Find Download profile information, then click View to its right. This will bring you to a page where you can customize exactly how much you actually want to save.

The Facebook settings page showing where you can download your Facebook information.
You can poke around in the other options if you want, but this is the one you need. Screenshot: Facebook

3. Select a file format: HTML or JSON. The latter is better if you want to transfer your data somewhere else.

4. Use the dropdown menu under Media quality to decide if you want to save photos and videos at High, Medium, or Low quality. Higher-quality media will increase the size of the final data file.

The options for downloading your Facebook data.
The options described in steps 4, 5, and 6 are all right here. Screenshot: Facebook

5. Choose a date range. You can select one of Facebook’s preset time periods (like Last week and Last year), but if you have a specific range in mind you can pick Custom to set your own Start date and End date. If you want to download everything, click All time.

[Related: How to uncover what Facebook knows about you]

6. Select the type of information you want to save. There are a lot of categories, including Messenger conversations, posts, polls, places, events, searches, and ad data, and everything on this incredibly long list of items is selected by default. You can grab it all or pick and choose what you want to take with you by clicking the checkboxes to the right of each category.

7. When you’re ready, click Request a download at the bottom of the page. 

Download your data from the Facebook app

1. Tap Menu in the bottom right, then the cog icon in the top right to open Settings & privacy.

Where to find the Facebook settings on the Facebook app.
You can find the Facebook settings in the app under the cog icon in the top right. Screenshot: Facebook

2. Scroll down to Your information and tap Download your information.

The Facebook data download options in the Facebook app.
You can download your information right here. Screenshot: Facebook

3. You’ll see a long list of data categories, including Messenger conversations, pages you’ve liked, posts, Facebook Marketplace data, login information, and your interactions with ads. Everything will be selected by default, but you can tap an item to deselect it and omit it from the final data file.

4. Choose a date range. You only have two options here: All of my data and Date range. If you don’t want to save everything, tap the latter option, then touch the dates that appear to set beginning and end dates for the time period you want.

The options for downloading your Facebook data from the Facebook app.
After you select everything you want to download, use the options on this page to finish the download process. Screenshot: Facebook

5. Pick a file format. You have two options here too: HTML and JSON. The latter is better if you want to send your data somewhere else.

6. Decide if you want the photos and videos in your final file to be High, Medium, or Low quality. The higher the quality, the more sizable your download will be.

7. Tap Create file to start the process.

How to delete your Facebook account on a mobile device or a computer

Whether you’ve downloaded your data and safely stored it on a hard drive or skipped straight here to erase all memory of your time on the social network, it’s time to delete your Facebook account. The process is essentially the same whether you’re using a web browser or the mobile app.

1. Open Facebook’s settings. This is the only step that’s substantially different whether you use a browser or the app.

  • From a browser: Go to your Facebook profile, click your profile picture in the top right, then Settings & privacy, followed by Settings.
  • From the app: Tap Menu in the bottom right, then the cog icon in the top right to open Settings & privacy.

2. Look for the Meta Accounts Center. On the web, it’s in the left-hand sidebar, and in the app it’s at the top of the page. Hit See more in Accounts Center.

Facebook's settings, showing where to find the Meta Accounts Center to delete your Facebook account.
To delete your Facebook account, you’ll need to go to the Meta Accounts Center. Screenshot: Facebook

3. Click Personal details, then Account ownership and control.

The location of the Facebook account settings for deleting or deactivating your Facebook account, under personal details and account ownership and control.
Facebook has made it kind of hard to find the options for deleting and deactivating your account, but you can find them right here. Screenshot: Facebook

4. Choose Deactivation or deletion.

5. Select your Facebook account from the list of Meta accounts that appears.

6. Click Delete account. Doing so won’t immediately delete your Facebook account, but it’ll start the process. Deletion is permanent, though, and you won’t be able to get any of your Facebook data or Messenger messages back once it’s done. That said, your information will remain in Facebook’s possession (but invisible to the public) for at least 30 days. During this time you can change your mind, log into Facebook, and hit Cancel deletion to recover your account. After that grace period, it’ll all disappear into the internet ether.

  • Note: Your other option here is Deactivate account, which will allow you to temporarily remove your Facebook account from public view. The difference between this and deleting your account is that no one will be able to see your name, photos, and most of the things you’ve shared, but you’ll still be able to use Messenger. It’s also not permanent, so you can undo deactivation whenever you want.

7. Whether you chose to deactivate or delete your Facebook account, click Continue. Facebook may ask you to click through several other dialog boxes (like reminding you that deactivating or deleting your account will also shut down any pages you run) and will ask for your password one more time before it makes everything disappear.

How to delete your Facebook account without a password

As you may have noticed, you need your password to delete your Facebook account. But if you’ve forgotten it or your account has been compromised, there are some workarounds you can try.

Recover or reset your password

1. From the Facebook login page on the web or in the app, click Forgot password?.

2. Enter the email or phone number associated with the account and hit Search.

3. You may see a partially-hidden email address or other information on the next screen (like R*********@g****.com), and that may help you remember your login information. If not, click Try another way.

4. Facebook will offer you several password reset options, and they’ll vary depending on what other services you use. Choose the one that works best for you, and hit Continue to begin the reset process.

Report your account as fake

As a last-ditch attempt to remove your account without any login information, you can report it as fake. There’s no guarantee this will work, but you can try. And it goes without saying that you should not maliciously report an account you don’t like in the hope that it’ll be deleted. You’re better than that.

You will have to be logged into Facebook to file a report, though, so you’ll need to either create a new account to find and report your old account, or team up with a friend or family member to report it from their account. If you can’t do any of these, Facebook has an online form that will let you report an imposter account without logging in. Otherwise, follow these steps:

1. While logged into Facebook, go to the Facebook profile you want to report (yours, in this case).

2. Click the three dots under the cover photo. If you’re using a web browser, choose Find support or report; if you’re in the app, tap Report profile.

The options for reporting a Facebook account as fake or pretending to be someone.
Don’t misuse the report feature. Screenshot: Facebook

3. Select the problem you have with the account. There are several options here, but you’ll probably want to choose Pretending to be someone. It’s you, but the account is pretending to be someone who wants to be on Facebook, after all.

4. Choose Me, and Facebook will ask if the account is violating the social network’s community standards. You can click See Community Standards to read up on them, or just hit Submit to report the account. If all goes well, Facebook will remove it from the site.

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2021.

The post How to delete your Facebook account and take your data with you appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to do a reverse image search https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-reverse-image-search/ Sat, 19 Aug 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=563902
A laptop showing how to reverse image search on the Google image results page.
You can use an image on your device or a URL to find similar photos or where it was first posted. PopSci composite: Domenico Loia/Unsplash; Screenshot: Google

The internet can tell you where a picture came from.

The post How to do a reverse image search appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A laptop showing how to reverse image search on the Google image results page.
You can use an image on your device or a URL to find similar photos or where it was first posted. PopSci composite: Domenico Loia/Unsplash; Screenshot: Google

Knowing how to reverse image search is a useful skill. Sometimes called backwards image search, this technique allows you to use a picture from your device’s gallery, a screenshot, or an image URL as a starting point to find out where it’s been used online. 

You may have heard of it used in connection with Google image search, but the Big G is only one of the platforms offering this feature—there are several others you can use for free on your phone, tablet, or computer. The most accurate reverse image search tool will heavily depend on what you’re looking for, so it’s worth trying all of these options to see how the results compare.

Reverse image searching is a good way to find photos similar to ones you already have, or better quality versions of them. You might also want to find the original iteration of a picture or piece of digital art—or make sure no one is using your content without permission.

Search by image on Google

Google image search results page
Google image search will allow you to see similar photos to the one you’re using for your query. Screenshot: Google

Google allows you to submit your image in a number of ways. Whichever one you choose, you’ll typically end up with a gallery that includes exact matches to your picture, as well as results that look similar to it. Generally, Google can identify what’s in your photo, so you might also see related text results. If it’s a logo, for example, you might see the company’s website, or if it’s a plant you might see its name and information about the species.

[Related: 5 Google search tips for the most accurate results]

1. From a desktop or mobile browser, head to Google Images

2. Click or tap the search by image button—it looks like a colorful camera. 

3. Submit your photo.

  • On desktop, you can drag an image in from another window, upload a file from your computer, or paste in the URL of the image you want to find.
  • On mobile, you can snap an image with your camera or tap the picture icon to the left of the search button to choose an image from your phone. As soon as you upload the image, Google will show you results for it. 

4. (Optional) To find exact matches from a desktop browser, click Find image source. To access the same tool from a mobile device, tap the image source button in the lower right—the icon looks like a small magnifying glass and globe. You’ll immediately see a list of matches together with their resolution and the website they’re on. This is extremely useful if you want to know where the picture was first posted or grab it at a different size or quality.

How to reverse image search on Bing

Backwards image search results page on Bing
MIcrosoft’s search engine will help you filter results so you can find what you’re looking for. Screenshot: Bing

If you’d like to run a reverse image search on a platform other than Google, Microsoft’s search engine can also get the job done, and it categorizes the results for easy navigation. 

1. Open up Bing in a desktop or mobile browser and click or tap the square camera icon to the right of the search box.

2. Submit your photo.

  • On desktop, you can drag an image into the window, pick one from your system, or enter an image URL.
  • On mobile, you can take a snap with your phone’s camera or choose a picture from the device’s storage by tapping the picture icon in the lower left corner of your screen.

3. Bing will immediately present you with a list of matches split into three categories, but depending on the photo you used, you might not see all of them.

  • Pages with this image: These are exact matches for the picture you’re searching for. 
  • Related content: These are similar kinds of images to the one you’re searching for.
  • Shop for similar: These are items on retail sites that closely match your image. This category comes in handy if you’re shopping for a certain top or pair of shoes, for example.

4. (Optional) To sort your reverse image search results, go to the Pages with this image section. There are two buttons on this panel—one specifying how many pages of matches Bing found, and the other specifying how many image sizes are available. Click or tap the pages button to see the individual URLs listed in order. You can also click or tap the image size button to see the matches grouped by resolution, in pixels.

How to reverse image search with TinEye

Tineye reverse search results page
Don’t want to use one of the big search engines? TinEye is a great alternative. Screenshot: Tineye

Another useful reverse image search tool is TinEye. As with Google and Bing, you can access the search box through a desktop or mobile browser. You can also save yourself the typing by getting the platform’s extension, available for Chrome, Firefox, Edge, and Opera. 

1. Tap the Upload button to choose a picture from your phone or computer, or enter an image URL in the box. You’ll immediately see a collection of matches from the web. Alongside each of them, you’ll see the date a picture was first posted, and its resolution. 

2. (Optional) Sort results by using the drop-down menu at the top of the list. You’ll be able to group images by date, size, or closest match. 

3. (Optional) Refine your results using the checkboxes at the top. You’ll be able to filter by images that were recently deleted from the web and are no longer available, results from stock photo companies (handy if you want to license a picture), and items that are part of collections (groups of other similar images). If you’re trying to figure out when a picture was originally posted, that last option can be particularly useful—the image you’re looking for may have been uploaded as part of a set along with other similar ones.

Reverse image search is mostly safe

When you submit a photo for reverse image lookup, platforms like Google and Bing use their algorithms to analyze the file and find others like it online. To do that, they need to store the image for a limited period of time while they process it. 

Google’s terms of service, for example, are vague enough that they don’t say exactly how long they store the pictures you use for reverse image search. However, according to the company’s official community message board, they keep a copy for about a week, but it’s not indexed by Google and is only accessible if you have the file’s URL. After that, the image is deleted forever. 

[Related: Organizing your photos can be a chore. Let AI tag them for you.]

Given this information, reverse image search is fairly safe, at least on Google, but that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t exercise caution. Think twice about searching for sensitive photos—even if you trust the platform, there’s always the chance that your connection has been compromised without you knowing it, which means hackers might be able to intercept files you upload to the web.  

For other platforms, make sure you read their terms of service before submitting images you wouldn’t want posted online. 

The post How to do a reverse image search appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Anybody can be your travel guide with customized Waze voices https://www.popsci.com/diy/waze-voices-recording/ Fri, 18 Aug 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=563608
Phone showing Waze directions, probably using recorded voices for navigation
Why have an machine-generated voice guide you, when you can have your own kid tell you where to turn?. Thibault Penin / Unsplash

Switch the app's default voice and have someone you care about tell you when you missed the exit.

The post Anybody can be your travel guide with customized Waze voices appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Phone showing Waze directions, probably using recorded voices for navigation
Why have an machine-generated voice guide you, when you can have your own kid tell you where to turn?. Thibault Penin / Unsplash

If driving your car is your main form of transportation, then Waze (available for Android and iOS) offers a solid alternative to Apple Maps and Google Maps when it comes to turn-by-turn navigation. But one thing that sets the app apart from the rest is the ability to record new voices for directions.

And it doesn’t have to be your own. For example, you could have one of your kids or that friend with the baritone to get you to your destination every time. You might even want to hear how your own voice does the job.

Note that these custom Waze voices only cover the basics of the directions. At the moment, Waze can’t leverage the artificial intelligent power to adapt your voice to pronounce the name of every place, road, city, or town in the world—although it might only be a matter of time before a feature like this is available.

Recording a new Waze voices

Menu to record a new Waze voice for navigation
It might take a while to record all the clips, but you can do them in batches and come back whenever you want. Screenshot: Waze

Open Waze on your phone. If you have an Android device, tap the three horizontal lines in the top left corner of your screen, followed by Settings; iPhone users should tap the My Waze heading at the bottom, and then the cog icon in the top left corner of the interface. Select Voice and sound, then the current voice used for navigation (most likely Waze voice), and finally, Add a voice.

You’ll see a safety warning reminding you to make sure that the verbal instructions you record are clear and accurate, and then Waze will ask for your permission to use your phone’s microphone. After that, it’s time to record—let your inner voice actor out or ask the person whose voice you’re using to step in.

[Related: Navigating with GPS is making our brains lazy]

Tap Name your voice at the top of the screen to identify the new narrator, and choose the phrases you want to record: There’s a comprehensive list with everything from “Let’s get started—drive safe!” to “Take the fourth exit”. You don’t have to tackle all of these in one go: you can always come back and finish your recording later, and Waze will default to its regular voice for any clips still pending.

When you choose a phrase, a recording window will pop up. Tap the red circle button to register your voice, and the blue play button to hear it back. Waze will tell you how many seconds you have to get each phrase in, so you can’t drag it out too much—the time will count down as you’re recording to make it easier to fit all of it in there. When you’re happy with a clip, tap Save.

As you start to build up the bank of voice recordings, you’ll see the red record buttons next to each phrase change—tap the blue play button to hear the clip, and a trash can button to delete it and try again. If you’re done for the day, tap Save to go back to the main Waze app.

How to switch between Waze voices

Waze voices menu for navigation
Once you record your own Waze voice, name it and choose it from the list on the app. Screenshot: Waze

When you record a voice, the app will automatically set it as the default navigation narrator. To change it in the future, head to the settings screen on your phone as detailed above, and choose Voice and sound. A blue checkmark will sit next to the voice you’re currently using.

You’ll notice that Waze offers a wide selection of fun and serious voices to pick from, including cats, dogs, and noir detectives. Some of these voices will have an “including street names” label, which means they’ve been programmed with these specifics on the map. If you choose one that doesn’t (including your own recordings), you’ll have to settle for machine-generated voices and pronunciations for the names of specific streets and places.

[Related: Learning a new language? Here’s how to perfect your pronunciation.]

When it comes to the custom Waze voices, you’ve got two little icons next to each one: Tap the pen icon to go back to the recording screen to make changes and add phrases, or tap the share icon (an arrow pushing out of a box) to send your recorded voice clips to someone else on Waze. Maybe grandparents also want to be directed around town by your kids, so just tap the Share button to confirm and pick a contact or an app to share a link in.

So, next time you need to hit the road, open the map screen on Waze, enter your destination, and your selected voice will guide you there. You can also change the voice mid-drive by tapping the speaker icon next to the estimated time of arrival and choosing then Voice directions.

The post Anybody can be your travel guide with customized Waze voices appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
All the ways to digitally sign a PDF https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-sign-a-pdf/ Wed, 16 Aug 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=563238
A person signing a PDF document on their phone
You can sign PDF documents on your phone and on the go. DocuSign / Unsplash

You don't need a pen to put down your signature on a PDF file.

The post All the ways to digitally sign a PDF appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person signing a PDF document on their phone
You can sign PDF documents on your phone and on the go. DocuSign / Unsplash

Paper copies and filing cabinets have become less common since cloud computing became more ubiquitous. But you may still need to sign a PDF document, which may be a problem if you don’t have a printer and scanner handy.

The solution is to do everything digitally, scribbling your signature with your finger, a stylus, or a mouse cursor, and pasting it on the PDF. There are multiple different ways to go about it, so you can choose the one that suits you best.

 How to sign a PDF document on Windows

Person signing a document on Microsoft Edge
On Microsoft Edge, you can choose the width and color of the lines you’ll use to draw your signature. David Nield for Popular Science

If you’re looking for a built-in PDF signing tool in Windows, your best option is the Microsoft Edge browser that comes with the operating system. To open a file, drag it into a browser tab from File Explorer or press Ctrl+O and select the document.

[Related: How to combine PDF files for free without sketchy online software]

Up at the top of the screen, you’ll see a new toolbar: Click the small arrow next to Draw to choose the color and line thickness of your signature. With that done, leave your mark on the document using your mouse or trackpad. You may also use your finger if your Windows device has a touchscreen.

If you don’t like your digitized autograph and need to start again, click the icon that looks like an eraser. Once you’re happy with the result, head over to the save icons you’ll see up in the top-right corner of your screen—they look like floppy disks. Click the one on the left to save over the original PDF or the one on the right (with the pen icon) to save the signed document as a new file.

How to sign a PDF document on macOS

A person signing a PDF document on Preview on MacOS.
Preview, on macOS, will automatically save your signature and even share it with other Apple products signed into the same account. David Nield for Popular Science

Over on Apple’s desktop operating system, your native PDF-signing tool is the easy-to-use  Preview. By default, all PDFs should open in the tool by double-clicking on them, but if that’s not the case, you can always summon the app via Spotlight search: type “preview” on the search bar that appears when you hit command + spacebar. Select the program and then open the document from there by going to File and clicking Open

Once Preview is displaying the relevant file, you should see an icon on the toolbar at the top that looks like a signature. If you don’t see the option, go to View and click on Show Markup Toolbar—it’s towards the bottom of the menu. Click the signature button and choose Create Signature. There are several ways to go about it: You can scrawl your autograph on your trackpad, you can hold a piece of paper with your signature on it up to your Mac’s webcam, or you can sign using your finger or an Apple Pencil on an iPhone or iPad linked to the same Apple ID as your computer.

When you’re done with the result, click Done and your scribble will drop into the document, where you’ll be able to reposition and resize it as needed. Your signature will automatically save for future use, so next time you open a document on Preview, you can click on the signature icon and your autograph will be there ready to be inserted wherever you need it.   

To save over the current PDF, choose File and then Save; or if you’d rather create a new file, choose File and Export instead.

How to sign a PDF file on Android

A person signing a PDF document on an Android device
For Android owners, the easiest way to sign a document is to open it on the Google Drive app. David Nield for Popular Science

If you want to sign a PDF on Android you don’t need the hassle of downloading and signing up for another app—Google Drive, which should already be on your device, has you covered. Open up a PDF, then tap the edit button (bottom right), which looks like a pen with a scribble next to it.

Tap the pen tool (bottom left) and choose a color and line thickness for your signature. With that done, you can sign right on the document. Use the eraser or the undo (backward arrow) buttons on the toolbar to go back and start again, if you need to. You can then tap Save to overwrite the PDF, or tap the three dots (top right) and Save copy to create a separate file.

And if you don’t want to use Google Drive, Android has plenty of third-party options to pick from, as well. Adobe Fill & Sign can scan a written signature you’ve got on a piece of paper for example, while JetSign can work with other types of files (like Word documents) as well as PDFs.

How to sign a PDF on iOS or iPadOS

A person signing a PDF document on an iPhone
Apple products will share the signatures that you create among them so that you can sign PDF files no matter the Apple device you’re on. David Nield for Popular Science

The digital signing features on iOS and iPadOS closely match those on macOS, and you’ll find the relevant tools in the Files app. Open a PDF in Files, then tap the icon in the bottom right corner that looks like a pen filling out a form. This brings up a list of your existing signatures, including ones you might have created on your Mac.

You can also tap Add or Remove Signature and the + (plus) icon to create a new scribble using your finger or an Apple Pencil. Once you’ve selected a signature, you can reposition it on the document by dragging it around with your finger, and resize it by moving the blue handles around the edges. Tap Done to overwrite the existing file. If you want a separate copy, tap the file name (top left) and then Duplicate.

As you would expect, plenty of third-party apps for iOS and iPadOS will take over PDF signing duties if you need them to. PDF Expert gives you access to a host of PDF editing tools, including the ability to add signatures, while SignNow is a good choice if multiple people need to sign the same file.

Other options to sign a PDF document

A person signing a document on Dropbox
If you want to explore more options to sign your documents, Adobe, DocuSign, and Dropbox, among others, offer alternatives. David Nield for Popular Science

If you want to test and compare several tools, there are yet more options you can try out. If your PDF documents are in Dropbox, you can open them up on the web, then click Add signatures and Self-sign to add your autograph. You can draw using your mouse or trackpad, create a signature based on a font of your choice, or upload an image of your signature from somewhere else.

[Related: Easily convert a PDF to an image on your phone]

DocuSign also offers a comprehensive set of document-signing tools. Click your profile picture (top right), then Manage Profile and Signatures to assign your personal scribbles to your account, which you can then add to any of your documents. If multiple parties are signing the same document, DocuSign can keep track of who has signed what, and when.

If you want something simple that runs in your browser, you can rely upon ILovePDF for any kind of PDF editing or processing task. Just click Sign PDF and follow the instructions on the screen. You can scribble out a signature with your mouse or trackpad, upload an image of your signature, or generate one using your name and font of your choice.

The post All the ways to digitally sign a PDF appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This gadget from 1930 let people ‘talk’ to the dead—with a magic trick https://www.popsci.com/diy/spiritphone-magic-trick-explained/ Tue, 15 Aug 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=560905
person holds hand to ear, old magazine illustration
Popular Science

How a Popular Science tutorial for building a ‘spiritphone’ tuned into the hype of the Golden Age
of Magic.

The post This gadget from 1930 let people ‘talk’ to the dead—with a magic trick appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
person holds hand to ear, old magazine illustration
Popular Science

MAGIC FIRST TOOK SHAPE from the occult—from unseen forces once more popularly believed to flow from the spirit world to alter the course of mortal events. Throughout history, magicians were seen as aloof figures mysteriously granted secret knowledge to channel numinous power. In some cultures and times, magicians held sway as oracles and shamans; in others, they were shunned as sorcerers and witches—or worse. It wasn’t until the late 19th century that magic made a break from its mostly mystical roots. Interest in magic grew exponentially into the 20th century when it became a popular performing art, sparking decades of fantastic feats of illusion, conjuring, and escapology known as the Golden Age of Magic.

Given magic’s history, it is particularly apt that in 1930, in the midst of magic’s heyday, Popular Science offered readers do-it-yourself instructions for building a “spiritphone”—a gadget capable of making prophecies by dint of its apparent radio connection with “the land of the departed.”   

“The spiritphone,” wrote George S. Greene, “is easy to construct and still easier to operate, and is one of the most effective tricks for the amateur magician.” The trick’s premise is to guess the name of a famous person secretly picked by a member of the audience. 

Slips of blank paper are handed out, and each audience member jots down the name of a “departed hero or famous [person]” of their own choosing. The folded slips are then collected in a hat. A member of the audience is chosen at random to select a folded slip, without peering at the name. The magician hands that volunteer the spiritphone, but not before barely turning a fake screw at its base, which brings the name of a famous person into view on the spiritphone’s dial. The volunteer is then instructed to ask the spiritphone, via a receiver, what name is on the slip of paper. The spiritphone “responds,” and the volunteer announces to the audience what they “hear”—which really means what they see on the spiritphone’s display. To everyone’s delight, the spiritphone’s answer matches what’s written on the folded slip of paper. That’s because when the slips of paper are collected from the audience, with sleight of hand, the magician tucks them into the hat’s interior sweatband and replaces them with slips that all bear the same name, preselected by the magician. The spiritphone has the same name imprinted on the rotating display in its interior mechanism, which Greene’s instructions explain how to build.

February 1930 cover of Popular Science magazine
The cover of the February 1930 issue features home projects and asked if we should abolish speed laws. Popular Science

Greene was a longtime Popular Science contributor who covered the magic beat, regularly explaining how tricks worked. One such article, written in January 1929, “Famous Magic Tricks Explained,” garnered protest from readers who didn’t want the magazine to reveal what was behind the curtain and spoil the charm of mainstream magic’s spell.

For instance, Greene explained how escapologists, like the legendary Harry Houdini, could vanish from an enclosed tank filled with water. Such tanks, it turns out, had a concealed trap door connected to a man-sized tube that deposited the performer backstage. “To perform the feat,” Greene explained, “one must, of course, have the ability to stay under water for the minute or two required.” Houdini could definitely hold his breath, but did he possess supernatural abilities? According to Greene, the trick is in the prop. Magicians are “specialists in woodcraft and metalworking, electricity, and psychology, and the ideas worked out are, in many cases, equal in cleverness to the products of our modern inventors.” 

In Greene’s time, carnivals were a popular venue for magic, and fortune telling was a cornerstone of traveling performances. Remember the crystal-gazing Omaha magician who becomes the Wizard in L. Frank Baum’s The Wonderful Wizard of Oz (an American classic with magic and illusion at its core)? The rise of television after World War II offered magicians an opportunity to branch out from their vaudeville roots. Today, David Copperfield is perhaps one of the best-known practicing illusionists. The 2013 blockbuster movie Now You See Me took illusion to a whole new level with the assistance of magic consultant (yes, there is such a profession), David Kwong.

Do-it-yourselfers nostalgic for the simple but clever magical props popular nearly a century ago can still follow Greene’s detailed spiritphone instructions. Some woodworking knowledge is a prerequisite, and a few modernizations might make the trick more relatable for a contemporary audience. For instance, a Bluetooth earbud or headset could replace the tethered receiver. An enterprising DIY magician might even connect it to their smartphone so a prerecorded name could be whispered into the assistant’s ear to match the secret name on the spiritphone’s display. Oh, and you’ll want to bring your own hat. It’s not likely that anyone in a 2020s audience will be able to offer a 1920s-style felt hat equipped with a paper-slip-concealing interior sweatband. 

Read more PopSci+ stories.

The post This gadget from 1930 let people ‘talk’ to the dead—with a magic trick appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Switch from Google Maps to Apple Maps without losing your favorite pinned places https://www.popsci.com/diy/google-maps-to-apple-maps/ Tue, 15 Aug 2023 12:17:06 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=563086
A person using Apple Maps in a park.
It's a lot easier to switch apps when you know you're not going to lose everything. CardMapr.nl / Unsplash

One less hurdle to clear if you're thinking of moving to Apple Maps.

The post Switch from Google Maps to Apple Maps without losing your favorite pinned places appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person using Apple Maps in a park.
It's a lot easier to switch apps when you know you're not going to lose everything. CardMapr.nl / Unsplash

Apple Maps was, to put it lightly, a disaster at launch. A decade later, though, it’s surprisingly good: the app now has much better map data and can do all kinds of tricks. Even better: iOS 17 is adding offline maps, which until now was one of the biggest roadblocks preventing some people from switching. 

The problem, if you’re a longtime Google Maps user, is all of the places you’ve saved in Google Maps over the years. These pinned locations come in handy, and switching to another map program often means starting over. Jumping from Google to Apple Maps would be a lot easier if there were a way to grab all your pinned places and take them with you. There is, it turns out, but it’s not exactly straightforward. The process will technically work on an iPhone or iPad, but I recommend you do it on a Mac, if possible. 

Export your Google Maps data

To get started, you’ll need to export your saved locations from Google Maps, which you can do at takeout.google.com. First click the Deselect all button at the top—we’re only interested in Google Maps data today. Next, scroll down until you find the Maps (your places) option. Check the box next to this entry, then click OK

The file format options for exporting Google Maps data via Google's Takeout tool.
This is the format you want. Justin Pot for Popular Science

Scroll to the bottom of the page and click Next step, then choose Export once and proceed with the export. You can leave the tab open and download when ready or you can close the tab and wait for an email (though the process shouldn’t take long—I had my download within a couple of minutes.)

The download will arrive in the form of a ZIP file, which you can unarchive on your Mac by clicking it. Now it’s time for the import.

Import to Apple Maps

Apple menus showing how to import Google Maps data into Apple Maps.
Importing Google Maps data to Apple Maps can be a little tricky, so make sure you follow the steps closely. Justin Pot for Popular Science

Apple doesn’t have a dedicated feature for importing Google Maps data, which is a shame. The good news is that you can use Apple Shortcuts instead. There’s a thread on Reddit where people discuss a few different custom-built shortcuts for the job. You’ll find a few options there, but the one I found easiest to get working is called Tweaks to Apple Map Transfer. Download the shortcut by opening that link, clicking Get Shortcut, then clicking Add Shortcut in the window that appears.

Now open the files you downloaded from Google and find the Saved Places.json file. Right-click it, then click Share, followed by Shortcuts. You will see the shortcut you just installed as an option.

The Tweaks to Apple Map Transfer shortcut for importing Google Maps data to Apple Maps.
Apple’s Shortcuts are truly handy. Justin Pot for Popular Science

Click that shortcut, then hit the Done button. You will be asked for a starting point, which is a little confusing—just say 1 to start with (this will make sense later).

[Related: How to fix errors on Google and Apple Maps]

A text box will open showing you the number of the first item you’re seeing. Close that and another box will appear containing the name of the item. Close that, and the item in question will open in Apple Maps, allowing you to save it to your favorite places in Apple Maps (or to a custom list, if you prefer).

Adding a location to Apple Maps' favorites list.
Looks like a nice trail—let’s save it as one of our favorites. Justin Pot for Popular Science

That’s right: you’ll have to manually save each object. This is a bit of a bummer—it’s time consuming!—but it also gives you a chance to organize things just the way you want to. You could, for example, create separate “Guides” for different kinds of pins—I, for example, put all of my pinned trailheads into a dedicated “Hikes” guide. I’m sure you can think of other ways to use this.

As you’re working on this, the window for the next item will load in the background—it will just say a number. Close the window and another window will open, showing you the name of the next location. From here you can repeat the process until all your pinned Google Maps locations are sitting pretty in Apple Maps.

The shortcut isn’t perfect—some locations will cause it to crash. This is where the Starting point option we talked about earlier is helpful: just restart the shortcut and enter the item number you’d like to skip to. Instead of entering “1”, plug in the number of the item you planned to import before the crash. It’s annoying, sure, but at least there’s a fallback.

This process obviously isn’t perfect, but it’s better than nothing. Hopefully Apple, at some point, adds an official method.

The post Switch from Google Maps to Apple Maps without losing your favorite pinned places appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Master your Mac by creating custom keyboard shortcuts https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/make-macos-shortcuts-guide/ Mon, 23 Nov 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/make-macos-shortcuts-guide/
A woman lounging on a couch with a silver Macbook on her lap, possibly considering how she can create shortcuts for macOS.
You don't need a trackpad when you have shortcuts. Mimi Thian / Unsplash

When Apple's default shortcuts don't work for you, create your own.

The post Master your Mac by creating custom keyboard shortcuts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman lounging on a couch with a silver Macbook on her lap, possibly considering how she can create shortcuts for macOS.
You don't need a trackpad when you have shortcuts. Mimi Thian / Unsplash

Perhaps you too have frowned whenever you think about those seemingly wasted seconds spent moving your hands from your keys to your mouse and back again, over and over and over. Time is money. That’s why learning—and creating—the right keyboard shortcuts can be such an advantage, as they allow you to whizz around your system faster and more comfortably.

All operating systems have presets you can work with, but if macOS doesn’t have the shortcuts you need, you can easily create your own. These custom key presses can help you get stuff done much more quickly, whether you’re launching apps and menus, manipulating files, or performing repetitive tasks such as closing programs at the end of the day.

This is exciting, but before you dive in and start creating shortcuts for macOS, we’d recommend familiarizing yourself with the hotkeys already available. It’ll save you from duplicating existing combos.

Create macOS shortcuts using Apple’s built-in settings

The good news is that one way to create custom macOS shortcuts is built right into the operating system. The bad news is that it doesn’t give you a great deal of flexibility, and you might also need to use a third-party program, depending on what you want to do. To get started, open up System Settings from the Apple menu, then choose Keyboard and Keyboard Shortcuts. A new dialog box will appear with a list of shortcut types on the left.

Click any of the options in the sidebar (like Mission Control or App Shortcuts), and you’ll see a list of the shortcuts already enabled. The combinations under each category cover a host of actions—from taking a screenshot to opening the Launchpad interface. Many of them can be enabled and disabled using the check boxes to their left.

To assign a new shortcut to an action that doesn’t already have one, double-click none and hit the new keys. To edit an existing shortcut, double-click the existing key combo, then type the new keys.

[Related: 38 advanced Mac keyboard shortcuts]

If you try to assign a keyboard shortcut that’s already in use, macOS will warn you with a message on the screen. You’ll still be able to carry on, though, as when you type in a shortcut, the system will launch all the actions linked to it. This, however, may result in your computer slowing down or even crashing, depending on which programs or actions the shortcuts trigger, so it’s better to keep combinations unique.

To create new shortcuts for your macOS apps, click App Shortcuts, then the plus icon. You’ll get to pick the app and then the menu item inside the app that you want to access. If the action you want isn’t listed on a menu, you can’t create a shortcut to it. Not with this tool, anyway.

Get some help from another program

The Alfred tool for creating custom shortcuts on macOS.
Alfred is great for finding files in your computer, but you can also use it to create shortcuts beyond macOS’ built-in capabilities. David Nield for Popular Science

If the macOS keyboard shortcut creation tool doesn’t cover everything you need, there are plenty of third-party programs that will be able to help you out.

One of our favorites is Alfred, which will be familiar to macOS power users. It acts as a supercharged system search tool and launcher that also supports customized keyboard shortcuts. You can use it to set key combos for a host of actions including opening apps and files and searching the web.

To customize your shortcuts, open Alfred from the menu bar and pick Preferences. There, you’ll see the General tab, where you can set the main hotkey to enable Alfred, and the Features tab, where you can set shortcuts for particular actions related to files and apps. For more complex keyboard shortcuts (including those controlling media and the clipboard), you can upgrade to a Powerpack version for £34 (about $43).

Another alternative is Keyboard Maestro. It’s $36, but it’s a very comprehensive tool and you can try it for free. The program can create more sophisticated shortcuts than Alfred, with the option to tie several actions together, and support for everything—from entering text to controlling system settings.

To create a shortcut for macOS with Keyboard Maestro, click the plus button at the bottom of the interface. You’ll need to assign the keyboard shortcut first, and then you can tell the program what you want it to do. The program is slightly more complicated than Alfred in terms of building actions, so if you don’t find it as intuitive, you can get more information on how the app works by clicking on Tutorial from the Help menu.

Create keyboard shortcuts inside your Mac apps

The shortcuts menu inside Adobe Photoshop.
Shortcuts in Photoshop can be useful for accessing tools buried deep inside the main menu. David Nield for Popular Science

We’ve got no idea which programs you have on your Mac, but chances are that at least some support customized keyboard shortcuts. If they do, you’ll need to manage your key combos inside each app rather than across macOS as a whole.

Microsoft Word for macOS is one program that allows you to create custom keyboard shortcuts. To find the feature inside Word, you’ll need to choose Tools, then Customize Keyboard. You’ll see a new dialog box with all the commands and menu options you can assign shortcuts to—select one and press your chosen shortcut to link them. Make sure to use unique combinations, as any new ones you create will override the old ones. Don’t worry, though—you’ll be warned if your chosen shortcut is already in use.

[Related: 4 tips and hidden settings that will speed up macOS]

Finally, use the drop-down menu at the bottom of the dialog box to choose whether the shortcuts apply to all Word documents (the Normal.dotm template) or just the current one (Document1 or whatever the currently open file is called).

If you have Adobe Photoshop on your Mac, you can set up customized shortcuts to get to your favorite tools more quickly. Just press Option+Shift+Cmd+K, or select Keyboard Shortcuts inside the Edit menu to start assigning.

Your selected shortcuts can launch menu items, interface panels (like Layers or History), and specific tools—select an entry from the list, click Add Shortcut, and press your chosen combination of keys. As in Word, if your chosen shortcut is already in use, Photoshop will warn you. If you continue, the new action will overwrite the old one.

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2020.

The post Master your Mac by creating custom keyboard shortcuts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to see what’s happening on Mastodon without creating an account https://www.popsci.com/diy/mastodon-social-rss/ Sat, 12 Aug 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=562635
An iPhone on a wooden surface with the sign-in page for Mastodon on the screen.
No need to go any farther than this. Battenhall / Unsplash

This one's for everyone who would rather not create yet another online account.

The post How to see what’s happening on Mastodon without creating an account appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An iPhone on a wooden surface with the sign-in page for Mastodon on the screen.
No need to go any farther than this. Battenhall / Unsplash

Social media is splintering. Where once sites like Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram dominated, now there are a bunch of smaller networks. One that’s growing at the moment is Mastodon

The decentralized nature of this platform makes it a bit harder to navigate than most, which is why plenty of people are not on there. Still, there might be a lot of interesting content you’re missing out on just because you don’t want to sign up for yet another social network. 

So what if you want to follow a single account on Mastodon but can’t be bothered with understanding how the fediverse actually works? It sounds counterintuitive, but it is possible thanks to Mastodon’s ability to generate an RSS feed for every account. The option is not exactly easy to find, but once you pin it down you can add it to your favorite RSS reader

Find the RSS feed for any Mastodon account

The Mastodon account for PopSci contributor Justin Pot.
You don’t have to follow me on Mastodon—I’ll understand. Justin Pot for Popular Science

To get started, head to the page for any Mastodon account, like mine or PopSci‘s. You’ll notice that the RSS feed isn’t exactly advertised—there’s no link to it anywhere on the page, search as you might. But it’s there all the same: just add “.rss” (no quotes) to the end of the address in your browser’s navigation bar. 

So, in our example, “https://mastodon.social/@jhpot” and “https://mstdn.social/@popsci” become “https://mastodon.social/@jhpot.rss” and “https://mstdn.social/@popsci.rss“. 

Hit enter and you’ll see the raw feed. It’ll look something like this:

The raw RSS feed code for Mastodon social.
Just raw RSS. Justin Pot for Popular Science

Ignore this code—it’s not important right now. Just copy the URL for the feed from the address bar and paste it into your preferred RSS reader. Once that’s done, you’ll be able to open your reader on any device and see the content of every post, and even media when appropriate. 

Wait, what’s RSS?

A Mastodon social RSS feed in an RSS reader.
What a Mastodon RSS feed looks like in an RSS reader. Justin Pot for Popular Science

I’m glad you asked! RSS stands for Really Simple Syndication. It’s an easy way to keep up with any webpage and a lot of news sites and blogs offer them. For example, I use them to stay on top of local news and what’s happening in the tech world without having to check my social media feeds

To keep up with your favorite Mastodon accounts, you’ll first need a feed reader. If you don’t know what these are, we have a helpful guide to RSS apps you can use, which include Feedly, NewsBlur, and Reeder. Set up one of these apps on your device of choice and follow the instructions to add the feeds you’re interested in. You will see every new post in a single place. 

For now, RSS is likely the simplest way to follow a Mastodon account without creating your own, but it’s not the only one. Because Mastodon is decentralized, you can use other social networks that can connect to it, like Pixelfed, Friendica, and Gnu Social. In the future, it might get even easier, as eventually Tumblr and Instagram’s Threads will connect to the same protocol. That means you’ll be able to follow Mastodon users from those apps. 

The post How to see what’s happening on Mastodon without creating an account appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
4 ways to run Android apps and games on your computer https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/how-to-use-android-apps-games-on-computer/ Sun, 28 Feb 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/how-to-use-android-apps-games-on-computer/
Laptop on a wooden desk near a window with a person's hands on the keyboard.
Why pick up your phone when you can run Android apps on your laptop? Yes, even on a Macbook. Samsung Memory / Unsplash

Bring Android to Windows, macOS, and ChromeOS.

The post 4 ways to run Android apps and games on your computer appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Laptop on a wooden desk near a window with a person's hands on the keyboard.
Why pick up your phone when you can run Android apps on your laptop? Yes, even on a Macbook. Samsung Memory / Unsplash

If there are Android apps and games you love and rely on, know that you’re not limited to using them on small displays. Not only will these programs work on a ChromeOS computer, but they’ll also run on Windows and—to a lesser extent—macOS. You may find the extra screen real estate and full keyboard and mouse controls to be a big advantage whether you’re gaming or working.

Some apps may not work perfectly—a consequence of trying to run software on a device it wasn’t intended for—but official tools from Google and Amazon have made this less of a problem. Just two years ago, the best ways to run Android apps on a computer were to buy one with ChromeOS or install an emulator on your PC or Mac. Today, you can also use Google Play Games and the Amazon App Store to do the job on your laptop or desktop.

Run Android apps on a ChromeOS computer

ChromeOS showing support for Android apps.
Android app support is built right into ChromeOS. David Nield for Popular Science

Using a Chromebook (or a Chromebox) is one of the best ways to run Android apps and games on a computer. ChromeOS has Android support built right in, so getting your favorite mobile programs to work won’t require any effort on your part. Click the launcher button (bottom left), find the Play Store icon, and browse for your apps and games just as you would on an Android phone.

If you don’t see the Play Store icon on your Chromebook, head to its settings (click the status bar in the lower right corner, then the cog icon), and select Google Play Store under Apps. From the same section of the settings pane, you can pick Manage your apps to view and uninstall them, or pin your favorite ones to the bottom shelf on ChromeOS.

[Related: The best Chromebook add-ons and tricks]

Newly installed apps will appear in the launcher, and you can open them with a click. Most apps will run perfectly well on ChromeOS, but that may not always be the case. If you notice some odd behavior and positioning, it means that particular app has not been optimized for Chromebooks or other larger screens.

Run Android apps on Windows via the Amazon app store

The Amazon app store will let you run Android apps and games on Windows PCs.
You can grab Android apps for Windows from the Amazon Appstore. David Nield for Popular Science

Windows now officially supports Android apps in a couple of ways. The first is via the Amazon app store, the same one you’ll find on Amazon Fire tablets. The store offers both apps and games, but the selection isn’t quite as wide as it is with the Google Play Store (more on that in the next section).

Open up the Microsoft Store from the Start menu, then search for “Amazon Appstore”. When you find it, click Install to get it set up on your system. You’ll have to sign in with an Amazon account—if you don’t already have one, you can register inside the app store itself.

When you’re up and running, you can search for games and apps using the box at the top, or browse the categories (like Kids and Editor’s pick) in the main panel. When you’ve found something you like, click Get and Download. You can launch any installed apps from the Start menu as normal.

To customize various aspects of how the Amazon app store works on Windows, click the Settings link on the left. You can, for example, choose to set up parental controls for in-game purchases, and have your apps automatically update whenever your computer is connected to WiFi.

Run Android games on Windows using Google Play Games

The Google Play Games beta showing a preview of CookieRun: Kingdom.
You can get Google Play Games on your laptop, but it’s in beta. David Nield for Popular Science

Microsoft and Google do offer an official way to play Android games on PC, but it’s games only—no apps. It’s also still in beta testing, so expect one or two bugs to occasionally appear. To get started, head to the Google Play Games beta page in your web browser and click Download beta.

Run the downloaded file, and after a few minutes of setup, you’ll be asked to sign into your Google account. When that’s done, you can start browsing—any games you previously installed on an Android phone or tablet will appear on the right, so you can easily install them on Windows if you want to.

[Related: 9 hidden Android features you’re missing out on]

On the left, you’ll see quick links to the home screen (with a selection of recommendations), your library, and the search function (you can browse by category or look for something specific). When you find a game you like, click Install. Note that all games have to be launched from the library inside Google Play Games, and they won’t appear on the Start menu.

To configure Google Play Games on Windows, click your profile picture (lower left), then Settings. You can choose whether or not the games on your system are automatically updated, manage the various permissions games have on Windows, and see details of your Google Play account.

Use an emulator to get Android apps on Mac and PC

The BlueStacks emulator, which you can use to get Android apps on Mac and Windows computers.
BlueStacks gives you access to plenty of Android apps and games. David Nield for Popular Science

Another option for Windows, and the only option for macOS, is to run an emulator. These emulators take code written for Android, interpret it, and then produce the same results on a desktop operating system. That interpretation layer means the apps might be slower than they are on your phone, but it won’t be a noticeable problem on most computers.

One such emulator is BlueStacks, which is speedy, free, and easy to set up. Get started from the Home tab, which will show you both BlueStacks’ own selection of games and a link to the Google Play Store where more apps and games reside. You can also use the search box at the top to look for something specific.

Everything you install needs to be run through BlueStacks’ own interface and app player rather than the Windows Start menu. There’s also a Multi-instance manager tool available from the left-hand navigation pane, which lets you run games and apps using different user accounts at the same time.

Another option worth considering is NoxPlayer, and it checks a lot of the same boxes as BlueStacks: It’s free, easy to configure, and available for both Windows and macOS. When you start up NoxPlayer for the first time, you’ll see a panel showing the key areas in the emulator: Click Game Launcher and then Game Service to start exploring.

This story has been updated. It was originally published in 2021.

The post 4 ways to run Android apps and games on your computer appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to use AirDrop without opening your phone up to strangers https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-airdrop/ Wed, 09 Aug 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=561967
Three young people of different races and genders standing on a sidewalk in a park during the fall, all holding their phones and laughing.
AirDrop is perfect for when you want to meet your friends in the park and share memes. That's a perfectly normal thing to do. Keira Burton / Pexels

AirDrop is a convenient way to share things with people up to 30 feet away, but you may receive unsolicited requests.

The post How to use AirDrop without opening your phone up to strangers appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Three young people of different races and genders standing on a sidewalk in a park during the fall, all holding their phones and laughing.
AirDrop is perfect for when you want to meet your friends in the park and share memes. That's a perfectly normal thing to do. Keira Burton / Pexels

Many WiFi-enabled devices strain under the weight of sending multiple photos, contacts, and videos at once, causing the transfer to move at glacial speed. If you have an iPhone, Macbook, or iPad, though, you can lighten its load and avoid all that hassle by learning how to AirDrop—preserving your patience along the way. 

With no tangled cords and with lightning speed, you can use AirDrop to share photos, documents, files, and contact information between any Apple devices within 30 feet of each other. That means you can quickly send photos and videos, share web pages and links, swap notes, and transfer countless other bits of information from any AirDrop-compatible app.

How to turn on AirDrop

Enabling AirDrop is easy, no matter what Apple device you’re using:

  • On iOS and iPadOS: Open Settings > General > AirDrop. Once there, choose to make your device Visible to Everyone, discoverable by Contacts Only, or have Receiving Off.
  • On macOS: Click the AirDrop icon in the Finder sidebar, then select your visibility options from the menu. If prompted, make sure you at least have your Bluetooth on, if not WiFi as well.

Be careful: AirDrop is a convenient way to share nearly everything, but it can also expose you to devices owned by people you do not know. They may send you unsolicited photos, videos, links, or images with messages. 

[Related: How to protect your smartphone privacy]

When you’re not using AirDrop, we recommend making sure it’s turned off or your AirDrop settings are set to either Contacts Only or Receiving Off. This way, you won’t randomly receive AirDrop requests from strangers. You may have to turn on AirDrop more frequently, but the added privacy is worth those few extra taps. 

How to AirDrop

AirDrop won’t work if your Bluetooth is off. Check this by going into your device’s settings, clicking on Bluetooth, and making sure your device is discoverable. Once your Bluetooth is on, you may share web pages, contacts, images, location addresses, files, or videos. The process will be the same no matter what you try to AirDrop:

  1. Open the item’s sharing options. Depending on what you’re trying to share, you may find these options by tapping or clicking Share or the share icon (an arrow pointing upward out of a square).
  2. Hit the AirDrop icon. Within your sharing options, you should see what looks like a downward-facing Pac-Man made of several concentric circles. This is the AirDrop icon, and it may also say “AirDrop” under it.
  3. Choose your recipient. Once you tap or click the AirDrop icon, you’ll see a list of any nearby devices you can share with, labeled People or Other People. If there are no devices close enough to AirDrop to, you won’t see anything. Move closer or check both devices’ Bluetooth and AirDrop settings. 

Do you need WiFi to AirDrop?

You don’t need WiFi to use AirDrop, but it’s recommended. AirDrop works best when both devices are connected to the same WiFi network. If WiFi is unavailable, AirDrop can use Bluetooth to establish a peer-to-peer connection between devices, but these will be noticeably slower than sharing over WiFi.

How to receive AirDropped content

As long as the sender and recipient devices have Bluetooth enabled, AirDrop will work seamlessly. On the receiving end, you’ll get a pop-up preview of the content the sender wants to share with you. You can either Decline or Accept. When the transfer is complete, your device will bring you to where it placed the content. For example, an AirDropped photo will be among your photos, and your device will use the Photos app to open the image on your screen. 

How many photos can you AirDrop?

According to Apple, there is no limit on the size of individual AirDropped files, but larger files will take longer to transfer. So whether you’re sharing a 1MB photo or a 1GB video, AirDrop will handle up to 100 media and non-media items in one batch.

[Related: How to back up and protect all your precious data]

If you need to migrate your entire camera roll, you’re better off using a wired connection and a dedicated photo and video transfer app. But for quickly sharing selected photos or videos on the go, AirDrop is likely your best bet.

Why you can’t AirDrop to an iPhone

All technology can be tricky from time to time, and AirDrop is no different. If AirDrop isn’t working between iPhones or other Apple devices, try these troubleshooting tips:  

  • Make sure both devices have AirDrop enabled in Settings
  • Check that you have cell or WiFi service and Bluetooth is turned on and working properly on both devices.
  • Move the devices closer together, within 30 feet.
  • Soft reset both devices by turning them off and back on.
  • Update both devices to the latest iOS, macOS, or iPadOS software version.
  • Temporarily disable any macOS firewalls that may block AirDrop. Do this by opening System Settings, then Network, and clicking on Firewall. Then hit the Options button and turn off Block all incoming connections.

As a last resort, back up both devices and restore them to their factory settings. If you need help, we have a guide that will help you reset iPhones and Macs.

The post How to use AirDrop without opening your phone up to strangers appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The new Arc browser will literally transform how you use the web https://www.popsci.com/diy/arc-browser-tips/ Tue, 08 Aug 2023 12:52:42 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=561828
The Arc browser on macOS.
Arc wants to do things differently. Arc

Arc is a unique browser, and you might find it's exactly right for you.

The post The new Arc browser will literally transform how you use the web appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Arc browser on macOS.
Arc wants to do things differently. Arc

It’s not often that a new browser comes along promising to transform the way you access the web, but that’s exactly what Arc offers. Now available to anyone on macOS and iOS, with a Windows version due before the end of 2023, the program brings with it a slew of features that will help you browse differently.

For a start, tabs live on the left by default rather than at the top, and are automatically archived after a customizable period of time. You can keep different browsing activities separate with Profiles and Spaces, you can collect stuff from the web in Notes and Easels, and you can even change the look of sites as you browse.

Arc’s ultimate aim is to provide a more intuitive, more focused window to the web—and by exploring how these various features and settings work, you’ll be able to get a feel for whether or not Arc is the right browser for you. 

Getting started with Arc

The welcome screen when working through the Arc browser setup process.
You’ll get a guided tour of Arc when you first launch it. David Nield for Popular Science

Once you download Arc for macOS and install it on your system, it’ll ask you to sign up for a free Arc account. This will mainly be used to sync browsing data across devices and file bug reports, and you can’t use the browser without one. Once you’ve supplied a name, email, and password, the initial setup process will start.

Setup involves importing data such as your browsing history, stored passwords, and bookmarks from another browser on your system (Chrome, Edge, Safari, Firefox, and Opera are all supported)—click on any of the browsers listed to see the data that will be transferred across. Select a browser and then click Next to do the import, or click Do this later if you’d rather start fresh with Arc.

Arc will then ask you to pick a color that it’ll use as its main accent color, so you’ll have a browser that’s tailored to your tastes right from the beginning. The next stage is picking out web apps that you often have open, such as Gmail or Notion—Arc will ask you to sign into these apps, and will put links to them front and center once you finish setup.

[Related: How to cover your tracks when you’re browsing the web]

For the penultimate step of the setup process, you can choose whether or not to activate Arc’s built-in ad blocker. The choice is yours, but bear in mind that many websites (this one included) rely on advertising revenue to run. Finally, you’ll get your Arc card: A simple image with your name and a graphic that you can use to show off your support for Arc on social media and elsewhere.

Using Arc

When you get into Arc, the first area to be aware of is the sidebar on the left. It’s home to your favorites (which look like app shortcut icons), pinned tabs just below, and unpinned tabs beneath that (under the line). As mentioned above, unpinned tabs are automatically archived after 12 hours by default, but you can change this by going to Arc > Settings > General.

You can view archived tabs via Archive > View Archive, and you can turn an unpinned tab into a pinned one by dragging it up above the sidebar line or pressing Cmd+D. You can also drag tabs back down to unpin them, and reorder them by clicking and dragging within both the pinned and unpinned sections. To visit a new site, enter its URL in the box in the top left corner, then hit Enter and it’ll pop up in a new tab.

An Arc browser window, showing the tabs on the left-hand side of the screen.
In Arc, your tabs live on the left. David Nield for Popular Science

That box is also good for running searches, and you can set your default search engine via Arc > Settings > General. Just to the right of the box you’ll see options for copying the current URL, sharing it via another app, taking a screenshot, and applying a boost—boosts let you change the colors and fonts on a page, so you can give any site a custom look. There’s also a “zap” button for removing elements of a webpage, such as menu bars or widgets.

If you’ve got several people using Arc on the same computer, you can set up profiles for each person via File > New Profile. Profiles have their own separate sets of browsing data (such as history and favorites), so you can also use them to keep various parts of your browsing life independent—you might have one profile for work and one profile for leisure.

[Related: The information tracking cookies could be gathering about your family]

Then there are Spaces, which are like profiles within profiles. Again, you could have separate ones for your job, vacation planning, hobbies, side hustle, or whatever you like. Favorites stay constant across Spaces, but pinned tabs and unpinned tabs change, and each Space can have its own color theme. To make a new Space, choose Spaces > New Space. Your Spaces are listed at the foot of the sidebar for easy switching, and can be managed via Spaces > Edit Spaces.

Spaces in the Arc browser.
Use Spaces to keep browsing sessions separate in Arc. David Nield for Popular Science

To help you keep track of everything you find on the web, Arc offers Notes and Easels—you can create either by clicking on the plus button at the bottom of the sidebar. Notes are just as they sound, collections of text, links, and images that you can use to record ideas and thoughts. Easels are a bit more creative, combining scribbles and shapes with text, images, and screenshots you’ve grabbed from the web.

Also of note is the Cmd+T keyboard shortcut, which works a bit like Spotlight does on macOS. Hit this shortcut in Arc, and a box will pop up: You can type in a search, the URL of a website you want to visit, the title of a tab that’s already open, a command (such as “pin tab”), or a place within Arc you want to go to (such as “settings”). It’s a one-stop shop for getting anywhere in Arc.

The Arc browser search box, which you can activate via the Cmd+T shortcut.
You can use the search box to navigate the web or Arc itself. David Nield for Popular Science

As you can see, Arc is packed with features, many of them not available in other browsers, and there are more that we don’t have the space to explore here, like Split View for multitasking (View > Add Split View) and the stripped-down, Little Arc mini version of Arc (File > Open Little Arc). It’s worth at least giving Arc a try, to see if it offers enough to dislodge your current browser from its default position.

The post The new Arc browser will literally transform how you use the web appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Permanently delete files (for real) https://www.popsci.com/permanently-delete-files/ Mon, 07 Jan 2019 21:29:54 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/permanently-delete-files/
A smashed computer monitor on a floor near a discarded can—physical destruction is one way to permanently delete files.
This isn't the most efficient way to make sure deleted files stay gone, but it's certainly an option. Julia Joppien / Unsplash

Send your trash beyond the point of no return.

The post Permanently delete files (for real) appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A smashed computer monitor on a floor near a discarded can—physical destruction is one way to permanently delete files.
This isn't the most efficient way to make sure deleted files stay gone, but it's certainly an option. Julia Joppien / Unsplash

When you delete a file from your computer, it doesn’t simply disappear from existence—at least, not right away. Even if you immediately empty the Recycle Bin or Trash folder, all your deletion does is earmark the space that file takes up on your hard drive as vacant. Until another file or application makes use of that room, the old data will remain. This is why specialized programs can often recover deleted files for you.

But recovery isn’t always a priority. If you want to securely erase sensitive files, or you’re selling your device to another person, you’ll need to know how to permanently delete files from your computer, tablet, or phone. That way, no clever software will ever be able to bring your old files back from the dead. Follow this guide to make sure unwanted files disappear forever, beyond the reach of even the most determined data forensics team. Just make sure you really want to permanently erase the data before you start.

If you’re on a computer, your first move should be to delete the file from File Explorer in Windows or Finder in macOS. Then clear out whichever undelete tool your operating system uses—either the Recycle Bin or the Trash folder. That’s where most people would stop and move on to another task, leaving their data vulnerable. But you’re not most people.

Permanently delete files from standard hard drives

Eraser, a tool that will permanently delete files from computer hard drives.
Eraser can blitz specific files and folders or regularly clean up empty disk space. David Nield for Popular Science

If you’re using an older desktop computer or laptop, it probably has a traditional mechanical hard drive, also called an HDD. If you’re unsure, a quick glance at the specs should tell you one way or another. Data on these drives is stored close together, which makes the information easier to recover.

To overcome this problem and securely remove a file or folder, you’ll need the help of a third-party program. For Windows, the simple Eraser tool is one of the best, or you can try Recuva, which is billed as a file recovery program but also performs secure deletions. Both free programs work similarly: They overwrite the vacant space on your drive with random data so the original files and folders can’t be brought back.

For a Mac with a mechanical hard drive, the process depends on the age of your machine. On newer HDD Macs, we’d recommend Permanent Eraser, which is free. Simply point this app to the files and folders you want to get rid of, and it will take care of the rest. But if you’re running an older device with Yosemite or an earlier version of macOS, you can simply open the Finder menu and choose Secure Empty Trash, an option that overwrites all the files in the Trash folder with junk data.

The options differ because Apple removed the Secure Empty Trash function from El Capitan and all subsequent versions of its software. The company did so because its new MacBooks use solid-state drives, or SSDs, which work differently than mechanical HDDs. If your Windows or Mac machine has an SSD, you’ll need a distinct approach.

Permanently delete files from SSD drives

FileVault on macOS
FileVault provides built-in encryption on macOS machines. David Nield

Many laptops, especially those built by Apple, contain solid-state drives. These are becoming ubiquitous because they’re much faster than hard drives, though they are more expensive. SSDs also handle file deletions differently than mechanical drives: They don’t give you the same control over where data gets saved, so overwrite programs won’t work.

So, instead of writing over deleted files, SSD users need to encrypt the disk. Encryption means the username and password you use to log onto your computer will act as an unlock code for the files, even if they’ve been deleted. Without that code, no one can read what’s on your computer or recover erased files. The only danger is if someone discovers your username and password combination, logs onto your machine, and fires up a file recovery program. Because SSDs store bits of data at random locations around the disk, you don’t really have any way to prevent people from doing this. Just choose a strong password and be careful about who has access to your computer.

[Related on PopSci+: Stop choosing bad passwords already]

Macs should automatically encrypt files, but you can make sure by opening up System Settings, clicking Privacy & Security, and finding the FileVault option. On pre-Ventura versions of macOS, it’s System Preferences > Security & Privacy > FileVault. If FileVault isn’t already set to “on,” turn it on, and it will make sure your deleted files become inaccessible. On Windows 10 and 11, you can employ the built-in BitLocker tool (search for it from the taskbar), but only if you have Windows 10 Pro or Windows 11 Pro, Enterprise, or Education. If you don’t, you can use a third-party alternative, such as the free VeraCrypt, to encrypt your disks.

If you’re selling your computer and want to permanently delete everything on it, you can go beyond encryption to protect your data. First, transfer everything you want to keep to another machine, remembering to back it up. Then, fully reinstall the operating system to securely wipe all the data on the SSD.

To reinstall macOS, follow Apple’s instructions. For Windows, you can reset Windows 10 or 11, or use SSD manufacturer tools to perform a full wipe as comprehensively as possible. These tools are available for SanDisk, OCZ, Samsung, and other SSDs.

Permanently delete files on tablets and phones

Lock screen security on an Android phone.
Good lock screen security is the best protection against someone accessing your deleted files on a mobile device. David Nield for Popular Science

Computers get a lot of data security press, but many of us keep vulnerable information on tablets and phones as well. These devices rely on flash storage similar to that used in SSD drives, so the deletion principles are the same: With no easy way to securely delete files, you must encrypt the data stored on your mobile devices. On the bright side, it’s virtually impossible to recover deleted files because apps only get limited control over the file systems on smartphones and tablets. That means you don’t really have to worry about files making an unwanted return on these devices.

Rather than bothering with secure deletion, you should instead protect your phones and tablets against unwanted visitors: Enable a fingerprint ID or at least a PIN code to prevent anyone but you from accessing your devices. If no one else has access, they can’t mess around and recover erased files, which would take a high level of technical know-how anyway. All iOS devices, as well as all Android devices that run version 6.0 (Marshmallow) or later, apply encryption by default. So as long as you protect your lock screen, you’ll be able to protect your data as well.

[Related: All the ways to edit your iPhone lock screen]

That said, if you’re getting rid of your mobile device, you should perform a complete factory reset to securely wipe everything on it. As always, make sure you have backups before you do. Your next step in iOS will be to hit the Transfer or Reset Phone option within the General menu inside the Settings app, then hit Reset. On an Android device, open Settings and head to System, then Reset options. In there, you’ll find Erase all data (factory reset). In some cases, it is technically possible to retrieve data after such a reset, but that would require FBI levels of skills, so don’t lose sleep over it.

One final option we haven’t mentioned is putting on a pair of safety goggles and taking a hammer to your hard drive or smartphone and bashing it into oblivion. For good measure, you can run a few nails through the hard drive or flash storage to make sure it can never be accessed again. After that type of damage, no one will ever touch your deleted files. If you’re getting rid of your computer or mobile device, physical destruction is the ultimate in paranoid data protection.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on August 20, 2017.

The post Permanently delete files (for real) appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 ways to go back in time on the internet https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/go-back-internet/ Thu, 05 Nov 2020 13:19:52 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/go-back-internet/
A person sitting in a cafe at night, using a laptop.
When you're determined to find something, these tools will make it easier. Daniel Lim / Unsplash

Become a web archaeologist.

The post 5 ways to go back in time on the internet appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person sitting in a cafe at night, using a laptop.
When you're determined to find something, these tools will make it easier. Daniel Lim / Unsplash

The World Wide Web has been up and running since the early 1990s, and countless amounts of text, images, video, and audio have been uploaded since then. Run a web search today though, and it’ll likely prioritize newer pages. Not great if you’re looking for something older.

Going back in time on the internet is possible, but you need to have the right tools and techniques to dig deep into the past. Once you’ve refined your skills, you can pull up everything from your first tweet to famous web pages from the previous century.

Find old pages on the web

Run a standard Google search, and it will show you the most recent and relevant results by default, but you can change that. From the search results page, click Tools, Any time, and Custom range to look for pages published around particular dates. There’s no limit on how far you can go back, though you’ll find diminishing returns as you venture deeper into the historical archives.

Try looking for veteran politicians or long-running TV shows, but adjust the dates to 2000-2010, and you’ll see how opinions can shift dramatically when it comes to people or entertainment. If you’re looking for a specific older article, the date range tool can make the task much easier, and you can add other filters too (e.g. site:popsci.com to restrict the search to a particular domain).

This feature isn’t exclusive to Google—if you prefer the privacy-focused DuckDuckGo, click the Any time filter at the top of the screen after you run a search to get similar date range options. Unfortunately, the same custom date search feature isn’t available everyone on Bing. It used to be, but Microsoft has restricted it to news, image, and video searches. If you’re in Bing’s news tab, click the Any time dropdown menu to get date options, and if you’re in the image or video tabs, click Filter to bring up several dropdown menus, then choose Date.

In many cases, sites will render older pages using their current layout and style—presenting the old content in a new way. If you want to see sites as they were in the past, or look up pages that Google and Bing can’t reach, you can turn to the Wayback Machine. It features hundreds of billions of pages preserved exactly as they were originally published.

Type in the name of a website, like www.popsci.com, into the search box on the Wayback Machine, and you’ll see an overview of the pages saved from that domain. You can click into individual years, months, and days to see how those pages looked when they first appeared. Many of these cached pages are fully browsable too, so it’s just like surfing the web in the old days.

[Related: This free tool can reveal who is behind any internet domain]

The Wayback Machine is the best option for pulling up older pages as they originally were, but there are alternatives. Time Travel searches smaller web archives, including those managed by Stanford and individual countries. You can also find a limited number of official and government sites archived by the US Library of Congress.

If the site you’re looking for is particularly well-known, you might find it preserved in a digital museum. The Web Design Museum has pulled together several hundred significant pages, showcasing some digital design trends of yesteryear, while the Version Museum has captured the changing style of big sites such as Amazon, Apple, Wikipedia, The New York Times, Google, and Facebook.

Find old posts on social media

Twitter's advanced search function, showing a date range search from January 2010 to February 2011.
The advanced search feature on Twitter lets you go back in time. David Nield for Popular Science

Searching through older social media posts on Twitter and Facebook requires a different approach. These platforms come with built-in search features and work with a number of third-party tools that you can use to hunt back through years of social media posts, created by you or other people.

The advanced search page on Twitter lets you search for tweets based on the date they were posted (back to when Twitter launched in 2006). Besides the date, you’ll need to enter other search criteria, such as a particular user account or a keyword you want to search by.

You can use this search tool to look for your older tweets, or those made by anyone else, as long as the account is public. There are even filters for narrowing your search based on how much engagement the post got—if you’re running a search with a lot of matches, prioritizing the popular tweets can help filter out the noise.

If you want to go back to the very beginning of a Twitter account, the date an account was created is listed on the user’s profile page—that should help you focus your search. You can also request a download of your Twitter archive by opening Twitter’s settings, clicking Your account, and selecting Download an archive of your data. You may need to verify who you are before you can get the data, but once you have the archive you can open the file in your web browser and quickly get to your earliest tweet using the list of years and months.

[Related: Allow us to show you how to bulk-delete tweets]

Over on Facebook, posts are much less likely to be public and visible to everyone. You can search the posts of someone you’re friends with by opening a profile and clicking the three dots on the right, followed by Search. When you run a search, you’ll see search filters down the left-hand side, including one for Date Posted.

The same filters appear when you run a general search from the box in the top left-hand corner of the Facebook interface: Enter a keyword or two, then hit Enter to run the search. Click Posts and Date Posted to narrow the results based on year. It’s not a precise tool, but it might help you find what you’re after more quickly.

Searching your own profile is a much more surgical operation. Click the three dots on the right side of your profile, then Activity log, Your posts, and use the options that appear under Filters to look for posts from a particular date. Facebook can bring up searches you ran and posts you liked and commented on, as well as everything you posted yourself, from the selected time period.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on November 5, 2020.

The post 5 ways to go back in time on the internet appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Make the most of your dual or ultrawide monitor setup https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/ultrawide-monitor-dual-display-guide/ Thu, 01 Oct 2020 19:33:35 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/ultrawide-monitor-dual-display-guide/
An ultrawide monitor on a wooden desk in front of a window.
When it comes to monitors, size certainly matters. Luke Peters / Unsplash

Become a desktop real estate mogul.

The post Make the most of your dual or ultrawide monitor setup appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An ultrawide monitor on a wooden desk in front of a window.
When it comes to monitors, size certainly matters. Luke Peters / Unsplash

Setting up two monitors or a single ultrawide display gives you a huge amount of flexibility when you’re working or gaming on your computer. But if you’re new to this setup, it can be easy to stick with the same grids and single-window layouts you’ve always relied on. Don’t.

Both Windows and macOS have tools and options to optimize your additional screen space, but there are also plenty of third-party apps that will help you intelligently arrange on-screen elements. This means a cleaner, more organized desktop, but also lets you squeeze more productivity and/or entertainment out of your setup.

How to set up ultrawide and dual monitors on Windows

With an extra display hooked up to your Windows 10 or 11 laptop or desktop, head to Settings from the Start menu, then choose System and Display to see your options. Click and drag to set how Windows sees them in relation to each other—this will determine how they’re connected spatially so you can drag windows from side to side naturally.

Scroll down to the Multiple displays settings to pick how to use your two monitors. You can choose to Duplicate these displays to see the same windows on each one, or Extend these displays to use your monitors as one big desktop. The latter will allow you to take full advantage of the additional space.

To move open windows from one screen to another, just click on the title bar and drag them across. Using Windows keyboard shortcuts, it’s even easier—just press Shift+Win+Left arrow or Shift+Win+Right arrow to move the active program straight to the other screen.

By default, Windows will show the taskbar and Start menu button on both displays, but you can change this. From Settings pick Personalization, then Taskbar, and turn off the Show taskbar on all displays toggle switch. (You’ll find it under Multiple displays on Windows 10 and Taskbar behaviors on Windows 11.) This will give you more room on your secondary display for any full-screen windows, which are ideal for movie-watching, gaming, or photo-editing programs.

[Related: Get the Windows 10 taskbar back on Windows 11]

Window-snapping can be useful on two displays as well as one—just drag the title bar of a window to the left or the right of one of your displays to dock it on that half of the screen. But having two monitors can interfere with this process, as dragging windows to one edge of one screen may shift them to the other monitor. To get around this, use the Win+Left arrow and Win+Right arrow keyboard shortcuts to get your windows snapped to the side of the display.

If you’re using an ultrawide monitor, open windows can still look stretched even when they’re running on half a screen. PowerToys, Microsoft’s very own suite of utilities, is one of the best options here. It includes a tool called FancyZones that lets you split a monitor up into as many zones as you like—three columns for an ultrawide monitor might be a good place to start. Hold down Shift while dragging a window to drop it into one of these zones, and confine it there.

DisplayFusion offers even more control over virtual monitors or different areas of your screens. With this app you can have as many different regions as you like and drop your programs into them. That way, you could have YouTube running in a small window in the corner, while Excel takes up half the screen, for instance.

However, that functionality is a paid-for pro feature that will cost you $29 to unlock, but you can decide if you like it first with DisplayFusion’s 30-day free trial. The program includes a wealth of other settings for multiple and ultrawide monitor management too, like the ability to have certain apps open on certain displays, and to set a screensaver that runs simultaneously across all your screens.

One final tool is UltraWideo. This extension runs on Chrome and Firefox, making it compatible with macOS too. If you’ve got an ultrawide monitor, it will expand video playback on sites such as Netflix and Hulu so there are no black boxes at the side of the screen, making the most of the available space.

Ultrawide and dual monitor setup tips for macOS

A multi-monitor setup that includes a macOS desktop monitor.
The more, the merrier. Cameron Smith / Unsplash

If you’re on a Mac computer and have a second screen connected, you’ll find the key settings for your monitors by opening the Apple menu, clicking System Settings (System Preferences if you’re using an older version of macOS), and then Displays. To use each one separately, uncheck Mirror Displays and then switch to the Arrangement tab to tell macOS how your screens sit in relation to each other.

Moving open windows from one display to another is easy—just click and drag the title bars to the other screen. You’ll also see options for moving open applications to a different screen if you open up the Window menu from the bar at the top, or you can click and hold the green maximize button on a window to send it to a different display.

Speaking of the menu bar, this will appear on both of your monitors by default when you’ve got two connected. The same happens with the dock at the bottom of the display, and apps will appear on the same screen you used to launch them. If you want to have the dock on only one screen, your only option is to set it to appear on the far left of your left-hand screen, or the far right of your right-hand screen. You can do this through the Desktop & Dock section of System Settings (System Preferences > Dock & Menu Bar on older versions of macOS).

[Related: 23 useful Mac settings hiding in plain sight]

It’s worth mentioning that you can use an iPad as a second screen if you employ a built-in macOS feature called Sidecar. If both your Mac and iPad are registered with the same Apple ID, are near each other, and have WiFi and Bluetooth on, you should see the iPad appear as a display option when you click the AirPlay icon (it looks like a TV with a pyramid as a base) in the macOS menu bar.

Apple computers don’t snap and arrange windows in the same way Windows computers do, but you can still put them where you want them to go. Open up the Window menu, and you’ll be able to choose Tile Window to Left of Screen and Tile Window to Right of Screen, which works in a similar way to Window’s snapping.

A neat little utility called Magnet can fill some of the feature gaps remaining on macOS. It’ll cost you $10 but you may find it worth the money if you need to keep control of your open windows.

With any program open, you can click the Magnet button on the menu bar to snap the app to the left or right side of the screen. If you’ve got two displays connected, you can transfer the app from one to the other. There are also options to snap windows to a third or two-thirds of the display’s width, which is handy on an ultrawide monitor.

To get even more control, give Mosaic a try—you can use it for a week for free, after which it’ll set you back $13. It lets you plot out a specific grid of areas for your programs to snap to, and the more room you have to play around with, the more useful Mosaic becomes. You can drag and drop windows into place, use keyboard shortcuts, and more.

Another utility worth recommending is BetterTouchTool, which will be yours for $10 after a 45-day free trial. Its primary focus is on customizing keyboard, mouse, trackpad, and gesture shortcuts on macOS, but it also does a window management well. Not only can you quickly snap programs to a half, a third, or a quarter of the display, you can also create custom shortcuts to do it, too.

As we said before, UltraWideo for Chrome and Firefox also works on macOS, so it’s a great option if you’re dealing with an ultrawide monitor. Finally, you might find more options for optimizing a particular software for the additional space by delving into the settings for the apps and sites you’re using. A good example is Adobe Premiere Pro, which has multiple dockable windows you can move around.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on October 1, 2020.

The post Make the most of your dual or ultrawide monitor setup appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to download YouTube videos to watch offline https://www.popsci.com/diy/download-youtube-video/ Thu, 03 Aug 2023 12:10:41 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=560976
The YouTube mobile app on a phone, with a Peppa Pig video queued up to download or watch.
For when you just want to watch Peppa Pig on an airplane, or something. Charlesdeluvio / Unsplash

Some places that claim to help you download YouTube videos may be sketchy, and there's only one official way.

The post How to download YouTube videos to watch offline appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The YouTube mobile app on a phone, with a Peppa Pig video queued up to download or watch.
For when you just want to watch Peppa Pig on an airplane, or something. Charlesdeluvio / Unsplash

When you want to download a video from YouTube, a quick web search will reveal several tools that promise to do the job—but even leaving aside the issue of violating the YouTube terms of service, we can’t guarantee that they’re safe or reliable.

If you want to download YouTube videos, there’s only one official way to go about it: To put down $14 a month for YouTube Premium.

That might seem a lot for the privilege of downloading videos, but it also means that you’ll never see an ad again, can keep videos playing in the background on a phone, and will get access to a complete Spotify competitor in the form of YouTube Music.

Download YouTube videos to a computer

The YouTube Premium downloads page on Google Chrome for desktop.
The only official way to download a YouTube video is to use YouTube Premium. David Nield for Popular Science

When you’re using YouTube in Chrome, Edge, Firefox, or Opera and are signed into an account that has YouTube Premium, you’ll see a Download button underneath every video when you open up its full page. Click the button, and the download will start. You must keep YouTube open in a browser tab to keep the downloads running, but you can leave the page you’re downloading from to view other videos.

You’ll see the option to download videos in other places, too. On the front page of YouTube, for example, you can click the three dots next to any video to find a Download option there. It’s on search results pages too, if you click the three dots next to any clip.

[Related: How to navigate YouTube videos like a pro]

To see downloads that are in progress and to view your downloaded videos, head to www.youtube.com/feed/downloads (you might want to bookmark the link for future reference). You can also click the YouTube logo in the top left corner and choose Downloads from the menu that appears to get to the same screen. To delete a video, click the three dots next to it, then choose Remove from downloads.

Click Download settings (top right on the downloads page) to change the quality of downloaded videos (better quality means longer download times and larger file sizes)—or get YouTube to prompt you to choose a quality setting every time you initiate a download. You can also turn on smart downloads, which will download a selection of recommended videos in the background for you.

Your browser of choice will cache your chosen videos on your computer’s storage drive for when you need them, but they’ll be in a scrambled format that only the browser can recognize. That means you can’t open up a folder on your Windows or macOS system and see a list of video files. To watch the videos you’ve saved, you need to go through YouTube.

How to download YouTube videos to a phone or tablet

The YouTube app on a phone, showing all downloaded videos.
The YouTube app has you covered for downloads on a phone or tablet. David Nield for Popular Science

A similar set of download features are available on the YouTube app for Android and iOS. When you’re browsing through videos on the Home tab, you can tap on the three dots next to any clip to find a Download video option, and that will start the download. Tap through on a video to get to its full page, complete with comments, and there’s a Download button there you can use as well.

When you search for videos in the app or browse a channel you’re subscribed to, you’ll see three dots next to each video as you scroll—tap these dots and pick Download video to save it to your phone.

As on a computer, these downloads won’t be saved as separate video files, but as data that only the YouTube app can interpret—so you can’t open downloaded videos in another video app on your device. To see videos that have been downloaded or are currently downloading, open the Library tab and choose Downloads.

[Related: How to use DeArrow to get rid of “YouTube face”]

To remove a video, go to the Downloads screen, tap the three dots next to a video, and then hit Delete from downloads. If you want to manage download settings, tap the three dots up in the top right corner of that screen and then hit Settings—there you can set a download quality for the videos, for example. On Android (but not iOS), you can opt to only download videos when connected to WiFi, and see how much space your downloaded YouTube videos are taking up.

On Android, there’s also a toggle switch for Smart downloads, and an Adjust smart downloads option for setting how much storage space this feature consumes. When enabled, it’ll download recommended videos from YouTube in the background for you, so you’ll always have something to watch when you’re without an internet connection.

The post How to download YouTube videos to watch offline appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
7 tricks to squeeze all of the benefits out of your Whoop 4.0 band https://www.popsci.com/diy/whoop-band-tips/ Tue, 01 Aug 2023 16:05:58 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=560351
Hand wearing the Whoop 4.0 band
So you've got your Whoop 4.0 band—are you sure you're making the most of it?. Whoop

Make the most out of a fitness tracker that really is a big a whoop.

The post 7 tricks to squeeze all of the benefits out of your Whoop 4.0 band appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hand wearing the Whoop 4.0 band
So you've got your Whoop 4.0 band—are you sure you're making the most of it?. Whoop

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The Whoop 4.0 band is a little different from your standard fitness tracker. It’s designed for people who are absolutely serious about training and exercising (hence the monthly $30 subscription fee) and want to complement their workouts with some of the best fitness technology around.

If you’re interested not just in counting steps but also monitoring body strain and recovery times, as well as getting detailed stats on everything from heart rate to sleep, the Whoop might be for you. This is how you get the most out of your membership, the band, and the app that goes along with it.

1. Start a journal

Journaling can help both you and the Whoop app better track your fitness and health habits, so you can easily identify where you’re doing well and where you could be doing better. The app will remind you to create an entry every morning and you can log as much or as little as you like—from the number of beers you’ve had and your anxiety levels, to whether or not you had any dairy products in the last 24 hours.

[Related: The Army put Whoop bands on paratroopers in Alaska to fine-tune its training]

From inside the Whoop app, tap More and then Journal to get started with the feature or see previous logs. You can also click on Customize Journal to change the prompts you get.

2. Wear the Whoop 4.0 band differently

The Whoop 4.0 comes with a wrist band but that’s not your only option—the company behind the tracker also has a clothing line that offers alternative ways to wear your device.

You can opt for t-shirts, sports bras, leggings, and swimsuits, so you should be able to easily find something that fits your exercise routine and preferences. They’re all designed with a pouch to securely hold the Whoop 4.0 tracker, so you can continue to monitor all of your vital statistics.

3. Track your stress levels

The Stress monitor on the Whoop will tell you about your stress levels in the last 12 hours.
The Whoop 4.0 won’t only tell you how stressed you are, but also give you pointers on how to lower your stress score. David Nield for Popular Science

One of the features that set the Whoop 4.0 apart from the average fitness tracker is the Stress Monitor, which gives you a real-time stress score between 0 and 3 based on your heart rate and your heart rate variability.

You can find this tool on the app’s Home tab, where you’ll be able to tap anywhere to see details on how your stress levels have changed in the last 12 hours or so. Here you’ll also find information on how the platform calculates the score and ways in which you can lower your score and relax.

4. Connect your Whoop to other services

Just because you’re using a Whoop 4.0 band doesn’t mean you have to abandon other fitness apps and services if you like them. Whoop can share data with Google’s Health Connect or Apple’s Health for vital health and fitness statistics; Strava for walking, running, and cycling, and TrainingPeaks for all-around training.

To manage these integrations, open the More tab in the Whoop app and choose Integrations. Select any of the items listed on the screen and the app will guide you through the connection process. You can share specific data types to and from the Whoop, including sleep activity and heart rate.

5. Join a Whoop community

Whoop's community teams promise to help you get the most out of your workout.
Buddying up for a workout will help you get better results. David Nield for Popular Science

You can speed up your fitness journey by training as part of a community, and Whoop has plenty to choose from. Open the Community tab in the Whoop app to browse through recommended teams that you might like to join and enter invite codes for specific ones.

Team communities share data such as strain, recovery, and sleep, and there are daily leaderboards so you can see how you’re doing compared with everyone else. You can also put together your own team and invite family members and friends for a more personal sharing experience. Tap Create team to get started.

6. Charge your tracker in the shower

You might be aware that the Whoop 4.0 band is waterproof, but this protection also extends to the rather unconventional battery charger that comes with the tracker. Whether you’re popping in the shower or doing dishes, you can keep your band on and recharge it right away.

[Related: Best fitness trackers of 2023]

Both the Whoop 4.0 band and its official charger have an IP68 rating, meaning they’re protected against dust and water. The tracker should be able to survive up to two hours in water up to a depth of nearly 33 feet, which gives you some idea of what you can do with it.

7. Wake up at the right time

The Whoop 4.0 is smaller than the average smartwatch, making it more comfortable to wear to bed. The band can track various aspects of your sleep and wake you up at an optimal time with a quiet buzz on your wrist.

In the app, open the Coaching tab, and tap anywhere in the Sleep Coach section. On the next screen, turn on the alarm function: You can tell the band to wake you up at an exact time, whenever you’ve hit your sleep goal, or when it detects your body has recovered.

With the latter two options, you get to specify a last wake-up time so you know you won’t be late to work in the morning. To turn off the alarm on your Whoop 4.0 band, double-tap the top of the device.

The post 7 tricks to squeeze all of the benefits out of your Whoop 4.0 band appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
3 ways to make your laptop battery last longer—maybe all day https://www.popsci.com/make-your-laptop-battery-last/ Mon, 18 Mar 2019 21:13:16 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/make-your-laptop-battery-last/
A man holding a laptop in an airport and looking at the flight board.
You really don't want to be wandering a crowded airport looking for an outlet. Anete Lūsiņa / Unsplash

Take these steps to reduce your battery anxiety.

The post 3 ways to make your laptop battery last longer—maybe all day appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A man holding a laptop in an airport and looking at the flight board.
You really don't want to be wandering a crowded airport looking for an outlet. Anete Lūsiņa / Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Few among us would not jump at the chance to make their laptop battery last longer. After all, our work and personal lives are at the mercy of the battery packs inside our laptops, smartphones, and other mobile devices. When these batteries die, we have to put our lives on hold until we can find somewhere to plug in again. It’s no wonder battery life estimates are one of the first specs many look for when choosing a new device.

But with the right operating system tweaks and customizations, plus some good habits, you can go longer than ever without being shackled to a wall outlet. Life’s just better when you don’t have to spend all day worrying about when you’ll be able to charge your laptop.

Adjust your screen settings

One of the biggest draws on your laptop’s battery is its bright, high-resolution display. Anything you do to ease that strain will have a beneficial effect on the length of your battery’s life.

Start with brightness: Dial down the brightness of the screen as much as you can without having to strain your eyes, using whatever keyboard shortcuts your laptop offers. You can make more detailed modifications by opening up System, then Display in Windows’ settings, or Displays in System Settings on macOS (System Preferences if you’re using an Apple OS older than macOS Ventura).

Screens that time out sooner also use less battery. To set this and a bunch of other power-saving options, choose Power & battery inside the System section of Settings on Windows 11 (Power & sleep on Windows 10), or Screen Saver from System Settings on macOS.

[Related: One telltale sign it’s time to replace your laptop’s battery]

Other settings available on the same screens let you put your hard drives to “sleep” (they’ll take longer to wake back up, but they’ll use less power), put USB devices into a low power mode, and more. These adjustments won’t make major differences, but you can eke out some extra battery life by enabling them.

If you’re using Windows, there’s a special battery-saver mode that maximizes the time you’ll get between battery charges. It limits background activity and notifications and automatically adjusts the display brightness once your battery level dips below a certain point. To find this utility, click the battery icon on the taskbar, then Battery settings or the cog icon.

Apple’s low power mode does essentially the same job on macOS, and you can decide when it turns on by opening System Settings, then Battery. On the same settings page, there’s also a Battery Health widget—click the i icon to learn about your battery and decide if you want to enable Optimized Battery Charging to extend your laptop’s battery life.

Both Windows and macOS also feature a dark mode, which can reduce power draw, but only on laptops with OLED screens (an LCD screen draws the same amount of power to show black as it does white). If you have one, the dark mode option is under Personalization and Colors in the Windows Settings.

Reduce your laptop’s workload

The harder your computer is working, the faster it’ll drain your battery. When you’re away from a power source, you should close any programs hanging around in the background that you’re not actually using. If your laptop runs fewer applications and avoids demanding programs (such as games and video editors), its battery should last longer.

Even if you close everything you’re not using, the browser drains your battery more than you might think. Resist the temptation to have dozens of browser tabs open at once (or at least put them to sleep), and your laptop will thank you. And when you’re browsing on battery power, avoid video streaming sites. They typically demand a lot of juice, both because they keep the screen constantly active and because they require a decent amount of processing power.

Audio makes a difference too. Active speakers blaring out music will use up more battery power than silence—or a pair of plugged-in headphones. If you can, turn down the volume or do without sound altogether.

[Related: The best headphones of this year]

Maintaining WiFi and Bluetooth connections also uses up battery power, albeit a pretty small amount. If you can disconnect your laptop and work offline—and do without a wireless mouse and other peripherals—your laptop battery will last a little bit longer as a result. We’re not talking major improvements, but you might just make it to the end of the day.

Keep that battery healthy

Lithium-ion batteries degrade naturally over time, but if you treat your laptop battery right, you’ll enjoy better battery life for longer. Avoiding environments that are too hot or too cold is a good start, as temperature extremes will wear batteries down more quickly.

It’s not just the weather, either—running demanding applications on your computer can generate the heat your battery needs to avoid. This brings us back to the idea of sticking to lightweight tasks and programs while you’re away from a power source. If you really have to have a gaming session or encode some video, consider using a laptop cooler to dissipate heat more effectively, keeping your laptop battery running longer.

There’s an ongoing debate within tech circles over the “healthiest” approach to recharging batteries. The most up-to-date advice suggests that shallow discharges and recharges are preferable in the long-term, rather than allowing your battery to drain completely each time—though you should still do a full discharge about once a month. Unplugging your laptop once it’s fully charged, rather than leaving it always plugged in, tends to be better for your battery’s health as well.

Finally, if you won’t be using your laptop for a while, Apple and others recommend leaving the battery with a 50 percent charge in it—leaving it fully charged or fully discharged for an extended period of time can damage it permanently.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on April 3, 2017.

The post 3 ways to make your laptop battery last longer—maybe all day appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Opt Out: Analog life is possible. But it’ll cost you. https://www.popsci.com/diy/going-analog/ Thu, 27 Jul 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=559337
An iPhone connected to an empty can showing a failed call on the screen.
If you go analog, your communications with your smartphone-weilding friends might be... complicated. Lauren Pusateri for Popular Science

“Just stop using the internet” is definitely easier said than done.

The post The Opt Out: Analog life is possible. But it’ll cost you. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An iPhone connected to an empty can showing a failed call on the screen.
If you go analog, your communications with your smartphone-weilding friends might be... complicated. Lauren Pusateri for Popular Science

You are more than a data point. The Opt Out is here to help you take your privacy back.

THERE’S A LOT you need to be careful about if you want to prevent tech companies, governments, and hackers from getting hold of your information. So much, in fact, that it can be tempting to just delete all your accounts, ditch your smartphone, and go off the grid.  

If you’ve ever considered the possibility of going analog, you’re not alone. But is that even possible in our highly interconnected age? Depending on your lifestyle, your location, and how much money you have, it can be. What it’s not, though, is convenient. In fact, going analog can be so inconvenient that it’s totally impracticable.  

As a thought experiment, though, let’s go over analog living in increments: from giving up your social media platforms to buying stuff only in person, with cash. You may find you can’t forgo technology enough to even live a day of analog life, and that’s OK. It doesn’t speak ill of you as a person, but says a lot about us as a society and how convenience doesn’t come for free. 

Level 1: The “easy” out

Don’t be deceived by the name: Going analog at any level isn’t just about using less technology, it’s akin to swimming upstream. This is because a lot of experiences today, like banking, are built around you downloading an app and managing stuff directly from your phone.  

At the most basic level of going analog, the main goal is to cut back on your reliance on the internet. Although this is the easiest version of an inherently difficult task, it will cost you some money, and some of the experiences you’re used to—like having platforms that fit your device’s screen—may be gone for good.

Replace mainstream services with privacy-focused ones

Let’s start simple: Choose services and platforms that put your privacy first. This is as easy as using Firefox, Opera, or Brave as your default browser, dropping your Outlook account for a ProtonMail inbox, and searching the web with DuckDuckGo instead of Google. If you have easy access to a public library near you, you can also limit your online activity to the computers you find there. 

[Related: Proton Mail tips that might convince you to ditch Gmail]

Switching to a more private browser won’t be much trouble beyond the time it takes you to learn the ropes of the new program. Switching to ProtonMail, on the other hand, may cost you money. Free accounts there only have 1GB of storage, which—depending on how many messages you get or the types of files you receive—might fill up pretty quickly. From then on, you’ll have to pay for more space, starting at $4 a month for 15GB.

Finally, changing search engines might be a bit of a headache. There are many to choose from, but there’s a reason Google is the most popular one: It’s generally more reliable than its competitors. If you’ve mostly used the big G to find stuff online, switching to DuckDuckGo might be a substantial change. You might have to spend more time looking for what you need, but it’s still a perfectly usable tool with a known commitment to protecting your data. DuckDuckGo’s privacy policy states that it doesn’t track users, and although it once made an exception for Microsoft trackers (this has been corrected), the browser has historically committed fewer privacy violations than other tech companies.  

Ditch your smartphone

Getting a basic phone (or a “dumbphone” as it’s sometimes called) won’t just immediately reduce your screen time but will also cut back your internet use overall. These devices have limited or no app support, but most have built-in browsers you can use to go online if you need to. Be warned, though: Your user experience will probably suffer as you run into less-than-optimized mobile sites and even usability restrictions.    

If you’re old enough, you probably have a basic phone lying around somewhere, but you can also get one manufactured in this decade. Basic phones are having a moment, and brands like Nokia are bringing classic models back for as little as $50. If you’re looking for something with absolutely no app support, like the Light Phone 2, you can find those for sale online or in stores as “minimalist phones.”

Redirect your communications

Getting a basic phone will limit your communications, as most dedicated messaging platforms, including WhatsApp, Signal, and Telegram, require you to use their mobile app (and therefore a smartphone). A potential workaround is to use Apple’s Messages. This platform won’t work on a basic phone, but it’ll allow you to seamlessly communicate with iPhone-wielding people from a Mac or iPad, which we’re not taking away just yet. 

If you don’t have an Apple device, you’ll have limited options as to what types of communication you can use. You will have to stick to phone calls, emails, and SMS text messages, the last of which is, unfortunately, not the most private form of communication. You can also communicate on social media platforms (if you keep any), but know that end-to-end encryption and other privacy features like self-destructing messages are usually not available, turned off by default, or not an option for browsers. So use these services with caution, or, better yet, avoid them altogether.  

Drop optional platforms

The broadest piece of this first level of analog living requires giving up everything that is not essential or can be replaced with a physical solution or less invasive alternatives. So drop all streaming platforms and digital services—Grubhub, Instacart, Disney Plus, Spotify, Hulu, Amazon Prime… you get the gist. You want to prevent these apps from living on your devices along with the rest of your data, gathering information about what and how you live your life. 

To watch movies and TV shows, you’ll have to either nourish your own personal video collection or subscribe to a DVD delivery service. Though you’ll still be revealing what you watch, these services won’t get any specific data on how you consume the movies and TV shows you rent, and you can use a P.O. box to avoid giving up information about your exact location. There are a number of options out there, such as CafeDVD and GameFly.  

When it comes to other media, like newspapers and magazines, you’ll need to change your subscription to get a physical copy. Mind you, these tend to be more expensive and are sometimes not even an option—a lot of publications now live exclusively online. Getting your news from the paper, though, comes with the caveat that you’ll always be late to breaking news. You can counteract this delay with AM/FM radio, which can be particularly useful during national or local emergencies. 

All social media also has to go, but you can make exceptions for any platforms you use for business or direct communication with people abroad. Texting and making calls to other countries is usually more expensive, and you’ll really want to have an alternative to emails and physical letters if you have a large community abroad.  

When it comes to storage, the cloud should also go out the window. You can back up your devices on hard drives, though this method comes with caveats. For starters, if you have a lot of files (or a few incredibly hefty ones), you may have to splurge on high-capacity hard drives, which are around $50 for 1 terabyte—1,000GB. You’ll also have to make a habit of transferring your data to at least two drives and keeping it organized, and you always run the risk of your hard drives breaking, malfunctioning, or getting lost or stolen. Encryption can help prevent people from getting a look at your lost or stolen data, but it won’t help you get it back.

Level 2: The impractical life

Dumping your smartphone is only the beginning. To make your life more analog, you’ll need to further disconnect from the internet and, hopefully, cut ties with the five biggest tech companies in the world: Google, Apple, Meta, Microsoft, and Amazon, also known as GAMMA. This will help you shrink your online presence, which will mean you generate a lot less data.

Cut ties with GAMMA

In general, GAMMA doesn’t have the best track record when it comes to privacy, so ending your relationship with them is a no-brainer if you want to protect your data by going analog. 

These companies are also everywhere on the web and in the real world, so giving them up will be more than complicated—you’ll be left out of a vast swath of platforms and experiences. For example, if you’re a gamer, you won’t be able to use Twitch, as it’s owned by Amazon, and if you’ve built a community on Google-owned YouTube, you’ll have to give that up as well. Avoiding GAMMA will require you to identify all platforms these companies own. This may require you to do research. 

Perhaps the hardest tie to cut with a GAMMA company involves switching your computer’s operating system, as most people use either Windows or macOS. For some, learning an entirely new operating system like Linux, which is designed for fairly tech-savvy users, is too much trouble. Instead, you can just set up your computer without linking it to a Microsoft or Apple account. On a PC, skipping this step is not easy, but it’s possible if you use some workarounds. Keep in mind that Windows 10 might put up more of a fight than Windows 11. You can also set up a Mac computer without an AppleID account, but your experience will be limited—your Apple devices won’t communicate with each other, and you won’t be able to download apps or use the company’s other services, like Apple News, Messages, and Games Center. 

Limit your access to the internet as much as possible

At this level, your access to the internet should be strictly limited to communications and activities that don’t have an analog equivalent. If you want to talk to a friend, give them a call; if you don’t want to talk, use email, or—better yet—a letter. Your browsing should always occur on a secure browser, with a VPN, and you should always practice good cookie etiquette

Everything you can replace with an analog option should be replaced. If you have access to a P.O. box and prepaid debit cards, you might be able to keep shopping online. Otherwise, you’ll have to limit your spending to in-person purchases only, ideally using cash. Banking should also be done in person at your local branch. Keep in mind that some bank locations have limited capabilities, so you may have to go to a specific one if you need to, say, deposit a check from another bank. That particular location may not be anywhere near you.

Depending on where you live and whether you have enough time and money, dropping online shopping and running errands in person will limit the type of products and services you have access to—sometimes to a truly impractical level. 

Get your content from traditional sources

Your days of doomscrolling Twitter (or whatever other platform you’re on) are over. At this level of the analog life, you’ll get your news and information from AM/FM radio, newspapers, and magazines—actual physical copies you ideally buy at a local store so you don’t have to disclose your payment information and address to publishers and distributors. This also applies to cable TV, which is why at this level you may enjoy only over-the-air broadcasts. Just make sure you’re using a device with no connection to the internet with a NextGenTV tuner—these are built into most newer TV models on the market. 

[Related: Now is the perfect time to get an HD TV antenna]

You’ll be able to catch movies and shows on TV as in the days before streaming services: on a specific day and time. You can check listings online or subscribe to TV Guide, but since we’re trying to avoid both of those alternatives, you’ll be better off settling for whatever’s on when you’re in front of the TV. For on-demand content, you’ll need to opt for physical formats: CDs, DVDs, and BluRays. If you don’t have a way to play these, you’ll have to spend a few bucks to get the right devices. 

An offline existence is not possible for everybody

We could go on to add another level of analog life in which you live entirely off the grid, find refuge in a cabin in the middle of nowhere, grow your own food, and hope that you don’t ever have the need for money or medical attention. 

But the truth is that the internet and big tech companies have made much of our lives so convenient that trying to do simple things like buying a plane ticket or even booking a doctor’s appointment become terribly inconvenient if you don’t want to download an app or create an online account. 

But this convenience is not free. In today’s world, opting out of your data being collected and stored at any level means opting out of the internet, and that comes at a cost. You might be able to pay that price in actual money or choose more expensive but more private services. But money is not the only cost of privacy: You’ll also have to spend time and effort—maybe driving for hours to buy a product you could’ve ordered online and received at home through the mail. 

Needless to say, those who don’t have an excess of money, time, and the ability to make an effort—people who work long hours, have families, have disabilities or physical limitations, or live paycheck to paycheck—are often forced to pay for that necessary convenience with their data.

So no—a fully analog life is not a possibility for everybody. It’s a privilege.

Read more PopSci+ stories.

The post The Opt Out: Analog life is possible. But it’ll cost you. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Your computer monitor’s colors look bad because you haven’t calibrated them https://www.popsci.com/diy/monitor-color-calibration/ Thu, 27 Jul 2023 12:24:23 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=559387
A desktop computer monitor with a waterfront scene on the screen.
You'll want to ensure your monitor's colors are calibrated correctly to see everything in wondrous detail. Linus Mimietz / Unsplash

There are many ways to ensure your monitor is displaying colors correctly.

The post Your computer monitor’s colors look bad because you haven’t calibrated them appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A desktop computer monitor with a waterfront scene on the screen.
You'll want to ensure your monitor's colors are calibrated correctly to see everything in wondrous detail. Linus Mimietz / Unsplash

Calibrating your monitor means making sure it displays colors correctly—that content other people have created looks accurate on your screen, and vice versa. If you’re working on documents or images for a wider audience, or simply just want things to look good, you want that kind of accuracy.

Color calibration is also important for making sure anything on your screen looks its best, from games to movies. It ensures that light areas aren’t too blown out, that details aren’t lost in dark areas, and that color tones look natural. The process can improve your viewing experience even if you’re not a creative professional.

You should also bear in mind that laptop screens are configured and calibrated at the factory, and no adjustments are necessary (or indeed possible, apart from brightness). These calibration steps only apply if you’ve got a separate monitor hooked up to your Windows or Mac computer.

Getting started with color calibration

The color calibration settings on a Lenovo Legion computer monitor.
Your monitor will come with on-board settings you can configure. David Nield for Popular Science

Before you dig in, you’ll need a working knowledge of your monitor’s settings and controls, so checking the documentation that came with it or running a quick web search might help here. You can also just play around with the on-screen controls until you know what’s what. You’ll be adjusting settings such as brightness, contrast, and color temperature.

Every monitor will be different in terms of what settings are available and how you access them, but the calibration tools we’re covering here will take you through the adjustment process—you don’t need to guess when it comes to which levels are right. Just make sure your monitor is set to its native resolution (the highest resolution it supports) for best results.

[Related: The best 4K monitors of this year]

A warning: don’t touch anything until you make sure the ambient lighting in the room where you’re using the monitor is as close to its natural state as possible. If you’ll usually have a light on, turn it on; if the room is most often bathed in bright sunlight, make sure the curtains are open. This will make a difference to how whites, blacks, and colors show up on screen and how they look to your eye.

Windows color calibration tools

To load up the monitor calibration tool that’s built into Windows, open the Settings panel from the Start menu, then search for “calibrate display color” in the search box in the top left corner. Click on the first result that appears, and you should see a new screen that promises to help you calibrate your monitor for you. Click Next to continue.

The tool will take you through adjustments for gamma, brightness, contrast, and color balance, showing you how a series of sample images should ideally look on screen, and then guiding you through the process of adjusting your monitor’s settings accordingly. A final tweak ensures that text is as readable as possible on screen.

macOS color calibration tools

The color calibration tools on macOS, showing Display Adjustment settings.
Apple desktops will help you adjust your display. David Nield for Popular Science

Over on macOS, you can launch the built-in monitor calibration tool by opening the Apple menu, then choosing System Settings > Displays. Click the dropdown menu next to Color profile (it will be displaying the profile your monitor is currently using), then choose Customize followed by the plus icon to find the display calibrator.

Follow the instructions on screen—you’ll be shown images that help you correctly set the brightness, contrast, and color of the display, and each step will be explained in detail. When you’ve finished the process, you can save the calibration settings as a new color profile, which you can select for the monitor you’re using.

Online color calibration tools

The Photo Friday color calibration tool, which can be found online.
Photo Friday can, in fact, calibrate colors any day of the week. David Nield for Popular Science

There are a few free online tools that can help you in your quest to get the perfectly calibrated monitor. They work in a similar way to the functionality built into Windows and macOS, using specifically created images and telling you how they should look on the screen to give you an idea of the levels that your monitor settings should be set at.

One example is Photo Friday, which displays a variety of grayscale tones on screen. In some parts of the configuration image, the difference between the tones is very small—your monitor should be configured so you can see these slight differences and they aren’t lost due to incorrect contrast settings.

Online Monitor Test is more comprehensive, with both color and grayscale tests so you can ensure the color temperature and color balance are accurately set. In each case, your monitor should be set up so you can distinguish the smallest gradations in color (scroll down the page to hide the menu overlay from view).

You can also find a detailed set of calibration tools over at RTINGS.com, one of the best monitor review sites on the web. The site offers downloadable patterns that you can use to get the picture mode, brightness, contrast, sharpness, and color temperature of your monitor set appropriately. There’s also some useful information on the technical aspects of calibration and the tools that the professionals use.

Professional color calibration tools

A color profile on a macOS computer monitor.
Colorimeters produce color profiles like this that can be loaded into Windows or macOS. David Nield for Popular Science

Speaking of professionals, if you’re employed in a field such as graphic design or photography, you’ll want a dedicated hardware tool called a colorimeter (or color calibrator). As they can cost hundreds of dollars, they’re not really for the casual user, but it’s worth mentioning them in the context of calibration.

Colorimeters are similar to digital cameras, only they’re built for the specific purpose of monitor calibration. They give you a super-precise reading of the colors your monitor is displaying, and can then produce what’s known as an ICC (International Color Consortium) profile—this essentially tells the software on your computer how to display colors correctly, given your monitor settings and work environment.

[Related: How to set up a second monitor for your computer]

One of the most popular colorimeters is the Datacolor Spyder X Pro, which costs $150. It sits on the screen like a webcam in reverse, measuring color output, and it’s particularly geared toward photographers. If you spend a lot of time taking and editing photos, even just at a hobbyist level, you might consider it a worthwhile investment. For graphic designers, meanwhile, something like the $250 Wacom Color Manager is a common pick.

As with the tools we looked at above, the software bundled with these devices takes you through the steps of displaying and measuring sample images, then adjusting the monitor settings accordingly. For best results, you should check color calibration every few weeks to account for the small changes in the output of monitors as they age.

The post Your computer monitor’s colors look bad because you haven’t calibrated them appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
WiFi 5 vs. WiFi 6: Which should you choose? https://www.popsci.com/technology/wifi-5-vs-wifi-6/ Wed, 26 Jul 2023 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=559275
A WiFi sign in a cafe.
It's time to satisfy your hunger to learn more about WiFi 5 and WiFi 6. Bernard Hermant / Unsplash

A faster WiFi standard is hopefully arriving in 2024. In the meantime, catch up on the current tech behind these ubiquitous networks.

The post WiFi 5 vs. WiFi 6: Which should you choose? appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A WiFi sign in a cafe.
It's time to satisfy your hunger to learn more about WiFi 5 and WiFi 6. Bernard Hermant / Unsplash

If you’re in the market for a new wireless router, smartphone, or other device that relies on WiFi to connect to the internet, you’re probably looking at something that uses WiFi 5 or WiFi 6. These are the two most common WiFi standards available right now, and you should know which one is better for you—before you spend any money.

Next year, however, WiFi 7 is due to be released, and this new generation will be more than twice as fast as WiFi 6. But before that happens, let’s dig into the key differences between WiFi 5 and WiFi 6.

What is WiFi 5?

WiFi 5 is the fifth generation of the WiFi wireless local area network standard. It’s technically called IEEE (that stands for Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) standard 802.11ac, but WiFi 5 is a lot catchier and easier for consumers to understand, so it was retroactively renamed by the Wi-Fi Alliance

Released in 2013, WiFi 5 was a significant improvement over IEEE standard 802.11n, or WiFi 4. Since then, WiFi 5 support has become incredibly common in wireless devices and routers. WiFi 5 allows devices to transmit data over the 5 GHz wireless frequency band at theoretical speeds of up to 3.5 Gbps, though it is more realistic to get speeds of more than 1 Gbps under ideal conditions.

[Related: How bits, bytes, ones, and zeros help a computer think]

WiFi 5 relied on a number of new and improved technologies to achieve its faster, more reliable speeds. It supports channels up to 160 MHz wide; it is multi-user, multiple input, multiple output (MU-MIMO); and can do beamforming, in which a WiFi signal is directed toward specific receiving devices rather than radiated out in every direction. 

Still, at almost a decade old, WiFi 5 is far from being the state-of-the-art wireless standard. 

What is WiFi 6?

Released in 2019, WiFi 6, or IEEE standard 802.11ax, is the sixth generation of WiFi. It was designed to improve on WiFi 5 by offering faster speeds across multiple devices, especially in high-density environments like offices, schools, and cafés, although this can also matter if you have a lot of smart home gear plus a few children with smartphones and laptops all trying to use the internet.

While WiFi 6 is generally designed to make WiFi more efficient, it does allow for faster connections. While WiFi 5 had a maximum theoretical data rate of 3.5 Gbps, WiFi 6 has a theoretical maximum of 9.6 Gbps. 

Using both the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wireless frequency bands, WiFi 6 is backwards compatible with both WiFi 5 and WiFi 4 devices. It also supports other improvements like orthogonal frequency-division multiple access (OMFDMA), where different devices get assigned their own channel for more efficient data transfer; Target Wake Time (TWT), which allows devices to save battery life by automatically switching off WiFi connections when they’re not being used; and it supports WPA3 encryption, which enables more secure WiFi connections. 

All told, WiFi 6 allows for more devices to get faster, more stable internet connections on the same local network than WiFi 5.

What are WiFi 6E and WiFi 7?

WiFi 6E is an extended version of WiFi 6 that also uses the 6 GHz wireless frequency band, which allows for faster speeds with a more limited range. It was released in 2021.

Due to be released in 2024, WiFi 7, or IEEE standard 802.11be, is designed to allow for significantly faster wireless connections and will have a theoretical maximum data throughput of 46 Gbps. 

Which is best: WiFi 5 or WiFi 6?

Right now, WiFi 5 is looking increasingly dated. While you can still get routers that only support WiFi 5, you are locking yourself out of almost a decade of technological improvements. 

Although WiFi 6E and WiFi 7 both offer improvements over WiFi 6, neither is widely supported. You can get a WiFi 6E router now and the first WiFi 7 routers have been announced, but they’re all pretty expensive and most devices don’t yet support the new standards.

[Related: How to check which apps are hogging your WiFi]

That leaves WiFi 6 as the best option for most people. WiFi 6 devices are affordable, widely available, and will likely be supported for years to come. So, if you’re shopping for a router, it’d be best to look out for the WiFi 6 logo.

The post WiFi 5 vs. WiFi 6: Which should you choose? appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The browser settings that could save your laptop’s battery https://www.popsci.com/diy/browser-battery-life/ Tue, 25 Jul 2023 12:12:15 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=558915
A person using a Macbook laptop with a web browser open on the screen. The more efficiently they use their browser, the longer their battery will last.
The lighter your browser runs, the longer your laptop battery will last. Microsoft Edge / Unsplash

Stop your browser from draining your laptop battery.

The post The browser settings that could save your laptop’s battery appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person using a Macbook laptop with a web browser open on the screen. The more efficiently they use their browser, the longer their battery will last.
The lighter your browser runs, the longer your laptop battery will last. Microsoft Edge / Unsplash

The less efficiently you use your laptop’s browser, the faster it will drain your computer’s battery life. Think of all those open tabs, constant pings back to the web, and uploads and downloads—they’re individually small but can quickly add up to a tapped-out battery.

There are ways to ensure your browser is working with as little strain on your laptop’s battery as possible, and some browsers even come with built-in tools for this. Deploy some or all of these tricks, and you might be surprised at how much extra time you manage to eke out between battery charges.

Energy Saver in Google Chrome

The performance settings in Google Chrome, showing Energy Saver and Memory Saver.
Chrome’s Energy Saver and Memory Saver are two sides of the same coin. David Nield for Popular Science

Google Chrome has garnered a bit of a reputation for draining battery power, but a feature called Energy Saver could change that. Energy Saver automatically kicks in when your laptop battery drops to 20 percent, limiting background activity in the browser and turning off some visual effects.

The feature is on by default, but you can check that it’s enabled in Chrome’s settings: Click the three dots in the top right corner of the interface, then choose Settings and open the Performance panel. You can turn Energy Saver off completely, have it turn on automatically when you hit 20 percent battery life, or have it activate whenever your laptop is running on battery power.

[Related: How to keep your Chrome extensions from snooping on you]

Chrome also has a feature called Memory Saver, which you can manage from the same Performance panel. It frees up memory from inactive tabs, putting them into a sleep-like state until you need them again. This isn’t specifically sold as a battery saving measure, but any time you can free up system resources like RAM, battery life will benefit—and if there are sites you want to be exempt from Memory Saver, you can whitelist them by clicking Add.

Efficiency mode in Microsoft Edge

The Efficiency mode settings in Microsoft Edge, showing the options for balanced savings and maximum savings.
With Edge’s Efficiency mode, you’ll need to decide how much power saving you want to do. David Nield for Popular Science

Not to be outdone, Microsoft Edge has a power saving feature that it calls Efficiency mode. It reduces tab activity, turns off some video optimization, and snoozes tabs if they haven’t been used for five minutes. It might make Edge run slightly slower, but it won’t demand as much from your laptop battery.

To configure Efficiency mode, click the three dots (top right), then Settings and System and performance. You can choose between Balanced savings (which tries to balance browser speed and battery life) and Maximum savings (which goes all-out to save battery). You can also disable Efficiency mode completely if you’d like.

Lower down on the page are some additional options for Efficiency mode. You can specify the length of time Edge waits before putting inactive tabs to sleep, for example, and you can specify any sites that you want to exempt from it. You can even turn the mode on when connected to power to reduce the power draw of your laptop.

Battery Saver in Opera

The Battery Saver options in the Opera web browser.
Configuring Opera’s Battery Saver mode is easy. David Nield for Popular Science

Opera is another browser that comes with a built-in battery saving mode, and it’s called, appropriately enough, Battery Saver. Like those in other browsers, it works by turning off background activity that’s not essential to the browser tab you’re currently in, and it disables certain plug-ins and animations as well.

When you’re using Opera on your laptop and you’re not connected to a power source, you’ll see the Battery Saver icon in the toolbar at the top (it looks like a battery). Click it to see how much browsing time you’ve got left, approximately, using your current power settings. You can then click the small cog icon to configure Battery Saver.

[Related: The best internet browsers you’ve never heard of]

Actually, there’s only one configuration option, besides being able to turn the feature on and off completely: You can have Battery Saver automatically enable itself at 80, 50, or 20 percent battery level, or whenever you unplug your laptop from a power connection

General tips for any browser

The appearance settings in Mozilla Firefox, showing the dark mode setting.
Firefox doesn’t have a battery saver mode, but enabling dark mode can help it run more smoothly. David Nield for Popular Science

While browsers such as Firefox and Safari don’t have dedicated energy saving features, there are ways to use them as efficiently as possible. One way to keep battery drain to a minimum is to be disciplined about the number of tabs you have open at any one time—the fewer tabs you have, the better for your battery life.

A variety of third-party extensions can help here too: Auto Tab Discard for Firefox, for example, or Tab Suspender for Chrome. They work by unloading open tabs that you haven’t used in a while, reducing the pressure on your system CPU and RAM, and then loading them back into memory again when you need them.

Dark mode, if your browser has one, can also make a difference to the work your laptop display has to do and, therefore, to the corresponding drain on the battery. This mode will normally follow the lead of your computer’s operating system (like Safari on macOS, for example), but it doesn’t have to—in Firefox, click the three horizontal lines (top right), then Settings, General, and choose Dark under Web site appearance.

The post The browser settings that could save your laptop’s battery appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
4 tips and hidden settings that will speed up macOS https://www.popsci.com/macos-tweaks-improve-performance/ Wed, 24 Nov 2021 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/macos-tweaks-improve-performance/
A middle-aged man wearing a green plaid collared shirt with a silver Macbook on his lap. He is grinning as he adjusts some hidden settings to speed up his macOS laptop.
The face of a person who has optimized their Mac's performance. Jud Mackrill / Unsplash

Get your Mac laptop or desktop running at a new level.

The post 4 tips and hidden settings that will speed up macOS appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A middle-aged man wearing a green plaid collared shirt with a silver Macbook on his lap. He is grinning as he adjusts some hidden settings to speed up his macOS laptop.
The face of a person who has optimized their Mac's performance. Jud Mackrill / Unsplash

After a few years of use, even the best machines just don’t run as smoothly or quickly as they used to. Luckily, a few tweaks under the hood can speed up your MacBook, iMac, or Mac Mini. These performance-revving adjustments aren’t immediately obvious, but they can give macOS a new spring in its step.

1. Tone down the visual effects

There’s no doubt macOS is a gorgeous-looking operating system. But all those fancy animations and transparency effects take up resources that could be going towards actual applications. If you want to make sure your machine runs as lean and as mean as possible, you can turn these extra visual flourishes off. This trick is especially useful for those who tend to leave a lot of applications, windows, and browser tabs open at one time.

To cut down on the extraneous eye candy, open up System Settings from the Apple menu, then go to Accessibility and click Display. Activate the toggle switches next to Reduce motion and Reduce transparency, and you’ll have a faster, albeit plainer, interface. On Apple machines that haven’t moved to macOS Ventura, you’ll find these options and the others in this section under System Preferences.

[Related: 23 useful Mac settings hiding in plain sight]

While you have System Settings open, you can adjust more visual settings. From the Desktop & Dock tab (Dock & Menu Bar on older versions), you can switch off the animation for opening applications. For another tiny speed boost, use this menu to activate the switch next to Automatically hide and show the Dock. This will lock it in place at the bottom of your desktop rather than having it constantly disappear and reappear.

Beyond System Settings, you can adjust visuals with an application called TinkerTool. Free to download and use, it’ll give you access to a few extra settings that Apple’s built-in settings don’t cover. For example, you’ll be able to disable animation effects in Finder, as well as the fade-in and fade-out images in Launchpad. For more options, click through the various panes of TinkerTool and try turning effects on and off.

2. Check your system’s memory usage

When your computer is crawling along, you need to figure out just what might be slowing it down. To find out where your system resources are going, check out a hidden, but useful program called Activity Monitor.

Open Spotlight with Cmd+Space or by clicking on the magnifying glass in the menu bar. Then type “activity monitor” into the box. Select the first suggestion that appears, and it will show you all the applications and background processes currently running on your Mac.

Within Activity Monitor, you’ll see a barrage of constantly changing numbers and app names, but don’t panic. These screens are actually pretty simple to navigate. The first tab, CPU, shows how much processing power each active program requires. (CPU stands for central processing unit; this component acts as the brains of the computer and performs most of its calculations.) You’ll see all open programs in the column on the left, along with the percentage of processor time they’re currently taking up. The bottom of this tab will show you the overall CPU usage with a constantly updating graph.

Switch to the Memory tab, and you’ll find similar readings, but this time for RAM. (A computer’s RAM, or random access memory, stores information.) Keep your eye on the Memory Used entry down at the bottom of your window—this shows how much RAM macOS is currently eating up. If it’s somewhere near the maximum amount of RAM installed on your machine, that might explain any system slowdowns or crashes you’ve been experiencing.

Within Activity Monitor, you may encounter unfamiliar programs or processes. Select the unknown item, then click the “i” button at the top of the window for more information about what that application does. To stop it in its tracks, click the “x” button—just be sure you know what the process does first.

Once you’re comfortable navigating within Activity Monitor, you can use this knowledge to speed up your Mac. First, identify the applications that are consuming more than their fair share of resources. If they don’t need to be open, you can shut them down. If you’d like to keep running one of the programs in question, open its settings to see if you can get it to work more efficiently. For example, if one of your memory hogs is a browser, you might try disabling any extensions.

3. Free up storage space

Your macOS machine relies on having a decent chunk of free hard disk space where it can store temporary files. It also needs this room because it will store information on the hard drive if it runs out of RAM. Without that space, you’ll probably notice sluggish system performance when your laptop or desktop starts to run low on hard drive room.

Thankfully, Apple has provided some built-in storage options that will, if used correctly, help you speed up macOS. Open the Apple menu, hit System Settings, General, and Storage to see which types of files are using up your disk space. To tidy them up and gain some extra room, click the “i” icon next to any of the categories listed at the bottom of the window, select what the application or file want to kill, and hit Delete. Just make sure to back up files somewhere else before trashing them. On older versions of macOS, you’ll find these options by navigating through Apple menu > About this Mac > Storage > Manage.

From the main Storage tab, you can click Store in iCloud to get macOS to move some of your photos and videos to the cloud so you can delete the local copies. If you click Optimize next to Optimize Storage, on the other hand, macOS will hunt through your iTunes and Mail folders for files that can be safely deleted. For example, it might remove downloaded movies that you’ve already watched, because they’re always available in the cloud anyway.

4. Prevent programs from launching at startup

Many applications want to load at least part of themselves into memory as soon as macOS starts. This automatic launch gives them a head start over other programs and ensures they’ll always be available to you. This can often be useful—something like Dropbox, for example, needs to be up and running all the time to keep your files synced and ready. The problem strikes when too many software programs and utilities load themselves into memory, which makes the computer’s startup last longer and limits the amount of CPU and RAM available for the applications you actually want to use. Taking more control over which programs launch at startup can claw back some of the performance you’ve lost.

Open System Settings from the Apple menu, click General, and hit Login Items to see—and change—the programs that get to start automatically. Use the toggle switches to add and remove programs to the list. If you don’t recognize any of the applications, a quick web search should tell you what they are and why they want to launch with macOS. On older versions of macOS, go to System Preference, Users & Groups, select your account, and switch to the Login Items tab.

[Related: 38 advanced Mac keyboard shortcuts to supercharge your workflow]

It’s important to note that you’re not actually deleting any programs from your system when you flip these switches—you’re just stopping them from starting automatically. If you need them later, you can always open them the normal way, and you can even add them back to the Login Items list. Ultimately, you’ll need a bit of trial and error to work out the best balance between having certain applications and utilities always available, and having macOS boot up as quickly as possible.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on August 22, 2017.

The post 4 tips and hidden settings that will speed up macOS appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The extension that will banish ‘YouTube face’ from your browser https://www.popsci.com/diy/youtube-face-dearrow/ Sat, 22 Jul 2023 15:05:49 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=558369
A person holding a phone in landscape view, with a YouTube thumbnail on the screen, showing the exaggerated expression known as YouTube face.
Casually looking at screenshots of so-called YouTube face on your phone. Cottonbro / Pexels; Justin Pot for Popular Science

DeArrow will demolish many of the clickbait strategies used on YouTube.

The post The extension that will banish ‘YouTube face’ from your browser appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding a phone in landscape view, with a YouTube thumbnail on the screen, showing the exaggerated expression known as YouTube face.
Casually looking at screenshots of so-called YouTube face on your phone. Cottonbro / Pexels; Justin Pot for Popular Science

Have you ever looked—and I mean, really looked—at YouTube thumbnails? They are surreal.

Someone, at some point, noticed that videos get more clicks if the thumbnail included a human face and even more if that face is making an intense facial expression. Armed with this knowledge, people started doing it more… and more… and more. This earned them those coveted clicks, which prompted other people to do it. Over time, the facial expression evolved until it settled into “Youtube Face.” You’ve seen it, even if you don’t know what it is. The current master of this sort of thumbnail is MrBeast:

Three thumbnails from the YouTuber MrBeast's YouTube page, showing his exaggerated smile on each one, an expression known as YouTube face.
YouTube face: activated. Justin Pot for Popular Science

Imagine, if you will, someone making this facial expression on public transit or in the grocery store. You would be afraid (and you should be.) Joel Veix, writing for the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art, called YouTube Face a kind of “clickbait attaining human form,” which I think puts it best. Humans are subconsciously attuned to human faces and these sorts of thumbnails take advantage of that, luring you to click videos you otherwise wouldn’t.

If all this makes you feel exhausted, don’t worry: a free browser extension can replace every thumbnail on YouTube with a frame from the actual video. This tool also removes all CAPITAL LETTERS and other clickbait tactics from the video’s headline. The result: a much calmer YouTube experience. For example, here are the same three MrBeast videos I showed you above:

Three MrBeast YouTube video thumbnails with his chosen thumbnails removed and replaced with stills from the video by the DeArrow browser extension.
YouTube face: gone. Justin Pot for Popular Science

To get started, download DeArrow, which works on Chrome, Firefox, Edge, and Opera (or any browser that supports Chrome extensions). The extension works immediately: open YouTube and you’ll see the calmer thumbnails right away.

You don’t have to configure anything, but you can. Head to the extension’s settings by right-clicking its icon and clicking Settings.

The settings interface for DeArrow, a browser extension that removes "YouTube face" and other clickbait strategies from videos.
DeArrow gives you the option to keep the original thumbnails if you want. Justin Pot for Popular Science

There, you can turn off the title or thumbnail replacement features. You can also choose how capitalization should work in video titles—the default is Title Case but there’s also Sentence Case, where only the first letter is capitalized. I recommend sentence case—I find it the calmest. There is also a Channel Allowlist, which is useful if there are a few channels you’d actually like to see the original thumbnails and titles for.

I’ve been using the extension for a couple weeks, and I find myself wasting a lot less time on YouTube. Thumbnails capture my eyes less frequently, meaning I’m more likely to leave after I watch the video I opened the site for. This is probably not good for YouTube’s bottom line, but it’s very good for my personal productivity.

[Related: 3 ways to avoid falling down a YouTube rabbit hole]

YouTube face is a reminder of how algorithms, over time, warp human behavior. It happened slowly, starting a decade ago, but over time Lovecraftian forces took hold. The weirdest thing is that many just accept it. The almighty algorithm demands contorted facial expressions and crowds go along with it. As the DeArrow website puts it: “It’s no one’s fault. It’s a system that creates a race to the bottom.” Well, we’re at the bottom, and it’s time to fix things. DeArrow helps.

The post The extension that will banish ‘YouTube face’ from your browser appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
6 new features in macOS 14 Sonoma’s public beta you have to try https://www.popsci.com/diy/macos-sonoma-features/ Fri, 21 Jul 2023 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=558168
A MacBook opens in the dark probably after restarting and installing the beta version of macOS 14 Sonoma.
You can sign up to try the newest version of macOS now. Dmitry Chernyshov / Unsplash

You can try the beta version of the next major macOS upgrade.

The post 6 new features in macOS 14 Sonoma’s public beta you have to try appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A MacBook opens in the dark probably after restarting and installing the beta version of macOS 14 Sonoma.
You can sign up to try the newest version of macOS now. Dmitry Chernyshov / Unsplash

It won’t be finished nor officially launched until later in the year, but macOS 14 Sonoma is now available as a public beta. This means that anyone who wants to try this early version of the software can do so.

For developers, making beta software available to download is a great way of having a wide group of people test their code so they can fix any remaining problems. For users, it’s a chance to access new and improved features earlier than they ordinarily would.

Bear in mind that you do this testing at your own risk, as public betas usually come with some bugs and issues. Some of your favorite programs may not work properly, and you may see problems such as battery life drain. That said, Apple betas are generally reliable and stable, but they still recommend installing the software on secondary devices that are not “business critical”

If you do decide to give macOS 14 Sonoma a go, make sure all your important data is safely backed up before proceeding. Once that’s done, you can start enjoying the best features of Apple’s newest operating system.

How to install the macOS 14 Sonoma public beta

The macOS 14 Sonoma public beta will run on all relatively new Macs:

  • 2017 iMac Pro or later
  • 2018 MacBook Air or later
  • 2018 MacBook Pro or later
  • 2018 Mac Mini or later
  • 2019 iMac or later
  • 2022 Mac Studio or later.

If you think your machine qualifies and you want to join the program, open up the Apple Beta portal in Safari on your Mac, then click Sign up to register for the macOS beta using your Apple ID. If you’ve already registered to run beta software on an Apple device, click Sign in instead. You’ll have to agree to the terms and conditions that confirm you know what beta software involves.

[Related: 6 great features to try out in the iOS 17 public beta]

With that done, switch to the macOS section of the Apple Beta page, click Enroll your Mac, and Open Software Update. This will take you out of Safari and into System Settings: Click Beta Updates > macOS Sonoma Public Beta > Done.

Your Mac will then check for and download the latest public beta version of macOS, and will let you know when it’s ready to install. After a restart, you’ll be able to explore everything that this new version of the operating system brings with it.

1. Desktop widgets

Apple has been busy adding widget functionality to iPhones and iPads in recent years, and now it’s the turn of the Mac. For the first time, you can add widgets to the desktop as well as the Notification Center, making them more accessible and easier to refer to.

Right-click anywhere on the desktop and choose Edit Widgets to see what’s available—you can browse through the widget selection by app using the options on the left. To add a widget from the list, click on the green + (plus) icon or drag it over to the desktop. You can also add widgets from the Notification Center just by dragging them onto the desktop.

Once in place, you can rearrange and organize your widgets by dragging them. Finally, right-click on an applet to open its settings, where you’ll be able to tweak its details or remove it completely.

2. New screensavers

macOS 14 Sonoma provides new dynamic screensavers to choose from
Give your Mac machine a personal touch by choosing one of macOS 14’s new screensavers. David Nield for Popular Science

Apple has put together some gorgeous new slow-motion screensavers to mark the arrival of macOS 14 Sonoma—from whales and jellyfish swimming underwater, to the rolling landscapes of Hawaii and Yosemite National Park.

Open the Apple menu, then choose Screen Saver to see them. When you select a screensaver, the toggle switch at the top gives you the option to set an accompanying still image as your desktop wallpaper too.

3. Dock web apps

From Gmail to Slack to Instagram, a lot of the apps we use every day run in a browser. On macOS 14 Sonoma you’ll be able to pin these web apps to the dock, where you can launch them as you would a normal desktop application.

All you need to do is open up a web app in Safari, then select File > Add to Dock and specify a name for the shortcut. As well as showing up on the dock, the web app will also appear in Launchpad and you’ll be able to find it through Spotlight search.

4. Safari profiles

macOS 14 Sonoma brings a new feature to Safari: the possibility to set up multiple profiles.
Now you can use different profiles on Safari to keep your personal and work tabs separate. David Nield for Popular Science

Apple’s browser Safari has now caught up with Google Chrome in offering profiles. This feature allows you to have one profile for business and another for leisure time, for example.  Each profile works independently from others, so it has its own separate browsing history, extensions, and tab groups.

To create a new profile in Safari, click Safari > Settings > Profiles > New Profile. You’ll be able to choose a name, icon, and color for the new instance, as well as set up a new favorites folder or import an existing one.

When you’ve set up a second profile, a little drop-down menu appears in the top left corner of the Safari interface—open it up to switch between profiles. Head back to Safari > Settings > Profiles to further configure each instance and remove any that you no longer need.

There are a host of smaller upgrades for native apps on macOS, including better PDF support in Notes and some auto-categorization functionality in Reminders. One of the most notable among these updates is the introduction of search filters in Messages.

[Related: Duck yeah, Apple’s next autocorrect update makes it easier to swear]

Open the Messages app, click inside the search bar, and look for a contact to find conversations with that person. When you select the contact, now you’ll also see Link, Photo, and Location options, so you can narrow down your search.

6. Presenter Overlay

Apple’s macOS 14 Sonoma is adding a new video conferencing feature called Presenter Overlay. This tool allows you to stay visible to other participants while sharing something on your screen, like a slideshow. It should work with just about every video calling app eventually, but right now it only works with FaceTime and Zoom.

When you’re on a video call in FaceTime, click the Share Content button on the video feed (a small figure in front of a screen). A new dialog appears letting you choose whether to share the whole screen or a specific window. The Presenter Overlay options are on the same dialog: You can appear in a small bubble or as a larger overlay.

The post 6 new features in macOS 14 Sonoma’s public beta you have to try appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
3 ways to generate a table of contents for virtually any website https://www.popsci.com/diy/table-of-contents-extensions/ Thu, 20 Jul 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=557838
A man wearing a purple sweater in front of a desktop computer with his hand on a computer mouse, looking intensely at the screen.
You won't have to look as hard for stuff if you use an extension that puts a table of contents right there on the screen. ThisisEngineering RAEng / Unsplash

The table of contents isn't just for books.

The post 3 ways to generate a table of contents for virtually any website appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A man wearing a purple sweater in front of a desktop computer with his hand on a computer mouse, looking intensely at the screen.
You won't have to look as hard for stuff if you use an extension that puts a table of contents right there on the screen. ThisisEngineering RAEng / Unsplash

Have you ever, while reading an article online, found yourself wishing for a table of contents? Sometimes you know what you’re looking for and just want to jump to the relevant section, but not every site gives you a quick way to do that.

There are a few browser extensions that can fill this gap. These offer a table of contents, basically just a list of all the headers on the page. You can click any of the headers to jump to that part of the page. I tried as many of these extensions as I could find—here are the three best ones.

Simple Outliner (Chrome, Edge, Firefox)

The Wikipedia page for the list of fictional ducks, showing a table of contents created by the Simple Outliner browser extension.
For when you just need a simple outline of a list of fictional ducks. As one does. Justin Pot for Popular Science

Simple Outliner is a free extension for most browsers that can open a table of contents every time you click the extension’s icon. There’s also an experimental feature that will automatically show the table of contents for every website you open: just check the Auto enable Smart TOC option in the settings. The table appears as an overlay in the top right corner of your current window.

[Related: How to run a security audit on your Chrome extensions]

The free version works well enough for most people. Three dollars more gives you a dark mode, the ability to expand and fold nested levels of headlines, and a resizable panel, among other features. If you’d rather not constantly be reminded about these paid features, which show up in the interface by default, you can hide them entirely in the settings: just check the Hide Pro Features option.

Smart TOC (Chrome, Edge)

The Wikipedia list of fictional ducks in Disney's Donald Duck universe, with a table of contents created by the Smart TOC browser extension.
Smart TOC creating a table of contents for all of Duckburg’s residents. Justin Pot for Popular Science

Smart TOC is a completely free and open-source extension for Chrome that puts an overlay in the bottom right corner of your screen, complete with a table of contents. You can move this box, and the extension will remember where you like it. You can trigger the extension by clicking its icon or, optionally, you can enable a feature that will show the table for every site you open. This extension, uniquely, works in Feedly and IOReader—two of the best RSS readers—meaning you can get a table of contents for the articles you’re reading in those apps.

Table of Contents (Safari)

The Wikipedia article listing fictional ducks, featuring a table of contents created by the Table of Contents browser extension for Safari.
Your table of contents creation options are limited for Safari. Justin Pot for Popular Science

Table of Contents is a free Mac app that adds a button to the Safari toolbar. You can click this icon, or use the keyboard shortcut Control+G, to see a table of contents in an overlay. There’s not a lot else to this extension—sadly, you can’t customize it at all. It’s the only such tool I could find for Safari, though, and that alone makes it worth mentioning.

The post 3 ways to generate a table of contents for virtually any website appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
6 great features to try out in the iOS 17 public beta https://www.popsci.com/diy/ios-17-features/ Wed, 19 Jul 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=557572
iOS17 public beta includes the contact poster feature that allows to set what you want people to see when you call them.
One of iOS 17's new features is Contact Posters, which lets you set what other people see when you're calling them. Thujey Ngetup / Unsplash and Apple, for Popular Science

Get the new software on your iPhone ahead of time.

The post 6 great features to try out in the iOS 17 public beta appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
iOS17 public beta includes the contact poster feature that allows to set what you want people to see when you call them.
One of iOS 17's new features is Contact Posters, which lets you set what other people see when you're calling them. Thujey Ngetup / Unsplash and Apple, for Popular Science

First announced in June, iOS 17 has now reached the public beta stage. That means anyone with a compatible iPhone can install an early version of the operating system ahead of its official launch later this year.

In general, beta software isn’t fully finished and optimized, so you should expect some bugs along the way. Apple recommends only using betas on “non-production devices that are not business critical”, and you should absolutely make sure you’ve backed up all of your data before installing it.

This might sound a bit scary, but the benefits of putting up with a few bugs are that you get access to iOS 17’s cool new features ahead of time.

How to sign up for the iOS 17 public beta

The iOS 17 public beta will run on the iPhone XS (2018) and later models. On your mobile device, use Safari to head to the Apple Beta portal, and tap Sign up. You’ll be registering for early access to the operating system using your Apple ID. If you’ve previously tested beta software on an Apple device, choose Sign in instead.

Before you can enroll your device, you’ll need to agree to a lengthy list of terms and conditions explaining the risks of installing beta software—this is standard practice. When you reach the enrollment page, tap Open Beta Updates. This will take you to your phone’s Settings app, where you’ll be able to select iOS 17 Public Beta. Your iPhone will start downloading the software and you’ll get a notification when it’s ready to install.

[Related: Duck yeah, Apple’s next autocorrect update makes it easier to swear]

To get back to this screen, go to Settings > General > Software Update > Beta Updates. From that last menu, you can leave the beta at any point by choosing Off.

To leave the Apple Beta program completely, so you no longer have the option of switching to beta software, head to the unenrollment page in Safari on your iPhone, and tap Leave Apple Beta Software Program.

But before you decide to drop Apple’s public beta program, make sure you try out some of the most fun and useful features iOS 17 has to offer.

1. StandBy mode

StandBy mode turns your iPhone into a smart display of sorts, showing glanceable information such as the time, weather forecast, and your photos whenever you’re not using the device. If you’ve got an iPhone 14 Pro or Pro Max, the information will always be visible, but if you have an older model, you’ll need to tap on the screen to see it.

This feature is enabled by default, but you can head to StandBy in Settings to turn it off if you don’t like it. There you can also customize notifications, and turn night mode on or off, which applies a red tint in low light.

StandBy kicks in automatically every time you lock your iPhone, charge it, or put it at an angle (so not flat on a surface) or in landscape orientation. Swipe from left to the sides to move between your other screens, and long press on a widget to customize it.

2. Offline Maps

Apple Maps now lets you download areas to use offline.
Apple Maps’ offline offering will show you all the information you’d find online, except for live traffic data. David Nield for Popular Science

It’s taken a while, but Apple Maps has finally caught up to Google Maps in letting you save particular map areas so you can use them offline. This feature comes in handy if you’re abroad, want to save your data, or are heading to a place where you know the phone signal will be patchy. The maps you save locally to your phone will include all the data you can find on an online map, except live traffic information. This means you’ll still be able to look up opening times for stores, for example.

In Apple Maps, press and hold on your profile picture, then tap Offline Maps: You can then see maps you’ve downloaded or choose Download New Map to save a new area. The platform will automatically update your saved maps in the background whenever there’s a new version of Apple Maps. 

The Offline Maps menu will also allow you to opt to download maps over cell networks and WiFi, or WiFi only, and force Apple Maps into offline mode whenever there’s no phone signal.

3. Live Voicemail

Live Voicemail shows a real-time transcription as someone is leaving you a voicemail, which lets you decide whether you want to pick up the call or deal with it later. If you think it’s important, tap Pick up to stop the voicemail and take the call. But if you decide it can wait, you can tap the voicemail icon (two underlined circles) to see the transcription and find out what the call is about before you dial.

This feature is on by default when you install iOS 17, but you can turn it off via Phone and Live Voicemail in Settings. 

4. Camera Level

There’s a new Level feature for the default Camera app in iOS 17 that will help you frame and line up your shots. To enable it, tap Camera in Settings, then turn on the Level toggle switch. If you previously used the Grid feature in iOS 16, Level will be on, but you’ll now be able to toggle both features separately.

To use the Level feature, head to the Camera app. Whenever you’re trying to take a photo, three gray lines will show up next to each other in the center of the frame, and the one in the middle will tilt as you angle your phone. You’ll know the shot is leveled when the middle line aligns with the ones on either side—they’ll turn yellow and disappear so you can take the photo.

5. Contact Posters

iOS 17 Contact Posters lets you choose options like memojis, images, and text.
You can get creative with your contact poster: use a photo, a memoji, or just plain text. David Nield for Popular Science

iOS 17 lets you make your own Contact Poster, a graphic that shows up on people’s phones when you’re calling them. You can pick an image (or your memoji), and customize the text font and background.

If you see a message prompting you to Update Your Name and Photo when you install iOS 17, you can tap it to set up your Contact Poster. Otherwise, you can get to the same settings later by opening Contacts, and tapping My Card then Contact Photo & Poster.

You’ll be able to have several Contact Posters set up with different combinations of colors, images, and fonts. From the same screen, you can set your Contact Poster to only appear for people actually listed in your contacts, rather than everyone you call.

6. Personal Voice

iOS 17 has a new accessibility feature called Personal Voice that lets your iPhone speak in your voice. It has the potential to be hugely useful for those with disabilities or degenerative diseases that affect their ability to talk. Once you save your voice to your device, you can type out text and have your phone read it in your voice in apps such as FaceTime.

[Related: Simple accessibility settings that will make your smartphone easier to use]

You’ll need to record about 150 phrases with your iPhone so that it can synthesize your voice, but you don’t have to do this all in one go. To get started, head to the Accessibility section of Settings, tap Personal Voice, and then Create a Personal Voice. Note that all the data supporting this feature will only live locally on your device.

The post 6 great features to try out in the iOS 17 public beta appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Find any file on your computer https://www.popsci.com/find-files-on-your-computer/ Mon, 11 Apr 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/find-files-on-your-computer/
Hands typing on a laptop.
Sometimes your laptop might as well be a black hole. Kaitlyn Baker / Unsplash

Search and you shall find.

The post Find any file on your computer appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hands typing on a laptop.
Sometimes your laptop might as well be a black hole. Kaitlyn Baker / Unsplash

You’re sure that file is here somewhere. You saw it only the other day, but it seems to have vanished. Hunting down data stashed on your computer can be a frustrating experience—partly due to our untidy habits when it comes to saving files—but it doesn’t have to be.

Both Windows and macOS come with helpful tools and tricks you can use to track down any missing file. And if that doesn’t work, there are a number of third-party applications that can help you get the job done.

How to find files on Windows 10 and 11

It may sound obvious, but the search box on the taskbar is the perfect place to start searching on Windows. If you know the name of the file you’re looking for, type it and results should appear quickly. If you don’t, enter a word that might be included in the name—even if it’s not exact, this will help you narrow your search. By default, you’ll get results within your computer, but also web and app results.

[Related: How to remove Bing results from your Windows Start menu]

You can further restrict the search to specific types of files by clicking the Documents tab at the top of the dialog box, or selecting More to gain access to the Music, Photos, and Videos tabs.

Another way to focus your search is to use a wildcard. The asterisk symbol (*) can stand for any character, a group of characters, or even entire file names. For example, you can run a search for “*.docx” to find all the Word documents stored on your system, as they share the .docx file extension. If you want to search only for images saved as JPEGs, you can type “*.jpg”. If you’re not sure of the extension for a given software or file format, you can easily find lists of the most common ones.

There’s also the question mark wildcard (?), which can stand in for any single character. Looking for “picture?.jpg” will return picture1.jpg, picture2.jpg, picture3.jpg, and so on. Wildcards can be combined or used by themselves, depending on how much you want to narrow your search.

For more precise searches, open up the folder you want to look in, and search within the box in the top right-hand corner. If you want to search the entire computer, open any folder in File Explorer, go to This PC (or the name of your PC), and find the (C:) drive. Once you’re in there, any search you run from the search box in the upper right-hand corner of the window will look at all files on that drive. As a reminder, you can do a traditional search or use any of the wildcards mentioned above.

The Search tab (Windows 10) or Search options button (Windows 11) that automatically appears at the top of the window when you run a search gives you more ways to narrow down the results list. For example, in the Refine box (Windows 10) or Size option (Windows 11), you can look for files of a particular type or size. This is especially handy if you’re looking specifically for large files on Windows.

You can also search for files that have been modified during a certain time period (like within the last day or month), which can help if you have misplaced a file you were recently working on.

[Related: 20 essential Windows keyboard shortcuts]

Another trick is to use what are known as boolean operators—primarily NOT and OR. A search for “box OR cube” will return files with either word in the filename, whereas searching for “box NOT cube” will only match files with names that include the word “box” but not “cube”.

You can also use AND to find matches for files that contain two specific terms, like “box AND cube”. These boolean operators work all around Windows and can be very helpful if you don’t remember the exact name of what you’re looking for.

If you tried the built-in tools and are still digging for the files you need, there are a couple of third-party Windows applications that might get the job done. Everything is a free app that starts by showing you every file on your system—hence the name—and then filters the list as you search.

The Everything interface, showing all files on a Windows computer.
Everything shows you just how many files you’ve hoarded. David Nield for Popular Science

Type your query in the search box at the top, using any relevant wildcards and boolean operators. Then use the Search menu to narrow down the results by matching entire words or by looking for specific file types. Choose Advanced Search from this menu to specify words you do or don’t want to match (you’ll also be able to search the text inside a file here). It’s not the most polished-looking app, but once you get used to it, you’ll find it a fantastic ally in your file-searching endeavors.

Another option is UltraSearch, which is also free to download. Type your search terms and narrow the matches down based on file type. You can use wildcards and search within the contents of files, but boolean operators won’t work here.

UltraSearch is more user-friendly than Everything, but it doesn’t offer as many features. What sets it apart, though, is a built-in preview tool, so you can take a quick look at the files to make sure you’ve got the right one.

How to find files on macOS

The Finder window on macOS, showing image files.
Warning: you might run into pictures of your ex (unless that’s what you’re looking for…). David Nield for Popular Science

Spotlight is the hub of search on macOS, and hitting Cmd+Space on the keyboard or clicking the magnifying glass on the menu bar will launch it. Type out the name of the file you’re looking for and you can have it open in seconds.

By default, your search results will include apps, contacts, and web results, so you might need to do a bit of scrolling to get to the file you’re after. If you only want to use Spotlight to look for files, you can change your Mac’s search settings. On macOS Ventura, go to the Apple menu, click System Settings, go to Siri & Spotlight, and uncheck any categories you don’t want to appear in search results. If you’re using an older version of macOS, you can find these options by going to the Apple menu, clicking System Preferences, and going to Spotlight.

Spotlight supports plenty of natural language queries, which means you can type your search as if you were asking an actual human being. Don’t be afraid to experiment: try “photos from last month”, or “files from yesterday”. Spotlight can understand and process a wide variety of queries.

Right at the bottom of the Spotlight results list, there’s the Search in Finder link. Click it to switch your search to the Finder file manager. Alternatively, you can go directly to Finder to begin with, and then start looking via the search box in the top right-hand corner. This tool may initially appear as only a magnifying glass icon, but it will expand when you click on it.

Again, just type out the name of the file you’re looking for. Both Spotlight and Finder will search for files by their names or content, and even though boolean operators (“OR,” “NOT,” and “AND”) work, you can’t use wildcard characters like you can on Windows.

If you run a search from Finder or switch your results to Finder, you’ll see some filter suggestions appear below the search box as you type. These suggestions let you restrict the results to filename matches or specific file types.

[Related: How to rename multiple files on macOS]

Click the small plus icon below the search box to add filters. These include file types, the dates files were created or last modified, the names of the files, or their contents. You can, for example, look for filenames that start with “pic” and end with “archive” and have anything else in between.

You can also combine filters using the plus and minus icons on the right to add and remove them as required. For example, you can look for files opened within the last week that have the word “meeting” somewhere inside.

You can also use the buttons next to the word “Search” to switch between looking in the particular folder you’re viewing in Finder (and all its subfolders), or across your Mac as a whole. To change which one Finder picks by default on macOS Ventura, choose Finder > Settings > Advanced, and make your choice under When performing a search. On older versions of macOS, navigate through Finder > Preferences > Advanced to find those options.

If you’re still overwhelmed by the number of search results, use the icons on the Finder toolbar to change how they appear or are ordered on-screen.

As with Windows, several third-party options are available for even more powerful searching. HoudahSpot ($34, with a free trial available) can search several folders at once, will quickly preview files for you, and will make running complex searches easier.

The HoudahSpot interface for macOS.
Too bad you can’t use boolean operators to find your house keys. David Nield for Popular Science

Build up your search criteria using the boxes on the left—name, text content, file extension, content kind, and so on—then click the Play button up at the top to search both within the hard drive and inside each file. If you need to, you can limit the number of results returned, focusing, for example, on those most recently opened or created.

Another useful tool is Alfred, which does advanced file search and a lot more—it’s like having your own digital butler on hand. The app essentially works as a productivity enhancer for macOS, and lets you set up customized keyboard shortcuts, run automated tasks, access system commands more easily, and much more. As far as file searching goes, hit Option+Space to open the Alfred interface, then type “find”, followed by the name of the file you’re looking for.

Open Preferences from the Alfred icon on the menu bar, then go to Features and File Search—you can tell Alfred exactly where to look and how many results to show. All of this basic searching is free, but advanced filtering requires the Powerpack add-on (£34 or about $44).

You may not need these extra tools, but no matter what kind of search quest you’re going on, you should be able to find what you’re looking for—either through the native options in Windows and macOS, or an additional program. And the more you make use of these features, the more adept you’ll get at using them.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on July 22, 2019.

The post Find any file on your computer appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Blocking unknown callers and other WhatsApp privacy features you should turn on right now https://www.popsci.com/diy/block-spam-calls-whatsapp/ Sun, 16 Jul 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=557087
WhatsApp's new Privacy Checkup Menu allows you block calls from unknown numbers.
Keeping your WhatsApp messages safe and private has never been easier. Sandra Gutierrez for Popular Science

You can now access the app's security and privacy tools more easily.

The post Blocking unknown callers and other WhatsApp privacy features you should turn on right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
WhatsApp's new Privacy Checkup Menu allows you block calls from unknown numbers.
Keeping your WhatsApp messages safe and private has never been easier. Sandra Gutierrez for Popular Science

WhatsApp’s new Privacy Checkup menu gives you the ability to block unknown callers, but that’s not the only way it will protect your one-on-one conversations and thriving group chats.

The messaging app has come a long way in terms of privacy and security, and you’ll find lots of options within the new menu. Not bad for a service that once risked a mass exodus after its parent company, Meta, suggested it’d share users’ information with Facebook and Instagram

We can’t cover everything Privacy Checkup has to offer, but these are our favorite features—you should turn them on if you haven’t already. You can access this new menu on Android by tapping the three dots in the top right corner of the screen, choosing Settings, then Privacy. The steps are similar on iOS, but you’ll start with Settings in the bottom right corner of your screen, then tap Privacy. No matter the OS, you’ll see a Privacy Checkup banner at the top of the screen—tap it to start. 

Block unknown callers on WhatsApp

The most exciting feature on the Privacy Checkup menu is the new ability to automatically block calls from unknown numbers. This was a serious concern in India (WhatsApp’s biggest market), where users received a flood of spam calls that was so severe the Indian government got involved

[Related: 7 secure messaging apps you should be using]

On the Privacy Checkup menu, set up this feature by tapping Choose who can contact you, then Silence Unknown Callers. The next screen will only have one switch, which you can toggle on to activate the feature. 

Afterward, calls from numbers that are not saved to your contact list will not go through, but you’ll still be able to see them in WhatsApp’s Calls tab. That way, if you recognize a number later on, you’ll still be able to call them back or save it to your contacts. 

Lock up WhatsApp using your biometrics

If your entire household knows your passcode and you want to add an extra layer of security to your chats, this is the way to do it. WhatsApp will use whatever biometrics you’ve already set up with your phone. This means you can use your face or fingerprint, depending on your device’s ability to support them.

From the Privacy Checkup menu, go to Add More Protection to Your Account and choose Unlock with biometric or Screen Lock. To activate the feature, toggle on the switch on the next screen. As soon as you do, WhatsApp will let you decide how the lock will work. 

The first thing you’ll need to set up is when you want the app to lock itself. You can have it verify your identity as soon as you change apps or your phone locks itself (choose Immediately), or you can opt for a one- or 30-minute grace period where the app will remain unlocked. Keep in mind that if you choose anything other than “immediately,” WhatsApp will remain accessible for that amount of time, even if you lock your phone.

Encrypt your backup 

WhatsApp used to be vulnerable to governments accessing its users’ data. This is because the app uses Google Drive and iCloud to save backups, giving Google and Apple the last say on whether a third party can see this information. Not ideal. 

The solution was not to change where users saved their backups but to give them the ability to encrypt their data. That way no one, not even Meta, could decipher it. However, this feature is not on by default, so you’ll need to dive into the settings to activate it. 

[Related: 4 reasons you should be using WhatsApp Web]

From the Privacy Checkup menu, choose Add More Privacy to Your Chats and tap End-to-end Encrypted Backups. On the next screen, you’ll find more information about this feature, including the current size of your WhatsApp backup. Tap Turn on to continue.

The next step is to set up an encryption key that will allow you to access your data in the future. There are two methods you can use: creating a password or using a 64-digit encryption key. 

You can create 64-digit encryption keys to protect your data on WhatsApp
This is what a 64-encryption key looks like on WhatsApp. Not as scary as you thought it was, right? Sandra Gutierrez for Popular Science

Tap Create a password and follow the steps to do just that. If you’re not using a password manager (you definitely should, by the way), you may want to opt for a 64-digit passkey provided by WhatsApp. Don’t worry—this is not a single-line, seemingly endless number you’ll have to scribble on a sticky note somewhere. It’s 16 groups of four characters each (numbers and letters) that you can screenshot and save somewhere safe. You’ll still need to input the key manually, but if you’re the kind of person that rotates the same three passwords over and over, this can be a safer solution. Tap Use a 64-digit encryption key to have WhatsApp show you the code. Once you’ve written it down or screenshotted it, tap I have my 64-digit encryption key and you’ll be good to go.

A big warning: regardless of the method you choose, make sure you have your password or encryption key backed up somewhere safe. If you lose it and later want to set up shop on a new device, your ability to access your backup will depend on whether you still have access to WhatsApp. If that’s the case, you can go into the app and turn off backup encryption. But if, for example, you get a new phone because you lost yours, or you delete the app before setting it up somewhere else, you’ll lose everything and will need to start fresh. Yes, that includes your precious sticker collection

It sounds scary, but these and the rest of the privacy and security features above are there to protect you and your data. Take a look around the Privacy Checkup menu and see what else you can find that might be useful to you. Then go poke around in the settings of your other apps, and make these checkups a habit.

The post Blocking unknown callers and other WhatsApp privacy features you should turn on right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How Microsoft Rewards can help you benefit from being chronically online https://www.popsci.com/diy/microsoft-rewards-how-to/ Fri, 14 Jul 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=556754
The Microsoft Rewards dashboard shows how many points you've earned.
The Microsoft Rewards dashboard will give you the most important stats you need in the program: from your total tally to your current earning streak. David Nield for Popular Science

Start turning your web searches into prizes.

The post How Microsoft Rewards can help you benefit from being chronically online appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Microsoft Rewards dashboard shows how many points you've earned.
The Microsoft Rewards dashboard will give you the most important stats you need in the program: from your total tally to your current earning streak. David Nield for Popular Science

Most of us would gladly take payment for what we’re already doing online anyway, and that’s exactly what Microsoft Rewards (previously known as Bing Rewards) is. This program will give you points in return for searching the web and buying digital goods online, which you can redeem for rewards such as gift cards from popular retailers like Amazon, Starbucks, and Sephora.

To get in on the deal, you’ll have to use Microsoft’s products, including Bing and the Microsoft Store, which offers games, software, movies, and TV shows. If you’re happy with those terms, the company will reward your loyalty to its services.

How Microsoft Rewards works

Every dollar you spend in the Microsoft Store earns you one point, but you can also get points by playing games. The company will suggest some via email, but you can go straight to the Microsoft Rewards page to earning points while you kill time online.

It’s very much like a loyalty program, similar to those offered by retail stores and airlines. You can sign up for free, but you will need a Microsoft account to participate, which the company will use to track your activities and reward them accordingly.

Newcomers will start at Level 1 of  Microsoft Rewards, but if you collect at least 500 points in a month,  you can move up to Level 2. This tier gives you five times more points for your Bing searches, and up to 10 percent in discounts on rewards claimed through the Microsoft Store. You can easily keep track of how many points you’re earning through the Microsoft Rewards dashboard.

[Related: RIP Internet Explorer, and thanks for all the memes]

Once you’ve accumulated some points, you’ll be able to redeem them for gift cards, entries into sweepstakes, digital games, and movies, as well as donations on your behalf to a non-profit of your choosing. But that’s not an exhaustive list. At the time of writing, for example, you can earn three months of Spotify Premium by searching with Bing in Microsoft Edge for three days in a row.

The not-so-fun side of Microsoft Rewards includes daily emails that feature a variety of online deals and quizzes. As we mentioned before, this is similar to other loyalty programs out there that bombard you with marketing content on a regular basis, so this is standard practice. You can always filter out these messages, and if you think you’re missing out on something, you can always check out the Microsoft Rewards page online to see all offers.

How to use Microsoft Rewards

The game page on the Microsoft Rewards interface lets you earn points by playing.
You can always scroll through your favorite app to kill time, but choose a Microsoft Rewards game and you’ll get points for fighting boredom. David Nield for Popular Science

Head to the official Microsoft Rewards site and click Join now to go through the registration process—if you don’t already have a Microsoft account, you’ll need to make one. Once you’re done, the site will take you to your Microsoft Rewards dashboard, which shows how many points you’ve earned. Further down you’ll see opportunities to earn points today, from quizzes to Bing searches.

For more details on how you’re doing, including your current level, switch to the Status tab, where you can see a more detailed history of the points you’ve accumulated and set goals for reaching reward milestones. On this page you’ll also be able to check your streaks history, which tracks times when you’ve earned rewards for several consecutive days in a row—you get bonus points after hitting a three-day streak.

You don’t have to go through the dashboard to earn points: As long as you’re registered with the program and you stay signed into your Microsoft account, you’ll automatically get points for searching on Bing and spending your money in the Microsoft Store. To check how many points you’re earning in real-time just look at the tally in the top right corner of the Bing website or the Bing app for Android or iOS.

[Related: Google vs. DuckDuckGo vs. Bing—is it time to switch your search engine?]

If you want to earn even more points, you might also want to use the Microsoft Bing Search with Rewards extension for Edge. Just installing the add-on gives you 30 points, but the tool also gives you easy access to your total tally and suggests more ways to earn points.

As you might have guessed, the Rewards tab on the Microsoft Rewards dashboard lets you redeem your points. You can search the offers and sort them by how many points they cost—when you see something interesting, click on any reward to see more details and claim it. The biggest prizes will take some time to earn (like a $25 NFL shop gift card, which is 32,500), but if you’re using Bing and Edge regularly, points can pile up pretty quickly. 

Finally, if you later decide that Microsoft Rewards isn’t for you, you can quit the program by heading to the opt-out page.

The post How Microsoft Rewards can help you benefit from being chronically online appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best ways to transfer photos from an Android to a computer https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-transfer-photos-from-android-to-computer/ Thu, 08 Dec 2022 13:52:40 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=496327
A person holding a black Android phone, possibly setting it to file transfer mode to back up their photos to their laptop.
Transferring your photos and videos from your Android device to a computer is simple, no matter what operating system you're running. Kelli McClintock / Unsplash

Skip the cloud—you can back up your photos and videos right on your laptop or desktop machine.

The post The best ways to transfer photos from an Android to a computer appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding a black Android phone, possibly setting it to file transfer mode to back up their photos to their laptop.
Transferring your photos and videos from your Android device to a computer is simple, no matter what operating system you're running. Kelli McClintock / Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The fastest way to transfer photos from an Android phone to a computer is to use the Google Photos app—but this option isn’t for everyone.

Maybe you don’t want all of your personal media files sitting on Google’s servers, or maybe you refuse to pay the company for cloud storage. Whatever your reason, you may want to move your pictures from your Android device to a laptop or desktop computer over a USB cable.

It’s important that you choose at least one alternative storage method for your photos and videos—that way if your phone gets lost, stolen, or badly damaged, your precious digital memories will live forever.

We’re going to focus on manually transferring files without WiFi, so you’ll need a USB cable that fits your Android phone at one end and your PC or Mac at the other. With the latest computer and phone models, a USB-C-to-USB-C cable should do the trick.

[Related: USB-C is on track to become the charging cable standard in the EU]

When working with both Windows and macOS, you may have to put your phone in file transfer mode. To do this, connect your Android device, tap the Charging this device via USB notification that automatically pops up, find Use USB for, and select File Transfer

How to transfer photos from Android to Windows

After you connect your Android phone to your Windows 10 or 11 computer with the appropriate USB cable, File Explorer should automatically open a new window showing the contents of your mobile device. If that doesn’t happen, you should be able to find your phone by looking in the left-hand navigation pane of File Explorer or clicking This PC to see a list of connected drives and devices.

Once you find it, you can browse your Android smartphone just as you would any other folder on your Windows system. You’ll typically find your photos and videos in a folder called DCIM, so you can move them to your computer however you like: drag and drop, Ctrl+C and Ctrl+V, or the copy (two rectangles) and paste (a clipboard and a rectangle) icons in the File Explorer toolbar at the top of the window.

You can also right-click on the name of your phone in File Explorer, and then choose Show more options > Import pictures and videos to move files across. You can pick and choose which photos and videos to copy, or you can just grab everything. By default, the files will go to the Pictures folder in your Windows user account, but it’s possible to change the items’ destination by selecting More options.

We’d recommend keeping your photos and videos backed up in a third location other than your phone and computer, just in case. An external hard drive is a great choice, but there are also plenty of third-party applications to pick from, including Windows’ built-in File History backup tool. You can search for it and launch it from the Start menu. If you decide you do want to store at least some pics in the cloud, you have options beyond Google, too.

How to transfer photos from Android to macOS

To get Android and macOS talking to each other, you’ll need a small, free software tool from Google called Android File Transfer. After downloading the package, drag the Android File Transfer app icon to the Applications folder, and you’ll be able to launch it from the Applications screen in Finder or through Spotlight (Cmd+Space).

As it’s a new program freshly downloaded from the internet, you’ll get a pop-up dialog asking you to confirm that you want to run it. Once you do, connect your Android phone to your Mac with the appropriate USB cable. You should then see a pop-up window asking if you want to allow the “accessory” (your phone) to connect to macOS. Choose Allow to continue.

You’ll then see a list of all the folders on your Android phone—your photos and videos will likely be inside the one called DCIM. Open it up to get at your files, then drag and drop them wherever you like on your computer. If you want to use them with the macOS Photos app, open that program and click File, then Import to point it toward your photos and videos.

As always, it’s a good idea to keep your photos (and other data) backed up to an external drive, just in case something should happen to both your phone and Mac. For backing up your files to another location, you can choose one of many available third-party programs, or use the Time Machine tool that comes built into macOS. As always, cloud storage is an option if it works for you. Don’t skip this step—it’d be tragic to transfer everything just to lose it from a hard drive crash.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on December 8, 2022.

The post The best ways to transfer photos from an Android to a computer appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to use mouse keys to navigate your computer with only your keyboard https://www.popsci.com/how-to-replace-your-mouse-with-your-keyboard/ Mon, 24 Jun 2019 17:23:18 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/how-to-replace-your-mouse-with-your-keyboard/
A person's hands on a smaller black keyboard in front of a larger black keyboard, perhaps figuring out how to use mouse keys to navigate their computer without a mouse.
With practice, you may be able to move just as fast with mouse keys as with a mouse. Onur Binay / Unsplash

Mouse died? Trackpad not responding? No problem.

The post How to use mouse keys to navigate your computer with only your keyboard appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person's hands on a smaller black keyboard in front of a larger black keyboard, perhaps figuring out how to use mouse keys to navigate their computer without a mouse.
With practice, you may be able to move just as fast with mouse keys as with a mouse. Onur Binay / Unsplash

It’s hard to imagine using a computer without a mouse or its notable descendants, the trackpad and pointing stick (you know, that rubber thing in the middle of the keyboard). So when they stop working, either because a button jammed or because they’ve given up altogether, it can feel like your computer has been bricked. Fortunately, that’s not the case. In fact, with the right keyboard shortcuts, including “mouse keys,” you don’t need a mouse or trackpad at all, and you may even find yourself preferring to use your keyboard.

Why your keyboard can also be your mouse

Modern computing has long relied on keyboard navigation, and the earliest versions were more or less just a bolted-on typewriter. Manufacturers eventually added “home,” “end,” “page up,” and “page down” keys to make navigating reams of information less of a chore. Over time, more specialized keys, including “alt” and “command,” appeared as computers took on new jobs. Still, the keyboard has changed so little that decades-old models may be perfectly compatible with today’s operating systems.

Keyboards also were built to spare your wrists. Even though a mouse offers a degree of precision beyond a keyboard’s capabilities, the small, precise movements of certain mouse-moving muscles can, over time, cause pain and other discomfort in your hands and wrists. As a result, keyboards and keyboard shortcuts have become important for computer users with motor control or dexterity concerns. No matter who you are, you may find keeping your hands on the keys for a few hours each day makes you more efficient and more comfortable.

General keyboard navigation shortcuts

So if your mouse or trackpad is broken, or you just don’t want to use it, you’ll need to get familiar with common shortcuts. Most programs, regardless of the operating system or browser you’re using, let you employ the Tab key to hop between on-screen options in order, hit Enter to launch a command, and scroll with the arrow keys. Home and End, meanwhile, will generally take you to the top or bottom of the page, respectively. Each operating system has its own shortcuts, so focus on the one you use most often.

Cross-platform apps such as Google Chrome also tend to use the same shortcuts regardless of the user’s operating system, but their developers have to play along with computer manufacturers’ quirks. Mac users, for example, would use Command+T to open a new tab, while those on Windows or Linux would hit Ctrl+T. Still, while there may be many similarities, you shouldn’t assume one shortcut translates to another program.

[Related: Master your Mac with custom keyboard shortcuts]

Once you’ve identified your most commonly used programs, keep a list of shortcuts handy and practice using them. They’re often a little faster than using a mouse, especially if it’s something you do a lot, such as returning to your Google search results and trying the next link.

Activate mouse keys on Windows 10 or 11

To enable mouse keys in Windows 10 or 11, press Win+I to open Settings. Depending on which operating system you have, the subsequent options will be different:

  • Windows 10: Go to Ease of Access, then scroll down to the Mouse. Turn Control Your Mouse with a Keypad on.
  • Windows 11: Click Accessibility, then scroll down to find Mouse. Click that, and turn on the toggle switch next to Mouse keys at the top of the window. Adjust any other options there that you’d like.

Now, you’re off to the races, though it’s important to note that mouse keys are most likely to work if you have a separate keypad on the right-hand side of your keyboard. If you have a smaller laptop that lacks one, you can still enable mouse keys, but they might not work. Experiment a little and see if your computer will let you navigate with your keyboard.

If it does, each number from one through nine will control a different direction: eight is up, two is down, four is left, and six is right. Seven, nine, one, and three serve as diagonals. Five stands in for left-click, and for right-clicking, hit the plus key. You can enable or disable this type of navigational control with Left shift+Left alt+Number lock. Need the keypad to enter numbers? Number lock will, uh, lock it to entering numbers.

Enable Full Keyboard Access on macOS

For Apple computers, mouse keys can be activated via “Full Keyboard Access,” which doesn’t require a numerical keypad. That’s a good thing because these keypads are very much optional accessories on Macs.

[Related: 38 advanced Mac keyboard shortcuts to supercharge your workflow]

To enable this on macOS Ventura, go to the Apple menu, choose System Settings, and then Accessibility. Under the Motor heading, click Keyboard, and turn on the toggle switch next to Full Keyboard Access at the top. If you’re using an older version of Apple’s operating system, you’ll find the option by navigating through Apple menu > System Preferences > Keyboard > Shortcuts > All Controls.

With that done, you’ll have enabled mouse keys. If your Mac doesn’t have a numerical keypad, take some time to practice. You’ll be using the line of number keys at the top of your keyboard, but it’ll have the same navigational layout as a keypad: eight is up, two is down, four is left, and six is right, with one, seven, nine, and three serving as diagonals. It will feel odd at first, but it’s workable.

Turn on Ubuntu’s mouse keys

Unlike most operating systems, Linux lets you ditch the desktop entirely and use the command line interface (CLI) for everything, running code directly. Just hit Ctrl+Alt+T to open a terminal or Alt+F2 to open the “run” application window, if you already know what program you need. But if you’re not looking to get this involved, it’s still easy to turn on mouse keys.

First, if you have a number lock key, hit Ctrl+Shift+Number lock and press the numbers to see if the pointer moves. If so, you’re all set. If not, press Ctrl+Alt+Tab or the Super key, if you have one. This will open Activities. If you installed Ubuntu on a Windows laptop, use the Windows key. Select Settings, then Universal Access. Under Pointing and Clicking, you’ll find Mouse Keys. Hit Enter to turn it on, and you’re set.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on June 24, 2019.

The post How to use mouse keys to navigate your computer with only your keyboard appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How Framer and other AI tools can help you build your own website https://www.popsci.com/diy/use-ai-to-build-website/ Tue, 11 Jul 2023 14:31:44 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=555332
AI-website builders like Framer allow you to create websites from text prompts.
Website building with AI doesn't require you to know any code or even design skills. David Nield for Popular Science

If you can imagine your dream website, you can make it.

The post How Framer and other AI tools can help you build your own website appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
AI-website builders like Framer allow you to create websites from text prompts.
Website building with AI doesn't require you to know any code or even design skills. David Nield for Popular Science

The hottest trend in artificial intelligence right now is generative AI, which can produce an entire essay or realistic images from just a text prompt. Now you can also use this technology to build a website.

Easy-to-use website builders that don’t require any coding are now commonplace, but these AI-powered platforms make leaving your mark on the web even easier. They allow you to skip the dragging and dropping and turn a brief outline of what you want your site to look like into something fully functional.

For the purposes of this guide, we’re using Framer, one of the best AI-powered site builders we’ve found so far. The platform also provides hosting services, and it’s free to use for sites with up to 1GB of bandwidth and 1,000 visitors per month, but you can pay for a subscription (starting at $5 a month) to remove these limitations. 

Look out for other similar AI web tools. It’s possible new and better ones will pop up in the future, along with established website creation services adding AI tools of their own.

Creating an AI-generated website with a prompt

Head to Framer to get yourself a free account. Once you get to the proper Framer interface, you’ll see a Start with AI button right in the middle of the screen—click it to start building your site.

The more details you provide in the prompt box that will pop up, the better results you’ll get. If you wait a few moments before entering your prompt, you’ll see some examples appear on the screen that will be useful to inform your own: Include the name and purpose of the site, the kind of style you want (like “playful” or “professional”), and the different elements that the site should include (such as a portfolio or a sign-up form).

AI-generating tools like Framer can help you build websites with text prompts.
The more complete your text prompt is, the better the AI-generated results will be. David Nield for Popular Science

As you type out your prompt, you’ll see a progress bar along the bottom of the input box that will make sure you’ve entered enough details to generate a page. Try to have it completely full before you stop typing, and if you want to provide even more information, you can keep on typing. When you’re done, click Start.

The platform will build your website before your eyes, adding graphics and text inspired by your prompt. All the sites Framer produces are responsive, which means they automatically adapt to screens of different sizes. If you want to see how your website looks on tablets or smartphones, you can see these different layouts if you scroll across. If you’re not happy with the resulting design, click Regenerate on the right or edit your prompt if you think you need to.

Down the right-hand side of the screen, you’ve got a choice of color palettes and fonts that you can pick from to refine the AI-generated design. You can cycle through the colors to see how each of them will look by clicking the palette buttons. You can also click on an individual section of the site, and then the AI button to the right (the icon showing two stars) to go through the color options for that specific section.

Click the cog icon (top right) to edit various settings, including the site name and description. Here you can also set the thumbnail image that will show when you share your site on social media. If you know HTML and want to add all of these details directly into the code, you can access it here too. In the top-right corner of the interface, you’ll see a play button—click it to preview how your site looks in a web browser.

Tweaking the design and adding content

As impressive as Framer’s AI engine is, it’s unlikely that it’ll get everything perfectly to your taste. To make changes, just click an image or text box to bring up layout and effects settings, for example. With a double-click, you can change the actual image or enter your own text.

Right-click on anything that’s on your website and even more options appear. You’ll be able to delete, move, and duplicate blocks, as well as change their alignment and edit which other blocks they’re linked to so you can move them as a group. You can undo any mistakes with Ctrl+Z (Windows) or Cmd+Z (macOS).

The Framer interface allows you to edit any AI-generated website resulting from your prompt.
Once an AI-generated website builder presents a result you like, you can tweak however you like. David Nield for Popular Science

Click Insert (top left) if you want to add entirely new sections to your website: anything from portfolio pages, to headers and footers, to web forms. Framer will guide you through the creation process in each case. The colors and style will match the rest of your site, and you can click and drag to reposition any new elements if you need to.

There’s a CMS (Content Management System) built into Framer: Click CMS at the top and then Add Blog to attach one to your website, using the style and colors you’ve already established. You’ll see both an index page for the posts (visible on your homepage) and the individual post pages themselves, with some sample content added in. To see all the posts, add new ones, and delete existing ones, click CMS at the top.

Double-click on any blog post to make changes. You can change the style of text, add links, images, and videos, and split posts up with subheadings. Framer will save all of your changes automatically, so you don’t need to worry about losing any work. Help is always at hand, too: From the front screen of the platform, click the Framer icon (top left) and choose Help from the menu to see users’ frequently asked questions.

Up in the top-right corner, you’ll see the Publish button, which will put your site live on the internet. You can also use this button later to apply any future changes you make to your website once it’s already out there. If you’re using Framer for free, you’ll get a custom URL on the framer.ai domain, and your site will have a small Framer watermark overlaid on the bottom right corner.

The post How Framer and other AI tools can help you build your own website appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Speed up a slow home connection by checking for WiFi-guzzling apps https://www.popsci.com/diy/apps-using-up-wifi/ Sun, 09 Jul 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=553935
hand holding a smartphone showing an internet speed test to check any home wifi congestion.
Some of your apps might be taking up way more bandwidth than they need to. Đức Trịnh / Unsplash

Speed up your home network by cutting off data-hogging apps.

The post Speed up a slow home connection by checking for WiFi-guzzling apps appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
hand holding a smartphone showing an internet speed test to check any home wifi congestion.
Some of your apps might be taking up way more bandwidth than they need to. Đức Trịnh / Unsplash

There are all kinds of ways to speed up your WiFi at home: You can pay for a faster broadband package, upgrade your network’s hardware, or move your router into another room.

But you can also get faster downloads and uploads on your home WiFi by identifying which apps are hogging all of your bandwidth and using them more sparingly. It’s easy to do and you can go about it on your phone, tablet, or laptop.

Checking WiFi hogging apps on Android

To find out how much bandwidth your apps are using on Android phones and tablets, open up Settings, choose Apps, and then See all. You can’t sort apps based on how much WiFi they’re using, but you’ll be able to check up on them individually. Tap on a specific program and then go to Cellular data and Wi-Fi to see how much data they’ve accessed over both types of connection.

[Related: How to boost your WiFi speed]

By default, you’ll only see the last month of usage, but at the top of the screen, you’ll be able to change the time range to see statistics from a specific moment up to four months before the current date.

Android allows a number of third-party apps to dig into data usage in more detail. One of the best we’ve come across is GlassWire Data Usage Monitor, which will alert you about tools using a lot of bandwidth, and show you charts with the source and the amount of data your apps have accessed in the last 24 hours. GlassWire is free to use, but you can pay $5 a year to see more stats from further back in time.

Prevent apps from using all your WiFi on iOS and iPadOS

It’s trickier to figure out how much WiFi your apps are using on an iPhone or iPad. You can tap Cellular Data from Settings to see which apps are the biggest data hogs when you’re not using a WiFi network. While this feature won’t show you the apps using up all your bandwidth at home, they’re likely to be the same ones eating up your data plan.

Unfortunately, third-party apps for iOS and iPadOS aren’t allowed to monitor WiFi usage for individual apps, but they can tell you about WiFi usage overall. Network Utility is a fine example, giving you a breakdown of how much data your Apple devices have downloaded over both WiFi and cellular networks since they last restarted. This monitoring is free, but you can pay a one-off $2 upgrade to remove the ads and get a variety of more advanced network diagnostic tools.

With the limitations on Apple’s phones and tablets, you’re going to need to do some detective work to identify apps using a lot of bandwidth. For example, you can cross-check overall data usage on Network Utility with your screen time stats and which took most of it (Screen Time in Settings can give you more information on this). That way, if WiFi usage shoots up for a particular day and you’ve been using a particular app a lot, for example, then you’ll know that it’s a data-hungry one.

Find the Windows apps taking up all of your bandwidth

On a Windows computer, right-click on a blank area of the taskbar and choose Task Manager, then open the Processes tab to see all of the apps currently running on your system. As well as showing the demands on the computer processor, memory, and disk, you can also see which apps are using up most bandwidth.

Switch to the App history tab to see these statistics over the last month—excessive network usage is marked with a darker shade of blue, but you can also click Network to sort the apps based on how much of your precious WiFi they’re using up.

You can get a similar set of readings from Windows Settings by choosing Network & internet, then clicking the Data usage link next to your WiFi connection. You’ll see app data usage for the last 30 days, with the biggest bandwidth hoggers at the top of the list.

Learn which macOS apps are taking up all of your WiFi

When it comes to macOS, the Activity Monitor utility will reveal everything you need to know about the network usage of specific apps. Launch it with a search in Spotlight (Cmd+Space) or from the Utilities folder in Finder. Once the app is open, go to the Network tab and you’ll see all the apps that are currently running and the amounts of data they’re sending and receiving.

The stats update in real time, which should help you to spot which programs are taking up all of your WiFi. However, it won’t show data usage for apps that aren’t currently open, and there’s no way to access any historical logs of network activity on macOS.

You’ll get more or less the same information with a third-party utility, like the $10 iStats Menu. This app sits in the menu bar and provides diagnostic information on your system, but will only show the current state of your network, so no long-term breakdown of how much internet activity particular apps are responsible for.

How to spot WiFi-hogging apps on other devices

There may well be other devices and apps connected to your WiFi network, but it’s not quite as straightforward to figure out how much of it they’re using up. Your best option is to look for any apps supplied by your router manufacturer or internet service provider, which may list bandwidth usage by device.

[Related: Boost your connection by checking your Wi-Fi strength from any device]

If you’ve got an Eero router, for example, the accompanying apps for Android and iOS give you a breakdown of which devices are connected, how much WiFi they’re currently using, and how much data they’ve downloaded in the past. It’s not an app-by-app breakdown, but it can be helpful.

If you notice your PlayStation 5 or Xbox Series X is currently using up a lot of bandwidth, for example, you can check which apps or games they are running. For reference, other devices such as smart home gadgets shouldn’t be taking up much of your WiFi connection at all.

The post Speed up a slow home connection by checking for WiFi-guzzling apps appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Use Google Drive’s Search Chips and never lose a file again https://www.popsci.com/diy/google-drive-search-chips/ Fri, 18 Feb 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=426219
A person wearing a gold sweater and working on a laptop, possibly searching Google Drive and trying to find a lost file.
When you can't find that important file, refine your Google Drive search by using the platform's Search Chips. Christin Hume / Unsplash

The Big G wants to make sure you find what you're looking for every time you search Google Drive.

The post Use Google Drive’s Search Chips and never lose a file again appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person wearing a gold sweater and working on a laptop, possibly searching Google Drive and trying to find a lost file.
When you can't find that important file, refine your Google Drive search by using the platform's Search Chips. Christin Hume / Unsplash

The fact that it is hard to find a file on a platform owned by the company that runs the world’s largest search engine is just pure irony. 

We imagine this is not lost on Google, which is why they made it easier to search Google Drive by introducing Search Chips. This feature can help you hunt down that deeply buried document you so desperately need on the company’s cloud service by allowing you to add multiple search parameters like file ownership, type, and location. 

Additionally, Search Chips are easier to use and find than the classic Advanced Search filters, though these are still available to further refine your query.

Search Google Drive like a pro

The name “Search Chips” refers directly to how this feature looks on the Google Drive interface. 

You might have seen something similar on Gmail: a series of buttons you can use to filter messages depending on who sent them when they were sent, and whether they have attachments. 

[Related: You should download the new Google Drive for Desktop]

Google Drive’s Search Chips are basically the same, but the filters are optimized for finding files in the cloud. To summon them, enter a keyword into the search bar at the top of the screen and hit Enter—a row of buttons with different filtering options will instantly appear at the top of the results page.

Click each of them to open a dropdown menu and refine your search. From left to right, your first option, File Type, will allow you to filter by the format of the document you’re looking for. The menu includes file types compatible with Google’s productivity suite (Sheets, Docs, Forms, etc.), plus other popular formats, like PDFs and ZIP files. You’ll also be able to choose categories, like Photos & Images, which is an umbrella term for image files with extensions such as JPEG, GIF, PNG, and TIFF. From here you’ll also be able to exclusively search for folders and shortcuts. 

The next filter you can set up is People, which lets you search by the people who have access to the file you’re looking for. Click it to open a dropdown menu, which will always have your name at the top and be populated by frequent contacts. Hover over an entry to see how that person might be involved in the file you’re looking for—you can choose from files that belong to them (Is owned by), those they have created (Is created by), and those they’ve shared with you (Is shared by). There’s also a search bar in case you want to find someone who’s not listed.

The third button is the Last modified filter, which lets you use a predetermined (Today, Last 7 days, Last 30 days, This year, etc.) or a custom date range to search only among files edited within that timeframe. 

Next up is Location, which lets you choose where you want the search engine to look for your file. The default option is Anywhere in Drive but you can change that to something else. For example, you may only want to search among files somebody else shared with you (Shared with me), or among documents currently living in your drive (My Drive). The latter covers all documents created by you, but also those shared by others that you’ve proactively saved to your drive. If you think you might have made a mistake, you can limit your search to Trashed. If that’s the case, remember items in Google Drive’s Trash will only survive 30 days, so if you accidentally deleted your lost document over a month ago, you’d better hope someone else on your team has a copy.

Farther to the right you’ll find the Title only filter, which acts like a switch—click it and Google will only look for the keyword you typed in the search bar in document titles, not their contents. 

The last search chip is the To do dropdown menu, which filters documents by calls to action. For this, you can use Follow-ups as a filter and search only among documents you own that have unresolved suggestions (Suggestions) or those that require your attention but you haven’t replied to yet (Comments assigned to me). You can also filter your query to see only documents with pending ownership transfer requests (Review and accept) or refine your search using one of Google Drive’s document approvals. On the To do menu, click Pending my approval to see the files you have yet to give your OK to, and Requested by me to search among those with pending requests. 

[Related: Become a Google Drive power user with these 20 tips and tricks]

And hey, we know change can be hard, but hopefully, smoother searches and increased productivity won’t leave you feeling too salty about this one.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on February 18, 2022.

The post Use Google Drive’s Search Chips and never lose a file again appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to add GIFs to Threads https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-add-gifs-to-threads/ Fri, 07 Jul 2023 16:02:16 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=554188
Phone showing a GIF on the Threads apps
Threads doesn't have a built-in GIF feature, but in the meantime you can still express yourself with these workarounds. Walling / Unsplash and Sandra Gutierrez for Popular Science

Meta’s new Twitter-like platform supports the format but can really make you work for it.

The post How to add GIFs to Threads appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Phone showing a GIF on the Threads apps
Threads doesn't have a built-in GIF feature, but in the meantime you can still express yourself with these workarounds. Walling / Unsplash and Sandra Gutierrez for Popular Science

In this day and age, GIFs are a basic form of online communication—just as essential as emojis and memes. 

So imagine our surprise when, on Threads’ first day online, we realized the new Twitter alternative didn’t have full GIF integration. Shock. Not only that, but the platform doesn’t play nice with the built-in GIF features on Gboard or the iPhone’s keyboard. 

Worry not—even in the early stages of Meta’s new social network, users have found workarounds to make sure everyone can see exactly how they feel about something in their threads 

Add GIFs to Threads on iOS

If you have an iPhone you’ve been blessed with the ability to easily share GIFs on Threads. 

1. Go to your search engine of choice and look for your GIF. Make sure to use the word “gif” as part of your search, as it’s possible that you might only find JPEGs and we’re only here for those animated images.

Pro tip: If you’re unsure about what you’re looking for, you might want to check out Know Your Meme or Giphy. These online databases can help you find the specific name of the meme you want or the random GIF of the girl that makes weird faces after taking a sip of her drink (it’s called kombucha girl, in case you were wondering).

[Related: Emojis and reaction GIFs make Slack better. Here’s how to create them.]

2. Tap on the image you like and copy it. Open the GIF by tapping on it, and then tap and hold (long tap) to open the options menu. From there, choose Copy image.

3. Paste it on Threads. Go to the Threads app, create a new thread by tapping the pen and paper icon in the middle of the bottom of the screen, and paste the image (long tap on the blank thread and choose Paste on the emerging menu). 

Add GIFs to Threads on Android

Adding GIFs to Threads from your Android device is not at all difficult, but it’s way more tedious than it is on iOS or other platforms with full GIF integration. Essentially, you’ll have to download the image and then share it on the Threads app. 

1. Go to your search engine of choice and look for your GIF, using the tips in the iOS section above. 

2. Tap on the image you like and download it. Open the GIF and long tap on the image to get more options. Choose Download image on the emerging menu. You’ll notice there’s also a Share image option, which you’ll ultimately do, but not just yet. If you share the image now, Android will paste the URL of the image on a new thread, not the GIF itself. And that’s a rookie mistake. 

3. Find your image. The easiest way to go about this is by opening up your notification drawer and tapping the Download complete item at the top of the list. If you missed it or discarded it by accident, go to your local file directory and search for it there. On Pixel phones, for example, you’ll need to open the Files app, where you should see your newly downloaded GIF in the Images folder or highlighted at the top of the app as a recent file. 

4. Share your image on Threads. Open the file and at the top of your screen and you should see the share option: it looks like a less-than symbol with circles on each end. Android will suggest your most recent contacts to share the photo with, as well as your favorite apps. If you’re new to Threads, you probably won’t see the app in there right away, so make sure to swipe up that menu to expand it and pick the app from the app drawer. Tap on the Threads icon and Android will take you to the app’s New thread screen, where the GIF will already be there waiting for you to send it into the world. 

Insert GIFs into Threads with Giphy

Instead of diving through apps every time you need the perfect GIF, you might find it easier to download a dedicated app like Giphy (available for Android and iOS) and share the images from there. The platform serves as a bottomless reservoir of GIF reactions, and if you make an account, you’ll be able to start your own collection which you can easily use at all times. 

To share GIFs from Giphy, the process is the same as with the rest of the apps we’ve seen so far: search for the image you want to add to your thread, open it, hit the share button in the top right corner of the screen, choose the Threads app, and it’ll appear as a new post ready to be shared with your friends. 

But if you have an iPhone, you can skip the app switching by integrating Giphy as a keyboard

1. Go to Settings > General > Keyboard > Keyboards and tap Add keyboard.

2. Select Giphy under Third-party keyboards.

3. Back on the keyboards menu, you’ll see a list of all the keyboards the system is working with. Open Giphy and toggle the switch next to Allow full access. This will grant the app permission to work system-wide. 

Once you have the Giphy keyboard installed, you’ll be able to use it on any app on your phone, including Threads. Open a new thread and on the iOS keyboard, tap the globe icon to switch to the Giphy keyboard. If you type in more than one language on your phone, you might need to tap the icon multiple times to toggle between keyboards. On the Giphy keyboard, use the shortcuts or the built-in search tool to find the GIF you like and tap it to copy it. To insert the GIF into your thread, long tap on the blank post and select Paste

Embed GIFs on Threads using the Share feature

But you don’t have to have a file on your local storage to share it on Threads. You can find a sent GIF on WhatsApp, for example, select it (tap and hold) and then tap the Share icon in the top right corner of your screen. You’ll then be able to select Threads to post the image. 

[Realated: The best ways to make your own GIFs]

If you want to copy GIF reactions from Twitter, open the GIF in your timeline, hit the Share icon, and then choose the Share via option to open the app drawer and choose Threads.

Now it’s all a matter of choosing the right GIFs to leave your mark on this new platform.

The post How to add GIFs to Threads appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Opt Out: 4 privacy concerns in the age of AI https://www.popsci.com/diy/ai-privacy-issues/ Thu, 06 Jul 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=553167
A small human figure standing among many ominous metal robot hands reaching out of the ground like trees in a forest, everything bathed in red light.
We need to be careful of AI overreach. Lauren Pusateri for Popular Science

We asked AI and privacy experts what we should be scared of. This is what they said.

The post The Opt Out: 4 privacy concerns in the age of AI appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A small human figure standing among many ominous metal robot hands reaching out of the ground like trees in a forest, everything bathed in red light.
We need to be careful of AI overreach. Lauren Pusateri for Popular Science

You are more than a data point. The Opt Out is here to help you take your privacy back.

THE LATEST WAVE of artificial intelligence development has forced many of us to rethink key aspects of our lives. Digital artists, for example, now need to focus on protecting their work from image-generating sites, and teachers need to contend with some of their students potentially outsourcing essay writing to ChatGPT

But the flood of AI also comes with important privacy risks everyone should understand—even if you don’t plan on ever finding out what this technology thinks you’d look like as a merperson.

A lack of transparency

“We often know very little about who is using our personal information, how, and for what purposes,” says Jessica Brandt, policy director for the Artificial Intelligence and Emerging Technology Initiative at the Brookings Institution, a nonprofit in Washington, D.C., that conducts research it uses to tackle a wide array of national and global problems. 

In broad terms, machine learning—the process by which an AI system becomes more accurate—requires a lot of data. The more data a system has, the more accurate it becomes. Generative AI platforms like chatbots ChatGPT and Google’s Bard, plus image generator Dall-E get some of their training data through a technique called scraping: They sweep the internet to harvest useful public information

But sometimes, due to human error or negligence, private data that was never supposed to be public, like delicate company documents, images, or even login lists, can make its way to the accessible part of the internet, where anyone can find them with the help of Google search operators. And once that information is scraped and added to an AI’s training dataset, there’s not a lot anyone can do to remove it. 

“People should be able to freely share a photo without thinking that it is going to end up feeding a generative AI tool or, even worse—that their image may end up being used to create a deepfake,” says Ivana Bartoletti, global chief privacy officer at Indian tech company Wipro and a visiting cybersecurity and privacy executive fellow at Virginia Tech’s Pamplin College of Business. “Scraping personal data across the internet undermines people’s control over their data.”

Data scraping is only one potentially problematic source of training data for AI systems. Katharina Koerner, a senior fellow for privacy engineering at the International Association of Privacy Professionals, says another is the secondary use of personal data. This happens when you voluntarily give up some of your information for a specific purpose but it ends up serving another you didn’t consent to. Businesses have been accumulating their clients’ information for years, including email addresses, shipping details, and what kinds of products they like, but in the past, there wasn’t a lot they could do with this data. Today, complex algorithms and AI platforms provide an easy way to process this information so they can learn more about people’s behavioral patterns. This can benefit you by serving you only ads and information you might actually care about, but it can also limit product availability and increase prices depending on your ZIP code. Koerner says it’s tempting for businesses to do this given that some are already sitting on large piles of data their own clients provided. 

“AI makes it easy to extract valuable patterns from available data that can support future decision making, so it is very tempting for businesses to use personal data for machine learning when the data was not collected for that purpose,” she explains.  

It doesn’t help that it’s extremely complicated for developers to selectively delete your personal information from a large training data set. Sure, it may be easy to eliminate specifics, like your date of birth or Social Security number (please don’t provide personal details to a generative AI platform). But performing a full deletion request compliant with Europe’s General Data Protection Regulation, for example, is a whole other beast, and perhaps the most complex challenge to solve, Bartoletti says. 

[Related: How to stop school devices from sharing your family’s data]

Selective content deletion is difficult even in traditional IT systems, thanks to their convoluted microservice structures, where each part works as an independent unit. But Koerner says it’s even harder, if not currently impossible, in the context of AI.  

That’s because it’s not just a matter of hitting “ctrl + F” and deleting every piece of data with someone’s name on it—removing one person’s data would require the costly procedure of retraining the whole model from scratch, she explains.

It’ll be harder and harder to opt out

A well-nourished AI system can provide incredible amounts of analysis, including pattern recognition that helps its users understand people’s behavior. But this is not due only to the tech’s abilities—it’s also because people tend to behave in predictable ways. This particular facet of human nature allows AI systems to work just fine without knowing a lot about you specifically. Because what’s the point in knowing you when knowing people like you will suffice? 

“We’re at the point where it just takes minimal information—just three to five pieces of relevant data about a person, which is pretty easy to pick up—and they’re immediately sucked into the predictive system,” says Brenda Leong, a partner at BNH.AI, a Washington, D.C., law firm that focuses on AI audits and risk. In short: It’s harder, maybe impossible, to stay outside the system these days. 

This leaves us with little freedom, as even people who’ve gone out of their way for years to protect their privacy will have AI models make decisions and recommendations for them. That could make them feel like all their effort was for nothing.

“Even if it’s done in a helpful way for me, like offering me loans that are the right level for my income, or opportunities I’d genuinely be interested in, it’s doing that to me without me really being able to control that in any way,” Leong continues. 

Using big data to pigeonhole entire groups of people also leaves no place for nuance—for outliers and exceptions—which we all know life is full of. The devil’s in the details, but it’s also in applying generalized conclusions to special circumstances where things can go very wrong. 

The weaponization of data

Another crucial challenge is how to instill fairness in algorithmic decision making—especially when an AI model’s conclusions might be based on faulty, outdated, or incomplete data. It’s well known at this point that AI systems can perpetuate the biases of their human creators, sometimes with terrible consequences for an entire community. 

As more and more companies rely on algorithms to help them fill positions or determine a driver’s risk profile, it becomes more likely that our own data will be used against our own interests. You may one day be harmed by the automated decisions, recommendations, or predictions these systems make, with very little recourse available. 

[Related: Autonomous weapons could make grave errors in war]

It’s also a problem when these predictions or labels become facts in the eyes of an algorithm that can’t distinguish between true and false. To modern AI, it’s all data, whether it’s personal, public, factual, or totally made up. 

More integration means less security

Just as your internet presence is as strong as your weakest password, the integration of large AI tools with other platforms provides attackers with more latches to pry on when trying to access private data. Don’t be surprised if some of them are not up to standards, securitywise

And that’s not even considering all the companies and government agencies harvesting your data without your knowledge. Think about the surveillance cameras around your neighborhood, facial recognition software tracking you around a concert venue, kids running around your local park with GoPros, and even people trying to go viral on TikTok

The more people and platforms handle your data, the more likely it is that something will go wrong. More room for error means a higher chance that your information spills all over the internet, where it could easily be scraped into an AI model’s training dataset. And as mentioned above, that’s terribly difficult to undo.  

What you can do

The bad news is that there’s not a lot you can do about any of it right now—not about the possible security threats stemming from AI training datasets containing your information, nor about the predictive systems that may be keeping you from landing your dream job. Our best bet, at the moment, is to demand regulation.

The European Union is already moving ahead by passing the first draft of the AI Act, which will regulate how companies and governments can use this technology based on acceptable levels of risk. US president Joe Biden, meanwhile, has used executive orders to award funding for the development of ethical and equitable AI technology, but Congress has passed no law that protects the privacy of US citizens when it comes to AI platforms. The Senate has been holding hearings to learn about the technology, but it hasn’t come close to putting together a federal bill. 

As the government works, you can—and should—advocate for privacy regulation that includes AI platforms and protects users from the mishandling of their data. Have meaningful conversations with those around you about the development of AI, make sure you know where your representatives stand in terms of federal privacy regulation, and vote for those who have your best interests at heart. 

Read more PopSci+ stories. 

The post The Opt Out: 4 privacy concerns in the age of AI appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Apple is killing ‘My Photo Stream.’ Should you care? https://www.popsci.com/technology/my-photo-stream-shutdown/ Thu, 06 Jul 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=553571
A woman with black hair wearing a white shirt and standing in front of a body of water while looking very confused at her phone.
Confused? Not for long. imustbedead / Pexels

This Apple service will no longer sync your photos.

The post Apple is killing ‘My Photo Stream.’ Should you care? appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman with black hair wearing a white shirt and standing in front of a body of water while looking very confused at her phone.
Confused? Not for long. imustbedead / Pexels

Apple users are getting confusing emails about something called “My Photo Stream” and its impending shutdown. The email says uploads to this service stopped on June 26 and that all photos in it will be deleted on July 26. Should you be worried about losing your pics?

No. Your photos will still exist on the device you used to take them. They’re also likely syncing with iCloud, either via your paid plan or your 5GB of free cloud storage. With that out of the way, what is actually changing? Let’s unpack this a little.

What is My Photo Stream?

The first confusing thing here is that Apple’s email talks about “My Photo Stream” as though this is something you should know about. I’m willing to bet most people don’t, which is why this email is causing so much confusion.

Put simply, My Photo Stream was a free Apple service that synced every photo you took in the past month, up to 1,000 of them, between all of your devices, without taking up any storage space in your iCloud account. This was ideal for iPhone users who don’t have a subscription: you could access recent pics on your iPhone, iPad, Macbook, whatever, without using any of your free iCloud storage space. This feature also made it possible to download these recent photos to your other devices, so long as you did so within the 30-day limit.

[Related: All the ways iOS 16 lets you edit your lock screen]

You can find your Photo Stream in the Photos app. Head to Albums and it will be there, for now. Apple stopped syncing new photos to the folder on June 26. Photos added before then are still there, but by July 26 they will all disappear from this album.

Will you lose your photos?

According to Apple, no. Photos will stop showing up in the “My Photo Stream” album but will remain on your device. Here’s the relevant bit from their official statement:

The photos in My Photo Stream are already stored on at least one of your devices, so as long as you have the device with your originals, you won’t lose any photos as part of this process.

Basically, your photos will stay on whatever device you used to take them. You can also sync your photos using iCloud. The only thing that will change is there will no longer be a “My Photo Stream” album.

What can you use instead?

As I’ve said a few times, you can subscribe to iCloud to easily sync photos between all of your Apple devices. It’s not the cheapest cloud storage space on the market, but it’s not outrageously priced and is by far the easiest service to use if you’re primarily an Apple user. Having said that, there are other options. All of the best cloud storage applications can back up photos from your Apple devices. Or, if you prefer, you can sync files without the cloud, including your photos. Failing that, you could go truly old school and plug your iPhone into your computer and grab the photos the old fashioned way.

The post Apple is killing ‘My Photo Stream.’ Should you care? appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
7 tips and tricks to master your Google Pixel Tablet https://www.popsci.com/diy/pixel-tablet-tips/ Wed, 05 Jul 2023 13:01:23 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=553213
A person holding a Google Pixel Tablet, showing a bird as the wallpaper and various apps on the screen with a clock and weather widget.
There are lots of features to explore on the Pixel Tablet. Google

Google's Android-powered tablet can automatically identify songs playing nearby, and much more.

The post 7 tips and tricks to master your Google Pixel Tablet appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding a Google Pixel Tablet, showing a bird as the wallpaper and various apps on the screen with a clock and weather widget.
There are lots of features to explore on the Pixel Tablet. Google

Google is back in the tablet game with the Pixel Tablet, a 10.95-inch slate that will set you back $499 and comes with a charging dock that’s also a stand and speaker. As you would expect, it runs the latest Android 13 software too.

If you’ve just picked up a Pixel Tablet, or are thinking about it and want to know what the hardware can do, these tips should be useful—it’s capable of much more than your smartphone is.

1. Run apps side-by-side

A tablet gives you significantly more screen space than a phone, so make the most of it by running two apps side by side (in landscape mode) or stacked on top of each other (in portrait mode). You can check social media while watching a video, for example, or look up information online while writing an email.

Launch both apps you want to use one after the other, then swipe up from the bottom of the screen and hold your finger briefly in the middle to bring up a gallery of thumbnails showing recently used apps. Swipe to the app you want to position on the right (landscape) or at the top (portrait), tap Split, and then select the second app you want to place on the left or at the bottom.

The Pixel Tablet splits the screen in half by default, but you can change this by dragging the center dividing line with your finger—doing so will allow you to give more room to one app (such as a video player) and less room to the other (like a note-taking app).

2. Identify songs playing nearby

Like the Google Pixel phones, the Pixel Tablet has a few exclusive apps and features, including the Recorder app that can transcribe spoken audio into text. There’s also a Now Playing utility that works in the background, automatically identifying songs that are playing close by the Pixel Tablet.

[Related: The best apps for listening to music on your phone]

So, for example, if you’re watching a television show and a compelling needle drop happens, you don’t have to scramble to launch Shazam or something similar on your phone—just check your Pixel Tablet’s screen.

But Now Playing isn’t enabled by default, so you’ll have to turn it on before you can do any of that. To do so, open Settings, choose Sound, then Now Playing, and turn on the Identify songs playing nearby toggle switch. You can come back to this screen later to tap Now Playing history to see tunes the Pixel Tablet has recently identified.

3. Enable hub mode

The hub mode settings on a Google Pixel Tablet.
Hub mode turns your Pixel Tablet into a digital display. David Nield for Popular Science

When your Pixel Tablet is charging on its official dock, you can put it into “hub mode.” This essentially gives you easy access to smart home controls and Google Assistant, as well the option to display your choice of photos or artwork when the tablet isn’t in use.

When you set up the tablet for the first time, you’ll have the option to enable hub mode, but you can toggle the feature on or off later too. Just open Settings, then tap Hub Mode. There, you can configure settings such as what the tablet uses for a screen saver, and what sorts of alerts and reminders are shown.

Pick Screen saver, and your options are Art gallery, Full-screen clock, Google Photos, Weather, and the even cuter Weather frog. Within some of these, there will be an extra Customize button—for choosing the type of clock face you want to use, for example.

4. Use picture-in-picture video mode

Another way to make full use of your tablet’s 10.95-inch screen is by keeping videos playing while you use other apps. The same picture-in-picture mode is available on Android phones too, but it looks a lot less cluttered on a tablet.

All you need to do is launch a video in an app that supports picture-in-picture—like Netflix, Disney Plus, Prime Video, or YouTube (with a premium subscription)—then swipe up from the bottom of the screen to launch another app. A mini player will stay on the screen, and you can reposition it by dragging it around. Tap on the mini player to get playback controls, or drag it down to the X at the bottom of the screen.

To disable picture-in-picture for a particular app, open Settings, then choose Apps and See all apps. Find and select the app you want to disable the feature for, tap Picture-in-picture, and turn the toggle switch off.

5. Stay in the frame

If you’re using your Pixel Tablet to make video calls to friends, family, or colleagues, there’s a neat little feature that ensures you’re always in the frame and in focus, even if you’re moving around while you’re on the call.

[Related: Powerhouse tips to improve your favorite video call app]

For this to work, the tablet needs to be on its dock and using the front camera for the video call. You also need to be using the Google Meet app, which you’ll have to get from the Play Store—it’s not installed on the Pixel Tablet by default.

The feature you want is called continuous framing, and you activate it by tapping the relevant icon while you’re on a video call—it looks like a person’s profile with four corners around it. One note: You can’t use continuous framing if you’re using background effects on a call.

6. Give kids their own space

The parental control options for a Pixel Tablet.
You can put protections in place for when your kids or young relatives use your Pixel Tablet. David Nield for Popular Science

Fire up your Pixel Tablet for the first time and you’ll notice a Kids Space app. If you’ve got younger family members using the tablet, it’s a great way to keep them entertained and safe.

Launch the app and you’ll be asked to create a child account for the tablet, or pick an existing one you’ve set up through Google’s Family Link service. As you go through the initial setup process, you’ll be able to put filters in place for Google search and Google Chrome, and put limits on accessing content from the Play Store. You can also choose which apps are available to the child.

With that done, the Kids Space app can be used for curated videos, books, music, and games, while the rest of the tablet stays locked down to your specifications. To switch back to your account, tap the username icon (top right).

7. Send audio and video via Chromecast

The Pixel Tablet dock comes with Chromecast capabilities built right into it, so you can beam audio and video over from compatible apps on an Android phone or iPhone—as long as the tablet is docked, charging, and on the same WiFi network as the device you’re casting from.

Most video and audio apps offer a Chromecast option: If it’s available, somewhere in the app you’ll see a button that looks like a rectangle with three curved lines in the lower left corner. A variety of web apps that run in a browser, including those for YouTube and Netflix, have a Chromecast button too.

Once you tap or click the button, you’ll see a list of Chromecast devices on your local WiFi network, which should include your tablet: Select the Pixel Tablet to connect. You can control playback from your phone or on the tablet screen. To break the connection, tap the Chromecast button in the originating app again, then Stop casting.

The post 7 tips and tricks to master your Google Pixel Tablet appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Use these settings to share photos at their best quality https://www.popsci.com/diy/photo-sharing-settings/ Tue, 18 Jan 2022 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=420793
Hands holding a phone with photos on the screen, probably figuring out how to share photos without losing quality.
Tweaking some settings on your favorite apps will ensure you're only sharing the best quality version of your photos. Plann / Unsplash

Make sure your images keep all the pixels they had when you first snapped them.

The post Use these settings to share photos at their best quality appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hands holding a phone with photos on the screen, probably figuring out how to share photos without losing quality.
Tweaking some settings on your favorite apps will ensure you're only sharing the best quality version of your photos. Plann / Unsplash

You may have not realized it, but your messaging app of choice may not be sending photos at their best quality. Instead, it’s resizing or compressing the pictures you share to send them more easily. This is useful if you have a limited or spotty connection, but sometimes the shrinking makes your pics look small or even blurry when they arrive at their destination.

To send higher quality pictures on Android and iOS and make the most of your images, you’ll need to know which settings to tweak and where to find them. Once you do, you’ll have the freedom to adjust to every photo-sharing situation.

Send high-quality photos in WhatsApp

When you share pics on WhatsApp, the Meta-owned messenger will reduce photo quality unless you tell it not to. To open up WhatsApp’s media quality options on iOS, tap Settings, Storage and Data, and Media Upload Quality. On Android, tap the three dots (top right), then go to Settings, Storage and data, and Photo upload quality.

You get three options: Auto (recommended), Best quality, and Data saver. WhatsApp hasn’t gone on record saying exactly what specs the auto mode uses, or how it decides which settings to pick in any given occasion. But if you want to make sure your photos always look their best when you share them, choose Best quality.

[Related: Edit gorgeous photos right on your phone]

You’ll see a message telling you that best quality photos are larger and can take longer to send, so if you don’t have a particularly fast connection, you might want to use Data saver sometimes as well.

Increase image quality on Signal

To adjust the image sharing quality settings in Signal, tap the three dots (top right) and then Settings, Data and storage, and Sent media quality

Finally, choose between Standard or High. Signal doesn’t offer any information about the details of these two options, but High is the one to pick if you want to maximize the quality of the media you’re sharing.

Change iMessage photo quality

If you rely on Apple’s instant messaging service, you should know that there is a data saver mode that will reduce the quality of the images you share. It only takes a moment to make sure that this mode isn’t enabled—from the main iOS Settings app, select Messages, then scroll down to the Low-Quality Image Mode toggle switch. If it’s on, turn it off to maximize the quality of your shared pictures.

Share from Apple Photos without losing quality

There aren’t any quality settings to know about in the Photos app on the iPhone, but be aware that the platform automatically resizes images in shared albums to a maximum width or height of 2048 pixels. To get around this, choose a different method of sharing through the Apple Photos app that doesn’t involve shared albums. Sending a direct iCloud link, for example, is a good alternative.

How to fix Twitter photo quality

Twitter also has settings for managing the quality of photos and videos you share. From the main screen in the mobile app, tap your profile picture (top left), go to Settings & support, then Settings and privacy. There, go to Accessibility, display and languages, and Data usage. Set both the High-quality image uploads and the High-quality video uploads options to work on Mobile & Wi-Fi to make sure you’re always sharing the best versions of your files.

Share Google Photos files at original quality

Google Photos doesn’t have image and video quality settings for sharing photos, but it has them for uploading these files to the cloud. If you want to share images and clips at their original quality, you’ll only be able to do so with files you’ve uploaded at their maximum resolution.

From the mobile app, tap your profile picture (top right), then Photos settings, Backup, Backup quality, and Original quality.

How to upload high quality photos to Instagram

Meta’s photo-sharing app was relatively slow to introduce image quality settings, but they’re available now. Instagram’s settings, specifically make it easier for users to share images and videos over a spotty connection. 

[Related: How to easily share anything from your phone]

To set them up, go to your Instagram profile on the mobile app, tap the hamburger menu in the top right corner of the screen, then tap Settings and privacy. Under Your app and media, choose Data usage and media quality. To ensure you’re sharing the best version of your images, toggle the switch next to Upload at highest quality. The platform warns this option will probably increase upload times, especially if your connection is not stable.

Other apps that don’t have photo quality settings

For apps we haven’t mentioned—including the likes of Facebook Messenger, Telegram, and Google Chat—there are no quality settings for images and videos you upload. 

Not only that, but there’s very little in the way of information about whether these platforms compress your photos at all. If you really want to avoid apps changing the quality of your pictures and videos, use a messaging app that has these settings available, or use direct links through apps like Dropbox, for example.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on January 18, 2022.

The post Use these settings to share photos at their best quality appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
‘Dark patterns’ can ruin your online experience. Here’s how to avoid them. https://www.popsci.com/diy/dark-patterns/ Sun, 02 Jul 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=552545
Person with glasses working on computer in the dark, probably trying to find dark patterns on websites.
Dark patterns are not always grim and mysterious. To the contrary, they make it easy to make one choice over another. Alan Navarro / Unsplash

Some sites and apps want to trick you. Don't let them.

The post ‘Dark patterns’ can ruin your online experience. Here’s how to avoid them. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person with glasses working on computer in the dark, probably trying to find dark patterns on websites.
Dark patterns are not always grim and mysterious. To the contrary, they make it easy to make one choice over another. Alan Navarro / Unsplash

The internet is a confusing place and some of that is on purpose. Dark patterns, sometimes called deceptive patterns, are tricks designers use to make you do something you didn’t want to, like signing up for a newsletter or visiting another website. 

This practice also includes “disguising ads to look like independent content, making it difficult for consumers to cancel subscriptions or charges, burying key terms or junk fees, and tricking consumers into sharing their data,” says the Federal Trade Comission.

A lot of websites and apps—including otherwise reputable ones like Amazon or The New York Times —use dark patterns in their platforms. Learning how they work and how to spot them can help you protect your money and data online.

Only one button

While going through the setup process for a new application, it’s easy to just click “Next” or “Continue” without reading anything. The people who make software know this and take advantage of your dislike for installation wizards. For example, while setting up Dropbox on a new device, the app will ask if you want to keep your computer backed up:

The Dropbox installation wizard has dark patterns to push you into backing up all of your files.
Dropbox may have an interest in you using up as much space in the cloud as possible. Justin Pot for Popular Science

There’s nothing wrong with wanting to back up your computer files, and some people might sincerely find this feature useful. But if you look closely you’ll notice every folder is checked by default, and even if you uncheck them or click Modify folder selection, a lot of people won’t do that and will end up just clicking the Set up button. Dropbox developers know this: they want you to click the button probably because backing up your Documents folder will quickly fill up your cloud space, which means you’ll need to upgrade to a premium account sooner. 

[Related: When you should and shouldn’t accept a website’s cookies]

And yes, you can click the Not right now option, but you’ll notice that it’s not as prominent as the Set up button. In fact, it is intentionally much less emphasized: It’s smaller and off to the right, displayed as a link, not a button, and it doesn’t feature that bright, inviting blue the other links in the wizard have.

Pay attention and you’ll see this same dark pattern everywhere. Most newsletter popups on websites, for example, use a similar combination.

The only real way to outsmart this particular trick is to actually read what’s on the screen while setting up software. I know—that sounds exhausting, but it’s better than getting bamboozled into using features you don’t want.

Suspicious subscriptions

Companies would much rather have subscribers paying a fee every month than one-time customers. Most of the time they are transparent about this and will clearly emphasize that you’re, indeed, signing up for a subscription. But every once and a while you might end up signing up for a monthly service without realizing it. 

You’ll usually find this dark pattern when signing up for a free trial that requires you to provide your credit card information. The catch is that once your free trial is over, the platform will immediately charge you for the subscription and probably set it up for auto-renewal. Politicians have also been known to do this, for example, by pre-checking a box that turns what seems like a one-time donation into a monthly one.

The main way you can identify this dark pattern is to actually read the text next to any checkmarks before you buy something. This will help you make sure it’s not a recurring payment. And if you’ve already made a mistake, this is your chance to manage those subscriptions draining your bank account.

Ads that look like content

Some online advertisements will usually disguise themselves in the hopes of tricking you to click them. The most infamous look like download buttons and are often situated on sites offering software. But sometimes they look like links or previews to news articles.

[Related: How to block pop-ups and annoying auto-play videos]

The main way to recognize this tricky design is to hover your mouse pointer over a link or photo and look at the address it wants to take you to—you can see it in the bottom-left corner of your browser. Generally, if it’s a legitimate link, it will live on the site you expect, which is either the publication you’re reading or the page for the software in question. If, instead, you see something like “googleads” or “doubleclick” in the URL it’s probably just an ad.

Keep an eye out for dark patterns

These are just a few of the deceptive designs you’ll run into. The main lesson is to never assume that design choices are neutral or those default settings are the ones that will work best for you. Every company has an agenda, which may or may not be aligned with your best interests.

If you want to learn more about other dark patterns and how to spot them the website deceptive.design has a more tricks you’ll find around the web. Stay safe out there. 

The post ‘Dark patterns’ can ruin your online experience. Here’s how to avoid them. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
All the ways iOS 16 lets you edit your iPhone lock screen https://www.popsci.com/diy/iphone-lock-screen-settings/ Mon, 12 Sep 2022 23:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=469312
An iPhone on top of a Macbook laptop on a wooden table, with the iPhone displaying a spiral of crab emojis, which is one way you can edit your iOS 16 lock screen, if you're into that.
Gaze into the crabyss. Kelly Sikkema / Unsplash; John Kennedy for Popular Science

Everything you can expect from Apple's iPhone lock screen settings.

The post All the ways iOS 16 lets you edit your iPhone lock screen appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An iPhone on top of a Macbook laptop on a wooden table, with the iPhone displaying a spiral of crab emojis, which is one way you can edit your iOS 16 lock screen, if you're into that.
Gaze into the crabyss. Kelly Sikkema / Unsplash; John Kennedy for Popular Science

The iPhone security screen, once purely utilitarian and utterly unremarkable, is now a blank canvas just waiting for you to turn it into a work of art. When you edit your lock screen on iOS 16, you can shuffle photos, change font style and color, add helpful widgets, and uh, turn the whole thing into a dizzying vortex of crabs, if that’s your style.

All of these customization options appeared when Apple released iOS 16 in September 2022, so you won’t be able to use them unless you’re running some version of that OS on your phone. To download iOS 16 or double check what you have, open the Settings app, tap General, and choose Software Update. All set? You’re ready to turn your handheld distraction box into an absolute masterpiece.

How to add a new lock screen in iOS 16 or edit an existing one

One lock screen is not enough. You need… more. To get them, open the Settings app and go to Wallpaper. Under the images of your current lock screen and home screen wallpapers, you’ll see Add New Wallpaper. Tap that to start building something new.

You can edit your existing screens here too (via Customize at the bottom of each one), and everything described in this story will work exactly the same way. Just swipe left and right to move through your catalog and when you’re done tap Set as Current above whichever pair you want to use as your lock and home screen of the moment. There’s also a more efficient way to edit your creations than going into your iPhone’s settings every time—we’ll get to that.

The one catch here is that when you edit a lock or home screen, you won’t be able to change the background style. That means if it’s a photo, you won’t be able to have it display the weather, an absurd emoji pattern, or anything else—you’ll only be able to change the pic. The only way to choose from all available styles is to add a new wallpaper and start fresh.

What you can add to your lock screen in iOS 16

The Add New Wallpaper menu offers a slew of options. You’ll see a list of all available styles at the top, but the page also contains a number of featured presets Apple thinks you might like. These include custom designs, suggested photos from your phone, and color gradients, but they’re all variations on iOS 16’s main wallpaper styles, and you can do better. This is the DIY section, after all.

Photos

Setting a photo as your phone’s background is a classic move, and it’s the first visible choice on iOS 16’s wallpaper creation screen. Tap Photos from the row at the top of the screen, and you’ll have the option to dig through All your photos or browse those Apple has grouped under tags like Featured, People, Nature, and Cities. (The People tag here and the People option on the main screen lead to the same place.) If you’ve painstakingly organized your phone’s photo library, toggle the switch at the top of the screen to Albums to dig through your well-curated catalog.

You can also use the search bar here to hunt down something specific, including words in images. That means if you enter “New York,” your iPhone’s Live Text feature will dredge up any photos of the “Welcome to New York” highway sign you may have taken, screenshots of text messages where you mention the state, and pics Apple knows you snapped within its borders.

[Related: Apple iPhone 14 comparison]

Once you’ve made your choice, you can edit your lock screen photo. Pinch the screen to crop it by zooming in and out, but know that you can’t make the image smaller than the screen. Don’t like how it looks? Tap the photos icon in the bottom left (a stylized rectangular portrait of mountains) to find another one.

With a pic in place, swipe to the left to choose from four filters: natural, black and white, duotone, and color wash. The first two are self-explanatory, and the latter pair cover the original image with different-colored tints.

Finally, tap the three dots in the bottom right to see if you can activate Depth Effect. This won’t be available with all photos, as it pulls whatever’s in the picture’s foreground out in front of the clock and any widgets you may have on your lock screen. Behold: depth. If the foreground selection will cover too much of your clock and/or widgets (maybe about 50 percent), you won’t be able to use this feature.

A photo slideshow

New to iOS 16 is the ability to slap a rotating selection of images onto your lock or home screen. Tap Photo Shuffle from the options at the top of the main wallpaper customization menu to start. Find Shuffle Frequency in the middle of the page and tap on it to decide if you want the pictures to change On Tap, On Lock, Hourly, or Daily. The last two are self-explanatory, On Tap will allow you to change the lock screen display any time you touch it, and On Lock will move to the next image whenever you lock your phone—even if you haven’t unlocked it.

From there, you have two choices: Use Featured Photos or Select Photos Manually. For full customization, pick the latter, and tap or drag to select multiple photos for your background. Hit Add in the top right corner of the screen to move on.

If you’d rather use Apple’s featured images from your photo library, first tap People, Nature, Cities, and any other options on the screen to add or remove those groups of images. Touch Choose next to People, and you’ll be able to tap on thumbnails of people’s faces to decide which ones show up in the shuffle—hit Done to finish. When you’re ready, tap Use Featured Photos to continue.

Whether you used Apple’s selections or picked manually, the editing process is essentially the same as the one described above for a singular pic. Just tap the screen to move from photo to photo.

While editing, the three dots in the bottom right will let you set the shuffle frequency if you missed it on the first page or decided to change your mind. If you chose your own images, you’ll also have the option to enable Depth Effect, but not if you went with the featured pics. Instead, you’ll see Don’t Feature Photo—tap this to cut anything you don’t like.

The icon in the bottom left will be different depending on if you chose your images manually or not. If you did, it’s a grid of six rectangles—tap it to Add Photos to your rotation or Select the ones already there. Use the latter option to highlight one or more existing images, and you’ll see a trash can icon. You can touch that to remove any pics you’d rather not use. Run with Apple’s featured photos, and the icon will be a stack of rectangles with a sparkle icon on them. It will let you change the categories included in your shuffle.

Emojis

Personally, I found this choice to be the most chaotic, but there’s a lot of room for customization. Tap Emoji from the main wallpaper creation menu, and you’ll be able to type up to six emojis that will display in a pattern on your lock and home screens. When you’re ready, tap above the emoji entry menu or hit the X in its top right corner to continue.

Swipe left to choose from six available patterns, from grids of various sizes to a hypnotic spiral. Tap the smiley face icon in the bottom left to change your emoji selection, or hit the three dots in the bottom right to adjust the background color.

The weather, outer space, or color

The Weather, Astronomy, and Color options are the most basic wallpaper options available, but that doesn’t mean they’re uninteresting. Tap Weather, for instance, and your wallpaper will be a slightly animated depiction of whatever the weather is where you are, but that’s it.

Astronomy is a little deeper, as you’ll be able to choose from Earth (a view of our planet suspended in space), Earth Detail (where about a quarter of the visible hemisphere fills most of the screen), the same two options for the moon, and Solar System (which shows all the planets and their orbits around the sun).

[Related: Why is Pluto no longer a planet?]

Color is fairly self-explanatory: You choose a color, adjust its hue with the slider at the bottom of the screen, and pick from one of six gradient options. If you don’t like what it looks like, hit the colored circle in the bottom left to pick again.

How to edit the time on your lock screen

No matter which wallpaper style you chose, the clock will be the next-largest piece of your lock screen. You should take some time to customize it—everything’s part of your new aesthetic. Tap the time and choose from one of eight fonts and countless colors, including making the digits opaque (the first color option on the left). You’ll only see 15 colored dots across the bottom of the screen, but if you’re not feeling any of them, the final one on the right will let you pick colors from a grid or spectrum, or plug in a specific color hex code to get exactly what you want.

Within the Font & Color menu, there’s a globe icon in the top left corner. Tap this, and you’ll be able to choose whether your clock displays Arabic numerals (the ones used everywhere in this article), Arabic Indic numerals (used in parts of the Arab world), or Devanagari numerals (used in northern Indian languages).

If you hate being reminded of the constant march of time, sorry, you can’t remove the clock and you can’t change its position either. What you can do, however, is try to get the color to match the wallpaper so those anxiety-inducing digits disappear partially or completely.

Add widgets to the iOS 16 lock screen

There are two places you can place widgets on your iPhone’s lock screen: above and below the clock. The thin space at the top of your screen will likely display the date by default, but you can tap it to select another widget instead. You can customize some of these upper widgets by tapping them once they’re in place, but mostly what you see on the Choose Widget menu is what you get.

The main widget area is below the clock, and it will hold up to four (or none, if you really don’t want to obscure your lock screen photo). Just tap where it says Add Widgets, and you can choose from the options available. No matter how many you choose, they’ll stay centered in the space, and you can remove any you don’t like by tapping the minus icon at its top left corner. To reorder them, press and hold a widget until it grows a little under your finger, then drag it where you want it to go. One wrinkle: if you choose a widget that takes up two of the four spaces, it will always display on the left—you can’t move it.

[Related: 24 hidden iPhone settings that are actually useful]

You’ll be able to fine-tune most of the widgets that go beneath the clock by tapping on their app’s name (they’re listed below the suggested widgets in the Add Widgets menu) to choose from varying amounts of display options. The reminder widget, for example, will only show you the next thing you have due each day, while the weather widget offers a wide selection of data visualizations.

Most widget options will be available in both places, though you may see some exceptions. The battery widget, for example, can only go underneath the clock, where it will show how much juice is left in your phone or any connected devices.

One note on this: it’s annoyingly difficult to customize widgets in the upper section. There, you can only adjust a widget immediately after putting it in place. If you do something else and come back, you won’t be able to tweak it. So if you’re wondering why your clock widget is stuck displaying the time in Cupertino, California, not, say, your parents’ hometown, you’ll have to tap the upper section, choose another widget, tap elsewhere, touch the upper widget area again, choose the clock widget, and immediately tap it to pick a specific city. Gross.

Thankfully, this obnoxious workaround isn’t necessary in the main widget section under the time, where you can customize any widget whenever you want. 

And if you’re wondering why your weather widget won’t work, it’s because you turned your location off in the weather app settings. To fix that, open the main iPhone settings app, go to Weather, Location, and select While Using the App or Widgets, Always, or While Using the App. With these options on, you can still turn Precise Location off for a little bit of privacy. Doing so means your weather app can only determine your approximate location (it was about 4 miles away from me).

Finally, hit the X or tap outside of the widget menu to set your selections.

Finalize your lock screen

When everything looks perfect, hit Add in the top right corner of your screen. To apply your fresh new lock screen to your home screen too, tap Set as Wallpaper Pair on the next screen. If you’d rather have all your app icons display on top of something else, choose Customize Home Screen to adjust the color or pick a new photo for what’s essentially your phone’s interior wallpaper.

If you told your phone to use a wallpaper pair but the home screen isn’t working, it may be inadvertently blurred. To fix this, go to the main wallpaper settings screen, tap Customize under your home screen, and hit Blur. This should solve the problem.

Edit your wallpaper from the lock screen

There are two ways to edit your wallpaper, but the most useful one is directly from your phone’s lock screen. To start, press the center of your lock screen to bring up the passcode entry keypad. If the keypad doesn’t show up and you have to swipe up to get to it, you’ll go to your home screen, not the wallpaper editing menu.

Do it right, though, and you’ll see a scrollable carousel of available wallpapers. Hit Customize to edit whichever one is front and center. You can also add a new wallpaper by going all the way right and tapping the blue plus icon in the center of the screen.

To delete a wallpaper, find it in the carousel and swipe up. Then tap the trash can icon and hit Delete This Wallpaper. Easy.

Finally, you can assign each wallpaper to a specific Focus, a feature that arrived with iOS 15. Just tap Focus at the bottom of any wallpaper to choose the one you want. If you hit Focus Settings at the bottom of the screen, you’ll go to that page in the settings app, closing the wallpaper customization screen. You can also choose a Focus wallpaper by opening the settings app, selecting Focus, and tapping one of the Focuses to Choose its matching lock and home screen.

Phew, that’s all there is to say about the new iOS 16 lock screen settings and customization features. You may want to queue up all of these possibilities like outfits in a virtual closet, or you may just want to keep that cute photo of your partner or dog. Either way, at least now you know that a vaguely threatening spiral of crab emojis is also an option.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on September 12, 2022.

The post All the ways iOS 16 lets you edit your iPhone lock screen appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to turn on dark mode for all your gadgets and apps https://www.popsci.com/how-to-enable-dark-mode/ Fri, 30 Jul 2021 22:00:26 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/how-to-enable-dark-mode/
An iPhone on a white table showing Facebook Messenger in dark mode.
Fortunately, dark mode won't turn your furniture black. Daniel Korpai / Unsplash

The guide to a more soothing visual experience on Android, iPhone, Windows, YouTube, Reddit, Slack, and more.

The post How to turn on dark mode for all your gadgets and apps appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An iPhone on a white table showing Facebook Messenger in dark mode.
Fortunately, dark mode won't turn your furniture black. Daniel Korpai / Unsplash

Black text on a white background isn’t just boring—it’s blinding. When you’re using your phone or computer at night, the last thing you need is a bright screen torching your eyeballs. Turning the brightness down beyond its limit can help, but thankfully, companies have added new ways to darken their apps. If that appeals to you, here’s how to turn on dark mode for all the things.

Quick access

  1. Windows 10 and 11
  2. macOS
  3. Internet browsers
  4. iOS
  5. Android
  6. Apps, sites, and other devices

Turn on dark mode for Windows 10 and 11

For a long time, Windows’ dark mode only affected the settings panel and the Microsoft Store. In 2018, Microsoft extended those grey backgrounds to the File Explorer as well, inching a bit closer to system-wide darkness. Couple that with a dark wallpaper and you’ve got the beginnings of a desktop you might actually want to use at night. Turning on dark mode for Windows is easy, but the final steps differ depending on which version of the operating system you have:

  • Windows 10: Open the Settings app and head to Personalization, then Colors, find Choose your color, and pick Dark.
  • Windows 11: Open the Settings app, go to Personalization, then Colors, find Choose your mode, and select Dark from the dropdown menu to the right.

How to use dark mode on a Mac

Mac users have had the dark mode option for a while, affecting the menu bar and plenty of apps, whether they’re built-in or added on. As with Windows, the steps you’ll need to take to turn on dark mode will differ if you’re using macOS Ventura or something older:

  • macOS Ventura or later: Open the Apple menu, select System Settings, then Appearance. At the top of the window, choose Dark.
  • Earlier versions of macOS: Open the Apple menu, select System Preferences, and click General. From there, choose Dark for your appearance. 

Dark modes for browsers

Darkening your browser is easy. Many of the most popular ones hook directly into the dark modes offered by Windows and macOS, so if you dim your OS, your browser should automatically follow. Safari actually doesn’t have a dark mode—it matches your Mac’s appearance. But beyond that, there are nuances for each browser and many have dark modes of their own.

[Related: The best internet browsers you’ve never heard of]

Google Chrome

Chrome does not have a standalone dark mode, but you can choose one of many dark themes available in the Chrome Web Store. That said, if you have a theme installed on Chrome, your computer’s system-wide theme won’t override it, so you’ll have to reset your browser to the default theme. To do so, click on the three dots in the upper right corner and go to Settings. In the sidebar on the left, click Appearance, and from the first line choose Reset to default.

Another option is to use one of the hidden Chrome settings known as “flags.” To find it, type chrome://flags into your address bar and put “force dark” into the search bar at the top of the subsequent page. This should turn up only one result, but if there are multiple, you want Auto Dark Mode for Web Contents. Finally, click the dropdown menu to the right and select Enabled.

Mozilla Firefox

To turn on Firefox’s dark mode, click the hamburger menu (three lines) in the top right, go to Settings, make sure you’re in the General tab, find the Language and Appearance heading, and select Dark under Website appearance.

Microsoft Edge

Internet Explorer is dead; long live Microsoft Edge. To activate dark mode while using this often overlooked browser, click the three dots in the top right corner, hit Settings, go to Appearance, and select Dark. The same page also offers several themes, some of which you may prefer over the default dark mode, like “dark and stormy,” “cool slate,” and “moonlight glow.”

Opera

This Chromium-based browser might have the easiest dark mode setup of them all: from any open Opera window, click the Easy Setup menu (three sliders) in the top right and choose Dark from the top of the menu. You can also select System if you want it to match your computer’s OS.

How to activate dark mode on iOS

Apple’s iPhones have a customizable dark mode, and a lot of iOS apps have their own built in (which we’ll talk about in a moment). To turn on dark mode in iOS, open Settings, go to Display & Brightness, and tap the bubble under Dark. If you want to automatically switch between light and dark, turn on the toggle switch next to Automatic and choose a schedule. And if you want a lighter or darker dark mode, you can adjust the Brightness slider to your heart’s content.

For a slightly different look or to see what we had to do before Apple rolled out a true dark mode, you can try the color inversion option that makes your iPhone’s screen look like a photo negative, or the newer Smart Invert feature that aims to darken the phone without making the color shift quite as jarring. You can turn these on by heading to Settings, Accessibility, and then Display & Text Size. There, toggle on Smart Invert or Classic Invert.You can also create a shortcut for this color change by going back to the Accessibility menu, scrolling to the General heading at the bottom, selecting Accessibility Shortcut, and checking Classic Invert and/or Smart Invert. With one or both of those checked, you can triple-click your side button (or home button if your phone has one) to bring up a list of all accessibility shortcuts whether your phone’s locked or not.

How to turn on Android’s dark mode

Every Android phone is a little different, thanks to version fragmentation and the various manufacturer skins companies such as Samsung add to their phones. If your phone is running the latest version of Android (13), you can head to Settings, Display, and toggle on the switch beside Dark theme

Again, Android can differ from phone to phone, so how exactly it’ll implement dark mode on your device, and the steps you’ll need to take to to turn it on, may vary—chances are it’s somewhere in that Settings app.

Darken all your favorite apps, sites, and devices

The Popular Science magazine Twitter account, with dark mode enabled.
Oh, hi there, Popular Science Twitter profile! PopSci staff

The above settings will cover the main operating systems, but a ton of apps offer their own dark modes, or something similar. Here are a few of the most common ones:

Gmail

On the web, you can choose a dark theme by clicking the settings gear in the upper right corner, clicking on See all settings, and heading to Themes. There, click Set theme, and in the pop-up window scroll down to the color themes and choose Dark (it’s a black rectangle). Keep in mind that your emails will still appear on a white background when you open them. 

On Android, open the Gmail app, tap the three lines in the upper left corner and scroll down to find Settings. Tap on it, then hit General settings, and then Theme. Finally, tap the checkbox next to Dark. Sorry iPhone users—these options aren’t available to you.

Facebook Messenger

Facebook originally soft-launched Messenger’s dark mode with an adorable secret trick that required you to send a friend the crescent moon emoji in a chat. Now, however, you can simply click on your profile photo in the top right corner of any Facebook page. There, choose Display & accessibility and under Dark mode click the bubble next to On. If you’re using the mobile Messenger app, tap the three lines in the top left, then the cog icon to open the settings menu. Hit Dark mode and either turn it On or ask the app to match your System theme.

Twitter

Twitter updated this feature a number of years ago, and you can find its dark mode on the left side panel by clicking through More > Settings and Support > Display. There are two versions: Dim, which turns things a deep navy blue, and Lights Out, which turns them pitch-black. The latter will extend the battery life of phones with OLED screens that turn black pixels off entirely, such as the iPhone 13 and 14.

[Related: 6 Twitter alternatives, in case you’re looking]

On mobile, tap your profile pic in the top left of your screen, and in the bottom left, tap the sun icon. There, you’ll be able to turn on Dark mode, choose to Use device settings, or activate the Dim or Lights out theme.

YouTube

YouTube gets a gold star for its dark mode feature, which is available on both the web and its mobile apps. On the web, just click your profile image in the upper right corner and choose Appearance. There, you’ll have the option to turn on Dark theme or Use device theme

On the Android and iOS mobile apps, tap your profile picture, then Settings, General, and Appearance to get the same options.

Reddit

You can use Reddit in dark mode on the web by clicking your username and toggling Dark Mode on. If you’re in the mobile app, tap your avatar, then Settings and scroll to the Dark Mode heading to mess around with the toggle switches and options there. You can also use third-party Reddit apps like Narwhal or Reddit Is Fun, which contain lots of useful features and their own dark modes.

Slack

Slack’s Android mobile app offers a dark mode for each workspace. Tap on the profile pic of the workspace in the upper left corner of the screen, and at the bottom choose Preferences. There, choose Dark Mode and tap the checkbox next to On. On the desktop app the path is similar—in preferences, go to Themes and choose Dark. Unfortunately, the iOS app doesn’t have these options, so you’ll have to change your phone’s system theme.

PlayStation 4 and 5

There’s no official dark mode on the two most recent PlayStation consoles, but you can adjust the settings to make many features darker. How you get there depends on the console you have:

  • PS4: From the home screen, bump the left joystick up and scroll over to Settings on the right. Find Themes, choose Select Theme, and find a dark one you like.
  • PS5: Open the console settings via the cog icon in the top right, go to Accessibility, Display and Sound, and pick High Contrast to darken aspects of your screen.

Xbox One, X, and S

Press the Xbox button on your controller, select Profile & system, then Settings, General, and Personalization. From there, select My color & theme, find System theme, and choose Dark. You can also pick Scheduled to have your theme change at set times.

Nintendo Switch

Navigate to the Switch’s System Settings from the home screen, then head to Themes and turn the Basic Black option on.

Everywhere else

You’re probably starting to get the idea. If you have a favorite app not listed here, check its settings to see if it supports a dark mode. Plenty do, including Wikipedia, Instagram, Pocket, IMDb, Waze, Google Maps, countless weather apps, and more. Dark websites are a bit rarer, but some browser extensions (like Dark Mode for Chrome) can alter many of them for you.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on March 30, 2019.

The post How to turn on dark mode for all your gadgets and apps appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to connect 2 sets of headphones to 1 phone at the same time https://www.popsci.com/diy/share-audio-iphone-android/ Wed, 28 Jun 2023 12:05:11 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=551631
Two pairs of AirPods on a wooden table next to a black iPhone and a Macbook.
With the iPhone's Share Audio feature, you can connect two pairs of AirPods to a single phone. Hugo Agut tugal / Unsplash

For when you and a friend want to privately listen to music, but one of your phones is dead.

The post How to connect 2 sets of headphones to 1 phone at the same time appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Two pairs of AirPods on a wooden table next to a black iPhone and a Macbook.
With the iPhone's Share Audio feature, you can connect two pairs of AirPods to a single phone. Hugo Agut tugal / Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

You may have grown accustomed to the idea that one phone plays music, podcasts, or an audiobook to one set of headphones, but that was the past—this is the future. Today’s top-end handsets are capable of sending the same sounds to two pairs of wireless headphones at the same time.

That means you can share a tune or a story with a friend or family member, whether you’re sitting on the couch, riding the subway, or anywhere else. All you need are compatible pairs of wireless headphones and a smartphone that supports the feature.

How to share audio on an iPhone

If you’ve got an iPhone 8 or newer, and iOS 13.1 or later installed, you have access to the audio sharing feature that Apple has built into its phones. It only works with certain headphones though: At the time of writing, that’s the AirPods Max, AirPods Pro, AirPods, Powerbeats, Solo Pro, Powerbeats Pro, Powerbeats3 Wireless, Beats Solo3 Wireless, Beats Studio3 Wireless, BeatsX, Beats Flex, and Beats Fit Pro.

If you don’t see your Apple or Beats headphones on this list, check the Apple support page to see if your model has been added. Assuming you’ve got the right hardware in hand and one pair of headphones has already been connected to the iPhone, load up whatever you want to listen to and open the Control Center with a swipe down from the top right corner of the screen.

[Related: The best apps for listening to music on your phone]

Tap the AirPlay button (an upward arrow pointing into a concentric set of rings), then tap Share Audio. At this point, you’ll need to connect the second pair of headphones. For AirPods and AirPods Pro, hold them close to the phone in their case, then open the case lid. For AirPods Max, just hold them close to the phone. For Beats wireless headphones, put them in pairing mode as detailed in the headphone instructions, and hold them close to the phone.

That should be enough to get the iPhone to detect the second pair of headphones. When they show up on screen, tap Share Audio to connect. Back in the Control Center, you’ll see two pairs of headphones connected, with individual volume sliders for each of them. The second pair of headphones will stay hooked up to the iPhone until you remove them, which you can do by tapping the checkmark next to the headphones in the Control Center.

The iOS Control Center on an iPhone showing the Share Audio feature in action, with two sets of headphones (Beats Solo 3 and AirPods Max) connected to the same phone.
There you have it: two sets of headphones hooked up to one phone. Apple

How to use Dual Audio on a Samsung phone

On Samsung phones, the ability to send audio to two different pairs of headphones is called Dual Audio. You can use any two pairs of Bluetooth headphones, but only certain Samsung phones offer the feature: The Samsung Galaxy S8 (and later S series phones), Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 3 (and later Z Fold phones), and any Samsung Galaxy Z Flip model. Your phone must also be running Android 10 or later.

The process for adding a pair of headphones is the same, whether you already have a set connected or not. Open the main Settings screen, then tap Connections and turn on the Bluetooth toggle switch if it isn’t already enabled. Select Bluetooth, and the phone will begin scanning for nearby Bluetooth devices.

At this point, your second pair of headphones (and the first, if they’re not already hooked up) needs to be in pairing mode. If you’re not sure how to do this, check the instructions that came with your headphones or run a quick online search to check—there will typically be a physical button somewhere that you can press to ensure the phone can find the headphones.

A Samsung phone with Galaxy Buds and two Samsung TVs appearing in its Bluetooth settings.
You can add headphones to use with Samsung Dual Audio under Bluetooth in Settings on certain Samsung phones. Samsung

When the headphones appear on the phone’s screen, tap on them and then pick Pair to connect. Next, go back to the home screen and open the Quick Settings pane with a swipe down from the top right corner of the display. From there, tap Media output and select both headphones to send audio to both sets simultaneously. Each pair of headphones also has its own volume slider. To disconnect a set of headphones, head back to Bluetooth in Settings, tap the cog icon next to the device, then hit Disconnect.

How to share audio on other Android phones

Unfortunately, no other Android phones currently offer the same native audio-sharing feature you can get on iPhones and Samsung phones—there’s no similar functionality on Google Pixels, for example. While other Android phones can certainly connect to multiple Bluetooth devices, they can only send audio to one of them at a time.

That said, there are a few workarounds you can try. The Bose Connect app can send audio to two pairs of headphones from an Android phone, but it only works with a specific list of Bose wireless headphones (there’s a list on the app listing). Then there’s the SoundSeeder app, which syncs music across multiple phones—everyone involved can use their own headphones with their own phone to hear the same song at the same time.

[Related: 9 hidden Android features you’re missing out on]

You can also split the audio and send it to two pairs of headphones using a physical adapter. The $24 Ugreen Bluetooth 5.0 transmitter and receiver, for example, plugs into your phone’s headphone jack and can connect to multiple Bluetooth devices at once. Then there’s the $13 ​​Koopao headphone splitter, which plugs into a USB-C port and gives you two 3.5mm ports for connecting wired headphones.

In theory, any phone with Bluetooth 5.0 or above—which is just about all of the new handsets being released at this point—can output audio to two pairs of headphones simultaneously, so let’s hope more Android manufacturers decide to add the option to their phones.

The post How to connect 2 sets of headphones to 1 phone at the same time appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Allow us to show you how to bulk-delete tweets https://www.popsci.com/diy/delete-tweets/ Tue, 08 Nov 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=485054
A well-dressed Black man with a bald head smiling while looking at his phone, perhaps wondering how to delete a tweet.
TFW all those tweets just disappear. Cottonbro / Pexels

Erasing your tweets is more complicated than you may think—but there are apps for that.

The post Allow us to show you how to bulk-delete tweets appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A well-dressed Black man with a bald head smiling while looking at his phone, perhaps wondering how to delete a tweet.
TFW all those tweets just disappear. Cottonbro / Pexels

There are lots of reasons why you’d want to delete some or all of your tweets. You might want to make yourself look more professional to potential employers, or maybe you’re unsure about Twitter’s direction after all the changes it has endured over the last year or so. 

Whatever your reason, knowing how to delete a tweet is a useful skill to have: Just click or tap on the three dots in the top right corner of your post and hit Delete. There’s no missing it—it’s the first option and the only one in bright red letters. Unfortunately, these quick steps will only serve you if you have the patience to go one by one. Bulk-deleting tweets is a whole other beast, and you’ll need a specialized app to get the job done.

5 things you need to know before you delete your tweets

Most third-party tweet-deletion apps work in similar ways because Twitter gives all of them pretty much the same amount of access. This also means they all tend to have the same limitations.

1. You’ll have to grant a lot of access 

Unsurprisingly, tweet-deleting apps need to go into your account and delete, unlike, and un-retweet stuff for you. These platforms will typically require significant access, including permission to see your tweets and follower lists, as well as the ability to post and delete content on your behalf. This may sound scary, but it’s standard for this type of app. 

[Related: Twitter alternative Bluesky is fun, friendly, and kind of empty]

2. You’ll need to start “small”

When you grant them the right permissions, these apps use Twitter’s application programming interface (API) as a back door to get into your account. But the API’s capabilities are limited, and since many apps use this gateway, tweet-deletion tools can only easily access your latest 3,200 posts and likes. Going beyond that is possible, but you’ll need a file stocked with your entire Twitter history. 

3. It will take time—maybe days

To delete more than 3,200 tweets, you’ll need to download your Twitter archive, which is essentially a large file containing everything about your account—from every tweet you’ve sent into the ether to all the posts you’ve liked, retweeted, and bookmarked. 

If you’ve been on the bird app for a while, you’ll have a lot of data in your archive, so get ready to wait anywhere between 24 and 36 hours before the file is ready to download. 

A lot of content also makes for a hefty file, so don’t be surprised if your archive is more than a couple gigabytes. Downloading it (and later uploading it to a tweet-deletion platform) will likely take a while.

And as if that were not slow enough, there may also be a lag between an app asking Twitter to delete your tweets, and the actual deletion. This will depend on the number of posts you want to trash and the capabilities of the app you’re using. It can take 5 minutes, 6 hours, or, like in our experience, an entire day. 

All in all, there’s no saying exactly how long it will take to get rid of your tweets, but it’s safe to say it’s not instantaneous. If you have any reason to believe your potential future employer will be looking at your tweets by the end of the week, start the process now. 

4. Deleted tweets are gone forever

This may seem obvious, but it bears repeating: when you delete a tweet, there’s no going back. You can privately access your tweets using your archive (which you can turn into a CSV file and open as a spreadsheet), but you can’t repost them as anything other than an entirely new tweet. It’s useful to keep this in mind when using an automated parameter that tells an app to, say, get rid of everything posted within a date range or containing certain keywords. 

Bulk-deleting anything always comes with the risk of accidentally removing something you liked. So if there are some tweets you mean to keep, be really careful about the tools you use.

5. Your tweet count may never go back to zero

If your plan is to start fresh, know that it may not be possible to get that tweet counter down to nothing—even if you just select everything and nuke it. This is because some tweets may have become inaccessible

This may happen when, for example, you retweet something that was later deleted, or the account that originally posted it was removed, suspended, or made private. Your retweet still exists, but Twitter cannot fetch it, so it’ll reflect on your counter even if your profile is squeaky clean. 

[Related: How to remove your data from people-finder sites]

Keep in mind that some or all of these limitations may change depending on the platform you use, as some developers may be able to manage them better than others. Things may also differ from one day to the next if Twitter decides to adjust its API—it’s already cutting off access for bot accounts, for example. 

For the time being, if you want to decimate your Twitter existence, either partially or completely, all that’s left to do is choose your fighter. 

3 apps to help you delete your tweets

What platform you choose to trash your tweets will largely depend on how much you want to pay (if anything) and how many posts you’d like to get rid of. The more you have, the more you’ll benefit from sophisticated search and filtering tools, but that usually comes at a price. 

Each of these has different strengths and capabilities to suit your needs. Find the one you like the most and kiss those tweets goodbye.

Semiphemeral

Semiphemeral is one of the few tweet-deletion apps that offers all of its tools for free, so you won’t ever run into a paywall. 

It’s worth knowing that Semiphemeral defines itself as antifascist, and that’s not just a marketing label. You won’t be able to use the platform if you regularly like tweets posted by “prominent racists, misogynists, antisemites, homophobes, neo-Nazis, and other fascists,” but it’s unclear what specific accounts they’re referring to. Luckily, it’s not hard to get back into Semiphemeral’s good graces. If you’ve liked between four and 10 tweets from one of the accounts the platform keeps an eye on, the app will tell you exactly which tweets it flagged once you log in, and you’ll be able to access the service if you unlike them. If you’ve liked more than 10 tweets from these accounts, you’ll need to contact Semiphemeral directly to try to get unblocked.

If you don’t run into any issues logging into Semiphemeral (you’ll need your Twitter credentials), you’ll find the platform is bare-bones simple, which makes it easy to nuke a large chunk of tweets. Unlike other apps on this list, Semiphemeral will immediately ask Twitter for your archive, which, as detailed above, takes some time. In my case, it took a little over 48 hours to download more than 35,000 tweets (don’t judge me—I’ve been on there for a while). Semiphemeral won’t notify you when it’s ready to delete your tweets, so you should keep the site open in a browser tab and monitor it from time to time.

While you wait, you can’t do anything but tweak the Settings, which will determine what Semiphemeral can and cannot delete. There are three customizable sections, and every option is thoroughly explained to avoid any mistakes. First, check the box next to Delete old tweets, and determine how old a tweet must be to get deleted—anything younger will stay online. Here, you’ll notice a slight annoyance: you won’t be able to pick a specific date. Semiphemeral counts time in days, so if you want to, say, delete everything older than roughly five years, you’ll have to type in 1,825 days. The next section will allow you to unlike and un-retweet posts after a certain number of days, and the last section will let you request Semiphemeral delete your direct messages. The platform warns that it can only automatically delete DMs sent in the last 30 days, so you’ll have to follow the instructions under the DMs section if you want to go beyond that. 

Back in the navigation bar at the top of your screen, you’ll find the Tweets section, where you’ll be able to see your posts and save them from doom by checking the box next to Exclude from deletion. The list is not in chronological order, so you might want to use the bar at the bottom of the screen to filter your tweets by word. A warning: add a space at the end of a word to use it as a filter. Not doing so will dredge up tweets that not only have the word “car” in them but also the words “carnation” and “carnivore.”

When you’re done adjusting the settings, go to Dashboard and click on Start Semiphemeral. The platform will put your request in the queue and all you’ll have to do is wait until it’s done. Once deletion is complete (you’ll need to check your dashboard), the platform will automatically queue up another round of deletion for the next day. If you don’t want to have the app delete tweets for you every day, hit Pause Semiphemeral, but otherwise, it’ll keep running, removing tweets every 24 hours according to the parameters you set up. 

TweetDelete

Right off the bat, what you’ll be able to do with TweetDelete will vary depending on whether you have a premium account or not. 

With the free tier, you’ll be able to remove up to 10 posts and likes every month. The process is similar to that of Semiphemeral: you log into the platform using your Twitter credentials, give it permission to operate, and start your first tweet-nuking task. 

Paying users (plans start at $6 a month), though, can delete 500, 3,200, or all tweets every month, and Pro and Premium plans can even run automatic deletion tasks. These might include erasing week-old tweets with the word “cat”, or another that removes month-old tweets with a particular hashtag. Your tasks will run in tandem, so everything will get done at once, and as long as you’re paying, they’ll continue working until you disable them.

No matter how much you pay, TweetDelete will only be able to get rid of 3,200 of your likes—just like Semiphemeral. As mentioned above, this is an access limitation Twitter built into its API, so at the moment there’s nothing these or any other apps can do beyond that. The same goes for waiting times—TweetDelete processes tasks every three days, which might add an extra 72 hours’ worth of tweets to every batch set for automatic deletion. 

If you feel like deleting your entire Twitter history in one fell swoop, you’ll need to be a Premium TweetDelete user. Only then can you erase them all by uploading your archive file. The platform offers an interface that will make it easier for you to find any exceptions you want automatic tasks to skip, as well as an advanced search mode that will let you erase specific posts using their ID numbers—the 19-digit number at the end of every tweet URL. This, and the ability to run multiple simultaneous automatic deletion tasks, make this service worth your hard-earned cash if you want to regularly curate your tweet history. But if you don’t plan to delete more tweets in the near future and just want to get rid of your old ones, sticking with a free platform like Semiphemeral may be a better choice. 

TweetDeleter

What really sets TweetDeleter apart is its more polished interface, which is perfect if you think you might benefit from some guidance while erasing old tweets.

To get rid of all of your tweets or any number of posts beyond 3,200, you’ll have to pay for an unlimited account, which will punch a $72 hole in your wallet every year. Before you splurge, you can always test-drive the platform on the free tier, but you won’t be able to do much with that basic access: delete five tweets a month, run five keyword searches, and set up a profanity filter. These, by the way, are all services you already get on Twitter itself. It’s not “go big or go home,” though: TweetDeleter offers multiple tiers of paid access, starting at $4 a month, billed annually for an up-front payment of $48 a year. 

[Related: 6 Twitter alternatives, in case you’re looking]

On TweetDeleter, you can search and delete tweets, set up auto processes (the equivalent of TweetDelete’s tasks), trash everything, and see old Tweets you have already removed. 

This last option is the one thing you won’t find on any of the other platforms on this list. While TweetDelete will allow you to open your Twitter history as a spreadsheet, TweetDeleter provides a space for them within its platform so you can access your deleted tweets in a prettier, friendlier interface. As we’ve mentioned, this doesn’t mean you can reinstate those tweets—only save them as a reference. The only way to get them back on your account is to post them as new tweets. 

Unfortunately, this “Twitter cemetery” feature is an entirely different product that only paying users have access to for an extra $4 a month. The splurge might be worth it if you keep going back to your archive to relive the glory of Twitter’s past, but if you have no attachment to the thoughts you had when you first opened your account, you might want to skip this app and feature altogether. 

What to do after you’ve deleted your tweets

If you like the idea of a bot periodically wiping your tweeting beak, there’s nothing more for you to do but keep the apps working behind the scenes. If, however, tweet deletion is a one-time thing for you, finish up by revoking the permissions you granted to whichever app you used.

This is important from a privacy standpoint—the fewer apps with access to your accounts, the better. But you also don’t know what might happen in the future. If control over one of these apps falls into the wrong hands, bad actors might have direct access to your information. 

To revoke a third-party account’s permissions to your data, open your Twitter profile on the web, and in the left sidebar go to More, Settings and support, and Settings and privacy. On mobile, you’ll find the same options after tapping your avatar (top left corner of your screen). Once there, click or tap on Security and account access, then Apps and sessions. Finally, go to Connected apps, and you’ll see a list of the third-party applications that have access to your account. To remove them from the list, click on each one and choose Revoke app permissions.

If you ever need to delete more tweets in the future, you can easily access these tools again, so you won’t be losing much, if anything, by telling them to get lost.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on November 8, 2022. 

The post Allow us to show you how to bulk-delete tweets appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Slack rolled out fancy new features. Here’s how to use them. https://www.popsci.com/diy/slack-canvas-how-to/ Tue, 27 Jun 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=551347
Person using Slack on their laptop
Take notes of your huddles and threads directly on Slack. Mikhail Nilov / Pexels

Canvases and new windows will let you keep track of more threads in your workspace.

The post Slack rolled out fancy new features. Here’s how to use them. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person using Slack on their laptop
Take notes of your huddles and threads directly on Slack. Mikhail Nilov / Pexels

Depending on the size of your Slack community, the productivity platform can seem a bit chaotic. But in its latest update, the app debuted two tools that will help you add order to the chaos.

Slack’s newest additions are the company’s so-called Canvases and the ability to open new windows. These options will make it easier to keep track of all the conversations you want to keep tabs on and take notes on what’s important. 

How to use Canvases on Slack

Whether you use Slack for work or to keep up with friends, the environment can get very confusing, very fast, especially as more people join your workspace. But now you can jot down notes and add to-do lists, links, and other media to chats and channels with Canvases. 

To use this tool, open any chat or channel and click on the canvas icon in the top right corner of the interface—it looks like a dog-eared sticky note with a small plus sign. This will open a new space on the right side of the screen (like what happens when you open a thread) that will act as a highly versatile notepad. 

[Related: Seven quick tricks to do more with Slack]

Slack provides a couple of preset ideas to get you started, including to-do lists, Resources, and Meeting notes, all of which you can customize to ensure they’re a productive space for you. Use the tools at the bottom of the interface to add elements: click the plus sign to add files or images, or to record a video or audio clip within the app. You can also use the emoji option to add as many smiley faces or exclamation points as you want, and the checklist icon to add checkboxes. 

You’d expect the text option (two A’s next to each other) would show the classic formatting tools: font size, bold, underline, italics, etc, but that’s not what it does here. On Canvases, the text option exists to help give your text order and hierarchy. There are different headings (from H1 to H3) to organize your thoughts by topic and subtopics, you can add bulleted and numbered lists, and you can drop in quote text blocks. If you know what you’re doing, you’ll also be able to add a block of code to display on the interface. As for font size, bold, underline, and italics, just use the universal text-formatting shortcuts.

Slack's Canvases interface with a to do list and a list of important links
Standalone canvases will allow you to keep your notes organized and your to-do’s always at a glance. Sandra Gutierrez for Popular Science

Canvases may seem like a comfortable space to keep notes on what’s happening on Slack, but be careful: this feature is collaborative by default, which means everyone in the channel or direct message where you opened the canvas has access to it. So if your boss gave you an annoying project and you added it to your to-do list under a funny name, they’re going to know about it. But this is not all bad, as collaborative to-do lists can, for example, be really useful for keeping track of major team projects, with people adding and updating items in real time. 

Canvases can also become an interactive space, and each element on one can turn into a thread. On the desktop and web apps, just hover your mouse pointer over each item (if it’s a list) or paragraph and click the speech bubble icon that appears on the right to add a comment as you usually would. On mobile, tap an item on the canvas and then tap the speech bubble icon at the bottom of your screen to open up a thread. 

If you want to create a canvas only for you, you have two options. If you’re on a paid plan, you can scroll all the way to the top of the left sidebar (or the main interface in the mobile app) and click Canvases. There, you’ll be able to create as many canvases as you like, and they’ll all pop up as new windows (more on that in the next section). When you close them, you’ll find all your canvases saved and listed in this section of the app, and you’ll be able to share them with specific people if you want to—just click the Share button in the top right corner of the canvas. Standalone canvases also allow you to reduce the potential for chaos by making them read-only documents—if you’re the creator, just click the three dots in the top right corner of the canvas and choose Read only view. Keep in mind that this will prevent people you’ve shared the canvas with from editing the document, but not from opening threads within it. 

Free-tier users don’t have the ability to create unlimited standalone canvases, but they’ll still be able to create one for themselves using their user’s direct message function. If you don’t know about it already, this is literally a DM you have with yourself, which is an ideal place to save links, messages, and GIFs you want to go back to in the future. You’ll find it at the top of your DM list, and it works just like any other private chat with a friend or co-worker, so it also includes the Canvas option. 

How to open new windows on Slack

Also a recent feature debut, new Slack windows will allow you to have multiple conversations open on your display, which is incredibly useful if there are a number of threads you want to follow. 

To open entire channels or direct conversations in their own dedicated windows, just click on them while holding the Ctrl key (Windows) or the Cmd key (Mac). You can also right-click on the conversation and choose Open in new window

[Related: Slack’s new video tool is @here—and you might already be able to use it]

If you want to keep up with the replies to a specific post, you can open a thread and click the new window icon in the top right corner of the interface—it looks like a small square coming out of a bigger one. 

The new window feature is available for all Slack users and guests, but only in the desktop app. Another caveat: Maybe because opening up threads in new windows is now available, Slack no longer lets you keep threads open in the right-hand sidebar while you browse other channels. This is definitely a bummer if you’re not a fan of having multiple windows, or if your spacious display gives the main chat space enough screen real estate already. 

The post Slack rolled out fancy new features. Here’s how to use them. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Free typing apps that will help your fingers move faster https://www.popsci.com/free-web-apps-speed-typing/ Sun, 26 Sep 2021 14:45:29 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/free-web-apps-speed-typing/
A person sitting with a black laptop on their lap, with their hands on the keyboard, ready to type.
Practice might not make you perfect, but it will make you faster. Charles Deluvio / Unsplash

Type faster from home row all the way up that tricky "Q."

The post Free typing apps that will help your fingers move faster appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person sitting with a black laptop on their lap, with their hands on the keyboard, ready to type.
Practice might not make you perfect, but it will make you faster. Charles Deluvio / Unsplash

With so much of our time spent tapping away at a keyboard, a boost in typing speed can make you more productive in almost any line of work—whether it’s powering through your inbox, writing up reports, or staying in touch with team members on messaging apps, many of us could make our days easier by typing a little faster.

What’s more, you don’t have to enroll in a course to get your fingers flying, because there are plenty of free typing apps that you can use right at your desk—you could even set aside 10 minutes each day and then see how far you’ve progressed at the end of the month. We’re sure you’ll find one typing trainer that fits your style among the seven listed below.

Keybr

Keybr starts with a quick, friendly introduction to itself before launching you into some touch typing tasks. On-screen diagrams show you where your fingers should rest on the keyboard, and the online app starts with a small subset of letters before expanding as your confidence grows. It’s also really easy to keep track of your progress.

What we like about Keybr, in particular, is the variety in the exercises, and the way it adapts to meet your skills—the developers say underlying algorithms match the tests to your typing speed, and it works well as far as we can tell. It also benefits from a slick and simple online interface, which always lets you know where you are and what to do next.

Keybr is available online for free with ads (registration optional).

Ratatype

If you still have to look at the keys on you keyboard, Ratatype is the typing app for you: It eases you in with an introduction to touch typing, showing you where to put your fingers on the keyboard, and even giving you some advice on sitting posture. With all that digested, you can get started on the first of 15 lessons, each made up of multiple typing exercises.

Ratatype is meant for students, and it shows—the interface is colorful and friendly, and the typing exercises are basic, focusing on getting you to hit the right keys rather than typing anything that makes any sense, at least to begin with. Your profile page makes it easy to see how far you’ve progressed and jump in and out of the exercises as you need to.

Ratatype is available online for free (registration required).

The Typing Cat

Few web apps can match the visual charm and exercise variety of The Typing Cat, which throws in a few games alongside the standard exercises to keep you interested. A keyboard stays on screen at all times, so you’ll know where your fingers should be, and the tests are fun and intuitive. Try the Typing Test first, to see how fast you already are.

From there you can jump into a tiered series of courses and lessons that manage to be comprehensive without being daunting—you can see where you are at every stage. You can just launch in and start typing, but you can save your progress if you register for a free account, and if you pay a few dollars a month, you’ll have access to the advanced lessons too.

The Typing Cat is available online for free, $4.50 a month, or $32 a year (registration optional).

TypingClub

If you just want to jump in and get going, we’d recommend TypingClub, which is just about as simple an app as you can get. It’s still polished and professional though, and smartly leads you through a host of exercises—they can get a bit repetitive, but they’re certainly effective. The site lets you go at your own pace and take a break at any time.

[Related: The best keyboards of the year]

You get several exercises to try out for free, but there is a premium subscription option available that opens up access to plenty more. Subscribing also removes the ads on the site, lets you save your progress, and gives you more detailed reports. Overall, it’s a nice balance between free lessons for casual users and a paid option for the more dedicated.

TypingClub is available online for free with ads, $8.50 a month, or $78 a year (registration optional).

Typing.com

The web app with the most apt URL on this list sticks to the basics but does them well, in addition to being well-designed and speedy to navigate. Just click once to get started—you don’t have to register for a (free) account, but if you do, it will let you save your progress and carry on later. An optional one-off payment of at least $8 (depending on your account type) removes all the ads.

We like the pictures that illustrate where to put your fingers, and the progress reports that pop up at the end of each exercise. The finger workouts are varied too, with letters sometimes scrolling down from the top of the screen as well as staying static. If you want to get up and running quickly, and start from the very start with touch typing, this app is a great option.

Typing.com is available online for free with ads, or with a one-time payment starting at $8 (registration optional).

TypingAcademy

What’s most impressive about TypingAcademy is its lightweight and uncluttered interface: It’s all beautifully laid out and a breeze to use. You can dive into a variety of lessons or speed tests, as well as read up on the basics of touch typing or review your statistics. The app doesn’t pressure you to sign up or bombarded with ads—it’s just a fun, fast experience.

There are a wealth of exercises and lessons to work through, and if you register an account (which doesn’t cost anything) you can even create your own exercises. Even if you’re not registered, your performance and stats are saved to the web browser you’re using, so you can chart your progress. You can also pay for it’s premium version, TypeLift Pro, starting at $2 a month, to remove ads and get access to more visual assistance, an exercise plan, and more settings, among other extras. It’s not the flashiest of apps, but it’ll still get the job done.

TypingAcademy is available online for free or starting at $2 a month (registration optional).

TypingMagic 11 and TypingTrainer

TypingMagic 11 and TypingTrainer are two apps under the Typing Master umbrella. Typing Magic 11 is the Windows version, while TypingTrainer works in a web browser and is the company’s only macOS option. The two offerings cover a host of web apps, exercises, and games, and you can launch into speed tests, fun and flashy typing games, or a more serious typing trainer course right from the opening screen. Whatever you’re after, you’re likely to find it here.

All the tests and games we’ve tried are intuitive and responsive, with more visual flourishes than any of the other apps here. All of the these apps (including the downloads) give you varying levels of practice for free, with full packages costing anywhere from $20 to $30.

Typing Magic 11 is free for Windows or up to $30 (registration optional), and TypingTrainer is available online for free.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on May 1, 2018.

The post Free typing apps that will help your fingers move faster appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>